JUMO iTRON Compact microprocessor controllers B 70.2040 Operating Instructions 2008-11-11/00357918 Type 702042 Type 702044 Type 702041 Type 702043 Type 702040
Welcome message from author
This document is posted to help you gain knowledge. Please leave a comment to let me know what you think about it! Share it to your friends and learn new things together.
Transcript
JUMO iTRONCompact
microprocessorcontrollers
B 702040Operating Instructions
2008-11-1100357918
Type 702042 Type 702044 Type 702041
Type 702043
Type 702040
b702040enbk Seite 1 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Please read these Operating Instructions carefully before starting up the instrument Keepthese operating instructions in a place which is at all times accessible to all users Pleaseassist us to improve these operating instructions where necessary Your suggestions will bemost welcome
Phone in Germany (0661) 6003-727from abroad (+49) 661 6003-0
Fax in Germany (0661) 6003-508abroad (+49) 661 6003-607
All necessary settings are described in these operating instructions However if any difficul-ties should still arise during start-up you are asked not to carry out any unauthorized ma-nipulations on the unit You could endanger you rights under the instrument warrantyPlease contact the nearest subsidiary or the main factory in such a case
EWhen returning chassis assemblies or components the regulations of EN 100 015 ldquoProtec-tion of electrostatically sensitive componentsrdquo must be observed Use only the appropriateESD packaging for transport
Please note that we cannot accept any liability for damage caused by ESD (electrostatic dis-charge)
b702040enbk Seite 2 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Co
ntentsContents
1 Identifying the instrument version 42 Installation 63 Electrical connection 74 Operation 12
41 Displays and keys 1242 Principle of operation 1343 Operation of the timer function 15
5 Functions 1651 Process value input 1752 Logic input 1853 Controller 1954 Limit comparator (alarm contact) 2155 Ramp function 2256 Self-optimization 2357 Level inhibit via code 2458 Timer function (extra code) 25
6 Configuration and parameter tables 317 Alarm messages 378 Technical data 39
b702040enbk Seite 3 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 Identifying
the instrument versio
n
4
1 Identifying the instrument version
arameter level
96 x 48 (landscape) 44 = 96 x 96
2
Type 7020424344
relay (no make)
putlogic 05V
relay (no make)
Type 7020424344
putlogic 012V
ailable)not possible
b702040enbk Seite 4 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 single-setpoint controller with limit comparator see factory settings under configuration and p2 see customerrsquos ordering text or settings under configuration and parameter level
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
7020 ndash ndash ndash
(1) Basic type(bezel in mm)
40 = 48 x 24 41 = 48 x 48 42 = 48 x 96 (portrait) 43 =
(2) Basic typeextension
88 =99 =
controller type configurable1
controller type configured to customer specification
(3) Inputs 888 =999 =
inputs configurable1
inputs configured to customer specification2
(4) Outputs 000 = Standard Type 70204041
Output 1 relay (no make)
Output 2 logic 05V optionallyconfigurable als logic in
Output 3 (not available)
Options Type 70204041
113 = Output 2(outputs 1+3 as forStandard)
logic 012V optionallyconfigurable als logic in
101 = Output 2(output 1 as for Standard)
relay (no make)(logic input is always av
1 Identifying
the instrument versio
n
5
1
(5
(6
D Type 7020424344
2 mounting brackets
tions 702040
b702040enbk Seite 5 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
The linearizations for KTY11-6 and thermocouple B have been deleted
) Supply 16 =22 =23 =
10mdash18V DC20mdash53V ACDC 48mdash63Hz
110mdash240V -15+10 AC 48mdash 63Hz
) Extra code 210 =220 =
Timer functionTimer function + limit switch1
elivery package Type 70204041
1 mounting frame
1 seal 1 Operating instruc
2 Installation
6
2 Installation
-edge-mountingings of panel cut-outs)
verticalgt 8mmgt 8mmgt 10mmgt 10mmgt 10mm
on mounting bracketsen screws
b702040enbk Seite 6 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Type (bezel) Panel cut-out (WxH) in mm
Edge-to(minimum spac
horizontal702040 (48mm x 24mm) 45+06 x 222+03 gt 8mm702041 (48mm x 48mm) 45+06 x 45+06 gt 8mm702042 (48mm x 96mm) 45+06 x 92+08 gt 10mm702043 (96mm x 48mm) 92+08 x 45+06 gt 10mm702044 (96mm x 96mm) 92+08 x 92+08 gt 10mm
1 Push on seal2 Insert instrument
3 Push4 Tight
Installation 702042as 702044
3 Electrical co
nnection
7
3
In
- nnection must conform to wer Circuits with nominal
- onnel
- t it must be isolated on
- f a short-circuit The load ent welding of the output
- ations listed under
- ch other
- instrument
-
- damage to controlled of parameter and
b702040enbk Seite 7 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Electrical connection
stallation notes
The choice of cable the installation the fusing and the electrical cothe requirements of VDE 0100 ldquoRegulations on the Installation of Povoltages below 1000Vrdquo or the appropriate local regulations
The electrical connection must only be carried out by qualified pers
If contact with live parts is possible when working on the instrumenboth poles from the supply
A current limiting resistor interrupts the supply circuit in the event ocircuit must be fused for the maximum relay current in order to prevrelay contacts in the event of an external short-circuit
Electromagnetic compatibility conforms to the standards and regulTechnical Data
Run input output and supply lines separately and not parallel to ea
Do not connect any additional loads to the supply terminals of the
The instrument is not suitable for installation in hazardous areas
Apart from faulty installation there is a possibility of interference orprocesses due to incorrect settings on the controller (setpoint data
3 Electrical co
nnection
8
configuration levels internal adjustments) Safety devices independent of the controller such as overpressure valves or temperature
pable of adjustment only by
tion Since auto-tuning (self-loops there is a theoretical value should therefore be
etwork must be laid out as ower cables or components) strument side
b702040enbk Seite 8 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
limitersmonitors should always be provided and should be caspecialist personnel Please refer to the appropriate safety regulations in this connecoptimization) cannot be expected to handle all possible control possibility of unstable parameter settings The resulting processmonitored for its stability
- All input and output lines that are not connected to the supply nshielded and twisted cables (do not run them in the vicinity of pThe shielding must be grounded to the earth potential on the in
3 Electrical co
nnection
9
20mdash53V
10mdash18V
ACDC
DC
AC
110mdash240V
(configurable)
ut 1
3A
+
+
ndash
ndash
N L19
2
=
Supplysee label
al con-st only out by rsonnel
T
b702040enbk Seite 9 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
5V(12V)20mA
1 Output or logic input 2 resistive load
Outp
250V
Logic input
Process value input
+
+ndash+ ndash
ndash
8654321
Current04mdash20mA
Pt1001000KTY11-6(2-wire)
Pt1001000(3-wire)
Thermocouple
Voltage02mdash10V
Output 21
Logic output Relay
+ ndash floating contact
1
VThe electricnection mube carried qualified pe
ype 70204041
3 Electrical co
nnection
10
20mdash53V
ACDC
AC
110mdash240V
1
+ndash
N L198
Outputs
50 V3 A Supplysee label
10mdash18V
DC
+ndash
=l connection
e carried out personnel
Type 70204041 with
b702040enbk Seite 10 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
2
Logic input
Process value input
-+
+ ndash
54321
Current04mdash20 mA
Pt1001000KTY11-6(2-wire)
Pt1001000(3-wire)
Thermocouple
Voltage002mdash1 V
Relay 2
+ ndash
7
VThe electricamust only bby qualified
2 relay outputs (option)
3 Electrical co
nnection
11
20mdash53V
AC
110mdash240V
ut 3
3A
+ndash
13 N L1
2
y
2 resistive load
ACDC
10mdash18V
DC
+ndash
=
Supplysee label
T
st ed
b702040enbk Seite 11 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Output 2
5V(12V)20mA
Current04mdash20mA
Pt1001000KTY11-6(2-wire)
Pt1001000(3-wire)
Thermocouple
Voltage02mdash10V
OutpOutput 1
250V3A 250V
Logic input
Process value input+
+ndash
+ ndash
ndash
121097654321
floating contact
2Logic output Relay Rela
+ ndash
ype 7020424344
VThe electrical connection muonly be carried out by qualifipersonnel
4 Op
eration
12
4 Operation
wheners and and
10mm20mm
it
e display)
utputs 1 and 2 yellow
rogramming the instrumention of settings and parameterswith i with dceptance after 2 seconds
b702040enbk Seite 12 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
41 Displays and keys
(1) Display
7-segment display 4 places greenDisplay alternates setpoints parametcodes are entered indicated
Character height Type 7020404142Type 70204344
Display range -1999 to +9999 dig
Decimal places none one two
Unit degC degF (process valu
(2) Status indicators
LED two LEDs for the o
(3) Keys
q i d for operating and pDynamic modificath Increase value
h Decrease value
Automatic value ac
Example Type 702041
4 Op
eration
13
4NT
OT input SP 1 or SP 2 ap-p nt SPr is displayed Withac 0 is shownT ing will be accepted auto-m
PT meters and the ramp slo-p
CT
e configuration level ATT e timer start value are al-te in the display
TIf splay after approx 30 sec(e is displayed) If the timerva
b702040enbk Seite 13 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
2 Principle of operationormal displayhe display shows the process value
perating levelhe setpoint SP is input here On active setpoint switching via the logicears in the display When the ramp function is active the ramp setpoitivated timer function the timer value t i or the timer start value t i
he setpoint is altered dynamically using the i and d keys The settatically after approx 2 sec
arameter levelhe setpoints the limit value of the limit comparator the controller parae are programmed here
onfiguration levelhe basic functions of the controller are set here
In order to make the settings it is necessary to change to thvia the parameter y0 (parameter level)
imer levelhe current timer value (only when the timer has been started) and thred here The parameters at this level are marked with an underscore
ime-out no operation occurs the controller returns automatically to normal dixception with timer functions starting via power ON the timer valuelue is displayed at the operating level time-out is not active
4 Op
eration
14
Parameter level
uration level
level (timer stopped)
C111
Pb1t 1+2lue for
omparatorller parameterslope
rentlueen timer hasrted)
rt value
ti
ti0
ration codesrd signal scalings value correctionng differentialcomparator
gt 2s
Normal display Operating level
after lastparameter via y0
Y0
A
re to differentiate operating level
b702040enbk Seite 14 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Process value
Config
Timer
259
- setpoin- limit va
limit c- contro- ramp s
Setpoint
(with setpointswitching
or )SP 1 SP 2
alter curtimer va(only whbeen sta
setaltertimer sta
only displayed if function is configured
Ramp setpoint(display only)
Timer value(operating onlydifferent displaydepending ontimer condition (see table))
SP
SPr
ti
- configu- standa- proces- switchi
of limit
q d+
gt 2s
gt 2s
Time-out(30s)
Time-out
or
after lastparameter
i i d +
Underscoand timer
4 Op
eration
15
4T dge) if the timer at opera-tin is configured accordinglyth n also be operated even ifth
P l
D ateActioner has stoppedContinue with iCancel with i + d
er has run downAcknowledge with any key(timer start value t i 0 is indicated)With time-delayed control (C120=3) acknowledge with i + d
W imer value will blink
b702040enbk Seite 15 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
3 Operation of the timer functionhe timer can be operated with the keys (start stop cancel acknowleg level is indicated Time-out is not active here If the logic input en a key such as the i key can be used In this case the timer cae timer value does not appear in the display
ossible displayed parameters for timer function at operating leve
isplay StateAction Display StTimer not runningh Start with i
Timh
h
Timer has been started but the tolerance limit has not yet been reachedh Cancel with i + d
Timh
Timer running t i is displayedh Stop with ih Cancel with i + d
hen the timer has been started the decimal point in the display for the t
5 Functions
16
5 Functions
tables provided for this pur-mark selection with a cross in the order of theirt (see table below)
t
for ParameterPb2 Cy 2 db HyS2
111
C114 HySt ALC117
HySt AL
11 C117
SCL SCH
rASd SPrel SP 1 SP 2
ti C121 C122 C123
C118
b702040enbk Seite 16 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
We recommend the following procedure
1 not for Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option)
h Familiarize yourself with the controller functions
h Enter the configuration codes and the parameter values in the pose in Chapter 6 Write down the appropriate values ( ) or ( ) The parameters and the configuration codes are listed appearance Parameters which are not relevant are masked ou
h Enter the configuration code and parameters on the instrumen
Configuration Masking out the parametersSingle-setpoint controller Double-setpoint controller
Double-setpoint controller Limit comp for Type 7020404Logic input for Type 7020404
Limit comparator no function Limit comparator
Limit comparator activated Logic input for Type 7020404
Resistance thermometer thermocouple Standard signal scaling
Ramp function off Ramp function
Setpoint switching not activated Setpoints at the parameter lev
Timer function no function Timer function
Type 70204041 Output 3
X
5 Functions
17
5
S
C
C e 31
S
S
Oected by a programmable
cuit through process value
d c = filter off) vpage 36
nges in the process value
b702040enbk Seite 17 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 Process value input
ymbol Notes
111 Transducerprobe (process value input) vpage 31
112 Unit of process value (degCdegF)decimal places of display vpag
CL Startend value of value range for standard signals vpage 35Example 0mdash20 mArarr20mdash200degC SCL = 20 SCH = 200
CH
FFS Process value correction vpage 35Using the process value correction a measured value can be corramount upwards or downwards (offset)Lead compensation can be implemented in software for 2-wire circorrection
ExamplesMeasured value Offset Displayed value 2947 + 03 2950 2953 - 03 2950
F Filter time constant (damping) to adapt the digital input filter (0seif dF high - high damping of interference signals
- slow reaction of the process value display to cha- low cut-off frequency (2nd order low-pass filter)
5 Functions
18
52 Logic input
tion from keys
ss to the parameter andtion levels
self-optimization is not possible
opped
SP 2 is active
are displayed at the operating
(edge-triggered)
ut 2 has been programmed as igured (C114) (double assign-
b702040enbk Seite 18 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Key inhibit Operation is possible from keys No opera
Level inhibit Access to the parameter andconfiguration levels is possibleStarting self-optimization is possible
No acceconfiguraStarting
Ramp stop Ramp running Ramp st
Setpoint switching Setpoint SP 1 is active Setpoint
The appropriate symbols SP 1 and SP 2level
Timer control Acknowledge startstopcontinuetimer run-down
Symbol Notes
C117 Function of the logic input vpage 33On Type 70204041 the parameter C117 is masked out if outpcontroller output (C113) or the limit comparator has been confment not on Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option))
5 Functions
19
5CTE
S
C physical
Cf overunderrange probe
C(controller type as C113)
P
ucture is not effectiveP
d no D action
ro I action
C
process is virtuallyive wear C
b702040enbk Seite 19 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
3 Controllerontroller structurehe controller structure is defined via the parameters Pb dt and rtxample Setting for PI controller rarr Pb 1=120 dt=0sec rt=350sec
ymbol Notes
113 Controller type and assignment of the controller outputs to theoutputs 1+2 vpage 32
116 Outputs in fault condition vpage 33The switching states of the outputs are defined here in the event obreakshort circuit or display overflowv Chapter 7
118 Assignment of the outputs vpage 33Only for Type 7020424344 overwrites the assignment of C113
b1 Proportional band 1 (controller output 1) vpage 36Proportional band 2 (controller output 2)Influences the P action of the controller If Pb=0 the controller strb2
t Derivative time vpage 36Influences the D action of the controller If dt=0 the controller has
t Reset time vpage 36Influences the I action of the controller If rt=0 the controller has n
y 1 Cycle time 1 (controller output 1) vpage 36Cycle time 2 (controller output 2)The cycle time has to be selected so that the energy supply to thecontinuous while not subjecting the switching elements to excessy 2
5 Functions
20
Contact spacing vpage 36
Symbol Notes
Pb2=0) it is necessary
b702040enbk Seite 20 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
dbfor double-setpoint controller
HYS1 Differential 1 (controller output 1) vpage 36Differential 2 (controller output 2)for controllers with Pb1=0 or Pb2=0HYS2
Y0 Working point (basic load) vpage 36Output if process value=setpoint
Y1 Output limiting vpage 36y1 - maximum outputy2 - minimum outputY2
H For controllers without controller structure (Pb1=0 or that y1=100 and y2=-100
5 Functions
21
5
S
C
H
A
lk
lk
lk
6 Monitoring referredto the setpoint
8 Monitoring referredto a fixed value AL
tpoint x = process value
On
On
b702040enbk Seite 21 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
4 Limit comparator (alarm contact)
ymbol Notes
114 Limit comparator function (lk1mdash lk8) vpage 32
yst Differential of limit comparator vpage 35
L Limit value of limit comparator vpage 36
lk2 lk3
4 lk5 lk6
7 lk8
1
lk1mdashlk
lk7 lk
w = se
On On
On On
On On
5 Functions
22
55 Ramp function
t
b702040enbk Seite 22 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Symbol Note
C115 Ramp function (onoff time unit) vpage 32
C117 Ramp stop via logic input (floating contact) vpage 33
rAsd Ramp slope in degCh or degCmin vpage 36
t1
SP1
SP2
t2 t3 t4 t5 t6
t1 power ON (SP 1 active)t2mdash t3 power failure or overrangeunderranget4mdasht5 ramp stopt6 setpoint switching to SP 2
ramp setpoint SPrprocess value
5 Functions
23
5S D or PI controllers
T 1 Cy 2 dF
T ontrol deviation
S
Sce
H
a tart
xw
260tunE
gt2s
d
b702040enbk Seite 23 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
6 Self-optimizationelf-optimization determines the optimum controller parameters for PI
he following controller parameters are defined rt dt Pb1 Pb2 Cy
he controller selects procedure a or b depending on the size of the c
tarting self-optimization
elf-optimization is automatically terminated or can be can-lled
Starting self-optimization is not possible with activelevel inhibit and ramp function
) Self-optimizationin theapproach phase
b) Self-optimi-zationat set-point
Start S
= process value = setpoint
Switchinglevel
i +d
i+
5 Functions
24
57 Level inhibit via code
ration levels (corresponds to
l Timer level
enabled
enabled
enabled
inhibited2
b702040enbk Seite 24 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
As an alternative to the logic input the level inhibit can beset via a code (logic input has priority)
h Set the code using q + d (at least 5sec) innormal display
Level inhibit via the logic input will lock the parameter and configucode 011)
1 The values at the operating level can only be indicated but not modified2 Timer operation (startstopcontinuecancel) will continue to be possible
Code Operating level Parameter level Configuration leve
000 enabled enabled enabled
001 enabled enabled inhibited
011 enabled inhibited inhibited
111 inhibited1 inhibited inhibited
5 Functions
25
5U ns of the adjustable timet key or via the logic inputth ter the process value hasg er has run down severalev int switching Furthermo-re
pointcess valuegrammed setpointer start valueer signallinge C122=1)ement key
E
b702040enbk Seite 25 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
8 Timer function (extra code)sing the timer function the control action can be influenced by meai 0 After the timer has been started by power ON by pressing the e timer start value t i 0 is counted down to 0 either instantly or af
one above or below a programmable tolerance limit When the timents are triggered such as control switch-off (output 0) and setpo it is possible to implement timer signalling via an output
w - setx - proS P - prot i 0 - tim----- - tim
(heri - incr
xample
5 Functions
26
Notes on the timer function in conjunction with the ramp function
function
oint is approached with the ithout ramp
p end value) is monitored
xception here is the timer figured setpoint switching via
except for events that are r value will be shown in the
b702040enbk Seite 26 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
- Generally the setpoints can also be approached using the ramp
- Stopping the timer does not influence the ramp function
- If control is active after the timer has run down the current setpramp Cancellation of the timer is followed by a setpoint step w
- For timer functions with a tolerance limit only the setpoint (=ram
Note on setpoint switching via the logic input
- Setpoint switching via the logic input is generally possible An efunction ldquoTime-dependent setpoint switchingrdquo In this case conthe logic input will not be active
Note on the display status in the event of a power failure
- The state of the display before the power failure will be restoredrelated to the timer (start cancel continue stop) Then the timedisplay
5 Functions
27
S
CC as run down (output 0)
C unction the process is con-automatically switches over
Diagrams with andwithout start abovetolerance limit
---- Tolerance limit
C121=3 4 7 or 8
b702040enbk Seite 27 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
ymbol Notes
120120=1
Timer function vpage 34
Time-limited control The control is switched off after the timer h
120=2 Time-dependent setpoint switching After the start of the timer ftrolled to setpoint SP2 After the timer has run down the controller to SP1
C121=3 4 7 or 8C121=1 2 5 or 6
C121=2 or 6 C121=1 or 5
5 Functions
28
Time-delayed control The control action starts after the timer has run down
own to 0 The control action is e signalled via an output
Symbol Notes
er has run down (End) theys are used for acknowledge-
0s
C122=1
b702040enbk Seite 28 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
C120C120=3
C120=4 Timer After the start of the timer function t i 0 is counted dindependent of the timer Here too the timer run-down can b
H After the timi + d kementSet ti0 gt
C121=1 2 5 or 6
C121=1 2 5 or 6
Timer signallingC122=3
5 Functions
29
Clowing events
keyslogic input)e
ow the tolerance limit the
restored or thehe power failure the timer 121=1 or 5 of a power failure
Ce run-down a signal can be
C
S
b702040enbk Seite 29 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
121 Start condition of the timer vpage 34The timer start value t i 0 is counted down as selected in the fol1 Power ON or logic inputkeys2 Start via keyslogic input3 Process value has reached tolerance limit (1degC or 5degC) (start via The position of the tolerance limit depends on the controller typ - 1-setpoint controller (direct) tolerance limit above setpoint - 1-setpoint controller (reversed) tolerance limit below setpoint - 2-setpoint controller tolerance limit below setpoint If during the control process the process value goes abovebel timer will be stopped for the duration of the infringement
Response to a power failure vpage 34After a power failure the condition before the power failure can betimer function can be cancelled If the timer had run down before tstart value will be loaded The timer will start automatically when CThe timer value is saved at one minute intervals to cover the case
122 Timer signalling vpage 35From the start of the timer function until timer run-down or after thproduced via an output
123 Time unit for the timer vpage 35
ymbol Notes
5 Functions
30
Programming example
s to be controlled for 30 min-the event of a power failure
llation on power failure
b702040enbk Seite 30 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
After the start via the logic input or from the keys the process hautes to a setpoint of 80degC The control action is to be cancelled in
Configuration
- C111mdash C116 Controller programming
- C117=5 Logic input = timer control
- C120=1 Timer function = time-limited control
- C121=6 Start condition for timer = via logic inputkeys - cance
- C122=0 Timer signalling = no function
- C123=1 Time unit (timer) = mmss
Operation
h Enter the setpoint SP (80degC)
h Press the q key until t i0 is indicated
h Change over to the timer level using q (at least 2sec)
h Enter the timer start value t i0_ (3000)
h Return to the operating level (timer value) with q
h Start the control action via the logic input or with i
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
31
6
lacesunit X
q
P
your selection with a
123
NO
b702040enbk Seite 31 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Configuration and parameter tables
C111 Transducer X
001 Pt 100 (3-wire)006 Pt 1000 (3-wire)601 KTY11-6 (2-wire)003 Pt 100 (2-wire)005 Pt 1000 (2-wire)039 Cu-Con T 040 Fe-Con J041 Cu-Con U042 Fe-Con L043 NiCr-Ni K044 Pt10Rh-Pt S045 Pt13Rh-Pt R046 Pt30Rh-Pt B048 NiCrSi-NiSi N052 Standard signal 0 ndash 20mA053 Standard signal 4 ndash 20mA063 Standard signal 0 ndash 10V2
071 Standard signal 2 ndash 10V3
C112 Decimal p
0 9999degC1 9999degC2 9999degC3 9999degF4 9999degF5 9999degF
q
q
b11
gt2s
q
y0
qgt2s
X Mark cross
SP 1 AL or Pb1 is shown here depending on the configuration
0 ndash 1V for Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option)
02 ndash 1V for Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option)
ormal displayperating level
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
32
limit comparator (LK) has priorityover the timer signalling
th Type 7020424344 see C118
C113 Controller type Output 1 (relay) Output 2+3 (logic+relay)
X
LKtimer signalling1
LKtimer signalling1
controller output 2
controller
controller
controller output 1
mp function Xp function offp function (degCmin)p function (degCh)
q
ow setpoint) = controller output 1 setpoint) = controller output 2
b702040enbk Seite 32 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 A programmed
Further settings for the outputs wi
10 single setpoint (reversed) controller11 single setpoint (direct) controller30 double setpoint controller output 1
20 single setpoint (reversed) LKtimer signalling1
21 single setpoint (direct) LKtimer signalling1
33 double setpoint controller output 2
q
C114 Limit comparator (LK) X
0 no function1 lk 12 lk 23 lk 34 lk 45 lk 56 lk 67 lk 78 lk 8
C115 Ra0 ram1 ram2 ram
q
reversed = heating (output is active when process value is beldirect = cooling (output is active when process value is above
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
33
input X
ctionibithibittopt switchingontrol
qut 3 Relay X
r signalling comparatorr signallingroller output comparatorroller output
comparatortimerroller output 2 comparatortimerroller output 1roller output 2roller output 1
b702040enbk Seite 33 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
C116 Outputs on fault X
0 01 LKtimer signalling OFF1 1002
2 -1001 3 01 LKtimer
signalling ON4 1002
C117 Logic
0 no fun1 key inh2 level in3 ramp s4 setpoin5 timer c
C118 Output 1 Relay (K1) Output 2 Logic (K2) Outp
0 Functions of outputs as defined under C1131
for 1
-set
pt c
ontr
l controller output limit comparator time2 controller output timer signalling limit3 limit comparator controller output time4 limit comparator timer signalling cont5 timer signalling controller output limit6 timer signalling limit comparator cont
7
for 2
-set
pt c
ontrl
controller output 1 controller output 2 limit8 controller output 1 limit comparatortimer cont9 controller output 2 controller output 1 limit10 controller output 2 limit comparatortimer cont11 limit comparatortimer controller output 1 cont12 limit comparatortimer controller output 2 cont
q
q
1 Minimum output limiting y2 is effective2 Maximum output limiting y1 is effective
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
34
C120 Timer function X
power failure Xs before there
n ofion ars in the
ot valid for C120=3 or 4
b702040enbk Seite 34 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
0 no function1 time-limited control2 time-dependent setpoint switching3 time-delayed control4 timer (control independent of timer)
C121 Start condition for timer Action on 1 after power ON logic inputkeys Condition a
power failu2 via logic inputkeys3 via logic inputkeys timer counts 1degC
from tolerance limit4 via logic inputkeys timer counts 5degC
from tolerance limit5 after power ON logic inputkeys Cancellatio
timer funct(StOP appedisplay)
6 via logic inputkeys7 via logic inputkeys timer counts 1degC
from tolerance limit8 via logic inputkeys timer counts 5degC
from tolerance limit
q
q
The start conditions with tolerance limit (C121=3 4 7 8) are nIf C120 is altered the validity of C121 must be checked
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
35
tory-set Yoursetting
0
0
0
he factory setting
ime (timer) X
(max 9959)(max 9959)ax 9999)
= minutes
q
b702040enbk Seite 35 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Parameter Explanation Value range fac
SCL start value of thestandard signal
-1999 to +9999digit1 0
sCH end value of thestandard signal
-1999 to +9999digit1 10
SPL lowersetpoint limiting
-1999 to +9999digit1 -20
SPH uppersetpoint limiting
-1999 to +9999digit1 85
OFFS process value correction -1999 to 9999digit1 0
HySt switching differential of the limit comparator
0 mdash 9999digit1 1
1 For displays with one or two decimal places the value range and tchange accordinglyExample 1 decimal place rarr value range -1999 to +9999
q
C122 Timer signalling X
0 no function1 timer start until run-down2 after run-down for 10sec 3 after run-down for 1min4 after run-down until
acknowledgement
qC123 Unit of t
1 mmss 2 hhmm 3 hhhh (ms = seconds m h = hours
One output has to be configuredcorrespondingly(C113C118)
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
36and the factory setting
Parameter Explanation Value range factory-set
Yoursetting
0
0
0
0
0
80sec
350sec
200sec
200sec
0
1
1
0
100
-100
06sec
0
b702040enbk Seite 36 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 For displays with one or two decimal places the value range change accordingly
sP 1 setpoint 1 SPL mdash SPH
sP 2 setpoint 2 SPL mdash SPH
AL limit value oflimit comparator
-1999 to +9999digit1
Pb1 proportional band 1 0 mdash 9999digit1
Pb2 proportional band 2 0 mdash 9999digit1
dt derivative time 0 mdash 9999sec
rt reset time 0 mdash 9999sec
Cy 1 cycle time 1 10 mdash 9999sec
Cy 2 cycle time 2 10 mdash 9999sec
db contact spacing 0 mdash 1000digit1
HYS1 differential 1 0 mdash 9999digit1
HYS2 differential 2 0 mdash 9999digit1
Y0 working point -100 to 100
Y1 maximum output 0 mdash 100
Y2 minimum output -100 to +100
dF filter time constant 00 mdash 1000sec
rAsd ramp slope 0 mdash 999 degCh (degCmin)1
7 Alarm
messag
es
37
7
D
of process valueit comparators referred to input behave in accord-figuration of the outputsed
n has been cancelled due to he timer value that wase of the supply failure will be
H ge
is connected
b702040enbk Seite 37 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Alarm messages
isplay Description Causeresponse
The displays for the process value or timer value flashes ldquo1999rdquoDisplay current timer value by repeatedly pressing the q key
OverunderrangeController and limthe process valueance with the conThe timer is stopp
The display for the timer value alternates between showing ldquoStOPrdquo and the timeh Acknowledge by using any
key (the timer start value t i 0 is loaded)
The timer functioa supply failure Tpresent at the timindicated
The following events come under the heading overunderran- Probe breakshort-circuit- Measurement is outside the control range of the probe that- Display overflow
7 Alarm
messag
es
38
Measurement circuit monitoring (bull = recognized)
-circuitProbelead break
bull
bull
bull-
bull-
b702040enbk Seite 38 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Transducer Overrangeunderrange
Probelead short
Thermocouple bullbull -
Resistance thermometer bullbull bull
Voltage 2 ndash 10V and02 ndash 1V0 ndash 10V and 0 ndash 1V
bullbullbull-
bull-
Current 4 ndash 20mA0 ndash 20mA
bullbullbull-
bull-
8 Technical data
39
8In
1
In
23
nce thermometer
3A at 250V AC resistive load at rated load
mA Rload ge250Ω
mA Rload ge600Ω
5+10 48 mdash 63Hz or 48 mdash 63Hz or
nnect to SELV or PELV)
Range
-200 to +850degC
-200 to +850degC
-50 to +150degC
uracy le01 50ppmdegCle10 50ppmdegC
20Ω max per lead250microA
b702040enbk Seite 39 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Technical dataput for thermocouple
These ranges refer to the ambiente temperature of 20degC
put for standard signals
0mdash1V REgt10MΩ for Type 70204041 with 2 relays02mdash1V REgt10MΩ for Type 70204041 with 2 relays
Designation Range 1
Fe-Con LFe-Con J EN 60584Cu-Con UCu-Con T EN 60584NiCr-Ni K EN 60584NiCrSi-NiSi N EN 60584Pt10Rh-Pt S EN 60584Pt13Rh-Pt R EN 60584Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh B EN 60584
-200 to + 900degC-200 to +1200degC-200 to + 600degC-200 to + 400degC-200 to +1372degC-200 to +1300degC
0 mdash 1768degC0 mdash 1768degC0 mdash 1820degC
Measurement accuracy le04 100ppmdegCCold junction Pt100 internal
Designation Range
Voltage 0 mdash 10V RE gt 100kΩ2
2 mdash 10V RE gt 100kΩ3
RE - input resistance
Current 4 mdash 20mA voltage drop le 15V0 mdash 20mA voltage drop le 15V
Measurement accuracy le01 100ppmdegC
Input for resista
OutputsRelayno(make) contact150000 operationsLogic 05VCurrent limiting 20Logic 012VCurrent limiting 20
Supply110 mdash 240V AC -120 mdash 53V ACDC10 mdash 18V DC (Co
Designation
Pt100 EN 60751
Pt1000 EN 60751
KTY11-6
Measurement accPt1001000KTY11-6Sensor leadresistance Meas current
8 Technical data
40
ControllerController type 1-setpt controller with
Data backup EEPROMHousing type
or panel mounting
nt panelater (add mildly acidic neutral
detergents if necessary) Do sive cleaning agents or high-s Limited resistance to organic irits benzol etc)
ng3 834
rage temperatureo +70degC
onsity no condensation
ion any
)160g (702043)200g (702044)
60529
n to EN 61010
b702040enbk Seite 40 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Accuracy of timer 07 10ppmdegC
Test voltages (type test)to EN 61 010 Part 1 March 1994overvoltage category II pollution degree 2 for Type 70204041overvoltage category III pollution degree 2 for Type 7020424344
Power consumption 7VA max
Electrical connectionat the rear via plug-in screw terminalsconductor cross-section le 25mm2 (13mm2 withType 70204041) solid wire or 15mm2 (10mm2 for Type 70204041) stranded wire with ferrules
Electromagnetic compatibility EN 61 326Immunity to interfer Class B Interfer emission industrial requirements
Approval UL and CSA (only devices with JUMO indication)
limit comparator 2-setpt controllerController structure PPDPIPIDAD converter resolution gt15 bitSampling time 210msec (250msec with timer
function)
plastic housing fto DIN 43700Cleaning the frouse warm or hot wor mildly alkalinenot use any abrapressure cleanersolvents (e g sp
Housing mountiin panel to DIN 4
Ambient and sto0 to 55degC -40 t
Climatic conditile 75 rel humid
Operating posit
Weight (approx75g (702040)95g (702041)
145g (702042)Protection IP66 (front) to ENIP20 (rear)Safety regulatio
JUMO GmbH amp Co KG
Street adressMoltkestraszlige 13 - 3136039 Fulda GermanyDelivery addressMackenrodtstraszlige 1436039 Fulda GermanyPostal address36035 Fulda GermanyPhone +49 661 6003-0Fax +49 661 6003-607e-mail mailjumonetInternet wwwjumonet
JUMO Instrument Co Ltd
JUMO HouseTemple Bank RiverwayHarlow Essex CM20 2TT UKPhone +44 1279 635533Fax +44 1279 635262e-mail salesjumocoukInternet wwwjumocouk
JUMO Process Control Inc
8 Technology BoulevardCanastota NY 13032 USAPhone 315-697-JUMO
1-800-554-JUMOFax 315-697-5867e-mail infojumousInternet wwwjumous
b702040enbk Seite 1 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
- 1 Identifying the instrument version
- 2 Installation
- 3 Electrical connection
- 4 Operation
-
- 41 Displays and keys
- 42 Principle of operation
- 43 Operation of the timer function
-
- 5 Functions
-
- 51 Process value input
- 52 Logic input
- 53 Controller
- 54 Limit comparator (alarm contact)
- 55 Ramp function
- 56 Self-optimization
- 57 Level inhibit via code
- 58 Timer function (extra code)
-
- 6 Configuration and parameter tables
- 7 Alarm messages
- 8 Technical data
-
Please read these Operating Instructions carefully before starting up the instrument Keepthese operating instructions in a place which is at all times accessible to all users Pleaseassist us to improve these operating instructions where necessary Your suggestions will bemost welcome
Phone in Germany (0661) 6003-727from abroad (+49) 661 6003-0
Fax in Germany (0661) 6003-508abroad (+49) 661 6003-607
All necessary settings are described in these operating instructions However if any difficul-ties should still arise during start-up you are asked not to carry out any unauthorized ma-nipulations on the unit You could endanger you rights under the instrument warrantyPlease contact the nearest subsidiary or the main factory in such a case
EWhen returning chassis assemblies or components the regulations of EN 100 015 ldquoProtec-tion of electrostatically sensitive componentsrdquo must be observed Use only the appropriateESD packaging for transport
Please note that we cannot accept any liability for damage caused by ESD (electrostatic dis-charge)
b702040enbk Seite 2 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Co
ntentsContents
1 Identifying the instrument version 42 Installation 63 Electrical connection 74 Operation 12
41 Displays and keys 1242 Principle of operation 1343 Operation of the timer function 15
5 Functions 1651 Process value input 1752 Logic input 1853 Controller 1954 Limit comparator (alarm contact) 2155 Ramp function 2256 Self-optimization 2357 Level inhibit via code 2458 Timer function (extra code) 25
6 Configuration and parameter tables 317 Alarm messages 378 Technical data 39
b702040enbk Seite 3 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 Identifying
the instrument versio
n
4
1 Identifying the instrument version
arameter level
96 x 48 (landscape) 44 = 96 x 96
2
Type 7020424344
relay (no make)
putlogic 05V
relay (no make)
Type 7020424344
putlogic 012V
ailable)not possible
b702040enbk Seite 4 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 single-setpoint controller with limit comparator see factory settings under configuration and p2 see customerrsquos ordering text or settings under configuration and parameter level
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
7020 ndash ndash ndash
(1) Basic type(bezel in mm)
40 = 48 x 24 41 = 48 x 48 42 = 48 x 96 (portrait) 43 =
(2) Basic typeextension
88 =99 =
controller type configurable1
controller type configured to customer specification
(3) Inputs 888 =999 =
inputs configurable1
inputs configured to customer specification2
(4) Outputs 000 = Standard Type 70204041
Output 1 relay (no make)
Output 2 logic 05V optionallyconfigurable als logic in
Output 3 (not available)
Options Type 70204041
113 = Output 2(outputs 1+3 as forStandard)
logic 012V optionallyconfigurable als logic in
101 = Output 2(output 1 as for Standard)
relay (no make)(logic input is always av
1 Identifying
the instrument versio
n
5
1
(5
(6
D Type 7020424344
2 mounting brackets
tions 702040
b702040enbk Seite 5 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
The linearizations for KTY11-6 and thermocouple B have been deleted
) Supply 16 =22 =23 =
10mdash18V DC20mdash53V ACDC 48mdash63Hz
110mdash240V -15+10 AC 48mdash 63Hz
) Extra code 210 =220 =
Timer functionTimer function + limit switch1
elivery package Type 70204041
1 mounting frame
1 seal 1 Operating instruc
2 Installation
6
2 Installation
-edge-mountingings of panel cut-outs)
verticalgt 8mmgt 8mmgt 10mmgt 10mmgt 10mm
on mounting bracketsen screws
b702040enbk Seite 6 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Type (bezel) Panel cut-out (WxH) in mm
Edge-to(minimum spac
horizontal702040 (48mm x 24mm) 45+06 x 222+03 gt 8mm702041 (48mm x 48mm) 45+06 x 45+06 gt 8mm702042 (48mm x 96mm) 45+06 x 92+08 gt 10mm702043 (96mm x 48mm) 92+08 x 45+06 gt 10mm702044 (96mm x 96mm) 92+08 x 92+08 gt 10mm
1 Push on seal2 Insert instrument
3 Push4 Tight
Installation 702042as 702044
3 Electrical co
nnection
7
3
In
- nnection must conform to wer Circuits with nominal
- onnel
- t it must be isolated on
- f a short-circuit The load ent welding of the output
- ations listed under
- ch other
- instrument
-
- damage to controlled of parameter and
b702040enbk Seite 7 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Electrical connection
stallation notes
The choice of cable the installation the fusing and the electrical cothe requirements of VDE 0100 ldquoRegulations on the Installation of Povoltages below 1000Vrdquo or the appropriate local regulations
The electrical connection must only be carried out by qualified pers
If contact with live parts is possible when working on the instrumenboth poles from the supply
A current limiting resistor interrupts the supply circuit in the event ocircuit must be fused for the maximum relay current in order to prevrelay contacts in the event of an external short-circuit
Electromagnetic compatibility conforms to the standards and regulTechnical Data
Run input output and supply lines separately and not parallel to ea
Do not connect any additional loads to the supply terminals of the
The instrument is not suitable for installation in hazardous areas
Apart from faulty installation there is a possibility of interference orprocesses due to incorrect settings on the controller (setpoint data
3 Electrical co
nnection
8
configuration levels internal adjustments) Safety devices independent of the controller such as overpressure valves or temperature
pable of adjustment only by
tion Since auto-tuning (self-loops there is a theoretical value should therefore be
etwork must be laid out as ower cables or components) strument side
b702040enbk Seite 8 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
limitersmonitors should always be provided and should be caspecialist personnel Please refer to the appropriate safety regulations in this connecoptimization) cannot be expected to handle all possible control possibility of unstable parameter settings The resulting processmonitored for its stability
- All input and output lines that are not connected to the supply nshielded and twisted cables (do not run them in the vicinity of pThe shielding must be grounded to the earth potential on the in
3 Electrical co
nnection
9
20mdash53V
10mdash18V
ACDC
DC
AC
110mdash240V
(configurable)
ut 1
3A
+
+
ndash
ndash
N L19
2
=
Supplysee label
al con-st only out by rsonnel
T
b702040enbk Seite 9 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
5V(12V)20mA
1 Output or logic input 2 resistive load
Outp
250V
Logic input
Process value input
+
+ndash+ ndash
ndash
8654321
Current04mdash20mA
Pt1001000KTY11-6(2-wire)
Pt1001000(3-wire)
Thermocouple
Voltage02mdash10V
Output 21
Logic output Relay
+ ndash floating contact
1
VThe electricnection mube carried qualified pe
ype 70204041
3 Electrical co
nnection
10
20mdash53V
ACDC
AC
110mdash240V
1
+ndash
N L198
Outputs
50 V3 A Supplysee label
10mdash18V
DC
+ndash
=l connection
e carried out personnel
Type 70204041 with
b702040enbk Seite 10 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
2
Logic input
Process value input
-+
+ ndash
54321
Current04mdash20 mA
Pt1001000KTY11-6(2-wire)
Pt1001000(3-wire)
Thermocouple
Voltage002mdash1 V
Relay 2
+ ndash
7
VThe electricamust only bby qualified
2 relay outputs (option)
3 Electrical co
nnection
11
20mdash53V
AC
110mdash240V
ut 3
3A
+ndash
13 N L1
2
y
2 resistive load
ACDC
10mdash18V
DC
+ndash
=
Supplysee label
T
st ed
b702040enbk Seite 11 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Output 2
5V(12V)20mA
Current04mdash20mA
Pt1001000KTY11-6(2-wire)
Pt1001000(3-wire)
Thermocouple
Voltage02mdash10V
OutpOutput 1
250V3A 250V
Logic input
Process value input+
+ndash
+ ndash
ndash
121097654321
floating contact
2Logic output Relay Rela
+ ndash
ype 7020424344
VThe electrical connection muonly be carried out by qualifipersonnel
4 Op
eration
12
4 Operation
wheners and and
10mm20mm
it
e display)
utputs 1 and 2 yellow
rogramming the instrumention of settings and parameterswith i with dceptance after 2 seconds
b702040enbk Seite 12 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
41 Displays and keys
(1) Display
7-segment display 4 places greenDisplay alternates setpoints parametcodes are entered indicated
Character height Type 7020404142Type 70204344
Display range -1999 to +9999 dig
Decimal places none one two
Unit degC degF (process valu
(2) Status indicators
LED two LEDs for the o
(3) Keys
q i d for operating and pDynamic modificath Increase value
h Decrease value
Automatic value ac
Example Type 702041
4 Op
eration
13
4NT
OT input SP 1 or SP 2 ap-p nt SPr is displayed Withac 0 is shownT ing will be accepted auto-m
PT meters and the ramp slo-p
CT
e configuration level ATT e timer start value are al-te in the display
TIf splay after approx 30 sec(e is displayed) If the timerva
b702040enbk Seite 13 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
2 Principle of operationormal displayhe display shows the process value
perating levelhe setpoint SP is input here On active setpoint switching via the logicears in the display When the ramp function is active the ramp setpoitivated timer function the timer value t i or the timer start value t i
he setpoint is altered dynamically using the i and d keys The settatically after approx 2 sec
arameter levelhe setpoints the limit value of the limit comparator the controller parae are programmed here
onfiguration levelhe basic functions of the controller are set here
In order to make the settings it is necessary to change to thvia the parameter y0 (parameter level)
imer levelhe current timer value (only when the timer has been started) and thred here The parameters at this level are marked with an underscore
ime-out no operation occurs the controller returns automatically to normal dixception with timer functions starting via power ON the timer valuelue is displayed at the operating level time-out is not active
4 Op
eration
14
Parameter level
uration level
level (timer stopped)
C111
Pb1t 1+2lue for
omparatorller parameterslope
rentlueen timer hasrted)
rt value
ti
ti0
ration codesrd signal scalings value correctionng differentialcomparator
gt 2s
Normal display Operating level
after lastparameter via y0
Y0
A
re to differentiate operating level
b702040enbk Seite 14 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Process value
Config
Timer
259
- setpoin- limit va
limit c- contro- ramp s
Setpoint
(with setpointswitching
or )SP 1 SP 2
alter curtimer va(only whbeen sta
setaltertimer sta
only displayed if function is configured
Ramp setpoint(display only)
Timer value(operating onlydifferent displaydepending ontimer condition (see table))
SP
SPr
ti
- configu- standa- proces- switchi
of limit
q d+
gt 2s
gt 2s
Time-out(30s)
Time-out
or
after lastparameter
i i d +
Underscoand timer
4 Op
eration
15
4T dge) if the timer at opera-tin is configured accordinglyth n also be operated even ifth
P l
D ateActioner has stoppedContinue with iCancel with i + d
er has run downAcknowledge with any key(timer start value t i 0 is indicated)With time-delayed control (C120=3) acknowledge with i + d
W imer value will blink
b702040enbk Seite 15 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
3 Operation of the timer functionhe timer can be operated with the keys (start stop cancel acknowleg level is indicated Time-out is not active here If the logic input en a key such as the i key can be used In this case the timer cae timer value does not appear in the display
ossible displayed parameters for timer function at operating leve
isplay StateAction Display StTimer not runningh Start with i
Timh
h
Timer has been started but the tolerance limit has not yet been reachedh Cancel with i + d
Timh
Timer running t i is displayedh Stop with ih Cancel with i + d
hen the timer has been started the decimal point in the display for the t
5 Functions
16
5 Functions
tables provided for this pur-mark selection with a cross in the order of theirt (see table below)
t
for ParameterPb2 Cy 2 db HyS2
111
C114 HySt ALC117
HySt AL
11 C117
SCL SCH
rASd SPrel SP 1 SP 2
ti C121 C122 C123
C118
b702040enbk Seite 16 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
We recommend the following procedure
1 not for Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option)
h Familiarize yourself with the controller functions
h Enter the configuration codes and the parameter values in the pose in Chapter 6 Write down the appropriate values ( ) or ( ) The parameters and the configuration codes are listed appearance Parameters which are not relevant are masked ou
h Enter the configuration code and parameters on the instrumen
Configuration Masking out the parametersSingle-setpoint controller Double-setpoint controller
Double-setpoint controller Limit comp for Type 7020404Logic input for Type 7020404
Limit comparator no function Limit comparator
Limit comparator activated Logic input for Type 7020404
Resistance thermometer thermocouple Standard signal scaling
Ramp function off Ramp function
Setpoint switching not activated Setpoints at the parameter lev
Timer function no function Timer function
Type 70204041 Output 3
X
5 Functions
17
5
S
C
C e 31
S
S
Oected by a programmable
cuit through process value
d c = filter off) vpage 36
nges in the process value
b702040enbk Seite 17 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 Process value input
ymbol Notes
111 Transducerprobe (process value input) vpage 31
112 Unit of process value (degCdegF)decimal places of display vpag
CL Startend value of value range for standard signals vpage 35Example 0mdash20 mArarr20mdash200degC SCL = 20 SCH = 200
CH
FFS Process value correction vpage 35Using the process value correction a measured value can be corramount upwards or downwards (offset)Lead compensation can be implemented in software for 2-wire circorrection
ExamplesMeasured value Offset Displayed value 2947 + 03 2950 2953 - 03 2950
F Filter time constant (damping) to adapt the digital input filter (0seif dF high - high damping of interference signals
- slow reaction of the process value display to cha- low cut-off frequency (2nd order low-pass filter)
5 Functions
18
52 Logic input
tion from keys
ss to the parameter andtion levels
self-optimization is not possible
opped
SP 2 is active
are displayed at the operating
(edge-triggered)
ut 2 has been programmed as igured (C114) (double assign-
b702040enbk Seite 18 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Key inhibit Operation is possible from keys No opera
Level inhibit Access to the parameter andconfiguration levels is possibleStarting self-optimization is possible
No acceconfiguraStarting
Ramp stop Ramp running Ramp st
Setpoint switching Setpoint SP 1 is active Setpoint
The appropriate symbols SP 1 and SP 2level
Timer control Acknowledge startstopcontinuetimer run-down
Symbol Notes
C117 Function of the logic input vpage 33On Type 70204041 the parameter C117 is masked out if outpcontroller output (C113) or the limit comparator has been confment not on Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option))
5 Functions
19
5CTE
S
C physical
Cf overunderrange probe
C(controller type as C113)
P
ucture is not effectiveP
d no D action
ro I action
C
process is virtuallyive wear C
b702040enbk Seite 19 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
3 Controllerontroller structurehe controller structure is defined via the parameters Pb dt and rtxample Setting for PI controller rarr Pb 1=120 dt=0sec rt=350sec
ymbol Notes
113 Controller type and assignment of the controller outputs to theoutputs 1+2 vpage 32
116 Outputs in fault condition vpage 33The switching states of the outputs are defined here in the event obreakshort circuit or display overflowv Chapter 7
118 Assignment of the outputs vpage 33Only for Type 7020424344 overwrites the assignment of C113
b1 Proportional band 1 (controller output 1) vpage 36Proportional band 2 (controller output 2)Influences the P action of the controller If Pb=0 the controller strb2
t Derivative time vpage 36Influences the D action of the controller If dt=0 the controller has
t Reset time vpage 36Influences the I action of the controller If rt=0 the controller has n
y 1 Cycle time 1 (controller output 1) vpage 36Cycle time 2 (controller output 2)The cycle time has to be selected so that the energy supply to thecontinuous while not subjecting the switching elements to excessy 2
5 Functions
20
Contact spacing vpage 36
Symbol Notes
Pb2=0) it is necessary
b702040enbk Seite 20 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
dbfor double-setpoint controller
HYS1 Differential 1 (controller output 1) vpage 36Differential 2 (controller output 2)for controllers with Pb1=0 or Pb2=0HYS2
Y0 Working point (basic load) vpage 36Output if process value=setpoint
Y1 Output limiting vpage 36y1 - maximum outputy2 - minimum outputY2
H For controllers without controller structure (Pb1=0 or that y1=100 and y2=-100
5 Functions
21
5
S
C
H
A
lk
lk
lk
6 Monitoring referredto the setpoint
8 Monitoring referredto a fixed value AL
tpoint x = process value
On
On
b702040enbk Seite 21 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
4 Limit comparator (alarm contact)
ymbol Notes
114 Limit comparator function (lk1mdash lk8) vpage 32
yst Differential of limit comparator vpage 35
L Limit value of limit comparator vpage 36
lk2 lk3
4 lk5 lk6
7 lk8
1
lk1mdashlk
lk7 lk
w = se
On On
On On
On On
5 Functions
22
55 Ramp function
t
b702040enbk Seite 22 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Symbol Note
C115 Ramp function (onoff time unit) vpage 32
C117 Ramp stop via logic input (floating contact) vpage 33
rAsd Ramp slope in degCh or degCmin vpage 36
t1
SP1
SP2
t2 t3 t4 t5 t6
t1 power ON (SP 1 active)t2mdash t3 power failure or overrangeunderranget4mdasht5 ramp stopt6 setpoint switching to SP 2
ramp setpoint SPrprocess value
5 Functions
23
5S D or PI controllers
T 1 Cy 2 dF
T ontrol deviation
S
Sce
H
a tart
xw
260tunE
gt2s
d
b702040enbk Seite 23 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
6 Self-optimizationelf-optimization determines the optimum controller parameters for PI
he following controller parameters are defined rt dt Pb1 Pb2 Cy
he controller selects procedure a or b depending on the size of the c
tarting self-optimization
elf-optimization is automatically terminated or can be can-lled
Starting self-optimization is not possible with activelevel inhibit and ramp function
) Self-optimizationin theapproach phase
b) Self-optimi-zationat set-point
Start S
= process value = setpoint
Switchinglevel
i +d
i+
5 Functions
24
57 Level inhibit via code
ration levels (corresponds to
l Timer level
enabled
enabled
enabled
inhibited2
b702040enbk Seite 24 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
As an alternative to the logic input the level inhibit can beset via a code (logic input has priority)
h Set the code using q + d (at least 5sec) innormal display
Level inhibit via the logic input will lock the parameter and configucode 011)
1 The values at the operating level can only be indicated but not modified2 Timer operation (startstopcontinuecancel) will continue to be possible
Code Operating level Parameter level Configuration leve
000 enabled enabled enabled
001 enabled enabled inhibited
011 enabled inhibited inhibited
111 inhibited1 inhibited inhibited
5 Functions
25
5U ns of the adjustable timet key or via the logic inputth ter the process value hasg er has run down severalev int switching Furthermo-re
pointcess valuegrammed setpointer start valueer signallinge C122=1)ement key
E
b702040enbk Seite 25 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
8 Timer function (extra code)sing the timer function the control action can be influenced by meai 0 After the timer has been started by power ON by pressing the e timer start value t i 0 is counted down to 0 either instantly or af
one above or below a programmable tolerance limit When the timents are triggered such as control switch-off (output 0) and setpo it is possible to implement timer signalling via an output
w - setx - proS P - prot i 0 - tim----- - tim
(heri - incr
xample
5 Functions
26
Notes on the timer function in conjunction with the ramp function
function
oint is approached with the ithout ramp
p end value) is monitored
xception here is the timer figured setpoint switching via
except for events that are r value will be shown in the
b702040enbk Seite 26 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
- Generally the setpoints can also be approached using the ramp
- Stopping the timer does not influence the ramp function
- If control is active after the timer has run down the current setpramp Cancellation of the timer is followed by a setpoint step w
- For timer functions with a tolerance limit only the setpoint (=ram
Note on setpoint switching via the logic input
- Setpoint switching via the logic input is generally possible An efunction ldquoTime-dependent setpoint switchingrdquo In this case conthe logic input will not be active
Note on the display status in the event of a power failure
- The state of the display before the power failure will be restoredrelated to the timer (start cancel continue stop) Then the timedisplay
5 Functions
27
S
CC as run down (output 0)
C unction the process is con-automatically switches over
Diagrams with andwithout start abovetolerance limit
---- Tolerance limit
C121=3 4 7 or 8
b702040enbk Seite 27 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
ymbol Notes
120120=1
Timer function vpage 34
Time-limited control The control is switched off after the timer h
120=2 Time-dependent setpoint switching After the start of the timer ftrolled to setpoint SP2 After the timer has run down the controller to SP1
C121=3 4 7 or 8C121=1 2 5 or 6
C121=2 or 6 C121=1 or 5
5 Functions
28
Time-delayed control The control action starts after the timer has run down
own to 0 The control action is e signalled via an output
Symbol Notes
er has run down (End) theys are used for acknowledge-
0s
C122=1
b702040enbk Seite 28 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
C120C120=3
C120=4 Timer After the start of the timer function t i 0 is counted dindependent of the timer Here too the timer run-down can b
H After the timi + d kementSet ti0 gt
C121=1 2 5 or 6
C121=1 2 5 or 6
Timer signallingC122=3
5 Functions
29
Clowing events
keyslogic input)e
ow the tolerance limit the
restored or thehe power failure the timer 121=1 or 5 of a power failure
Ce run-down a signal can be
C
S
b702040enbk Seite 29 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
121 Start condition of the timer vpage 34The timer start value t i 0 is counted down as selected in the fol1 Power ON or logic inputkeys2 Start via keyslogic input3 Process value has reached tolerance limit (1degC or 5degC) (start via The position of the tolerance limit depends on the controller typ - 1-setpoint controller (direct) tolerance limit above setpoint - 1-setpoint controller (reversed) tolerance limit below setpoint - 2-setpoint controller tolerance limit below setpoint If during the control process the process value goes abovebel timer will be stopped for the duration of the infringement
Response to a power failure vpage 34After a power failure the condition before the power failure can betimer function can be cancelled If the timer had run down before tstart value will be loaded The timer will start automatically when CThe timer value is saved at one minute intervals to cover the case
122 Timer signalling vpage 35From the start of the timer function until timer run-down or after thproduced via an output
123 Time unit for the timer vpage 35
ymbol Notes
5 Functions
30
Programming example
s to be controlled for 30 min-the event of a power failure
llation on power failure
b702040enbk Seite 30 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
After the start via the logic input or from the keys the process hautes to a setpoint of 80degC The control action is to be cancelled in
Configuration
- C111mdash C116 Controller programming
- C117=5 Logic input = timer control
- C120=1 Timer function = time-limited control
- C121=6 Start condition for timer = via logic inputkeys - cance
- C122=0 Timer signalling = no function
- C123=1 Time unit (timer) = mmss
Operation
h Enter the setpoint SP (80degC)
h Press the q key until t i0 is indicated
h Change over to the timer level using q (at least 2sec)
h Enter the timer start value t i0_ (3000)
h Return to the operating level (timer value) with q
h Start the control action via the logic input or with i
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
31
6
lacesunit X
q
P
your selection with a
123
NO
b702040enbk Seite 31 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Configuration and parameter tables
C111 Transducer X
001 Pt 100 (3-wire)006 Pt 1000 (3-wire)601 KTY11-6 (2-wire)003 Pt 100 (2-wire)005 Pt 1000 (2-wire)039 Cu-Con T 040 Fe-Con J041 Cu-Con U042 Fe-Con L043 NiCr-Ni K044 Pt10Rh-Pt S045 Pt13Rh-Pt R046 Pt30Rh-Pt B048 NiCrSi-NiSi N052 Standard signal 0 ndash 20mA053 Standard signal 4 ndash 20mA063 Standard signal 0 ndash 10V2
071 Standard signal 2 ndash 10V3
C112 Decimal p
0 9999degC1 9999degC2 9999degC3 9999degF4 9999degF5 9999degF
q
q
b11
gt2s
q
y0
qgt2s
X Mark cross
SP 1 AL or Pb1 is shown here depending on the configuration
0 ndash 1V for Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option)
02 ndash 1V for Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option)
ormal displayperating level
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
32
limit comparator (LK) has priorityover the timer signalling
th Type 7020424344 see C118
C113 Controller type Output 1 (relay) Output 2+3 (logic+relay)
X
LKtimer signalling1
LKtimer signalling1
controller output 2
controller
controller
controller output 1
mp function Xp function offp function (degCmin)p function (degCh)
q
ow setpoint) = controller output 1 setpoint) = controller output 2
b702040enbk Seite 32 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 A programmed
Further settings for the outputs wi
10 single setpoint (reversed) controller11 single setpoint (direct) controller30 double setpoint controller output 1
20 single setpoint (reversed) LKtimer signalling1
21 single setpoint (direct) LKtimer signalling1
33 double setpoint controller output 2
q
C114 Limit comparator (LK) X
0 no function1 lk 12 lk 23 lk 34 lk 45 lk 56 lk 67 lk 78 lk 8
C115 Ra0 ram1 ram2 ram
q
reversed = heating (output is active when process value is beldirect = cooling (output is active when process value is above
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
33
input X
ctionibithibittopt switchingontrol
qut 3 Relay X
r signalling comparatorr signallingroller output comparatorroller output
comparatortimerroller output 2 comparatortimerroller output 1roller output 2roller output 1
b702040enbk Seite 33 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
C116 Outputs on fault X
0 01 LKtimer signalling OFF1 1002
2 -1001 3 01 LKtimer
signalling ON4 1002
C117 Logic
0 no fun1 key inh2 level in3 ramp s4 setpoin5 timer c
C118 Output 1 Relay (K1) Output 2 Logic (K2) Outp
0 Functions of outputs as defined under C1131
for 1
-set
pt c
ontr
l controller output limit comparator time2 controller output timer signalling limit3 limit comparator controller output time4 limit comparator timer signalling cont5 timer signalling controller output limit6 timer signalling limit comparator cont
7
for 2
-set
pt c
ontrl
controller output 1 controller output 2 limit8 controller output 1 limit comparatortimer cont9 controller output 2 controller output 1 limit10 controller output 2 limit comparatortimer cont11 limit comparatortimer controller output 1 cont12 limit comparatortimer controller output 2 cont
q
q
1 Minimum output limiting y2 is effective2 Maximum output limiting y1 is effective
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
34
C120 Timer function X
power failure Xs before there
n ofion ars in the
ot valid for C120=3 or 4
b702040enbk Seite 34 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
0 no function1 time-limited control2 time-dependent setpoint switching3 time-delayed control4 timer (control independent of timer)
C121 Start condition for timer Action on 1 after power ON logic inputkeys Condition a
power failu2 via logic inputkeys3 via logic inputkeys timer counts 1degC
from tolerance limit4 via logic inputkeys timer counts 5degC
from tolerance limit5 after power ON logic inputkeys Cancellatio
timer funct(StOP appedisplay)
6 via logic inputkeys7 via logic inputkeys timer counts 1degC
from tolerance limit8 via logic inputkeys timer counts 5degC
from tolerance limit
q
q
The start conditions with tolerance limit (C121=3 4 7 8) are nIf C120 is altered the validity of C121 must be checked
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
35
tory-set Yoursetting
0
0
0
he factory setting
ime (timer) X
(max 9959)(max 9959)ax 9999)
= minutes
q
b702040enbk Seite 35 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Parameter Explanation Value range fac
SCL start value of thestandard signal
-1999 to +9999digit1 0
sCH end value of thestandard signal
-1999 to +9999digit1 10
SPL lowersetpoint limiting
-1999 to +9999digit1 -20
SPH uppersetpoint limiting
-1999 to +9999digit1 85
OFFS process value correction -1999 to 9999digit1 0
HySt switching differential of the limit comparator
0 mdash 9999digit1 1
1 For displays with one or two decimal places the value range and tchange accordinglyExample 1 decimal place rarr value range -1999 to +9999
q
C122 Timer signalling X
0 no function1 timer start until run-down2 after run-down for 10sec 3 after run-down for 1min4 after run-down until
acknowledgement
qC123 Unit of t
1 mmss 2 hhmm 3 hhhh (ms = seconds m h = hours
One output has to be configuredcorrespondingly(C113C118)
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
36and the factory setting
Parameter Explanation Value range factory-set
Yoursetting
0
0
0
0
0
80sec
350sec
200sec
200sec
0
1
1
0
100
-100
06sec
0
b702040enbk Seite 36 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 For displays with one or two decimal places the value range change accordingly
sP 1 setpoint 1 SPL mdash SPH
sP 2 setpoint 2 SPL mdash SPH
AL limit value oflimit comparator
-1999 to +9999digit1
Pb1 proportional band 1 0 mdash 9999digit1
Pb2 proportional band 2 0 mdash 9999digit1
dt derivative time 0 mdash 9999sec
rt reset time 0 mdash 9999sec
Cy 1 cycle time 1 10 mdash 9999sec
Cy 2 cycle time 2 10 mdash 9999sec
db contact spacing 0 mdash 1000digit1
HYS1 differential 1 0 mdash 9999digit1
HYS2 differential 2 0 mdash 9999digit1
Y0 working point -100 to 100
Y1 maximum output 0 mdash 100
Y2 minimum output -100 to +100
dF filter time constant 00 mdash 1000sec
rAsd ramp slope 0 mdash 999 degCh (degCmin)1
7 Alarm
messag
es
37
7
D
of process valueit comparators referred to input behave in accord-figuration of the outputsed
n has been cancelled due to he timer value that wase of the supply failure will be
H ge
is connected
b702040enbk Seite 37 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Alarm messages
isplay Description Causeresponse
The displays for the process value or timer value flashes ldquo1999rdquoDisplay current timer value by repeatedly pressing the q key
OverunderrangeController and limthe process valueance with the conThe timer is stopp
The display for the timer value alternates between showing ldquoStOPrdquo and the timeh Acknowledge by using any
key (the timer start value t i 0 is loaded)
The timer functioa supply failure Tpresent at the timindicated
The following events come under the heading overunderran- Probe breakshort-circuit- Measurement is outside the control range of the probe that- Display overflow
7 Alarm
messag
es
38
Measurement circuit monitoring (bull = recognized)
-circuitProbelead break
bull
bull
bull-
bull-
b702040enbk Seite 38 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Transducer Overrangeunderrange
Probelead short
Thermocouple bullbull -
Resistance thermometer bullbull bull
Voltage 2 ndash 10V and02 ndash 1V0 ndash 10V and 0 ndash 1V
bullbullbull-
bull-
Current 4 ndash 20mA0 ndash 20mA
bullbullbull-
bull-
8 Technical data
39
8In
1
In
23
nce thermometer
3A at 250V AC resistive load at rated load
mA Rload ge250Ω
mA Rload ge600Ω
5+10 48 mdash 63Hz or 48 mdash 63Hz or
nnect to SELV or PELV)
Range
-200 to +850degC
-200 to +850degC
-50 to +150degC
uracy le01 50ppmdegCle10 50ppmdegC
20Ω max per lead250microA
b702040enbk Seite 39 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Technical dataput for thermocouple
These ranges refer to the ambiente temperature of 20degC
put for standard signals
0mdash1V REgt10MΩ for Type 70204041 with 2 relays02mdash1V REgt10MΩ for Type 70204041 with 2 relays
Designation Range 1
Fe-Con LFe-Con J EN 60584Cu-Con UCu-Con T EN 60584NiCr-Ni K EN 60584NiCrSi-NiSi N EN 60584Pt10Rh-Pt S EN 60584Pt13Rh-Pt R EN 60584Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh B EN 60584
-200 to + 900degC-200 to +1200degC-200 to + 600degC-200 to + 400degC-200 to +1372degC-200 to +1300degC
0 mdash 1768degC0 mdash 1768degC0 mdash 1820degC
Measurement accuracy le04 100ppmdegCCold junction Pt100 internal
Designation Range
Voltage 0 mdash 10V RE gt 100kΩ2
2 mdash 10V RE gt 100kΩ3
RE - input resistance
Current 4 mdash 20mA voltage drop le 15V0 mdash 20mA voltage drop le 15V
Measurement accuracy le01 100ppmdegC
Input for resista
OutputsRelayno(make) contact150000 operationsLogic 05VCurrent limiting 20Logic 012VCurrent limiting 20
Supply110 mdash 240V AC -120 mdash 53V ACDC10 mdash 18V DC (Co
Designation
Pt100 EN 60751
Pt1000 EN 60751
KTY11-6
Measurement accPt1001000KTY11-6Sensor leadresistance Meas current
8 Technical data
40
ControllerController type 1-setpt controller with
Data backup EEPROMHousing type
or panel mounting
nt panelater (add mildly acidic neutral
detergents if necessary) Do sive cleaning agents or high-s Limited resistance to organic irits benzol etc)
ng3 834
rage temperatureo +70degC
onsity no condensation
ion any
)160g (702043)200g (702044)
60529
n to EN 61010
b702040enbk Seite 40 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Accuracy of timer 07 10ppmdegC
Test voltages (type test)to EN 61 010 Part 1 March 1994overvoltage category II pollution degree 2 for Type 70204041overvoltage category III pollution degree 2 for Type 7020424344
Power consumption 7VA max
Electrical connectionat the rear via plug-in screw terminalsconductor cross-section le 25mm2 (13mm2 withType 70204041) solid wire or 15mm2 (10mm2 for Type 70204041) stranded wire with ferrules
Electromagnetic compatibility EN 61 326Immunity to interfer Class B Interfer emission industrial requirements
Approval UL and CSA (only devices with JUMO indication)
limit comparator 2-setpt controllerController structure PPDPIPIDAD converter resolution gt15 bitSampling time 210msec (250msec with timer
function)
plastic housing fto DIN 43700Cleaning the frouse warm or hot wor mildly alkalinenot use any abrapressure cleanersolvents (e g sp
Housing mountiin panel to DIN 4
Ambient and sto0 to 55degC -40 t
Climatic conditile 75 rel humid
Operating posit
Weight (approx75g (702040)95g (702041)
145g (702042)Protection IP66 (front) to ENIP20 (rear)Safety regulatio
JUMO GmbH amp Co KG
Street adressMoltkestraszlige 13 - 3136039 Fulda GermanyDelivery addressMackenrodtstraszlige 1436039 Fulda GermanyPostal address36035 Fulda GermanyPhone +49 661 6003-0Fax +49 661 6003-607e-mail mailjumonetInternet wwwjumonet
JUMO Instrument Co Ltd
JUMO HouseTemple Bank RiverwayHarlow Essex CM20 2TT UKPhone +44 1279 635533Fax +44 1279 635262e-mail salesjumocoukInternet wwwjumocouk
JUMO Process Control Inc
8 Technology BoulevardCanastota NY 13032 USAPhone 315-697-JUMO
1-800-554-JUMOFax 315-697-5867e-mail infojumousInternet wwwjumous
b702040enbk Seite 1 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
- 1 Identifying the instrument version
- 2 Installation
- 3 Electrical connection
- 4 Operation
-
- 41 Displays and keys
- 42 Principle of operation
- 43 Operation of the timer function
-
- 5 Functions
-
- 51 Process value input
- 52 Logic input
- 53 Controller
- 54 Limit comparator (alarm contact)
- 55 Ramp function
- 56 Self-optimization
- 57 Level inhibit via code
- 58 Timer function (extra code)
-
- 6 Configuration and parameter tables
- 7 Alarm messages
- 8 Technical data
-
Co
ntentsContents
1 Identifying the instrument version 42 Installation 63 Electrical connection 74 Operation 12
41 Displays and keys 1242 Principle of operation 1343 Operation of the timer function 15
5 Functions 1651 Process value input 1752 Logic input 1853 Controller 1954 Limit comparator (alarm contact) 2155 Ramp function 2256 Self-optimization 2357 Level inhibit via code 2458 Timer function (extra code) 25
6 Configuration and parameter tables 317 Alarm messages 378 Technical data 39
b702040enbk Seite 3 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 Identifying
the instrument versio
n
4
1 Identifying the instrument version
arameter level
96 x 48 (landscape) 44 = 96 x 96
2
Type 7020424344
relay (no make)
putlogic 05V
relay (no make)
Type 7020424344
putlogic 012V
ailable)not possible
b702040enbk Seite 4 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 single-setpoint controller with limit comparator see factory settings under configuration and p2 see customerrsquos ordering text or settings under configuration and parameter level
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
7020 ndash ndash ndash
(1) Basic type(bezel in mm)
40 = 48 x 24 41 = 48 x 48 42 = 48 x 96 (portrait) 43 =
(2) Basic typeextension
88 =99 =
controller type configurable1
controller type configured to customer specification
(3) Inputs 888 =999 =
inputs configurable1
inputs configured to customer specification2
(4) Outputs 000 = Standard Type 70204041
Output 1 relay (no make)
Output 2 logic 05V optionallyconfigurable als logic in
Output 3 (not available)
Options Type 70204041
113 = Output 2(outputs 1+3 as forStandard)
logic 012V optionallyconfigurable als logic in
101 = Output 2(output 1 as for Standard)
relay (no make)(logic input is always av
1 Identifying
the instrument versio
n
5
1
(5
(6
D Type 7020424344
2 mounting brackets
tions 702040
b702040enbk Seite 5 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
The linearizations for KTY11-6 and thermocouple B have been deleted
) Supply 16 =22 =23 =
10mdash18V DC20mdash53V ACDC 48mdash63Hz
110mdash240V -15+10 AC 48mdash 63Hz
) Extra code 210 =220 =
Timer functionTimer function + limit switch1
elivery package Type 70204041
1 mounting frame
1 seal 1 Operating instruc
2 Installation
6
2 Installation
-edge-mountingings of panel cut-outs)
verticalgt 8mmgt 8mmgt 10mmgt 10mmgt 10mm
on mounting bracketsen screws
b702040enbk Seite 6 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Type (bezel) Panel cut-out (WxH) in mm
Edge-to(minimum spac
horizontal702040 (48mm x 24mm) 45+06 x 222+03 gt 8mm702041 (48mm x 48mm) 45+06 x 45+06 gt 8mm702042 (48mm x 96mm) 45+06 x 92+08 gt 10mm702043 (96mm x 48mm) 92+08 x 45+06 gt 10mm702044 (96mm x 96mm) 92+08 x 92+08 gt 10mm
1 Push on seal2 Insert instrument
3 Push4 Tight
Installation 702042as 702044
3 Electrical co
nnection
7
3
In
- nnection must conform to wer Circuits with nominal
- onnel
- t it must be isolated on
- f a short-circuit The load ent welding of the output
- ations listed under
- ch other
- instrument
-
- damage to controlled of parameter and
b702040enbk Seite 7 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Electrical connection
stallation notes
The choice of cable the installation the fusing and the electrical cothe requirements of VDE 0100 ldquoRegulations on the Installation of Povoltages below 1000Vrdquo or the appropriate local regulations
The electrical connection must only be carried out by qualified pers
If contact with live parts is possible when working on the instrumenboth poles from the supply
A current limiting resistor interrupts the supply circuit in the event ocircuit must be fused for the maximum relay current in order to prevrelay contacts in the event of an external short-circuit
Electromagnetic compatibility conforms to the standards and regulTechnical Data
Run input output and supply lines separately and not parallel to ea
Do not connect any additional loads to the supply terminals of the
The instrument is not suitable for installation in hazardous areas
Apart from faulty installation there is a possibility of interference orprocesses due to incorrect settings on the controller (setpoint data
3 Electrical co
nnection
8
configuration levels internal adjustments) Safety devices independent of the controller such as overpressure valves or temperature
pable of adjustment only by
tion Since auto-tuning (self-loops there is a theoretical value should therefore be
etwork must be laid out as ower cables or components) strument side
b702040enbk Seite 8 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
limitersmonitors should always be provided and should be caspecialist personnel Please refer to the appropriate safety regulations in this connecoptimization) cannot be expected to handle all possible control possibility of unstable parameter settings The resulting processmonitored for its stability
- All input and output lines that are not connected to the supply nshielded and twisted cables (do not run them in the vicinity of pThe shielding must be grounded to the earth potential on the in
3 Electrical co
nnection
9
20mdash53V
10mdash18V
ACDC
DC
AC
110mdash240V
(configurable)
ut 1
3A
+
+
ndash
ndash
N L19
2
=
Supplysee label
al con-st only out by rsonnel
T
b702040enbk Seite 9 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
5V(12V)20mA
1 Output or logic input 2 resistive load
Outp
250V
Logic input
Process value input
+
+ndash+ ndash
ndash
8654321
Current04mdash20mA
Pt1001000KTY11-6(2-wire)
Pt1001000(3-wire)
Thermocouple
Voltage02mdash10V
Output 21
Logic output Relay
+ ndash floating contact
1
VThe electricnection mube carried qualified pe
ype 70204041
3 Electrical co
nnection
10
20mdash53V
ACDC
AC
110mdash240V
1
+ndash
N L198
Outputs
50 V3 A Supplysee label
10mdash18V
DC
+ndash
=l connection
e carried out personnel
Type 70204041 with
b702040enbk Seite 10 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
2
Logic input
Process value input
-+
+ ndash
54321
Current04mdash20 mA
Pt1001000KTY11-6(2-wire)
Pt1001000(3-wire)
Thermocouple
Voltage002mdash1 V
Relay 2
+ ndash
7
VThe electricamust only bby qualified
2 relay outputs (option)
3 Electrical co
nnection
11
20mdash53V
AC
110mdash240V
ut 3
3A
+ndash
13 N L1
2
y
2 resistive load
ACDC
10mdash18V
DC
+ndash
=
Supplysee label
T
st ed
b702040enbk Seite 11 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Output 2
5V(12V)20mA
Current04mdash20mA
Pt1001000KTY11-6(2-wire)
Pt1001000(3-wire)
Thermocouple
Voltage02mdash10V
OutpOutput 1
250V3A 250V
Logic input
Process value input+
+ndash
+ ndash
ndash
121097654321
floating contact
2Logic output Relay Rela
+ ndash
ype 7020424344
VThe electrical connection muonly be carried out by qualifipersonnel
4 Op
eration
12
4 Operation
wheners and and
10mm20mm
it
e display)
utputs 1 and 2 yellow
rogramming the instrumention of settings and parameterswith i with dceptance after 2 seconds
b702040enbk Seite 12 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
41 Displays and keys
(1) Display
7-segment display 4 places greenDisplay alternates setpoints parametcodes are entered indicated
Character height Type 7020404142Type 70204344
Display range -1999 to +9999 dig
Decimal places none one two
Unit degC degF (process valu
(2) Status indicators
LED two LEDs for the o
(3) Keys
q i d for operating and pDynamic modificath Increase value
h Decrease value
Automatic value ac
Example Type 702041
4 Op
eration
13
4NT
OT input SP 1 or SP 2 ap-p nt SPr is displayed Withac 0 is shownT ing will be accepted auto-m
PT meters and the ramp slo-p
CT
e configuration level ATT e timer start value are al-te in the display
TIf splay after approx 30 sec(e is displayed) If the timerva
b702040enbk Seite 13 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
2 Principle of operationormal displayhe display shows the process value
perating levelhe setpoint SP is input here On active setpoint switching via the logicears in the display When the ramp function is active the ramp setpoitivated timer function the timer value t i or the timer start value t i
he setpoint is altered dynamically using the i and d keys The settatically after approx 2 sec
arameter levelhe setpoints the limit value of the limit comparator the controller parae are programmed here
onfiguration levelhe basic functions of the controller are set here
In order to make the settings it is necessary to change to thvia the parameter y0 (parameter level)
imer levelhe current timer value (only when the timer has been started) and thred here The parameters at this level are marked with an underscore
ime-out no operation occurs the controller returns automatically to normal dixception with timer functions starting via power ON the timer valuelue is displayed at the operating level time-out is not active
4 Op
eration
14
Parameter level
uration level
level (timer stopped)
C111
Pb1t 1+2lue for
omparatorller parameterslope
rentlueen timer hasrted)
rt value
ti
ti0
ration codesrd signal scalings value correctionng differentialcomparator
gt 2s
Normal display Operating level
after lastparameter via y0
Y0
A
re to differentiate operating level
b702040enbk Seite 14 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Process value
Config
Timer
259
- setpoin- limit va
limit c- contro- ramp s
Setpoint
(with setpointswitching
or )SP 1 SP 2
alter curtimer va(only whbeen sta
setaltertimer sta
only displayed if function is configured
Ramp setpoint(display only)
Timer value(operating onlydifferent displaydepending ontimer condition (see table))
SP
SPr
ti
- configu- standa- proces- switchi
of limit
q d+
gt 2s
gt 2s
Time-out(30s)
Time-out
or
after lastparameter
i i d +
Underscoand timer
4 Op
eration
15
4T dge) if the timer at opera-tin is configured accordinglyth n also be operated even ifth
P l
D ateActioner has stoppedContinue with iCancel with i + d
er has run downAcknowledge with any key(timer start value t i 0 is indicated)With time-delayed control (C120=3) acknowledge with i + d
W imer value will blink
b702040enbk Seite 15 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
3 Operation of the timer functionhe timer can be operated with the keys (start stop cancel acknowleg level is indicated Time-out is not active here If the logic input en a key such as the i key can be used In this case the timer cae timer value does not appear in the display
ossible displayed parameters for timer function at operating leve
isplay StateAction Display StTimer not runningh Start with i
Timh
h
Timer has been started but the tolerance limit has not yet been reachedh Cancel with i + d
Timh
Timer running t i is displayedh Stop with ih Cancel with i + d
hen the timer has been started the decimal point in the display for the t
5 Functions
16
5 Functions
tables provided for this pur-mark selection with a cross in the order of theirt (see table below)
t
for ParameterPb2 Cy 2 db HyS2
111
C114 HySt ALC117
HySt AL
11 C117
SCL SCH
rASd SPrel SP 1 SP 2
ti C121 C122 C123
C118
b702040enbk Seite 16 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
We recommend the following procedure
1 not for Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option)
h Familiarize yourself with the controller functions
h Enter the configuration codes and the parameter values in the pose in Chapter 6 Write down the appropriate values ( ) or ( ) The parameters and the configuration codes are listed appearance Parameters which are not relevant are masked ou
h Enter the configuration code and parameters on the instrumen
Configuration Masking out the parametersSingle-setpoint controller Double-setpoint controller
Double-setpoint controller Limit comp for Type 7020404Logic input for Type 7020404
Limit comparator no function Limit comparator
Limit comparator activated Logic input for Type 7020404
Resistance thermometer thermocouple Standard signal scaling
Ramp function off Ramp function
Setpoint switching not activated Setpoints at the parameter lev
Timer function no function Timer function
Type 70204041 Output 3
X
5 Functions
17
5
S
C
C e 31
S
S
Oected by a programmable
cuit through process value
d c = filter off) vpage 36
nges in the process value
b702040enbk Seite 17 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 Process value input
ymbol Notes
111 Transducerprobe (process value input) vpage 31
112 Unit of process value (degCdegF)decimal places of display vpag
CL Startend value of value range for standard signals vpage 35Example 0mdash20 mArarr20mdash200degC SCL = 20 SCH = 200
CH
FFS Process value correction vpage 35Using the process value correction a measured value can be corramount upwards or downwards (offset)Lead compensation can be implemented in software for 2-wire circorrection
ExamplesMeasured value Offset Displayed value 2947 + 03 2950 2953 - 03 2950
F Filter time constant (damping) to adapt the digital input filter (0seif dF high - high damping of interference signals
- slow reaction of the process value display to cha- low cut-off frequency (2nd order low-pass filter)
5 Functions
18
52 Logic input
tion from keys
ss to the parameter andtion levels
self-optimization is not possible
opped
SP 2 is active
are displayed at the operating
(edge-triggered)
ut 2 has been programmed as igured (C114) (double assign-
b702040enbk Seite 18 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Key inhibit Operation is possible from keys No opera
Level inhibit Access to the parameter andconfiguration levels is possibleStarting self-optimization is possible
No acceconfiguraStarting
Ramp stop Ramp running Ramp st
Setpoint switching Setpoint SP 1 is active Setpoint
The appropriate symbols SP 1 and SP 2level
Timer control Acknowledge startstopcontinuetimer run-down
Symbol Notes
C117 Function of the logic input vpage 33On Type 70204041 the parameter C117 is masked out if outpcontroller output (C113) or the limit comparator has been confment not on Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option))
5 Functions
19
5CTE
S
C physical
Cf overunderrange probe
C(controller type as C113)
P
ucture is not effectiveP
d no D action
ro I action
C
process is virtuallyive wear C
b702040enbk Seite 19 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
3 Controllerontroller structurehe controller structure is defined via the parameters Pb dt and rtxample Setting for PI controller rarr Pb 1=120 dt=0sec rt=350sec
ymbol Notes
113 Controller type and assignment of the controller outputs to theoutputs 1+2 vpage 32
116 Outputs in fault condition vpage 33The switching states of the outputs are defined here in the event obreakshort circuit or display overflowv Chapter 7
118 Assignment of the outputs vpage 33Only for Type 7020424344 overwrites the assignment of C113
b1 Proportional band 1 (controller output 1) vpage 36Proportional band 2 (controller output 2)Influences the P action of the controller If Pb=0 the controller strb2
t Derivative time vpage 36Influences the D action of the controller If dt=0 the controller has
t Reset time vpage 36Influences the I action of the controller If rt=0 the controller has n
y 1 Cycle time 1 (controller output 1) vpage 36Cycle time 2 (controller output 2)The cycle time has to be selected so that the energy supply to thecontinuous while not subjecting the switching elements to excessy 2
5 Functions
20
Contact spacing vpage 36
Symbol Notes
Pb2=0) it is necessary
b702040enbk Seite 20 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
dbfor double-setpoint controller
HYS1 Differential 1 (controller output 1) vpage 36Differential 2 (controller output 2)for controllers with Pb1=0 or Pb2=0HYS2
Y0 Working point (basic load) vpage 36Output if process value=setpoint
Y1 Output limiting vpage 36y1 - maximum outputy2 - minimum outputY2
H For controllers without controller structure (Pb1=0 or that y1=100 and y2=-100
5 Functions
21
5
S
C
H
A
lk
lk
lk
6 Monitoring referredto the setpoint
8 Monitoring referredto a fixed value AL
tpoint x = process value
On
On
b702040enbk Seite 21 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
4 Limit comparator (alarm contact)
ymbol Notes
114 Limit comparator function (lk1mdash lk8) vpage 32
yst Differential of limit comparator vpage 35
L Limit value of limit comparator vpage 36
lk2 lk3
4 lk5 lk6
7 lk8
1
lk1mdashlk
lk7 lk
w = se
On On
On On
On On
5 Functions
22
55 Ramp function
t
b702040enbk Seite 22 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Symbol Note
C115 Ramp function (onoff time unit) vpage 32
C117 Ramp stop via logic input (floating contact) vpage 33
rAsd Ramp slope in degCh or degCmin vpage 36
t1
SP1
SP2
t2 t3 t4 t5 t6
t1 power ON (SP 1 active)t2mdash t3 power failure or overrangeunderranget4mdasht5 ramp stopt6 setpoint switching to SP 2
ramp setpoint SPrprocess value
5 Functions
23
5S D or PI controllers
T 1 Cy 2 dF
T ontrol deviation
S
Sce
H
a tart
xw
260tunE
gt2s
d
b702040enbk Seite 23 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
6 Self-optimizationelf-optimization determines the optimum controller parameters for PI
he following controller parameters are defined rt dt Pb1 Pb2 Cy
he controller selects procedure a or b depending on the size of the c
tarting self-optimization
elf-optimization is automatically terminated or can be can-lled
Starting self-optimization is not possible with activelevel inhibit and ramp function
) Self-optimizationin theapproach phase
b) Self-optimi-zationat set-point
Start S
= process value = setpoint
Switchinglevel
i +d
i+
5 Functions
24
57 Level inhibit via code
ration levels (corresponds to
l Timer level
enabled
enabled
enabled
inhibited2
b702040enbk Seite 24 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
As an alternative to the logic input the level inhibit can beset via a code (logic input has priority)
h Set the code using q + d (at least 5sec) innormal display
Level inhibit via the logic input will lock the parameter and configucode 011)
1 The values at the operating level can only be indicated but not modified2 Timer operation (startstopcontinuecancel) will continue to be possible
Code Operating level Parameter level Configuration leve
000 enabled enabled enabled
001 enabled enabled inhibited
011 enabled inhibited inhibited
111 inhibited1 inhibited inhibited
5 Functions
25
5U ns of the adjustable timet key or via the logic inputth ter the process value hasg er has run down severalev int switching Furthermo-re
pointcess valuegrammed setpointer start valueer signallinge C122=1)ement key
E
b702040enbk Seite 25 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
8 Timer function (extra code)sing the timer function the control action can be influenced by meai 0 After the timer has been started by power ON by pressing the e timer start value t i 0 is counted down to 0 either instantly or af
one above or below a programmable tolerance limit When the timents are triggered such as control switch-off (output 0) and setpo it is possible to implement timer signalling via an output
w - setx - proS P - prot i 0 - tim----- - tim
(heri - incr
xample
5 Functions
26
Notes on the timer function in conjunction with the ramp function
function
oint is approached with the ithout ramp
p end value) is monitored
xception here is the timer figured setpoint switching via
except for events that are r value will be shown in the
b702040enbk Seite 26 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
- Generally the setpoints can also be approached using the ramp
- Stopping the timer does not influence the ramp function
- If control is active after the timer has run down the current setpramp Cancellation of the timer is followed by a setpoint step w
- For timer functions with a tolerance limit only the setpoint (=ram
Note on setpoint switching via the logic input
- Setpoint switching via the logic input is generally possible An efunction ldquoTime-dependent setpoint switchingrdquo In this case conthe logic input will not be active
Note on the display status in the event of a power failure
- The state of the display before the power failure will be restoredrelated to the timer (start cancel continue stop) Then the timedisplay
5 Functions
27
S
CC as run down (output 0)
C unction the process is con-automatically switches over
Diagrams with andwithout start abovetolerance limit
---- Tolerance limit
C121=3 4 7 or 8
b702040enbk Seite 27 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
ymbol Notes
120120=1
Timer function vpage 34
Time-limited control The control is switched off after the timer h
120=2 Time-dependent setpoint switching After the start of the timer ftrolled to setpoint SP2 After the timer has run down the controller to SP1
C121=3 4 7 or 8C121=1 2 5 or 6
C121=2 or 6 C121=1 or 5
5 Functions
28
Time-delayed control The control action starts after the timer has run down
own to 0 The control action is e signalled via an output
Symbol Notes
er has run down (End) theys are used for acknowledge-
0s
C122=1
b702040enbk Seite 28 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
C120C120=3
C120=4 Timer After the start of the timer function t i 0 is counted dindependent of the timer Here too the timer run-down can b
H After the timi + d kementSet ti0 gt
C121=1 2 5 or 6
C121=1 2 5 or 6
Timer signallingC122=3
5 Functions
29
Clowing events
keyslogic input)e
ow the tolerance limit the
restored or thehe power failure the timer 121=1 or 5 of a power failure
Ce run-down a signal can be
C
S
b702040enbk Seite 29 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
121 Start condition of the timer vpage 34The timer start value t i 0 is counted down as selected in the fol1 Power ON or logic inputkeys2 Start via keyslogic input3 Process value has reached tolerance limit (1degC or 5degC) (start via The position of the tolerance limit depends on the controller typ - 1-setpoint controller (direct) tolerance limit above setpoint - 1-setpoint controller (reversed) tolerance limit below setpoint - 2-setpoint controller tolerance limit below setpoint If during the control process the process value goes abovebel timer will be stopped for the duration of the infringement
Response to a power failure vpage 34After a power failure the condition before the power failure can betimer function can be cancelled If the timer had run down before tstart value will be loaded The timer will start automatically when CThe timer value is saved at one minute intervals to cover the case
122 Timer signalling vpage 35From the start of the timer function until timer run-down or after thproduced via an output
123 Time unit for the timer vpage 35
ymbol Notes
5 Functions
30
Programming example
s to be controlled for 30 min-the event of a power failure
llation on power failure
b702040enbk Seite 30 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
After the start via the logic input or from the keys the process hautes to a setpoint of 80degC The control action is to be cancelled in
Configuration
- C111mdash C116 Controller programming
- C117=5 Logic input = timer control
- C120=1 Timer function = time-limited control
- C121=6 Start condition for timer = via logic inputkeys - cance
- C122=0 Timer signalling = no function
- C123=1 Time unit (timer) = mmss
Operation
h Enter the setpoint SP (80degC)
h Press the q key until t i0 is indicated
h Change over to the timer level using q (at least 2sec)
h Enter the timer start value t i0_ (3000)
h Return to the operating level (timer value) with q
h Start the control action via the logic input or with i
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
31
6
lacesunit X
q
P
your selection with a
123
NO
b702040enbk Seite 31 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Configuration and parameter tables
C111 Transducer X
001 Pt 100 (3-wire)006 Pt 1000 (3-wire)601 KTY11-6 (2-wire)003 Pt 100 (2-wire)005 Pt 1000 (2-wire)039 Cu-Con T 040 Fe-Con J041 Cu-Con U042 Fe-Con L043 NiCr-Ni K044 Pt10Rh-Pt S045 Pt13Rh-Pt R046 Pt30Rh-Pt B048 NiCrSi-NiSi N052 Standard signal 0 ndash 20mA053 Standard signal 4 ndash 20mA063 Standard signal 0 ndash 10V2
071 Standard signal 2 ndash 10V3
C112 Decimal p
0 9999degC1 9999degC2 9999degC3 9999degF4 9999degF5 9999degF
q
q
b11
gt2s
q
y0
qgt2s
X Mark cross
SP 1 AL or Pb1 is shown here depending on the configuration
0 ndash 1V for Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option)
02 ndash 1V for Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option)
ormal displayperating level
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
32
limit comparator (LK) has priorityover the timer signalling
th Type 7020424344 see C118
C113 Controller type Output 1 (relay) Output 2+3 (logic+relay)
X
LKtimer signalling1
LKtimer signalling1
controller output 2
controller
controller
controller output 1
mp function Xp function offp function (degCmin)p function (degCh)
q
ow setpoint) = controller output 1 setpoint) = controller output 2
b702040enbk Seite 32 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 A programmed
Further settings for the outputs wi
10 single setpoint (reversed) controller11 single setpoint (direct) controller30 double setpoint controller output 1
20 single setpoint (reversed) LKtimer signalling1
21 single setpoint (direct) LKtimer signalling1
33 double setpoint controller output 2
q
C114 Limit comparator (LK) X
0 no function1 lk 12 lk 23 lk 34 lk 45 lk 56 lk 67 lk 78 lk 8
C115 Ra0 ram1 ram2 ram
q
reversed = heating (output is active when process value is beldirect = cooling (output is active when process value is above
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
33
input X
ctionibithibittopt switchingontrol
qut 3 Relay X
r signalling comparatorr signallingroller output comparatorroller output
comparatortimerroller output 2 comparatortimerroller output 1roller output 2roller output 1
b702040enbk Seite 33 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
C116 Outputs on fault X
0 01 LKtimer signalling OFF1 1002
2 -1001 3 01 LKtimer
signalling ON4 1002
C117 Logic
0 no fun1 key inh2 level in3 ramp s4 setpoin5 timer c
C118 Output 1 Relay (K1) Output 2 Logic (K2) Outp
0 Functions of outputs as defined under C1131
for 1
-set
pt c
ontr
l controller output limit comparator time2 controller output timer signalling limit3 limit comparator controller output time4 limit comparator timer signalling cont5 timer signalling controller output limit6 timer signalling limit comparator cont
7
for 2
-set
pt c
ontrl
controller output 1 controller output 2 limit8 controller output 1 limit comparatortimer cont9 controller output 2 controller output 1 limit10 controller output 2 limit comparatortimer cont11 limit comparatortimer controller output 1 cont12 limit comparatortimer controller output 2 cont
q
q
1 Minimum output limiting y2 is effective2 Maximum output limiting y1 is effective
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
34
C120 Timer function X
power failure Xs before there
n ofion ars in the
ot valid for C120=3 or 4
b702040enbk Seite 34 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
0 no function1 time-limited control2 time-dependent setpoint switching3 time-delayed control4 timer (control independent of timer)
C121 Start condition for timer Action on 1 after power ON logic inputkeys Condition a
power failu2 via logic inputkeys3 via logic inputkeys timer counts 1degC
from tolerance limit4 via logic inputkeys timer counts 5degC
from tolerance limit5 after power ON logic inputkeys Cancellatio
timer funct(StOP appedisplay)
6 via logic inputkeys7 via logic inputkeys timer counts 1degC
from tolerance limit8 via logic inputkeys timer counts 5degC
from tolerance limit
q
q
The start conditions with tolerance limit (C121=3 4 7 8) are nIf C120 is altered the validity of C121 must be checked
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
35
tory-set Yoursetting
0
0
0
he factory setting
ime (timer) X
(max 9959)(max 9959)ax 9999)
= minutes
q
b702040enbk Seite 35 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Parameter Explanation Value range fac
SCL start value of thestandard signal
-1999 to +9999digit1 0
sCH end value of thestandard signal
-1999 to +9999digit1 10
SPL lowersetpoint limiting
-1999 to +9999digit1 -20
SPH uppersetpoint limiting
-1999 to +9999digit1 85
OFFS process value correction -1999 to 9999digit1 0
HySt switching differential of the limit comparator
0 mdash 9999digit1 1
1 For displays with one or two decimal places the value range and tchange accordinglyExample 1 decimal place rarr value range -1999 to +9999
q
C122 Timer signalling X
0 no function1 timer start until run-down2 after run-down for 10sec 3 after run-down for 1min4 after run-down until
acknowledgement
qC123 Unit of t
1 mmss 2 hhmm 3 hhhh (ms = seconds m h = hours
One output has to be configuredcorrespondingly(C113C118)
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
36and the factory setting
Parameter Explanation Value range factory-set
Yoursetting
0
0
0
0
0
80sec
350sec
200sec
200sec
0
1
1
0
100
-100
06sec
0
b702040enbk Seite 36 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 For displays with one or two decimal places the value range change accordingly
sP 1 setpoint 1 SPL mdash SPH
sP 2 setpoint 2 SPL mdash SPH
AL limit value oflimit comparator
-1999 to +9999digit1
Pb1 proportional band 1 0 mdash 9999digit1
Pb2 proportional band 2 0 mdash 9999digit1
dt derivative time 0 mdash 9999sec
rt reset time 0 mdash 9999sec
Cy 1 cycle time 1 10 mdash 9999sec
Cy 2 cycle time 2 10 mdash 9999sec
db contact spacing 0 mdash 1000digit1
HYS1 differential 1 0 mdash 9999digit1
HYS2 differential 2 0 mdash 9999digit1
Y0 working point -100 to 100
Y1 maximum output 0 mdash 100
Y2 minimum output -100 to +100
dF filter time constant 00 mdash 1000sec
rAsd ramp slope 0 mdash 999 degCh (degCmin)1
7 Alarm
messag
es
37
7
D
of process valueit comparators referred to input behave in accord-figuration of the outputsed
n has been cancelled due to he timer value that wase of the supply failure will be
H ge
is connected
b702040enbk Seite 37 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Alarm messages
isplay Description Causeresponse
The displays for the process value or timer value flashes ldquo1999rdquoDisplay current timer value by repeatedly pressing the q key
OverunderrangeController and limthe process valueance with the conThe timer is stopp
The display for the timer value alternates between showing ldquoStOPrdquo and the timeh Acknowledge by using any
key (the timer start value t i 0 is loaded)
The timer functioa supply failure Tpresent at the timindicated
The following events come under the heading overunderran- Probe breakshort-circuit- Measurement is outside the control range of the probe that- Display overflow
7 Alarm
messag
es
38
Measurement circuit monitoring (bull = recognized)
-circuitProbelead break
bull
bull
bull-
bull-
b702040enbk Seite 38 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Transducer Overrangeunderrange
Probelead short
Thermocouple bullbull -
Resistance thermometer bullbull bull
Voltage 2 ndash 10V and02 ndash 1V0 ndash 10V and 0 ndash 1V
bullbullbull-
bull-
Current 4 ndash 20mA0 ndash 20mA
bullbullbull-
bull-
8 Technical data
39
8In
1
In
23
nce thermometer
3A at 250V AC resistive load at rated load
mA Rload ge250Ω
mA Rload ge600Ω
5+10 48 mdash 63Hz or 48 mdash 63Hz or
nnect to SELV or PELV)
Range
-200 to +850degC
-200 to +850degC
-50 to +150degC
uracy le01 50ppmdegCle10 50ppmdegC
20Ω max per lead250microA
b702040enbk Seite 39 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Technical dataput for thermocouple
These ranges refer to the ambiente temperature of 20degC
put for standard signals
0mdash1V REgt10MΩ for Type 70204041 with 2 relays02mdash1V REgt10MΩ for Type 70204041 with 2 relays
Designation Range 1
Fe-Con LFe-Con J EN 60584Cu-Con UCu-Con T EN 60584NiCr-Ni K EN 60584NiCrSi-NiSi N EN 60584Pt10Rh-Pt S EN 60584Pt13Rh-Pt R EN 60584Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh B EN 60584
-200 to + 900degC-200 to +1200degC-200 to + 600degC-200 to + 400degC-200 to +1372degC-200 to +1300degC
0 mdash 1768degC0 mdash 1768degC0 mdash 1820degC
Measurement accuracy le04 100ppmdegCCold junction Pt100 internal
Designation Range
Voltage 0 mdash 10V RE gt 100kΩ2
2 mdash 10V RE gt 100kΩ3
RE - input resistance
Current 4 mdash 20mA voltage drop le 15V0 mdash 20mA voltage drop le 15V
Measurement accuracy le01 100ppmdegC
Input for resista
OutputsRelayno(make) contact150000 operationsLogic 05VCurrent limiting 20Logic 012VCurrent limiting 20
Supply110 mdash 240V AC -120 mdash 53V ACDC10 mdash 18V DC (Co
Designation
Pt100 EN 60751
Pt1000 EN 60751
KTY11-6
Measurement accPt1001000KTY11-6Sensor leadresistance Meas current
8 Technical data
40
ControllerController type 1-setpt controller with
Data backup EEPROMHousing type
or panel mounting
nt panelater (add mildly acidic neutral
detergents if necessary) Do sive cleaning agents or high-s Limited resistance to organic irits benzol etc)
ng3 834
rage temperatureo +70degC
onsity no condensation
ion any
)160g (702043)200g (702044)
60529
n to EN 61010
b702040enbk Seite 40 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Accuracy of timer 07 10ppmdegC
Test voltages (type test)to EN 61 010 Part 1 March 1994overvoltage category II pollution degree 2 for Type 70204041overvoltage category III pollution degree 2 for Type 7020424344
Power consumption 7VA max
Electrical connectionat the rear via plug-in screw terminalsconductor cross-section le 25mm2 (13mm2 withType 70204041) solid wire or 15mm2 (10mm2 for Type 70204041) stranded wire with ferrules
Electromagnetic compatibility EN 61 326Immunity to interfer Class B Interfer emission industrial requirements
Approval UL and CSA (only devices with JUMO indication)
limit comparator 2-setpt controllerController structure PPDPIPIDAD converter resolution gt15 bitSampling time 210msec (250msec with timer
function)
plastic housing fto DIN 43700Cleaning the frouse warm or hot wor mildly alkalinenot use any abrapressure cleanersolvents (e g sp
Housing mountiin panel to DIN 4
Ambient and sto0 to 55degC -40 t
Climatic conditile 75 rel humid
Operating posit
Weight (approx75g (702040)95g (702041)
145g (702042)Protection IP66 (front) to ENIP20 (rear)Safety regulatio
JUMO GmbH amp Co KG
Street adressMoltkestraszlige 13 - 3136039 Fulda GermanyDelivery addressMackenrodtstraszlige 1436039 Fulda GermanyPostal address36035 Fulda GermanyPhone +49 661 6003-0Fax +49 661 6003-607e-mail mailjumonetInternet wwwjumonet
JUMO Instrument Co Ltd
JUMO HouseTemple Bank RiverwayHarlow Essex CM20 2TT UKPhone +44 1279 635533Fax +44 1279 635262e-mail salesjumocoukInternet wwwjumocouk
JUMO Process Control Inc
8 Technology BoulevardCanastota NY 13032 USAPhone 315-697-JUMO
1-800-554-JUMOFax 315-697-5867e-mail infojumousInternet wwwjumous
b702040enbk Seite 1 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
- 1 Identifying the instrument version
- 2 Installation
- 3 Electrical connection
- 4 Operation
-
- 41 Displays and keys
- 42 Principle of operation
- 43 Operation of the timer function
-
- 5 Functions
-
- 51 Process value input
- 52 Logic input
- 53 Controller
- 54 Limit comparator (alarm contact)
- 55 Ramp function
- 56 Self-optimization
- 57 Level inhibit via code
- 58 Timer function (extra code)
-
- 6 Configuration and parameter tables
- 7 Alarm messages
- 8 Technical data
-
1 Identifying
the instrument versio
n
4
1 Identifying the instrument version
arameter level
96 x 48 (landscape) 44 = 96 x 96
2
Type 7020424344
relay (no make)
putlogic 05V
relay (no make)
Type 7020424344
putlogic 012V
ailable)not possible
b702040enbk Seite 4 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 single-setpoint controller with limit comparator see factory settings under configuration and p2 see customerrsquos ordering text or settings under configuration and parameter level
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
7020 ndash ndash ndash
(1) Basic type(bezel in mm)
40 = 48 x 24 41 = 48 x 48 42 = 48 x 96 (portrait) 43 =
(2) Basic typeextension
88 =99 =
controller type configurable1
controller type configured to customer specification
(3) Inputs 888 =999 =
inputs configurable1
inputs configured to customer specification2
(4) Outputs 000 = Standard Type 70204041
Output 1 relay (no make)
Output 2 logic 05V optionallyconfigurable als logic in
Output 3 (not available)
Options Type 70204041
113 = Output 2(outputs 1+3 as forStandard)
logic 012V optionallyconfigurable als logic in
101 = Output 2(output 1 as for Standard)
relay (no make)(logic input is always av
1 Identifying
the instrument versio
n
5
1
(5
(6
D Type 7020424344
2 mounting brackets
tions 702040
b702040enbk Seite 5 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
The linearizations for KTY11-6 and thermocouple B have been deleted
) Supply 16 =22 =23 =
10mdash18V DC20mdash53V ACDC 48mdash63Hz
110mdash240V -15+10 AC 48mdash 63Hz
) Extra code 210 =220 =
Timer functionTimer function + limit switch1
elivery package Type 70204041
1 mounting frame
1 seal 1 Operating instruc
2 Installation
6
2 Installation
-edge-mountingings of panel cut-outs)
verticalgt 8mmgt 8mmgt 10mmgt 10mmgt 10mm
on mounting bracketsen screws
b702040enbk Seite 6 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Type (bezel) Panel cut-out (WxH) in mm
Edge-to(minimum spac
horizontal702040 (48mm x 24mm) 45+06 x 222+03 gt 8mm702041 (48mm x 48mm) 45+06 x 45+06 gt 8mm702042 (48mm x 96mm) 45+06 x 92+08 gt 10mm702043 (96mm x 48mm) 92+08 x 45+06 gt 10mm702044 (96mm x 96mm) 92+08 x 92+08 gt 10mm
1 Push on seal2 Insert instrument
3 Push4 Tight
Installation 702042as 702044
3 Electrical co
nnection
7
3
In
- nnection must conform to wer Circuits with nominal
- onnel
- t it must be isolated on
- f a short-circuit The load ent welding of the output
- ations listed under
- ch other
- instrument
-
- damage to controlled of parameter and
b702040enbk Seite 7 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Electrical connection
stallation notes
The choice of cable the installation the fusing and the electrical cothe requirements of VDE 0100 ldquoRegulations on the Installation of Povoltages below 1000Vrdquo or the appropriate local regulations
The electrical connection must only be carried out by qualified pers
If contact with live parts is possible when working on the instrumenboth poles from the supply
A current limiting resistor interrupts the supply circuit in the event ocircuit must be fused for the maximum relay current in order to prevrelay contacts in the event of an external short-circuit
Electromagnetic compatibility conforms to the standards and regulTechnical Data
Run input output and supply lines separately and not parallel to ea
Do not connect any additional loads to the supply terminals of the
The instrument is not suitable for installation in hazardous areas
Apart from faulty installation there is a possibility of interference orprocesses due to incorrect settings on the controller (setpoint data
3 Electrical co
nnection
8
configuration levels internal adjustments) Safety devices independent of the controller such as overpressure valves or temperature
pable of adjustment only by
tion Since auto-tuning (self-loops there is a theoretical value should therefore be
etwork must be laid out as ower cables or components) strument side
b702040enbk Seite 8 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
limitersmonitors should always be provided and should be caspecialist personnel Please refer to the appropriate safety regulations in this connecoptimization) cannot be expected to handle all possible control possibility of unstable parameter settings The resulting processmonitored for its stability
- All input and output lines that are not connected to the supply nshielded and twisted cables (do not run them in the vicinity of pThe shielding must be grounded to the earth potential on the in
3 Electrical co
nnection
9
20mdash53V
10mdash18V
ACDC
DC
AC
110mdash240V
(configurable)
ut 1
3A
+
+
ndash
ndash
N L19
2
=
Supplysee label
al con-st only out by rsonnel
T
b702040enbk Seite 9 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
5V(12V)20mA
1 Output or logic input 2 resistive load
Outp
250V
Logic input
Process value input
+
+ndash+ ndash
ndash
8654321
Current04mdash20mA
Pt1001000KTY11-6(2-wire)
Pt1001000(3-wire)
Thermocouple
Voltage02mdash10V
Output 21
Logic output Relay
+ ndash floating contact
1
VThe electricnection mube carried qualified pe
ype 70204041
3 Electrical co
nnection
10
20mdash53V
ACDC
AC
110mdash240V
1
+ndash
N L198
Outputs
50 V3 A Supplysee label
10mdash18V
DC
+ndash
=l connection
e carried out personnel
Type 70204041 with
b702040enbk Seite 10 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
2
Logic input
Process value input
-+
+ ndash
54321
Current04mdash20 mA
Pt1001000KTY11-6(2-wire)
Pt1001000(3-wire)
Thermocouple
Voltage002mdash1 V
Relay 2
+ ndash
7
VThe electricamust only bby qualified
2 relay outputs (option)
3 Electrical co
nnection
11
20mdash53V
AC
110mdash240V
ut 3
3A
+ndash
13 N L1
2
y
2 resistive load
ACDC
10mdash18V
DC
+ndash
=
Supplysee label
T
st ed
b702040enbk Seite 11 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Output 2
5V(12V)20mA
Current04mdash20mA
Pt1001000KTY11-6(2-wire)
Pt1001000(3-wire)
Thermocouple
Voltage02mdash10V
OutpOutput 1
250V3A 250V
Logic input
Process value input+
+ndash
+ ndash
ndash
121097654321
floating contact
2Logic output Relay Rela
+ ndash
ype 7020424344
VThe electrical connection muonly be carried out by qualifipersonnel
4 Op
eration
12
4 Operation
wheners and and
10mm20mm
it
e display)
utputs 1 and 2 yellow
rogramming the instrumention of settings and parameterswith i with dceptance after 2 seconds
b702040enbk Seite 12 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
41 Displays and keys
(1) Display
7-segment display 4 places greenDisplay alternates setpoints parametcodes are entered indicated
Character height Type 7020404142Type 70204344
Display range -1999 to +9999 dig
Decimal places none one two
Unit degC degF (process valu
(2) Status indicators
LED two LEDs for the o
(3) Keys
q i d for operating and pDynamic modificath Increase value
h Decrease value
Automatic value ac
Example Type 702041
4 Op
eration
13
4NT
OT input SP 1 or SP 2 ap-p nt SPr is displayed Withac 0 is shownT ing will be accepted auto-m
PT meters and the ramp slo-p
CT
e configuration level ATT e timer start value are al-te in the display
TIf splay after approx 30 sec(e is displayed) If the timerva
b702040enbk Seite 13 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
2 Principle of operationormal displayhe display shows the process value
perating levelhe setpoint SP is input here On active setpoint switching via the logicears in the display When the ramp function is active the ramp setpoitivated timer function the timer value t i or the timer start value t i
he setpoint is altered dynamically using the i and d keys The settatically after approx 2 sec
arameter levelhe setpoints the limit value of the limit comparator the controller parae are programmed here
onfiguration levelhe basic functions of the controller are set here
In order to make the settings it is necessary to change to thvia the parameter y0 (parameter level)
imer levelhe current timer value (only when the timer has been started) and thred here The parameters at this level are marked with an underscore
ime-out no operation occurs the controller returns automatically to normal dixception with timer functions starting via power ON the timer valuelue is displayed at the operating level time-out is not active
4 Op
eration
14
Parameter level
uration level
level (timer stopped)
C111
Pb1t 1+2lue for
omparatorller parameterslope
rentlueen timer hasrted)
rt value
ti
ti0
ration codesrd signal scalings value correctionng differentialcomparator
gt 2s
Normal display Operating level
after lastparameter via y0
Y0
A
re to differentiate operating level
b702040enbk Seite 14 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Process value
Config
Timer
259
- setpoin- limit va
limit c- contro- ramp s
Setpoint
(with setpointswitching
or )SP 1 SP 2
alter curtimer va(only whbeen sta
setaltertimer sta
only displayed if function is configured
Ramp setpoint(display only)
Timer value(operating onlydifferent displaydepending ontimer condition (see table))
SP
SPr
ti
- configu- standa- proces- switchi
of limit
q d+
gt 2s
gt 2s
Time-out(30s)
Time-out
or
after lastparameter
i i d +
Underscoand timer
4 Op
eration
15
4T dge) if the timer at opera-tin is configured accordinglyth n also be operated even ifth
P l
D ateActioner has stoppedContinue with iCancel with i + d
er has run downAcknowledge with any key(timer start value t i 0 is indicated)With time-delayed control (C120=3) acknowledge with i + d
W imer value will blink
b702040enbk Seite 15 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
3 Operation of the timer functionhe timer can be operated with the keys (start stop cancel acknowleg level is indicated Time-out is not active here If the logic input en a key such as the i key can be used In this case the timer cae timer value does not appear in the display
ossible displayed parameters for timer function at operating leve
isplay StateAction Display StTimer not runningh Start with i
Timh
h
Timer has been started but the tolerance limit has not yet been reachedh Cancel with i + d
Timh
Timer running t i is displayedh Stop with ih Cancel with i + d
hen the timer has been started the decimal point in the display for the t
5 Functions
16
5 Functions
tables provided for this pur-mark selection with a cross in the order of theirt (see table below)
t
for ParameterPb2 Cy 2 db HyS2
111
C114 HySt ALC117
HySt AL
11 C117
SCL SCH
rASd SPrel SP 1 SP 2
ti C121 C122 C123
C118
b702040enbk Seite 16 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
We recommend the following procedure
1 not for Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option)
h Familiarize yourself with the controller functions
h Enter the configuration codes and the parameter values in the pose in Chapter 6 Write down the appropriate values ( ) or ( ) The parameters and the configuration codes are listed appearance Parameters which are not relevant are masked ou
h Enter the configuration code and parameters on the instrumen
Configuration Masking out the parametersSingle-setpoint controller Double-setpoint controller
Double-setpoint controller Limit comp for Type 7020404Logic input for Type 7020404
Limit comparator no function Limit comparator
Limit comparator activated Logic input for Type 7020404
Resistance thermometer thermocouple Standard signal scaling
Ramp function off Ramp function
Setpoint switching not activated Setpoints at the parameter lev
Timer function no function Timer function
Type 70204041 Output 3
X
5 Functions
17
5
S
C
C e 31
S
S
Oected by a programmable
cuit through process value
d c = filter off) vpage 36
nges in the process value
b702040enbk Seite 17 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 Process value input
ymbol Notes
111 Transducerprobe (process value input) vpage 31
112 Unit of process value (degCdegF)decimal places of display vpag
CL Startend value of value range for standard signals vpage 35Example 0mdash20 mArarr20mdash200degC SCL = 20 SCH = 200
CH
FFS Process value correction vpage 35Using the process value correction a measured value can be corramount upwards or downwards (offset)Lead compensation can be implemented in software for 2-wire circorrection
ExamplesMeasured value Offset Displayed value 2947 + 03 2950 2953 - 03 2950
F Filter time constant (damping) to adapt the digital input filter (0seif dF high - high damping of interference signals
- slow reaction of the process value display to cha- low cut-off frequency (2nd order low-pass filter)
5 Functions
18
52 Logic input
tion from keys
ss to the parameter andtion levels
self-optimization is not possible
opped
SP 2 is active
are displayed at the operating
(edge-triggered)
ut 2 has been programmed as igured (C114) (double assign-
b702040enbk Seite 18 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Key inhibit Operation is possible from keys No opera
Level inhibit Access to the parameter andconfiguration levels is possibleStarting self-optimization is possible
No acceconfiguraStarting
Ramp stop Ramp running Ramp st
Setpoint switching Setpoint SP 1 is active Setpoint
The appropriate symbols SP 1 and SP 2level
Timer control Acknowledge startstopcontinuetimer run-down
Symbol Notes
C117 Function of the logic input vpage 33On Type 70204041 the parameter C117 is masked out if outpcontroller output (C113) or the limit comparator has been confment not on Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option))
5 Functions
19
5CTE
S
C physical
Cf overunderrange probe
C(controller type as C113)
P
ucture is not effectiveP
d no D action
ro I action
C
process is virtuallyive wear C
b702040enbk Seite 19 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
3 Controllerontroller structurehe controller structure is defined via the parameters Pb dt and rtxample Setting for PI controller rarr Pb 1=120 dt=0sec rt=350sec
ymbol Notes
113 Controller type and assignment of the controller outputs to theoutputs 1+2 vpage 32
116 Outputs in fault condition vpage 33The switching states of the outputs are defined here in the event obreakshort circuit or display overflowv Chapter 7
118 Assignment of the outputs vpage 33Only for Type 7020424344 overwrites the assignment of C113
b1 Proportional band 1 (controller output 1) vpage 36Proportional band 2 (controller output 2)Influences the P action of the controller If Pb=0 the controller strb2
t Derivative time vpage 36Influences the D action of the controller If dt=0 the controller has
t Reset time vpage 36Influences the I action of the controller If rt=0 the controller has n
y 1 Cycle time 1 (controller output 1) vpage 36Cycle time 2 (controller output 2)The cycle time has to be selected so that the energy supply to thecontinuous while not subjecting the switching elements to excessy 2
5 Functions
20
Contact spacing vpage 36
Symbol Notes
Pb2=0) it is necessary
b702040enbk Seite 20 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
dbfor double-setpoint controller
HYS1 Differential 1 (controller output 1) vpage 36Differential 2 (controller output 2)for controllers with Pb1=0 or Pb2=0HYS2
Y0 Working point (basic load) vpage 36Output if process value=setpoint
Y1 Output limiting vpage 36y1 - maximum outputy2 - minimum outputY2
H For controllers without controller structure (Pb1=0 or that y1=100 and y2=-100
5 Functions
21
5
S
C
H
A
lk
lk
lk
6 Monitoring referredto the setpoint
8 Monitoring referredto a fixed value AL
tpoint x = process value
On
On
b702040enbk Seite 21 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
4 Limit comparator (alarm contact)
ymbol Notes
114 Limit comparator function (lk1mdash lk8) vpage 32
yst Differential of limit comparator vpage 35
L Limit value of limit comparator vpage 36
lk2 lk3
4 lk5 lk6
7 lk8
1
lk1mdashlk
lk7 lk
w = se
On On
On On
On On
5 Functions
22
55 Ramp function
t
b702040enbk Seite 22 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Symbol Note
C115 Ramp function (onoff time unit) vpage 32
C117 Ramp stop via logic input (floating contact) vpage 33
rAsd Ramp slope in degCh or degCmin vpage 36
t1
SP1
SP2
t2 t3 t4 t5 t6
t1 power ON (SP 1 active)t2mdash t3 power failure or overrangeunderranget4mdasht5 ramp stopt6 setpoint switching to SP 2
ramp setpoint SPrprocess value
5 Functions
23
5S D or PI controllers
T 1 Cy 2 dF
T ontrol deviation
S
Sce
H
a tart
xw
260tunE
gt2s
d
b702040enbk Seite 23 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
6 Self-optimizationelf-optimization determines the optimum controller parameters for PI
he following controller parameters are defined rt dt Pb1 Pb2 Cy
he controller selects procedure a or b depending on the size of the c
tarting self-optimization
elf-optimization is automatically terminated or can be can-lled
Starting self-optimization is not possible with activelevel inhibit and ramp function
) Self-optimizationin theapproach phase
b) Self-optimi-zationat set-point
Start S
= process value = setpoint
Switchinglevel
i +d
i+
5 Functions
24
57 Level inhibit via code
ration levels (corresponds to
l Timer level
enabled
enabled
enabled
inhibited2
b702040enbk Seite 24 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
As an alternative to the logic input the level inhibit can beset via a code (logic input has priority)
h Set the code using q + d (at least 5sec) innormal display
Level inhibit via the logic input will lock the parameter and configucode 011)
1 The values at the operating level can only be indicated but not modified2 Timer operation (startstopcontinuecancel) will continue to be possible
Code Operating level Parameter level Configuration leve
000 enabled enabled enabled
001 enabled enabled inhibited
011 enabled inhibited inhibited
111 inhibited1 inhibited inhibited
5 Functions
25
5U ns of the adjustable timet key or via the logic inputth ter the process value hasg er has run down severalev int switching Furthermo-re
pointcess valuegrammed setpointer start valueer signallinge C122=1)ement key
E
b702040enbk Seite 25 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
8 Timer function (extra code)sing the timer function the control action can be influenced by meai 0 After the timer has been started by power ON by pressing the e timer start value t i 0 is counted down to 0 either instantly or af
one above or below a programmable tolerance limit When the timents are triggered such as control switch-off (output 0) and setpo it is possible to implement timer signalling via an output
w - setx - proS P - prot i 0 - tim----- - tim
(heri - incr
xample
5 Functions
26
Notes on the timer function in conjunction with the ramp function
function
oint is approached with the ithout ramp
p end value) is monitored
xception here is the timer figured setpoint switching via
except for events that are r value will be shown in the
b702040enbk Seite 26 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
- Generally the setpoints can also be approached using the ramp
- Stopping the timer does not influence the ramp function
- If control is active after the timer has run down the current setpramp Cancellation of the timer is followed by a setpoint step w
- For timer functions with a tolerance limit only the setpoint (=ram
Note on setpoint switching via the logic input
- Setpoint switching via the logic input is generally possible An efunction ldquoTime-dependent setpoint switchingrdquo In this case conthe logic input will not be active
Note on the display status in the event of a power failure
- The state of the display before the power failure will be restoredrelated to the timer (start cancel continue stop) Then the timedisplay
5 Functions
27
S
CC as run down (output 0)
C unction the process is con-automatically switches over
Diagrams with andwithout start abovetolerance limit
---- Tolerance limit
C121=3 4 7 or 8
b702040enbk Seite 27 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
ymbol Notes
120120=1
Timer function vpage 34
Time-limited control The control is switched off after the timer h
120=2 Time-dependent setpoint switching After the start of the timer ftrolled to setpoint SP2 After the timer has run down the controller to SP1
C121=3 4 7 or 8C121=1 2 5 or 6
C121=2 or 6 C121=1 or 5
5 Functions
28
Time-delayed control The control action starts after the timer has run down
own to 0 The control action is e signalled via an output
Symbol Notes
er has run down (End) theys are used for acknowledge-
0s
C122=1
b702040enbk Seite 28 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
C120C120=3
C120=4 Timer After the start of the timer function t i 0 is counted dindependent of the timer Here too the timer run-down can b
H After the timi + d kementSet ti0 gt
C121=1 2 5 or 6
C121=1 2 5 or 6
Timer signallingC122=3
5 Functions
29
Clowing events
keyslogic input)e
ow the tolerance limit the
restored or thehe power failure the timer 121=1 or 5 of a power failure
Ce run-down a signal can be
C
S
b702040enbk Seite 29 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
121 Start condition of the timer vpage 34The timer start value t i 0 is counted down as selected in the fol1 Power ON or logic inputkeys2 Start via keyslogic input3 Process value has reached tolerance limit (1degC or 5degC) (start via The position of the tolerance limit depends on the controller typ - 1-setpoint controller (direct) tolerance limit above setpoint - 1-setpoint controller (reversed) tolerance limit below setpoint - 2-setpoint controller tolerance limit below setpoint If during the control process the process value goes abovebel timer will be stopped for the duration of the infringement
Response to a power failure vpage 34After a power failure the condition before the power failure can betimer function can be cancelled If the timer had run down before tstart value will be loaded The timer will start automatically when CThe timer value is saved at one minute intervals to cover the case
122 Timer signalling vpage 35From the start of the timer function until timer run-down or after thproduced via an output
123 Time unit for the timer vpage 35
ymbol Notes
5 Functions
30
Programming example
s to be controlled for 30 min-the event of a power failure
llation on power failure
b702040enbk Seite 30 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
After the start via the logic input or from the keys the process hautes to a setpoint of 80degC The control action is to be cancelled in
Configuration
- C111mdash C116 Controller programming
- C117=5 Logic input = timer control
- C120=1 Timer function = time-limited control
- C121=6 Start condition for timer = via logic inputkeys - cance
- C122=0 Timer signalling = no function
- C123=1 Time unit (timer) = mmss
Operation
h Enter the setpoint SP (80degC)
h Press the q key until t i0 is indicated
h Change over to the timer level using q (at least 2sec)
h Enter the timer start value t i0_ (3000)
h Return to the operating level (timer value) with q
h Start the control action via the logic input or with i
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
31
6
lacesunit X
q
P
your selection with a
123
NO
b702040enbk Seite 31 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Configuration and parameter tables
C111 Transducer X
001 Pt 100 (3-wire)006 Pt 1000 (3-wire)601 KTY11-6 (2-wire)003 Pt 100 (2-wire)005 Pt 1000 (2-wire)039 Cu-Con T 040 Fe-Con J041 Cu-Con U042 Fe-Con L043 NiCr-Ni K044 Pt10Rh-Pt S045 Pt13Rh-Pt R046 Pt30Rh-Pt B048 NiCrSi-NiSi N052 Standard signal 0 ndash 20mA053 Standard signal 4 ndash 20mA063 Standard signal 0 ndash 10V2
071 Standard signal 2 ndash 10V3
C112 Decimal p
0 9999degC1 9999degC2 9999degC3 9999degF4 9999degF5 9999degF
q
q
b11
gt2s
q
y0
qgt2s
X Mark cross
SP 1 AL or Pb1 is shown here depending on the configuration
0 ndash 1V for Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option)
02 ndash 1V for Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option)
ormal displayperating level
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
32
limit comparator (LK) has priorityover the timer signalling
th Type 7020424344 see C118
C113 Controller type Output 1 (relay) Output 2+3 (logic+relay)
X
LKtimer signalling1
LKtimer signalling1
controller output 2
controller
controller
controller output 1
mp function Xp function offp function (degCmin)p function (degCh)
q
ow setpoint) = controller output 1 setpoint) = controller output 2
b702040enbk Seite 32 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 A programmed
Further settings for the outputs wi
10 single setpoint (reversed) controller11 single setpoint (direct) controller30 double setpoint controller output 1
20 single setpoint (reversed) LKtimer signalling1
21 single setpoint (direct) LKtimer signalling1
33 double setpoint controller output 2
q
C114 Limit comparator (LK) X
0 no function1 lk 12 lk 23 lk 34 lk 45 lk 56 lk 67 lk 78 lk 8
C115 Ra0 ram1 ram2 ram
q
reversed = heating (output is active when process value is beldirect = cooling (output is active when process value is above
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
33
input X
ctionibithibittopt switchingontrol
qut 3 Relay X
r signalling comparatorr signallingroller output comparatorroller output
comparatortimerroller output 2 comparatortimerroller output 1roller output 2roller output 1
b702040enbk Seite 33 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
C116 Outputs on fault X
0 01 LKtimer signalling OFF1 1002
2 -1001 3 01 LKtimer
signalling ON4 1002
C117 Logic
0 no fun1 key inh2 level in3 ramp s4 setpoin5 timer c
C118 Output 1 Relay (K1) Output 2 Logic (K2) Outp
0 Functions of outputs as defined under C1131
for 1
-set
pt c
ontr
l controller output limit comparator time2 controller output timer signalling limit3 limit comparator controller output time4 limit comparator timer signalling cont5 timer signalling controller output limit6 timer signalling limit comparator cont
7
for 2
-set
pt c
ontrl
controller output 1 controller output 2 limit8 controller output 1 limit comparatortimer cont9 controller output 2 controller output 1 limit10 controller output 2 limit comparatortimer cont11 limit comparatortimer controller output 1 cont12 limit comparatortimer controller output 2 cont
q
q
1 Minimum output limiting y2 is effective2 Maximum output limiting y1 is effective
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
34
C120 Timer function X
power failure Xs before there
n ofion ars in the
ot valid for C120=3 or 4
b702040enbk Seite 34 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
0 no function1 time-limited control2 time-dependent setpoint switching3 time-delayed control4 timer (control independent of timer)
C121 Start condition for timer Action on 1 after power ON logic inputkeys Condition a
power failu2 via logic inputkeys3 via logic inputkeys timer counts 1degC
from tolerance limit4 via logic inputkeys timer counts 5degC
from tolerance limit5 after power ON logic inputkeys Cancellatio
timer funct(StOP appedisplay)
6 via logic inputkeys7 via logic inputkeys timer counts 1degC
from tolerance limit8 via logic inputkeys timer counts 5degC
from tolerance limit
q
q
The start conditions with tolerance limit (C121=3 4 7 8) are nIf C120 is altered the validity of C121 must be checked
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
35
tory-set Yoursetting
0
0
0
he factory setting
ime (timer) X
(max 9959)(max 9959)ax 9999)
= minutes
q
b702040enbk Seite 35 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Parameter Explanation Value range fac
SCL start value of thestandard signal
-1999 to +9999digit1 0
sCH end value of thestandard signal
-1999 to +9999digit1 10
SPL lowersetpoint limiting
-1999 to +9999digit1 -20
SPH uppersetpoint limiting
-1999 to +9999digit1 85
OFFS process value correction -1999 to 9999digit1 0
HySt switching differential of the limit comparator
0 mdash 9999digit1 1
1 For displays with one or two decimal places the value range and tchange accordinglyExample 1 decimal place rarr value range -1999 to +9999
q
C122 Timer signalling X
0 no function1 timer start until run-down2 after run-down for 10sec 3 after run-down for 1min4 after run-down until
acknowledgement
qC123 Unit of t
1 mmss 2 hhmm 3 hhhh (ms = seconds m h = hours
One output has to be configuredcorrespondingly(C113C118)
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
36and the factory setting
Parameter Explanation Value range factory-set
Yoursetting
0
0
0
0
0
80sec
350sec
200sec
200sec
0
1
1
0
100
-100
06sec
0
b702040enbk Seite 36 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 For displays with one or two decimal places the value range change accordingly
sP 1 setpoint 1 SPL mdash SPH
sP 2 setpoint 2 SPL mdash SPH
AL limit value oflimit comparator
-1999 to +9999digit1
Pb1 proportional band 1 0 mdash 9999digit1
Pb2 proportional band 2 0 mdash 9999digit1
dt derivative time 0 mdash 9999sec
rt reset time 0 mdash 9999sec
Cy 1 cycle time 1 10 mdash 9999sec
Cy 2 cycle time 2 10 mdash 9999sec
db contact spacing 0 mdash 1000digit1
HYS1 differential 1 0 mdash 9999digit1
HYS2 differential 2 0 mdash 9999digit1
Y0 working point -100 to 100
Y1 maximum output 0 mdash 100
Y2 minimum output -100 to +100
dF filter time constant 00 mdash 1000sec
rAsd ramp slope 0 mdash 999 degCh (degCmin)1
7 Alarm
messag
es
37
7
D
of process valueit comparators referred to input behave in accord-figuration of the outputsed
n has been cancelled due to he timer value that wase of the supply failure will be
H ge
is connected
b702040enbk Seite 37 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Alarm messages
isplay Description Causeresponse
The displays for the process value or timer value flashes ldquo1999rdquoDisplay current timer value by repeatedly pressing the q key
OverunderrangeController and limthe process valueance with the conThe timer is stopp
The display for the timer value alternates between showing ldquoStOPrdquo and the timeh Acknowledge by using any
key (the timer start value t i 0 is loaded)
The timer functioa supply failure Tpresent at the timindicated
The following events come under the heading overunderran- Probe breakshort-circuit- Measurement is outside the control range of the probe that- Display overflow
7 Alarm
messag
es
38
Measurement circuit monitoring (bull = recognized)
-circuitProbelead break
bull
bull
bull-
bull-
b702040enbk Seite 38 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Transducer Overrangeunderrange
Probelead short
Thermocouple bullbull -
Resistance thermometer bullbull bull
Voltage 2 ndash 10V and02 ndash 1V0 ndash 10V and 0 ndash 1V
bullbullbull-
bull-
Current 4 ndash 20mA0 ndash 20mA
bullbullbull-
bull-
8 Technical data
39
8In
1
In
23
nce thermometer
3A at 250V AC resistive load at rated load
mA Rload ge250Ω
mA Rload ge600Ω
5+10 48 mdash 63Hz or 48 mdash 63Hz or
nnect to SELV or PELV)
Range
-200 to +850degC
-200 to +850degC
-50 to +150degC
uracy le01 50ppmdegCle10 50ppmdegC
20Ω max per lead250microA
b702040enbk Seite 39 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Technical dataput for thermocouple
These ranges refer to the ambiente temperature of 20degC
put for standard signals
0mdash1V REgt10MΩ for Type 70204041 with 2 relays02mdash1V REgt10MΩ for Type 70204041 with 2 relays
Designation Range 1
Fe-Con LFe-Con J EN 60584Cu-Con UCu-Con T EN 60584NiCr-Ni K EN 60584NiCrSi-NiSi N EN 60584Pt10Rh-Pt S EN 60584Pt13Rh-Pt R EN 60584Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh B EN 60584
-200 to + 900degC-200 to +1200degC-200 to + 600degC-200 to + 400degC-200 to +1372degC-200 to +1300degC
0 mdash 1768degC0 mdash 1768degC0 mdash 1820degC
Measurement accuracy le04 100ppmdegCCold junction Pt100 internal
Designation Range
Voltage 0 mdash 10V RE gt 100kΩ2
2 mdash 10V RE gt 100kΩ3
RE - input resistance
Current 4 mdash 20mA voltage drop le 15V0 mdash 20mA voltage drop le 15V
Measurement accuracy le01 100ppmdegC
Input for resista
OutputsRelayno(make) contact150000 operationsLogic 05VCurrent limiting 20Logic 012VCurrent limiting 20
Supply110 mdash 240V AC -120 mdash 53V ACDC10 mdash 18V DC (Co
Designation
Pt100 EN 60751
Pt1000 EN 60751
KTY11-6
Measurement accPt1001000KTY11-6Sensor leadresistance Meas current
8 Technical data
40
ControllerController type 1-setpt controller with
Data backup EEPROMHousing type
or panel mounting
nt panelater (add mildly acidic neutral
detergents if necessary) Do sive cleaning agents or high-s Limited resistance to organic irits benzol etc)
ng3 834
rage temperatureo +70degC
onsity no condensation
ion any
)160g (702043)200g (702044)
60529
n to EN 61010
b702040enbk Seite 40 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Accuracy of timer 07 10ppmdegC
Test voltages (type test)to EN 61 010 Part 1 March 1994overvoltage category II pollution degree 2 for Type 70204041overvoltage category III pollution degree 2 for Type 7020424344
Power consumption 7VA max
Electrical connectionat the rear via plug-in screw terminalsconductor cross-section le 25mm2 (13mm2 withType 70204041) solid wire or 15mm2 (10mm2 for Type 70204041) stranded wire with ferrules
Electromagnetic compatibility EN 61 326Immunity to interfer Class B Interfer emission industrial requirements
Approval UL and CSA (only devices with JUMO indication)
limit comparator 2-setpt controllerController structure PPDPIPIDAD converter resolution gt15 bitSampling time 210msec (250msec with timer
function)
plastic housing fto DIN 43700Cleaning the frouse warm or hot wor mildly alkalinenot use any abrapressure cleanersolvents (e g sp
Housing mountiin panel to DIN 4
Ambient and sto0 to 55degC -40 t
Climatic conditile 75 rel humid
Operating posit
Weight (approx75g (702040)95g (702041)
145g (702042)Protection IP66 (front) to ENIP20 (rear)Safety regulatio
JUMO GmbH amp Co KG
Street adressMoltkestraszlige 13 - 3136039 Fulda GermanyDelivery addressMackenrodtstraszlige 1436039 Fulda GermanyPostal address36035 Fulda GermanyPhone +49 661 6003-0Fax +49 661 6003-607e-mail mailjumonetInternet wwwjumonet
JUMO Instrument Co Ltd
JUMO HouseTemple Bank RiverwayHarlow Essex CM20 2TT UKPhone +44 1279 635533Fax +44 1279 635262e-mail salesjumocoukInternet wwwjumocouk
JUMO Process Control Inc
8 Technology BoulevardCanastota NY 13032 USAPhone 315-697-JUMO
1-800-554-JUMOFax 315-697-5867e-mail infojumousInternet wwwjumous
b702040enbk Seite 1 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
- 1 Identifying the instrument version
- 2 Installation
- 3 Electrical connection
- 4 Operation
-
- 41 Displays and keys
- 42 Principle of operation
- 43 Operation of the timer function
-
- 5 Functions
-
- 51 Process value input
- 52 Logic input
- 53 Controller
- 54 Limit comparator (alarm contact)
- 55 Ramp function
- 56 Self-optimization
- 57 Level inhibit via code
- 58 Timer function (extra code)
-
- 6 Configuration and parameter tables
- 7 Alarm messages
- 8 Technical data
-
1 Identifying
the instrument versio
n
5
1
(5
(6
D Type 7020424344
2 mounting brackets
tions 702040
b702040enbk Seite 5 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
The linearizations for KTY11-6 and thermocouple B have been deleted
) Supply 16 =22 =23 =
10mdash18V DC20mdash53V ACDC 48mdash63Hz
110mdash240V -15+10 AC 48mdash 63Hz
) Extra code 210 =220 =
Timer functionTimer function + limit switch1
elivery package Type 70204041
1 mounting frame
1 seal 1 Operating instruc
2 Installation
6
2 Installation
-edge-mountingings of panel cut-outs)
verticalgt 8mmgt 8mmgt 10mmgt 10mmgt 10mm
on mounting bracketsen screws
b702040enbk Seite 6 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Type (bezel) Panel cut-out (WxH) in mm
Edge-to(minimum spac
horizontal702040 (48mm x 24mm) 45+06 x 222+03 gt 8mm702041 (48mm x 48mm) 45+06 x 45+06 gt 8mm702042 (48mm x 96mm) 45+06 x 92+08 gt 10mm702043 (96mm x 48mm) 92+08 x 45+06 gt 10mm702044 (96mm x 96mm) 92+08 x 92+08 gt 10mm
1 Push on seal2 Insert instrument
3 Push4 Tight
Installation 702042as 702044
3 Electrical co
nnection
7
3
In
- nnection must conform to wer Circuits with nominal
- onnel
- t it must be isolated on
- f a short-circuit The load ent welding of the output
- ations listed under
- ch other
- instrument
-
- damage to controlled of parameter and
b702040enbk Seite 7 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Electrical connection
stallation notes
The choice of cable the installation the fusing and the electrical cothe requirements of VDE 0100 ldquoRegulations on the Installation of Povoltages below 1000Vrdquo or the appropriate local regulations
The electrical connection must only be carried out by qualified pers
If contact with live parts is possible when working on the instrumenboth poles from the supply
A current limiting resistor interrupts the supply circuit in the event ocircuit must be fused for the maximum relay current in order to prevrelay contacts in the event of an external short-circuit
Electromagnetic compatibility conforms to the standards and regulTechnical Data
Run input output and supply lines separately and not parallel to ea
Do not connect any additional loads to the supply terminals of the
The instrument is not suitable for installation in hazardous areas
Apart from faulty installation there is a possibility of interference orprocesses due to incorrect settings on the controller (setpoint data
3 Electrical co
nnection
8
configuration levels internal adjustments) Safety devices independent of the controller such as overpressure valves or temperature
pable of adjustment only by
tion Since auto-tuning (self-loops there is a theoretical value should therefore be
etwork must be laid out as ower cables or components) strument side
b702040enbk Seite 8 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
limitersmonitors should always be provided and should be caspecialist personnel Please refer to the appropriate safety regulations in this connecoptimization) cannot be expected to handle all possible control possibility of unstable parameter settings The resulting processmonitored for its stability
- All input and output lines that are not connected to the supply nshielded and twisted cables (do not run them in the vicinity of pThe shielding must be grounded to the earth potential on the in
3 Electrical co
nnection
9
20mdash53V
10mdash18V
ACDC
DC
AC
110mdash240V
(configurable)
ut 1
3A
+
+
ndash
ndash
N L19
2
=
Supplysee label
al con-st only out by rsonnel
T
b702040enbk Seite 9 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
5V(12V)20mA
1 Output or logic input 2 resistive load
Outp
250V
Logic input
Process value input
+
+ndash+ ndash
ndash
8654321
Current04mdash20mA
Pt1001000KTY11-6(2-wire)
Pt1001000(3-wire)
Thermocouple
Voltage02mdash10V
Output 21
Logic output Relay
+ ndash floating contact
1
VThe electricnection mube carried qualified pe
ype 70204041
3 Electrical co
nnection
10
20mdash53V
ACDC
AC
110mdash240V
1
+ndash
N L198
Outputs
50 V3 A Supplysee label
10mdash18V
DC
+ndash
=l connection
e carried out personnel
Type 70204041 with
b702040enbk Seite 10 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
2
Logic input
Process value input
-+
+ ndash
54321
Current04mdash20 mA
Pt1001000KTY11-6(2-wire)
Pt1001000(3-wire)
Thermocouple
Voltage002mdash1 V
Relay 2
+ ndash
7
VThe electricamust only bby qualified
2 relay outputs (option)
3 Electrical co
nnection
11
20mdash53V
AC
110mdash240V
ut 3
3A
+ndash
13 N L1
2
y
2 resistive load
ACDC
10mdash18V
DC
+ndash
=
Supplysee label
T
st ed
b702040enbk Seite 11 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Output 2
5V(12V)20mA
Current04mdash20mA
Pt1001000KTY11-6(2-wire)
Pt1001000(3-wire)
Thermocouple
Voltage02mdash10V
OutpOutput 1
250V3A 250V
Logic input
Process value input+
+ndash
+ ndash
ndash
121097654321
floating contact
2Logic output Relay Rela
+ ndash
ype 7020424344
VThe electrical connection muonly be carried out by qualifipersonnel
4 Op
eration
12
4 Operation
wheners and and
10mm20mm
it
e display)
utputs 1 and 2 yellow
rogramming the instrumention of settings and parameterswith i with dceptance after 2 seconds
b702040enbk Seite 12 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
41 Displays and keys
(1) Display
7-segment display 4 places greenDisplay alternates setpoints parametcodes are entered indicated
Character height Type 7020404142Type 70204344
Display range -1999 to +9999 dig
Decimal places none one two
Unit degC degF (process valu
(2) Status indicators
LED two LEDs for the o
(3) Keys
q i d for operating and pDynamic modificath Increase value
h Decrease value
Automatic value ac
Example Type 702041
4 Op
eration
13
4NT
OT input SP 1 or SP 2 ap-p nt SPr is displayed Withac 0 is shownT ing will be accepted auto-m
PT meters and the ramp slo-p
CT
e configuration level ATT e timer start value are al-te in the display
TIf splay after approx 30 sec(e is displayed) If the timerva
b702040enbk Seite 13 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
2 Principle of operationormal displayhe display shows the process value
perating levelhe setpoint SP is input here On active setpoint switching via the logicears in the display When the ramp function is active the ramp setpoitivated timer function the timer value t i or the timer start value t i
he setpoint is altered dynamically using the i and d keys The settatically after approx 2 sec
arameter levelhe setpoints the limit value of the limit comparator the controller parae are programmed here
onfiguration levelhe basic functions of the controller are set here
In order to make the settings it is necessary to change to thvia the parameter y0 (parameter level)
imer levelhe current timer value (only when the timer has been started) and thred here The parameters at this level are marked with an underscore
ime-out no operation occurs the controller returns automatically to normal dixception with timer functions starting via power ON the timer valuelue is displayed at the operating level time-out is not active
4 Op
eration
14
Parameter level
uration level
level (timer stopped)
C111
Pb1t 1+2lue for
omparatorller parameterslope
rentlueen timer hasrted)
rt value
ti
ti0
ration codesrd signal scalings value correctionng differentialcomparator
gt 2s
Normal display Operating level
after lastparameter via y0
Y0
A
re to differentiate operating level
b702040enbk Seite 14 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Process value
Config
Timer
259
- setpoin- limit va
limit c- contro- ramp s
Setpoint
(with setpointswitching
or )SP 1 SP 2
alter curtimer va(only whbeen sta
setaltertimer sta
only displayed if function is configured
Ramp setpoint(display only)
Timer value(operating onlydifferent displaydepending ontimer condition (see table))
SP
SPr
ti
- configu- standa- proces- switchi
of limit
q d+
gt 2s
gt 2s
Time-out(30s)
Time-out
or
after lastparameter
i i d +
Underscoand timer
4 Op
eration
15
4T dge) if the timer at opera-tin is configured accordinglyth n also be operated even ifth
P l
D ateActioner has stoppedContinue with iCancel with i + d
er has run downAcknowledge with any key(timer start value t i 0 is indicated)With time-delayed control (C120=3) acknowledge with i + d
W imer value will blink
b702040enbk Seite 15 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
3 Operation of the timer functionhe timer can be operated with the keys (start stop cancel acknowleg level is indicated Time-out is not active here If the logic input en a key such as the i key can be used In this case the timer cae timer value does not appear in the display
ossible displayed parameters for timer function at operating leve
isplay StateAction Display StTimer not runningh Start with i
Timh
h
Timer has been started but the tolerance limit has not yet been reachedh Cancel with i + d
Timh
Timer running t i is displayedh Stop with ih Cancel with i + d
hen the timer has been started the decimal point in the display for the t
5 Functions
16
5 Functions
tables provided for this pur-mark selection with a cross in the order of theirt (see table below)
t
for ParameterPb2 Cy 2 db HyS2
111
C114 HySt ALC117
HySt AL
11 C117
SCL SCH
rASd SPrel SP 1 SP 2
ti C121 C122 C123
C118
b702040enbk Seite 16 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
We recommend the following procedure
1 not for Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option)
h Familiarize yourself with the controller functions
h Enter the configuration codes and the parameter values in the pose in Chapter 6 Write down the appropriate values ( ) or ( ) The parameters and the configuration codes are listed appearance Parameters which are not relevant are masked ou
h Enter the configuration code and parameters on the instrumen
Configuration Masking out the parametersSingle-setpoint controller Double-setpoint controller
Double-setpoint controller Limit comp for Type 7020404Logic input for Type 7020404
Limit comparator no function Limit comparator
Limit comparator activated Logic input for Type 7020404
Resistance thermometer thermocouple Standard signal scaling
Ramp function off Ramp function
Setpoint switching not activated Setpoints at the parameter lev
Timer function no function Timer function
Type 70204041 Output 3
X
5 Functions
17
5
S
C
C e 31
S
S
Oected by a programmable
cuit through process value
d c = filter off) vpage 36
nges in the process value
b702040enbk Seite 17 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 Process value input
ymbol Notes
111 Transducerprobe (process value input) vpage 31
112 Unit of process value (degCdegF)decimal places of display vpag
CL Startend value of value range for standard signals vpage 35Example 0mdash20 mArarr20mdash200degC SCL = 20 SCH = 200
CH
FFS Process value correction vpage 35Using the process value correction a measured value can be corramount upwards or downwards (offset)Lead compensation can be implemented in software for 2-wire circorrection
ExamplesMeasured value Offset Displayed value 2947 + 03 2950 2953 - 03 2950
F Filter time constant (damping) to adapt the digital input filter (0seif dF high - high damping of interference signals
- slow reaction of the process value display to cha- low cut-off frequency (2nd order low-pass filter)
5 Functions
18
52 Logic input
tion from keys
ss to the parameter andtion levels
self-optimization is not possible
opped
SP 2 is active
are displayed at the operating
(edge-triggered)
ut 2 has been programmed as igured (C114) (double assign-
b702040enbk Seite 18 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Key inhibit Operation is possible from keys No opera
Level inhibit Access to the parameter andconfiguration levels is possibleStarting self-optimization is possible
No acceconfiguraStarting
Ramp stop Ramp running Ramp st
Setpoint switching Setpoint SP 1 is active Setpoint
The appropriate symbols SP 1 and SP 2level
Timer control Acknowledge startstopcontinuetimer run-down
Symbol Notes
C117 Function of the logic input vpage 33On Type 70204041 the parameter C117 is masked out if outpcontroller output (C113) or the limit comparator has been confment not on Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option))
5 Functions
19
5CTE
S
C physical
Cf overunderrange probe
C(controller type as C113)
P
ucture is not effectiveP
d no D action
ro I action
C
process is virtuallyive wear C
b702040enbk Seite 19 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
3 Controllerontroller structurehe controller structure is defined via the parameters Pb dt and rtxample Setting for PI controller rarr Pb 1=120 dt=0sec rt=350sec
ymbol Notes
113 Controller type and assignment of the controller outputs to theoutputs 1+2 vpage 32
116 Outputs in fault condition vpage 33The switching states of the outputs are defined here in the event obreakshort circuit or display overflowv Chapter 7
118 Assignment of the outputs vpage 33Only for Type 7020424344 overwrites the assignment of C113
b1 Proportional band 1 (controller output 1) vpage 36Proportional band 2 (controller output 2)Influences the P action of the controller If Pb=0 the controller strb2
t Derivative time vpage 36Influences the D action of the controller If dt=0 the controller has
t Reset time vpage 36Influences the I action of the controller If rt=0 the controller has n
y 1 Cycle time 1 (controller output 1) vpage 36Cycle time 2 (controller output 2)The cycle time has to be selected so that the energy supply to thecontinuous while not subjecting the switching elements to excessy 2
5 Functions
20
Contact spacing vpage 36
Symbol Notes
Pb2=0) it is necessary
b702040enbk Seite 20 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
dbfor double-setpoint controller
HYS1 Differential 1 (controller output 1) vpage 36Differential 2 (controller output 2)for controllers with Pb1=0 or Pb2=0HYS2
Y0 Working point (basic load) vpage 36Output if process value=setpoint
Y1 Output limiting vpage 36y1 - maximum outputy2 - minimum outputY2
H For controllers without controller structure (Pb1=0 or that y1=100 and y2=-100
5 Functions
21
5
S
C
H
A
lk
lk
lk
6 Monitoring referredto the setpoint
8 Monitoring referredto a fixed value AL
tpoint x = process value
On
On
b702040enbk Seite 21 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
4 Limit comparator (alarm contact)
ymbol Notes
114 Limit comparator function (lk1mdash lk8) vpage 32
yst Differential of limit comparator vpage 35
L Limit value of limit comparator vpage 36
lk2 lk3
4 lk5 lk6
7 lk8
1
lk1mdashlk
lk7 lk
w = se
On On
On On
On On
5 Functions
22
55 Ramp function
t
b702040enbk Seite 22 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Symbol Note
C115 Ramp function (onoff time unit) vpage 32
C117 Ramp stop via logic input (floating contact) vpage 33
rAsd Ramp slope in degCh or degCmin vpage 36
t1
SP1
SP2
t2 t3 t4 t5 t6
t1 power ON (SP 1 active)t2mdash t3 power failure or overrangeunderranget4mdasht5 ramp stopt6 setpoint switching to SP 2
ramp setpoint SPrprocess value
5 Functions
23
5S D or PI controllers
T 1 Cy 2 dF
T ontrol deviation
S
Sce
H
a tart
xw
260tunE
gt2s
d
b702040enbk Seite 23 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
6 Self-optimizationelf-optimization determines the optimum controller parameters for PI
he following controller parameters are defined rt dt Pb1 Pb2 Cy
he controller selects procedure a or b depending on the size of the c
tarting self-optimization
elf-optimization is automatically terminated or can be can-lled
Starting self-optimization is not possible with activelevel inhibit and ramp function
) Self-optimizationin theapproach phase
b) Self-optimi-zationat set-point
Start S
= process value = setpoint
Switchinglevel
i +d
i+
5 Functions
24
57 Level inhibit via code
ration levels (corresponds to
l Timer level
enabled
enabled
enabled
inhibited2
b702040enbk Seite 24 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
As an alternative to the logic input the level inhibit can beset via a code (logic input has priority)
h Set the code using q + d (at least 5sec) innormal display
Level inhibit via the logic input will lock the parameter and configucode 011)
1 The values at the operating level can only be indicated but not modified2 Timer operation (startstopcontinuecancel) will continue to be possible
Code Operating level Parameter level Configuration leve
000 enabled enabled enabled
001 enabled enabled inhibited
011 enabled inhibited inhibited
111 inhibited1 inhibited inhibited
5 Functions
25
5U ns of the adjustable timet key or via the logic inputth ter the process value hasg er has run down severalev int switching Furthermo-re
pointcess valuegrammed setpointer start valueer signallinge C122=1)ement key
E
b702040enbk Seite 25 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
8 Timer function (extra code)sing the timer function the control action can be influenced by meai 0 After the timer has been started by power ON by pressing the e timer start value t i 0 is counted down to 0 either instantly or af
one above or below a programmable tolerance limit When the timents are triggered such as control switch-off (output 0) and setpo it is possible to implement timer signalling via an output
w - setx - proS P - prot i 0 - tim----- - tim
(heri - incr
xample
5 Functions
26
Notes on the timer function in conjunction with the ramp function
function
oint is approached with the ithout ramp
p end value) is monitored
xception here is the timer figured setpoint switching via
except for events that are r value will be shown in the
b702040enbk Seite 26 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
- Generally the setpoints can also be approached using the ramp
- Stopping the timer does not influence the ramp function
- If control is active after the timer has run down the current setpramp Cancellation of the timer is followed by a setpoint step w
- For timer functions with a tolerance limit only the setpoint (=ram
Note on setpoint switching via the logic input
- Setpoint switching via the logic input is generally possible An efunction ldquoTime-dependent setpoint switchingrdquo In this case conthe logic input will not be active
Note on the display status in the event of a power failure
- The state of the display before the power failure will be restoredrelated to the timer (start cancel continue stop) Then the timedisplay
5 Functions
27
S
CC as run down (output 0)
C unction the process is con-automatically switches over
Diagrams with andwithout start abovetolerance limit
---- Tolerance limit
C121=3 4 7 or 8
b702040enbk Seite 27 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
ymbol Notes
120120=1
Timer function vpage 34
Time-limited control The control is switched off after the timer h
120=2 Time-dependent setpoint switching After the start of the timer ftrolled to setpoint SP2 After the timer has run down the controller to SP1
C121=3 4 7 or 8C121=1 2 5 or 6
C121=2 or 6 C121=1 or 5
5 Functions
28
Time-delayed control The control action starts after the timer has run down
own to 0 The control action is e signalled via an output
Symbol Notes
er has run down (End) theys are used for acknowledge-
0s
C122=1
b702040enbk Seite 28 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
C120C120=3
C120=4 Timer After the start of the timer function t i 0 is counted dindependent of the timer Here too the timer run-down can b
H After the timi + d kementSet ti0 gt
C121=1 2 5 or 6
C121=1 2 5 or 6
Timer signallingC122=3
5 Functions
29
Clowing events
keyslogic input)e
ow the tolerance limit the
restored or thehe power failure the timer 121=1 or 5 of a power failure
Ce run-down a signal can be
C
S
b702040enbk Seite 29 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
121 Start condition of the timer vpage 34The timer start value t i 0 is counted down as selected in the fol1 Power ON or logic inputkeys2 Start via keyslogic input3 Process value has reached tolerance limit (1degC or 5degC) (start via The position of the tolerance limit depends on the controller typ - 1-setpoint controller (direct) tolerance limit above setpoint - 1-setpoint controller (reversed) tolerance limit below setpoint - 2-setpoint controller tolerance limit below setpoint If during the control process the process value goes abovebel timer will be stopped for the duration of the infringement
Response to a power failure vpage 34After a power failure the condition before the power failure can betimer function can be cancelled If the timer had run down before tstart value will be loaded The timer will start automatically when CThe timer value is saved at one minute intervals to cover the case
122 Timer signalling vpage 35From the start of the timer function until timer run-down or after thproduced via an output
123 Time unit for the timer vpage 35
ymbol Notes
5 Functions
30
Programming example
s to be controlled for 30 min-the event of a power failure
llation on power failure
b702040enbk Seite 30 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
After the start via the logic input or from the keys the process hautes to a setpoint of 80degC The control action is to be cancelled in
Configuration
- C111mdash C116 Controller programming
- C117=5 Logic input = timer control
- C120=1 Timer function = time-limited control
- C121=6 Start condition for timer = via logic inputkeys - cance
- C122=0 Timer signalling = no function
- C123=1 Time unit (timer) = mmss
Operation
h Enter the setpoint SP (80degC)
h Press the q key until t i0 is indicated
h Change over to the timer level using q (at least 2sec)
h Enter the timer start value t i0_ (3000)
h Return to the operating level (timer value) with q
h Start the control action via the logic input or with i
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
31
6
lacesunit X
q
P
your selection with a
123
NO
b702040enbk Seite 31 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Configuration and parameter tables
C111 Transducer X
001 Pt 100 (3-wire)006 Pt 1000 (3-wire)601 KTY11-6 (2-wire)003 Pt 100 (2-wire)005 Pt 1000 (2-wire)039 Cu-Con T 040 Fe-Con J041 Cu-Con U042 Fe-Con L043 NiCr-Ni K044 Pt10Rh-Pt S045 Pt13Rh-Pt R046 Pt30Rh-Pt B048 NiCrSi-NiSi N052 Standard signal 0 ndash 20mA053 Standard signal 4 ndash 20mA063 Standard signal 0 ndash 10V2
071 Standard signal 2 ndash 10V3
C112 Decimal p
0 9999degC1 9999degC2 9999degC3 9999degF4 9999degF5 9999degF
q
q
b11
gt2s
q
y0
qgt2s
X Mark cross
SP 1 AL or Pb1 is shown here depending on the configuration
0 ndash 1V for Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option)
02 ndash 1V for Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option)
ormal displayperating level
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
32
limit comparator (LK) has priorityover the timer signalling
th Type 7020424344 see C118
C113 Controller type Output 1 (relay) Output 2+3 (logic+relay)
X
LKtimer signalling1
LKtimer signalling1
controller output 2
controller
controller
controller output 1
mp function Xp function offp function (degCmin)p function (degCh)
q
ow setpoint) = controller output 1 setpoint) = controller output 2
b702040enbk Seite 32 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 A programmed
Further settings for the outputs wi
10 single setpoint (reversed) controller11 single setpoint (direct) controller30 double setpoint controller output 1
20 single setpoint (reversed) LKtimer signalling1
21 single setpoint (direct) LKtimer signalling1
33 double setpoint controller output 2
q
C114 Limit comparator (LK) X
0 no function1 lk 12 lk 23 lk 34 lk 45 lk 56 lk 67 lk 78 lk 8
C115 Ra0 ram1 ram2 ram
q
reversed = heating (output is active when process value is beldirect = cooling (output is active when process value is above
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
33
input X
ctionibithibittopt switchingontrol
qut 3 Relay X
r signalling comparatorr signallingroller output comparatorroller output
comparatortimerroller output 2 comparatortimerroller output 1roller output 2roller output 1
b702040enbk Seite 33 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
C116 Outputs on fault X
0 01 LKtimer signalling OFF1 1002
2 -1001 3 01 LKtimer
signalling ON4 1002
C117 Logic
0 no fun1 key inh2 level in3 ramp s4 setpoin5 timer c
C118 Output 1 Relay (K1) Output 2 Logic (K2) Outp
0 Functions of outputs as defined under C1131
for 1
-set
pt c
ontr
l controller output limit comparator time2 controller output timer signalling limit3 limit comparator controller output time4 limit comparator timer signalling cont5 timer signalling controller output limit6 timer signalling limit comparator cont
7
for 2
-set
pt c
ontrl
controller output 1 controller output 2 limit8 controller output 1 limit comparatortimer cont9 controller output 2 controller output 1 limit10 controller output 2 limit comparatortimer cont11 limit comparatortimer controller output 1 cont12 limit comparatortimer controller output 2 cont
q
q
1 Minimum output limiting y2 is effective2 Maximum output limiting y1 is effective
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
34
C120 Timer function X
power failure Xs before there
n ofion ars in the
ot valid for C120=3 or 4
b702040enbk Seite 34 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
0 no function1 time-limited control2 time-dependent setpoint switching3 time-delayed control4 timer (control independent of timer)
C121 Start condition for timer Action on 1 after power ON logic inputkeys Condition a
power failu2 via logic inputkeys3 via logic inputkeys timer counts 1degC
from tolerance limit4 via logic inputkeys timer counts 5degC
from tolerance limit5 after power ON logic inputkeys Cancellatio
timer funct(StOP appedisplay)
6 via logic inputkeys7 via logic inputkeys timer counts 1degC
from tolerance limit8 via logic inputkeys timer counts 5degC
from tolerance limit
q
q
The start conditions with tolerance limit (C121=3 4 7 8) are nIf C120 is altered the validity of C121 must be checked
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
35
tory-set Yoursetting
0
0
0
he factory setting
ime (timer) X
(max 9959)(max 9959)ax 9999)
= minutes
q
b702040enbk Seite 35 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Parameter Explanation Value range fac
SCL start value of thestandard signal
-1999 to +9999digit1 0
sCH end value of thestandard signal
-1999 to +9999digit1 10
SPL lowersetpoint limiting
-1999 to +9999digit1 -20
SPH uppersetpoint limiting
-1999 to +9999digit1 85
OFFS process value correction -1999 to 9999digit1 0
HySt switching differential of the limit comparator
0 mdash 9999digit1 1
1 For displays with one or two decimal places the value range and tchange accordinglyExample 1 decimal place rarr value range -1999 to +9999
q
C122 Timer signalling X
0 no function1 timer start until run-down2 after run-down for 10sec 3 after run-down for 1min4 after run-down until
acknowledgement
qC123 Unit of t
1 mmss 2 hhmm 3 hhhh (ms = seconds m h = hours
One output has to be configuredcorrespondingly(C113C118)
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
36and the factory setting
Parameter Explanation Value range factory-set
Yoursetting
0
0
0
0
0
80sec
350sec
200sec
200sec
0
1
1
0
100
-100
06sec
0
b702040enbk Seite 36 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 For displays with one or two decimal places the value range change accordingly
sP 1 setpoint 1 SPL mdash SPH
sP 2 setpoint 2 SPL mdash SPH
AL limit value oflimit comparator
-1999 to +9999digit1
Pb1 proportional band 1 0 mdash 9999digit1
Pb2 proportional band 2 0 mdash 9999digit1
dt derivative time 0 mdash 9999sec
rt reset time 0 mdash 9999sec
Cy 1 cycle time 1 10 mdash 9999sec
Cy 2 cycle time 2 10 mdash 9999sec
db contact spacing 0 mdash 1000digit1
HYS1 differential 1 0 mdash 9999digit1
HYS2 differential 2 0 mdash 9999digit1
Y0 working point -100 to 100
Y1 maximum output 0 mdash 100
Y2 minimum output -100 to +100
dF filter time constant 00 mdash 1000sec
rAsd ramp slope 0 mdash 999 degCh (degCmin)1
7 Alarm
messag
es
37
7
D
of process valueit comparators referred to input behave in accord-figuration of the outputsed
n has been cancelled due to he timer value that wase of the supply failure will be
H ge
is connected
b702040enbk Seite 37 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Alarm messages
isplay Description Causeresponse
The displays for the process value or timer value flashes ldquo1999rdquoDisplay current timer value by repeatedly pressing the q key
OverunderrangeController and limthe process valueance with the conThe timer is stopp
The display for the timer value alternates between showing ldquoStOPrdquo and the timeh Acknowledge by using any
key (the timer start value t i 0 is loaded)
The timer functioa supply failure Tpresent at the timindicated
The following events come under the heading overunderran- Probe breakshort-circuit- Measurement is outside the control range of the probe that- Display overflow
7 Alarm
messag
es
38
Measurement circuit monitoring (bull = recognized)
-circuitProbelead break
bull
bull
bull-
bull-
b702040enbk Seite 38 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Transducer Overrangeunderrange
Probelead short
Thermocouple bullbull -
Resistance thermometer bullbull bull
Voltage 2 ndash 10V and02 ndash 1V0 ndash 10V and 0 ndash 1V
bullbullbull-
bull-
Current 4 ndash 20mA0 ndash 20mA
bullbullbull-
bull-
8 Technical data
39
8In
1
In
23
nce thermometer
3A at 250V AC resistive load at rated load
mA Rload ge250Ω
mA Rload ge600Ω
5+10 48 mdash 63Hz or 48 mdash 63Hz or
nnect to SELV or PELV)
Range
-200 to +850degC
-200 to +850degC
-50 to +150degC
uracy le01 50ppmdegCle10 50ppmdegC
20Ω max per lead250microA
b702040enbk Seite 39 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Technical dataput for thermocouple
These ranges refer to the ambiente temperature of 20degC
put for standard signals
0mdash1V REgt10MΩ for Type 70204041 with 2 relays02mdash1V REgt10MΩ for Type 70204041 with 2 relays
Designation Range 1
Fe-Con LFe-Con J EN 60584Cu-Con UCu-Con T EN 60584NiCr-Ni K EN 60584NiCrSi-NiSi N EN 60584Pt10Rh-Pt S EN 60584Pt13Rh-Pt R EN 60584Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh B EN 60584
-200 to + 900degC-200 to +1200degC-200 to + 600degC-200 to + 400degC-200 to +1372degC-200 to +1300degC
0 mdash 1768degC0 mdash 1768degC0 mdash 1820degC
Measurement accuracy le04 100ppmdegCCold junction Pt100 internal
Designation Range
Voltage 0 mdash 10V RE gt 100kΩ2
2 mdash 10V RE gt 100kΩ3
RE - input resistance
Current 4 mdash 20mA voltage drop le 15V0 mdash 20mA voltage drop le 15V
Measurement accuracy le01 100ppmdegC
Input for resista
OutputsRelayno(make) contact150000 operationsLogic 05VCurrent limiting 20Logic 012VCurrent limiting 20
Supply110 mdash 240V AC -120 mdash 53V ACDC10 mdash 18V DC (Co
Designation
Pt100 EN 60751
Pt1000 EN 60751
KTY11-6
Measurement accPt1001000KTY11-6Sensor leadresistance Meas current
8 Technical data
40
ControllerController type 1-setpt controller with
Data backup EEPROMHousing type
or panel mounting
nt panelater (add mildly acidic neutral
detergents if necessary) Do sive cleaning agents or high-s Limited resistance to organic irits benzol etc)
ng3 834
rage temperatureo +70degC
onsity no condensation
ion any
)160g (702043)200g (702044)
60529
n to EN 61010
b702040enbk Seite 40 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Accuracy of timer 07 10ppmdegC
Test voltages (type test)to EN 61 010 Part 1 March 1994overvoltage category II pollution degree 2 for Type 70204041overvoltage category III pollution degree 2 for Type 7020424344
Power consumption 7VA max
Electrical connectionat the rear via plug-in screw terminalsconductor cross-section le 25mm2 (13mm2 withType 70204041) solid wire or 15mm2 (10mm2 for Type 70204041) stranded wire with ferrules
Electromagnetic compatibility EN 61 326Immunity to interfer Class B Interfer emission industrial requirements
Approval UL and CSA (only devices with JUMO indication)
limit comparator 2-setpt controllerController structure PPDPIPIDAD converter resolution gt15 bitSampling time 210msec (250msec with timer
function)
plastic housing fto DIN 43700Cleaning the frouse warm or hot wor mildly alkalinenot use any abrapressure cleanersolvents (e g sp
Housing mountiin panel to DIN 4
Ambient and sto0 to 55degC -40 t
Climatic conditile 75 rel humid
Operating posit
Weight (approx75g (702040)95g (702041)
145g (702042)Protection IP66 (front) to ENIP20 (rear)Safety regulatio
JUMO GmbH amp Co KG
Street adressMoltkestraszlige 13 - 3136039 Fulda GermanyDelivery addressMackenrodtstraszlige 1436039 Fulda GermanyPostal address36035 Fulda GermanyPhone +49 661 6003-0Fax +49 661 6003-607e-mail mailjumonetInternet wwwjumonet
JUMO Instrument Co Ltd
JUMO HouseTemple Bank RiverwayHarlow Essex CM20 2TT UKPhone +44 1279 635533Fax +44 1279 635262e-mail salesjumocoukInternet wwwjumocouk
JUMO Process Control Inc
8 Technology BoulevardCanastota NY 13032 USAPhone 315-697-JUMO
1-800-554-JUMOFax 315-697-5867e-mail infojumousInternet wwwjumous
b702040enbk Seite 1 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
- 1 Identifying the instrument version
- 2 Installation
- 3 Electrical connection
- 4 Operation
-
- 41 Displays and keys
- 42 Principle of operation
- 43 Operation of the timer function
-
- 5 Functions
-
- 51 Process value input
- 52 Logic input
- 53 Controller
- 54 Limit comparator (alarm contact)
- 55 Ramp function
- 56 Self-optimization
- 57 Level inhibit via code
- 58 Timer function (extra code)
-
- 6 Configuration and parameter tables
- 7 Alarm messages
- 8 Technical data
-
2 Installation
6
2 Installation
-edge-mountingings of panel cut-outs)
verticalgt 8mmgt 8mmgt 10mmgt 10mmgt 10mm
on mounting bracketsen screws
b702040enbk Seite 6 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Type (bezel) Panel cut-out (WxH) in mm
Edge-to(minimum spac
horizontal702040 (48mm x 24mm) 45+06 x 222+03 gt 8mm702041 (48mm x 48mm) 45+06 x 45+06 gt 8mm702042 (48mm x 96mm) 45+06 x 92+08 gt 10mm702043 (96mm x 48mm) 92+08 x 45+06 gt 10mm702044 (96mm x 96mm) 92+08 x 92+08 gt 10mm
1 Push on seal2 Insert instrument
3 Push4 Tight
Installation 702042as 702044
3 Electrical co
nnection
7
3
In
- nnection must conform to wer Circuits with nominal
- onnel
- t it must be isolated on
- f a short-circuit The load ent welding of the output
- ations listed under
- ch other
- instrument
-
- damage to controlled of parameter and
b702040enbk Seite 7 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Electrical connection
stallation notes
The choice of cable the installation the fusing and the electrical cothe requirements of VDE 0100 ldquoRegulations on the Installation of Povoltages below 1000Vrdquo or the appropriate local regulations
The electrical connection must only be carried out by qualified pers
If contact with live parts is possible when working on the instrumenboth poles from the supply
A current limiting resistor interrupts the supply circuit in the event ocircuit must be fused for the maximum relay current in order to prevrelay contacts in the event of an external short-circuit
Electromagnetic compatibility conforms to the standards and regulTechnical Data
Run input output and supply lines separately and not parallel to ea
Do not connect any additional loads to the supply terminals of the
The instrument is not suitable for installation in hazardous areas
Apart from faulty installation there is a possibility of interference orprocesses due to incorrect settings on the controller (setpoint data
3 Electrical co
nnection
8
configuration levels internal adjustments) Safety devices independent of the controller such as overpressure valves or temperature
pable of adjustment only by
tion Since auto-tuning (self-loops there is a theoretical value should therefore be
etwork must be laid out as ower cables or components) strument side
b702040enbk Seite 8 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
limitersmonitors should always be provided and should be caspecialist personnel Please refer to the appropriate safety regulations in this connecoptimization) cannot be expected to handle all possible control possibility of unstable parameter settings The resulting processmonitored for its stability
- All input and output lines that are not connected to the supply nshielded and twisted cables (do not run them in the vicinity of pThe shielding must be grounded to the earth potential on the in
3 Electrical co
nnection
9
20mdash53V
10mdash18V
ACDC
DC
AC
110mdash240V
(configurable)
ut 1
3A
+
+
ndash
ndash
N L19
2
=
Supplysee label
al con-st only out by rsonnel
T
b702040enbk Seite 9 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
5V(12V)20mA
1 Output or logic input 2 resistive load
Outp
250V
Logic input
Process value input
+
+ndash+ ndash
ndash
8654321
Current04mdash20mA
Pt1001000KTY11-6(2-wire)
Pt1001000(3-wire)
Thermocouple
Voltage02mdash10V
Output 21
Logic output Relay
+ ndash floating contact
1
VThe electricnection mube carried qualified pe
ype 70204041
3 Electrical co
nnection
10
20mdash53V
ACDC
AC
110mdash240V
1
+ndash
N L198
Outputs
50 V3 A Supplysee label
10mdash18V
DC
+ndash
=l connection
e carried out personnel
Type 70204041 with
b702040enbk Seite 10 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
2
Logic input
Process value input
-+
+ ndash
54321
Current04mdash20 mA
Pt1001000KTY11-6(2-wire)
Pt1001000(3-wire)
Thermocouple
Voltage002mdash1 V
Relay 2
+ ndash
7
VThe electricamust only bby qualified
2 relay outputs (option)
3 Electrical co
nnection
11
20mdash53V
AC
110mdash240V
ut 3
3A
+ndash
13 N L1
2
y
2 resistive load
ACDC
10mdash18V
DC
+ndash
=
Supplysee label
T
st ed
b702040enbk Seite 11 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Output 2
5V(12V)20mA
Current04mdash20mA
Pt1001000KTY11-6(2-wire)
Pt1001000(3-wire)
Thermocouple
Voltage02mdash10V
OutpOutput 1
250V3A 250V
Logic input
Process value input+
+ndash
+ ndash
ndash
121097654321
floating contact
2Logic output Relay Rela
+ ndash
ype 7020424344
VThe electrical connection muonly be carried out by qualifipersonnel
4 Op
eration
12
4 Operation
wheners and and
10mm20mm
it
e display)
utputs 1 and 2 yellow
rogramming the instrumention of settings and parameterswith i with dceptance after 2 seconds
b702040enbk Seite 12 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
41 Displays and keys
(1) Display
7-segment display 4 places greenDisplay alternates setpoints parametcodes are entered indicated
Character height Type 7020404142Type 70204344
Display range -1999 to +9999 dig
Decimal places none one two
Unit degC degF (process valu
(2) Status indicators
LED two LEDs for the o
(3) Keys
q i d for operating and pDynamic modificath Increase value
h Decrease value
Automatic value ac
Example Type 702041
4 Op
eration
13
4NT
OT input SP 1 or SP 2 ap-p nt SPr is displayed Withac 0 is shownT ing will be accepted auto-m
PT meters and the ramp slo-p
CT
e configuration level ATT e timer start value are al-te in the display
TIf splay after approx 30 sec(e is displayed) If the timerva
b702040enbk Seite 13 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
2 Principle of operationormal displayhe display shows the process value
perating levelhe setpoint SP is input here On active setpoint switching via the logicears in the display When the ramp function is active the ramp setpoitivated timer function the timer value t i or the timer start value t i
he setpoint is altered dynamically using the i and d keys The settatically after approx 2 sec
arameter levelhe setpoints the limit value of the limit comparator the controller parae are programmed here
onfiguration levelhe basic functions of the controller are set here
In order to make the settings it is necessary to change to thvia the parameter y0 (parameter level)
imer levelhe current timer value (only when the timer has been started) and thred here The parameters at this level are marked with an underscore
ime-out no operation occurs the controller returns automatically to normal dixception with timer functions starting via power ON the timer valuelue is displayed at the operating level time-out is not active
4 Op
eration
14
Parameter level
uration level
level (timer stopped)
C111
Pb1t 1+2lue for
omparatorller parameterslope
rentlueen timer hasrted)
rt value
ti
ti0
ration codesrd signal scalings value correctionng differentialcomparator
gt 2s
Normal display Operating level
after lastparameter via y0
Y0
A
re to differentiate operating level
b702040enbk Seite 14 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Process value
Config
Timer
259
- setpoin- limit va
limit c- contro- ramp s
Setpoint
(with setpointswitching
or )SP 1 SP 2
alter curtimer va(only whbeen sta
setaltertimer sta
only displayed if function is configured
Ramp setpoint(display only)
Timer value(operating onlydifferent displaydepending ontimer condition (see table))
SP
SPr
ti
- configu- standa- proces- switchi
of limit
q d+
gt 2s
gt 2s
Time-out(30s)
Time-out
or
after lastparameter
i i d +
Underscoand timer
4 Op
eration
15
4T dge) if the timer at opera-tin is configured accordinglyth n also be operated even ifth
P l
D ateActioner has stoppedContinue with iCancel with i + d
er has run downAcknowledge with any key(timer start value t i 0 is indicated)With time-delayed control (C120=3) acknowledge with i + d
W imer value will blink
b702040enbk Seite 15 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
3 Operation of the timer functionhe timer can be operated with the keys (start stop cancel acknowleg level is indicated Time-out is not active here If the logic input en a key such as the i key can be used In this case the timer cae timer value does not appear in the display
ossible displayed parameters for timer function at operating leve
isplay StateAction Display StTimer not runningh Start with i
Timh
h
Timer has been started but the tolerance limit has not yet been reachedh Cancel with i + d
Timh
Timer running t i is displayedh Stop with ih Cancel with i + d
hen the timer has been started the decimal point in the display for the t
5 Functions
16
5 Functions
tables provided for this pur-mark selection with a cross in the order of theirt (see table below)
t
for ParameterPb2 Cy 2 db HyS2
111
C114 HySt ALC117
HySt AL
11 C117
SCL SCH
rASd SPrel SP 1 SP 2
ti C121 C122 C123
C118
b702040enbk Seite 16 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
We recommend the following procedure
1 not for Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option)
h Familiarize yourself with the controller functions
h Enter the configuration codes and the parameter values in the pose in Chapter 6 Write down the appropriate values ( ) or ( ) The parameters and the configuration codes are listed appearance Parameters which are not relevant are masked ou
h Enter the configuration code and parameters on the instrumen
Configuration Masking out the parametersSingle-setpoint controller Double-setpoint controller
Double-setpoint controller Limit comp for Type 7020404Logic input for Type 7020404
Limit comparator no function Limit comparator
Limit comparator activated Logic input for Type 7020404
Resistance thermometer thermocouple Standard signal scaling
Ramp function off Ramp function
Setpoint switching not activated Setpoints at the parameter lev
Timer function no function Timer function
Type 70204041 Output 3
X
5 Functions
17
5
S
C
C e 31
S
S
Oected by a programmable
cuit through process value
d c = filter off) vpage 36
nges in the process value
b702040enbk Seite 17 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 Process value input
ymbol Notes
111 Transducerprobe (process value input) vpage 31
112 Unit of process value (degCdegF)decimal places of display vpag
CL Startend value of value range for standard signals vpage 35Example 0mdash20 mArarr20mdash200degC SCL = 20 SCH = 200
CH
FFS Process value correction vpage 35Using the process value correction a measured value can be corramount upwards or downwards (offset)Lead compensation can be implemented in software for 2-wire circorrection
ExamplesMeasured value Offset Displayed value 2947 + 03 2950 2953 - 03 2950
F Filter time constant (damping) to adapt the digital input filter (0seif dF high - high damping of interference signals
- slow reaction of the process value display to cha- low cut-off frequency (2nd order low-pass filter)
5 Functions
18
52 Logic input
tion from keys
ss to the parameter andtion levels
self-optimization is not possible
opped
SP 2 is active
are displayed at the operating
(edge-triggered)
ut 2 has been programmed as igured (C114) (double assign-
b702040enbk Seite 18 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Key inhibit Operation is possible from keys No opera
Level inhibit Access to the parameter andconfiguration levels is possibleStarting self-optimization is possible
No acceconfiguraStarting
Ramp stop Ramp running Ramp st
Setpoint switching Setpoint SP 1 is active Setpoint
The appropriate symbols SP 1 and SP 2level
Timer control Acknowledge startstopcontinuetimer run-down
Symbol Notes
C117 Function of the logic input vpage 33On Type 70204041 the parameter C117 is masked out if outpcontroller output (C113) or the limit comparator has been confment not on Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option))
5 Functions
19
5CTE
S
C physical
Cf overunderrange probe
C(controller type as C113)
P
ucture is not effectiveP
d no D action
ro I action
C
process is virtuallyive wear C
b702040enbk Seite 19 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
3 Controllerontroller structurehe controller structure is defined via the parameters Pb dt and rtxample Setting for PI controller rarr Pb 1=120 dt=0sec rt=350sec
ymbol Notes
113 Controller type and assignment of the controller outputs to theoutputs 1+2 vpage 32
116 Outputs in fault condition vpage 33The switching states of the outputs are defined here in the event obreakshort circuit or display overflowv Chapter 7
118 Assignment of the outputs vpage 33Only for Type 7020424344 overwrites the assignment of C113
b1 Proportional band 1 (controller output 1) vpage 36Proportional band 2 (controller output 2)Influences the P action of the controller If Pb=0 the controller strb2
t Derivative time vpage 36Influences the D action of the controller If dt=0 the controller has
t Reset time vpage 36Influences the I action of the controller If rt=0 the controller has n
y 1 Cycle time 1 (controller output 1) vpage 36Cycle time 2 (controller output 2)The cycle time has to be selected so that the energy supply to thecontinuous while not subjecting the switching elements to excessy 2
5 Functions
20
Contact spacing vpage 36
Symbol Notes
Pb2=0) it is necessary
b702040enbk Seite 20 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
dbfor double-setpoint controller
HYS1 Differential 1 (controller output 1) vpage 36Differential 2 (controller output 2)for controllers with Pb1=0 or Pb2=0HYS2
Y0 Working point (basic load) vpage 36Output if process value=setpoint
Y1 Output limiting vpage 36y1 - maximum outputy2 - minimum outputY2
H For controllers without controller structure (Pb1=0 or that y1=100 and y2=-100
5 Functions
21
5
S
C
H
A
lk
lk
lk
6 Monitoring referredto the setpoint
8 Monitoring referredto a fixed value AL
tpoint x = process value
On
On
b702040enbk Seite 21 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
4 Limit comparator (alarm contact)
ymbol Notes
114 Limit comparator function (lk1mdash lk8) vpage 32
yst Differential of limit comparator vpage 35
L Limit value of limit comparator vpage 36
lk2 lk3
4 lk5 lk6
7 lk8
1
lk1mdashlk
lk7 lk
w = se
On On
On On
On On
5 Functions
22
55 Ramp function
t
b702040enbk Seite 22 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Symbol Note
C115 Ramp function (onoff time unit) vpage 32
C117 Ramp stop via logic input (floating contact) vpage 33
rAsd Ramp slope in degCh or degCmin vpage 36
t1
SP1
SP2
t2 t3 t4 t5 t6
t1 power ON (SP 1 active)t2mdash t3 power failure or overrangeunderranget4mdasht5 ramp stopt6 setpoint switching to SP 2
ramp setpoint SPrprocess value
5 Functions
23
5S D or PI controllers
T 1 Cy 2 dF
T ontrol deviation
S
Sce
H
a tart
xw
260tunE
gt2s
d
b702040enbk Seite 23 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
6 Self-optimizationelf-optimization determines the optimum controller parameters for PI
he following controller parameters are defined rt dt Pb1 Pb2 Cy
he controller selects procedure a or b depending on the size of the c
tarting self-optimization
elf-optimization is automatically terminated or can be can-lled
Starting self-optimization is not possible with activelevel inhibit and ramp function
) Self-optimizationin theapproach phase
b) Self-optimi-zationat set-point
Start S
= process value = setpoint
Switchinglevel
i +d
i+
5 Functions
24
57 Level inhibit via code
ration levels (corresponds to
l Timer level
enabled
enabled
enabled
inhibited2
b702040enbk Seite 24 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
As an alternative to the logic input the level inhibit can beset via a code (logic input has priority)
h Set the code using q + d (at least 5sec) innormal display
Level inhibit via the logic input will lock the parameter and configucode 011)
1 The values at the operating level can only be indicated but not modified2 Timer operation (startstopcontinuecancel) will continue to be possible
Code Operating level Parameter level Configuration leve
000 enabled enabled enabled
001 enabled enabled inhibited
011 enabled inhibited inhibited
111 inhibited1 inhibited inhibited
5 Functions
25
5U ns of the adjustable timet key or via the logic inputth ter the process value hasg er has run down severalev int switching Furthermo-re
pointcess valuegrammed setpointer start valueer signallinge C122=1)ement key
E
b702040enbk Seite 25 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
8 Timer function (extra code)sing the timer function the control action can be influenced by meai 0 After the timer has been started by power ON by pressing the e timer start value t i 0 is counted down to 0 either instantly or af
one above or below a programmable tolerance limit When the timents are triggered such as control switch-off (output 0) and setpo it is possible to implement timer signalling via an output
w - setx - proS P - prot i 0 - tim----- - tim
(heri - incr
xample
5 Functions
26
Notes on the timer function in conjunction with the ramp function
function
oint is approached with the ithout ramp
p end value) is monitored
xception here is the timer figured setpoint switching via
except for events that are r value will be shown in the
b702040enbk Seite 26 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
- Generally the setpoints can also be approached using the ramp
- Stopping the timer does not influence the ramp function
- If control is active after the timer has run down the current setpramp Cancellation of the timer is followed by a setpoint step w
- For timer functions with a tolerance limit only the setpoint (=ram
Note on setpoint switching via the logic input
- Setpoint switching via the logic input is generally possible An efunction ldquoTime-dependent setpoint switchingrdquo In this case conthe logic input will not be active
Note on the display status in the event of a power failure
- The state of the display before the power failure will be restoredrelated to the timer (start cancel continue stop) Then the timedisplay
5 Functions
27
S
CC as run down (output 0)
C unction the process is con-automatically switches over
Diagrams with andwithout start abovetolerance limit
---- Tolerance limit
C121=3 4 7 or 8
b702040enbk Seite 27 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
ymbol Notes
120120=1
Timer function vpage 34
Time-limited control The control is switched off after the timer h
120=2 Time-dependent setpoint switching After the start of the timer ftrolled to setpoint SP2 After the timer has run down the controller to SP1
C121=3 4 7 or 8C121=1 2 5 or 6
C121=2 or 6 C121=1 or 5
5 Functions
28
Time-delayed control The control action starts after the timer has run down
own to 0 The control action is e signalled via an output
Symbol Notes
er has run down (End) theys are used for acknowledge-
0s
C122=1
b702040enbk Seite 28 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
C120C120=3
C120=4 Timer After the start of the timer function t i 0 is counted dindependent of the timer Here too the timer run-down can b
H After the timi + d kementSet ti0 gt
C121=1 2 5 or 6
C121=1 2 5 or 6
Timer signallingC122=3
5 Functions
29
Clowing events
keyslogic input)e
ow the tolerance limit the
restored or thehe power failure the timer 121=1 or 5 of a power failure
Ce run-down a signal can be
C
S
b702040enbk Seite 29 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
121 Start condition of the timer vpage 34The timer start value t i 0 is counted down as selected in the fol1 Power ON or logic inputkeys2 Start via keyslogic input3 Process value has reached tolerance limit (1degC or 5degC) (start via The position of the tolerance limit depends on the controller typ - 1-setpoint controller (direct) tolerance limit above setpoint - 1-setpoint controller (reversed) tolerance limit below setpoint - 2-setpoint controller tolerance limit below setpoint If during the control process the process value goes abovebel timer will be stopped for the duration of the infringement
Response to a power failure vpage 34After a power failure the condition before the power failure can betimer function can be cancelled If the timer had run down before tstart value will be loaded The timer will start automatically when CThe timer value is saved at one minute intervals to cover the case
122 Timer signalling vpage 35From the start of the timer function until timer run-down or after thproduced via an output
123 Time unit for the timer vpage 35
ymbol Notes
5 Functions
30
Programming example
s to be controlled for 30 min-the event of a power failure
llation on power failure
b702040enbk Seite 30 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
After the start via the logic input or from the keys the process hautes to a setpoint of 80degC The control action is to be cancelled in
Configuration
- C111mdash C116 Controller programming
- C117=5 Logic input = timer control
- C120=1 Timer function = time-limited control
- C121=6 Start condition for timer = via logic inputkeys - cance
- C122=0 Timer signalling = no function
- C123=1 Time unit (timer) = mmss
Operation
h Enter the setpoint SP (80degC)
h Press the q key until t i0 is indicated
h Change over to the timer level using q (at least 2sec)
h Enter the timer start value t i0_ (3000)
h Return to the operating level (timer value) with q
h Start the control action via the logic input or with i
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
31
6
lacesunit X
q
P
your selection with a
123
NO
b702040enbk Seite 31 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Configuration and parameter tables
C111 Transducer X
001 Pt 100 (3-wire)006 Pt 1000 (3-wire)601 KTY11-6 (2-wire)003 Pt 100 (2-wire)005 Pt 1000 (2-wire)039 Cu-Con T 040 Fe-Con J041 Cu-Con U042 Fe-Con L043 NiCr-Ni K044 Pt10Rh-Pt S045 Pt13Rh-Pt R046 Pt30Rh-Pt B048 NiCrSi-NiSi N052 Standard signal 0 ndash 20mA053 Standard signal 4 ndash 20mA063 Standard signal 0 ndash 10V2
071 Standard signal 2 ndash 10V3
C112 Decimal p
0 9999degC1 9999degC2 9999degC3 9999degF4 9999degF5 9999degF
q
q
b11
gt2s
q
y0
qgt2s
X Mark cross
SP 1 AL or Pb1 is shown here depending on the configuration
0 ndash 1V for Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option)
02 ndash 1V for Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option)
ormal displayperating level
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
32
limit comparator (LK) has priorityover the timer signalling
th Type 7020424344 see C118
C113 Controller type Output 1 (relay) Output 2+3 (logic+relay)
X
LKtimer signalling1
LKtimer signalling1
controller output 2
controller
controller
controller output 1
mp function Xp function offp function (degCmin)p function (degCh)
q
ow setpoint) = controller output 1 setpoint) = controller output 2
b702040enbk Seite 32 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 A programmed
Further settings for the outputs wi
10 single setpoint (reversed) controller11 single setpoint (direct) controller30 double setpoint controller output 1
20 single setpoint (reversed) LKtimer signalling1
21 single setpoint (direct) LKtimer signalling1
33 double setpoint controller output 2
q
C114 Limit comparator (LK) X
0 no function1 lk 12 lk 23 lk 34 lk 45 lk 56 lk 67 lk 78 lk 8
C115 Ra0 ram1 ram2 ram
q
reversed = heating (output is active when process value is beldirect = cooling (output is active when process value is above
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
33
input X
ctionibithibittopt switchingontrol
qut 3 Relay X
r signalling comparatorr signallingroller output comparatorroller output
comparatortimerroller output 2 comparatortimerroller output 1roller output 2roller output 1
b702040enbk Seite 33 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
C116 Outputs on fault X
0 01 LKtimer signalling OFF1 1002
2 -1001 3 01 LKtimer
signalling ON4 1002
C117 Logic
0 no fun1 key inh2 level in3 ramp s4 setpoin5 timer c
C118 Output 1 Relay (K1) Output 2 Logic (K2) Outp
0 Functions of outputs as defined under C1131
for 1
-set
pt c
ontr
l controller output limit comparator time2 controller output timer signalling limit3 limit comparator controller output time4 limit comparator timer signalling cont5 timer signalling controller output limit6 timer signalling limit comparator cont
7
for 2
-set
pt c
ontrl
controller output 1 controller output 2 limit8 controller output 1 limit comparatortimer cont9 controller output 2 controller output 1 limit10 controller output 2 limit comparatortimer cont11 limit comparatortimer controller output 1 cont12 limit comparatortimer controller output 2 cont
q
q
1 Minimum output limiting y2 is effective2 Maximum output limiting y1 is effective
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
34
C120 Timer function X
power failure Xs before there
n ofion ars in the
ot valid for C120=3 or 4
b702040enbk Seite 34 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
0 no function1 time-limited control2 time-dependent setpoint switching3 time-delayed control4 timer (control independent of timer)
C121 Start condition for timer Action on 1 after power ON logic inputkeys Condition a
power failu2 via logic inputkeys3 via logic inputkeys timer counts 1degC
from tolerance limit4 via logic inputkeys timer counts 5degC
from tolerance limit5 after power ON logic inputkeys Cancellatio
timer funct(StOP appedisplay)
6 via logic inputkeys7 via logic inputkeys timer counts 1degC
from tolerance limit8 via logic inputkeys timer counts 5degC
from tolerance limit
q
q
The start conditions with tolerance limit (C121=3 4 7 8) are nIf C120 is altered the validity of C121 must be checked
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
35
tory-set Yoursetting
0
0
0
he factory setting
ime (timer) X
(max 9959)(max 9959)ax 9999)
= minutes
q
b702040enbk Seite 35 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Parameter Explanation Value range fac
SCL start value of thestandard signal
-1999 to +9999digit1 0
sCH end value of thestandard signal
-1999 to +9999digit1 10
SPL lowersetpoint limiting
-1999 to +9999digit1 -20
SPH uppersetpoint limiting
-1999 to +9999digit1 85
OFFS process value correction -1999 to 9999digit1 0
HySt switching differential of the limit comparator
0 mdash 9999digit1 1
1 For displays with one or two decimal places the value range and tchange accordinglyExample 1 decimal place rarr value range -1999 to +9999
q
C122 Timer signalling X
0 no function1 timer start until run-down2 after run-down for 10sec 3 after run-down for 1min4 after run-down until
acknowledgement
qC123 Unit of t
1 mmss 2 hhmm 3 hhhh (ms = seconds m h = hours
One output has to be configuredcorrespondingly(C113C118)
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
36and the factory setting
Parameter Explanation Value range factory-set
Yoursetting
0
0
0
0
0
80sec
350sec
200sec
200sec
0
1
1
0
100
-100
06sec
0
b702040enbk Seite 36 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 For displays with one or two decimal places the value range change accordingly
sP 1 setpoint 1 SPL mdash SPH
sP 2 setpoint 2 SPL mdash SPH
AL limit value oflimit comparator
-1999 to +9999digit1
Pb1 proportional band 1 0 mdash 9999digit1
Pb2 proportional band 2 0 mdash 9999digit1
dt derivative time 0 mdash 9999sec
rt reset time 0 mdash 9999sec
Cy 1 cycle time 1 10 mdash 9999sec
Cy 2 cycle time 2 10 mdash 9999sec
db contact spacing 0 mdash 1000digit1
HYS1 differential 1 0 mdash 9999digit1
HYS2 differential 2 0 mdash 9999digit1
Y0 working point -100 to 100
Y1 maximum output 0 mdash 100
Y2 minimum output -100 to +100
dF filter time constant 00 mdash 1000sec
rAsd ramp slope 0 mdash 999 degCh (degCmin)1
7 Alarm
messag
es
37
7
D
of process valueit comparators referred to input behave in accord-figuration of the outputsed
n has been cancelled due to he timer value that wase of the supply failure will be
H ge
is connected
b702040enbk Seite 37 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Alarm messages
isplay Description Causeresponse
The displays for the process value or timer value flashes ldquo1999rdquoDisplay current timer value by repeatedly pressing the q key
OverunderrangeController and limthe process valueance with the conThe timer is stopp
The display for the timer value alternates between showing ldquoStOPrdquo and the timeh Acknowledge by using any
key (the timer start value t i 0 is loaded)
The timer functioa supply failure Tpresent at the timindicated
The following events come under the heading overunderran- Probe breakshort-circuit- Measurement is outside the control range of the probe that- Display overflow
7 Alarm
messag
es
38
Measurement circuit monitoring (bull = recognized)
-circuitProbelead break
bull
bull
bull-
bull-
b702040enbk Seite 38 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Transducer Overrangeunderrange
Probelead short
Thermocouple bullbull -
Resistance thermometer bullbull bull
Voltage 2 ndash 10V and02 ndash 1V0 ndash 10V and 0 ndash 1V
bullbullbull-
bull-
Current 4 ndash 20mA0 ndash 20mA
bullbullbull-
bull-
8 Technical data
39
8In
1
In
23
nce thermometer
3A at 250V AC resistive load at rated load
mA Rload ge250Ω
mA Rload ge600Ω
5+10 48 mdash 63Hz or 48 mdash 63Hz or
nnect to SELV or PELV)
Range
-200 to +850degC
-200 to +850degC
-50 to +150degC
uracy le01 50ppmdegCle10 50ppmdegC
20Ω max per lead250microA
b702040enbk Seite 39 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Technical dataput for thermocouple
These ranges refer to the ambiente temperature of 20degC
put for standard signals
0mdash1V REgt10MΩ for Type 70204041 with 2 relays02mdash1V REgt10MΩ for Type 70204041 with 2 relays
Designation Range 1
Fe-Con LFe-Con J EN 60584Cu-Con UCu-Con T EN 60584NiCr-Ni K EN 60584NiCrSi-NiSi N EN 60584Pt10Rh-Pt S EN 60584Pt13Rh-Pt R EN 60584Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh B EN 60584
-200 to + 900degC-200 to +1200degC-200 to + 600degC-200 to + 400degC-200 to +1372degC-200 to +1300degC
0 mdash 1768degC0 mdash 1768degC0 mdash 1820degC
Measurement accuracy le04 100ppmdegCCold junction Pt100 internal
Designation Range
Voltage 0 mdash 10V RE gt 100kΩ2
2 mdash 10V RE gt 100kΩ3
RE - input resistance
Current 4 mdash 20mA voltage drop le 15V0 mdash 20mA voltage drop le 15V
Measurement accuracy le01 100ppmdegC
Input for resista
OutputsRelayno(make) contact150000 operationsLogic 05VCurrent limiting 20Logic 012VCurrent limiting 20
Supply110 mdash 240V AC -120 mdash 53V ACDC10 mdash 18V DC (Co
Designation
Pt100 EN 60751
Pt1000 EN 60751
KTY11-6
Measurement accPt1001000KTY11-6Sensor leadresistance Meas current
8 Technical data
40
ControllerController type 1-setpt controller with
Data backup EEPROMHousing type
or panel mounting
nt panelater (add mildly acidic neutral
detergents if necessary) Do sive cleaning agents or high-s Limited resistance to organic irits benzol etc)
ng3 834
rage temperatureo +70degC
onsity no condensation
ion any
)160g (702043)200g (702044)
60529
n to EN 61010
b702040enbk Seite 40 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Accuracy of timer 07 10ppmdegC
Test voltages (type test)to EN 61 010 Part 1 March 1994overvoltage category II pollution degree 2 for Type 70204041overvoltage category III pollution degree 2 for Type 7020424344
Power consumption 7VA max
Electrical connectionat the rear via plug-in screw terminalsconductor cross-section le 25mm2 (13mm2 withType 70204041) solid wire or 15mm2 (10mm2 for Type 70204041) stranded wire with ferrules
Electromagnetic compatibility EN 61 326Immunity to interfer Class B Interfer emission industrial requirements
Approval UL and CSA (only devices with JUMO indication)
limit comparator 2-setpt controllerController structure PPDPIPIDAD converter resolution gt15 bitSampling time 210msec (250msec with timer
function)
plastic housing fto DIN 43700Cleaning the frouse warm or hot wor mildly alkalinenot use any abrapressure cleanersolvents (e g sp
Housing mountiin panel to DIN 4
Ambient and sto0 to 55degC -40 t
Climatic conditile 75 rel humid
Operating posit
Weight (approx75g (702040)95g (702041)
145g (702042)Protection IP66 (front) to ENIP20 (rear)Safety regulatio
JUMO GmbH amp Co KG
Street adressMoltkestraszlige 13 - 3136039 Fulda GermanyDelivery addressMackenrodtstraszlige 1436039 Fulda GermanyPostal address36035 Fulda GermanyPhone +49 661 6003-0Fax +49 661 6003-607e-mail mailjumonetInternet wwwjumonet
JUMO Instrument Co Ltd
JUMO HouseTemple Bank RiverwayHarlow Essex CM20 2TT UKPhone +44 1279 635533Fax +44 1279 635262e-mail salesjumocoukInternet wwwjumocouk
JUMO Process Control Inc
8 Technology BoulevardCanastota NY 13032 USAPhone 315-697-JUMO
1-800-554-JUMOFax 315-697-5867e-mail infojumousInternet wwwjumous
b702040enbk Seite 1 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
- 1 Identifying the instrument version
- 2 Installation
- 3 Electrical connection
- 4 Operation
-
- 41 Displays and keys
- 42 Principle of operation
- 43 Operation of the timer function
-
- 5 Functions
-
- 51 Process value input
- 52 Logic input
- 53 Controller
- 54 Limit comparator (alarm contact)
- 55 Ramp function
- 56 Self-optimization
- 57 Level inhibit via code
- 58 Timer function (extra code)
-
- 6 Configuration and parameter tables
- 7 Alarm messages
- 8 Technical data
-
3 Electrical co
nnection
7
3
In
- nnection must conform to wer Circuits with nominal
- onnel
- t it must be isolated on
- f a short-circuit The load ent welding of the output
- ations listed under
- ch other
- instrument
-
- damage to controlled of parameter and
b702040enbk Seite 7 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Electrical connection
stallation notes
The choice of cable the installation the fusing and the electrical cothe requirements of VDE 0100 ldquoRegulations on the Installation of Povoltages below 1000Vrdquo or the appropriate local regulations
The electrical connection must only be carried out by qualified pers
If contact with live parts is possible when working on the instrumenboth poles from the supply
A current limiting resistor interrupts the supply circuit in the event ocircuit must be fused for the maximum relay current in order to prevrelay contacts in the event of an external short-circuit
Electromagnetic compatibility conforms to the standards and regulTechnical Data
Run input output and supply lines separately and not parallel to ea
Do not connect any additional loads to the supply terminals of the
The instrument is not suitable for installation in hazardous areas
Apart from faulty installation there is a possibility of interference orprocesses due to incorrect settings on the controller (setpoint data
3 Electrical co
nnection
8
configuration levels internal adjustments) Safety devices independent of the controller such as overpressure valves or temperature
pable of adjustment only by
tion Since auto-tuning (self-loops there is a theoretical value should therefore be
etwork must be laid out as ower cables or components) strument side
b702040enbk Seite 8 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
limitersmonitors should always be provided and should be caspecialist personnel Please refer to the appropriate safety regulations in this connecoptimization) cannot be expected to handle all possible control possibility of unstable parameter settings The resulting processmonitored for its stability
- All input and output lines that are not connected to the supply nshielded and twisted cables (do not run them in the vicinity of pThe shielding must be grounded to the earth potential on the in
3 Electrical co
nnection
9
20mdash53V
10mdash18V
ACDC
DC
AC
110mdash240V
(configurable)
ut 1
3A
+
+
ndash
ndash
N L19
2
=
Supplysee label
al con-st only out by rsonnel
T
b702040enbk Seite 9 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
5V(12V)20mA
1 Output or logic input 2 resistive load
Outp
250V
Logic input
Process value input
+
+ndash+ ndash
ndash
8654321
Current04mdash20mA
Pt1001000KTY11-6(2-wire)
Pt1001000(3-wire)
Thermocouple
Voltage02mdash10V
Output 21
Logic output Relay
+ ndash floating contact
1
VThe electricnection mube carried qualified pe
ype 70204041
3 Electrical co
nnection
10
20mdash53V
ACDC
AC
110mdash240V
1
+ndash
N L198
Outputs
50 V3 A Supplysee label
10mdash18V
DC
+ndash
=l connection
e carried out personnel
Type 70204041 with
b702040enbk Seite 10 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
2
Logic input
Process value input
-+
+ ndash
54321
Current04mdash20 mA
Pt1001000KTY11-6(2-wire)
Pt1001000(3-wire)
Thermocouple
Voltage002mdash1 V
Relay 2
+ ndash
7
VThe electricamust only bby qualified
2 relay outputs (option)
3 Electrical co
nnection
11
20mdash53V
AC
110mdash240V
ut 3
3A
+ndash
13 N L1
2
y
2 resistive load
ACDC
10mdash18V
DC
+ndash
=
Supplysee label
T
st ed
b702040enbk Seite 11 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Output 2
5V(12V)20mA
Current04mdash20mA
Pt1001000KTY11-6(2-wire)
Pt1001000(3-wire)
Thermocouple
Voltage02mdash10V
OutpOutput 1
250V3A 250V
Logic input
Process value input+
+ndash
+ ndash
ndash
121097654321
floating contact
2Logic output Relay Rela
+ ndash
ype 7020424344
VThe electrical connection muonly be carried out by qualifipersonnel
4 Op
eration
12
4 Operation
wheners and and
10mm20mm
it
e display)
utputs 1 and 2 yellow
rogramming the instrumention of settings and parameterswith i with dceptance after 2 seconds
b702040enbk Seite 12 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
41 Displays and keys
(1) Display
7-segment display 4 places greenDisplay alternates setpoints parametcodes are entered indicated
Character height Type 7020404142Type 70204344
Display range -1999 to +9999 dig
Decimal places none one two
Unit degC degF (process valu
(2) Status indicators
LED two LEDs for the o
(3) Keys
q i d for operating and pDynamic modificath Increase value
h Decrease value
Automatic value ac
Example Type 702041
4 Op
eration
13
4NT
OT input SP 1 or SP 2 ap-p nt SPr is displayed Withac 0 is shownT ing will be accepted auto-m
PT meters and the ramp slo-p
CT
e configuration level ATT e timer start value are al-te in the display
TIf splay after approx 30 sec(e is displayed) If the timerva
b702040enbk Seite 13 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
2 Principle of operationormal displayhe display shows the process value
perating levelhe setpoint SP is input here On active setpoint switching via the logicears in the display When the ramp function is active the ramp setpoitivated timer function the timer value t i or the timer start value t i
he setpoint is altered dynamically using the i and d keys The settatically after approx 2 sec
arameter levelhe setpoints the limit value of the limit comparator the controller parae are programmed here
onfiguration levelhe basic functions of the controller are set here
In order to make the settings it is necessary to change to thvia the parameter y0 (parameter level)
imer levelhe current timer value (only when the timer has been started) and thred here The parameters at this level are marked with an underscore
ime-out no operation occurs the controller returns automatically to normal dixception with timer functions starting via power ON the timer valuelue is displayed at the operating level time-out is not active
4 Op
eration
14
Parameter level
uration level
level (timer stopped)
C111
Pb1t 1+2lue for
omparatorller parameterslope
rentlueen timer hasrted)
rt value
ti
ti0
ration codesrd signal scalings value correctionng differentialcomparator
gt 2s
Normal display Operating level
after lastparameter via y0
Y0
A
re to differentiate operating level
b702040enbk Seite 14 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Process value
Config
Timer
259
- setpoin- limit va
limit c- contro- ramp s
Setpoint
(with setpointswitching
or )SP 1 SP 2
alter curtimer va(only whbeen sta
setaltertimer sta
only displayed if function is configured
Ramp setpoint(display only)
Timer value(operating onlydifferent displaydepending ontimer condition (see table))
SP
SPr
ti
- configu- standa- proces- switchi
of limit
q d+
gt 2s
gt 2s
Time-out(30s)
Time-out
or
after lastparameter
i i d +
Underscoand timer
4 Op
eration
15
4T dge) if the timer at opera-tin is configured accordinglyth n also be operated even ifth
P l
D ateActioner has stoppedContinue with iCancel with i + d
er has run downAcknowledge with any key(timer start value t i 0 is indicated)With time-delayed control (C120=3) acknowledge with i + d
W imer value will blink
b702040enbk Seite 15 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
3 Operation of the timer functionhe timer can be operated with the keys (start stop cancel acknowleg level is indicated Time-out is not active here If the logic input en a key such as the i key can be used In this case the timer cae timer value does not appear in the display
ossible displayed parameters for timer function at operating leve
isplay StateAction Display StTimer not runningh Start with i
Timh
h
Timer has been started but the tolerance limit has not yet been reachedh Cancel with i + d
Timh
Timer running t i is displayedh Stop with ih Cancel with i + d
hen the timer has been started the decimal point in the display for the t
5 Functions
16
5 Functions
tables provided for this pur-mark selection with a cross in the order of theirt (see table below)
t
for ParameterPb2 Cy 2 db HyS2
111
C114 HySt ALC117
HySt AL
11 C117
SCL SCH
rASd SPrel SP 1 SP 2
ti C121 C122 C123
C118
b702040enbk Seite 16 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
We recommend the following procedure
1 not for Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option)
h Familiarize yourself with the controller functions
h Enter the configuration codes and the parameter values in the pose in Chapter 6 Write down the appropriate values ( ) or ( ) The parameters and the configuration codes are listed appearance Parameters which are not relevant are masked ou
h Enter the configuration code and parameters on the instrumen
Configuration Masking out the parametersSingle-setpoint controller Double-setpoint controller
Double-setpoint controller Limit comp for Type 7020404Logic input for Type 7020404
Limit comparator no function Limit comparator
Limit comparator activated Logic input for Type 7020404
Resistance thermometer thermocouple Standard signal scaling
Ramp function off Ramp function
Setpoint switching not activated Setpoints at the parameter lev
Timer function no function Timer function
Type 70204041 Output 3
X
5 Functions
17
5
S
C
C e 31
S
S
Oected by a programmable
cuit through process value
d c = filter off) vpage 36
nges in the process value
b702040enbk Seite 17 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 Process value input
ymbol Notes
111 Transducerprobe (process value input) vpage 31
112 Unit of process value (degCdegF)decimal places of display vpag
CL Startend value of value range for standard signals vpage 35Example 0mdash20 mArarr20mdash200degC SCL = 20 SCH = 200
CH
FFS Process value correction vpage 35Using the process value correction a measured value can be corramount upwards or downwards (offset)Lead compensation can be implemented in software for 2-wire circorrection
ExamplesMeasured value Offset Displayed value 2947 + 03 2950 2953 - 03 2950
F Filter time constant (damping) to adapt the digital input filter (0seif dF high - high damping of interference signals
- slow reaction of the process value display to cha- low cut-off frequency (2nd order low-pass filter)
5 Functions
18
52 Logic input
tion from keys
ss to the parameter andtion levels
self-optimization is not possible
opped
SP 2 is active
are displayed at the operating
(edge-triggered)
ut 2 has been programmed as igured (C114) (double assign-
b702040enbk Seite 18 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Key inhibit Operation is possible from keys No opera
Level inhibit Access to the parameter andconfiguration levels is possibleStarting self-optimization is possible
No acceconfiguraStarting
Ramp stop Ramp running Ramp st
Setpoint switching Setpoint SP 1 is active Setpoint
The appropriate symbols SP 1 and SP 2level
Timer control Acknowledge startstopcontinuetimer run-down
Symbol Notes
C117 Function of the logic input vpage 33On Type 70204041 the parameter C117 is masked out if outpcontroller output (C113) or the limit comparator has been confment not on Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option))
5 Functions
19
5CTE
S
C physical
Cf overunderrange probe
C(controller type as C113)
P
ucture is not effectiveP
d no D action
ro I action
C
process is virtuallyive wear C
b702040enbk Seite 19 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
3 Controllerontroller structurehe controller structure is defined via the parameters Pb dt and rtxample Setting for PI controller rarr Pb 1=120 dt=0sec rt=350sec
ymbol Notes
113 Controller type and assignment of the controller outputs to theoutputs 1+2 vpage 32
116 Outputs in fault condition vpage 33The switching states of the outputs are defined here in the event obreakshort circuit or display overflowv Chapter 7
118 Assignment of the outputs vpage 33Only for Type 7020424344 overwrites the assignment of C113
b1 Proportional band 1 (controller output 1) vpage 36Proportional band 2 (controller output 2)Influences the P action of the controller If Pb=0 the controller strb2
t Derivative time vpage 36Influences the D action of the controller If dt=0 the controller has
t Reset time vpage 36Influences the I action of the controller If rt=0 the controller has n
y 1 Cycle time 1 (controller output 1) vpage 36Cycle time 2 (controller output 2)The cycle time has to be selected so that the energy supply to thecontinuous while not subjecting the switching elements to excessy 2
5 Functions
20
Contact spacing vpage 36
Symbol Notes
Pb2=0) it is necessary
b702040enbk Seite 20 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
dbfor double-setpoint controller
HYS1 Differential 1 (controller output 1) vpage 36Differential 2 (controller output 2)for controllers with Pb1=0 or Pb2=0HYS2
Y0 Working point (basic load) vpage 36Output if process value=setpoint
Y1 Output limiting vpage 36y1 - maximum outputy2 - minimum outputY2
H For controllers without controller structure (Pb1=0 or that y1=100 and y2=-100
5 Functions
21
5
S
C
H
A
lk
lk
lk
6 Monitoring referredto the setpoint
8 Monitoring referredto a fixed value AL
tpoint x = process value
On
On
b702040enbk Seite 21 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
4 Limit comparator (alarm contact)
ymbol Notes
114 Limit comparator function (lk1mdash lk8) vpage 32
yst Differential of limit comparator vpage 35
L Limit value of limit comparator vpage 36
lk2 lk3
4 lk5 lk6
7 lk8
1
lk1mdashlk
lk7 lk
w = se
On On
On On
On On
5 Functions
22
55 Ramp function
t
b702040enbk Seite 22 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Symbol Note
C115 Ramp function (onoff time unit) vpage 32
C117 Ramp stop via logic input (floating contact) vpage 33
rAsd Ramp slope in degCh or degCmin vpage 36
t1
SP1
SP2
t2 t3 t4 t5 t6
t1 power ON (SP 1 active)t2mdash t3 power failure or overrangeunderranget4mdasht5 ramp stopt6 setpoint switching to SP 2
ramp setpoint SPrprocess value
5 Functions
23
5S D or PI controllers
T 1 Cy 2 dF
T ontrol deviation
S
Sce
H
a tart
xw
260tunE
gt2s
d
b702040enbk Seite 23 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
6 Self-optimizationelf-optimization determines the optimum controller parameters for PI
he following controller parameters are defined rt dt Pb1 Pb2 Cy
he controller selects procedure a or b depending on the size of the c
tarting self-optimization
elf-optimization is automatically terminated or can be can-lled
Starting self-optimization is not possible with activelevel inhibit and ramp function
) Self-optimizationin theapproach phase
b) Self-optimi-zationat set-point
Start S
= process value = setpoint
Switchinglevel
i +d
i+
5 Functions
24
57 Level inhibit via code
ration levels (corresponds to
l Timer level
enabled
enabled
enabled
inhibited2
b702040enbk Seite 24 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
As an alternative to the logic input the level inhibit can beset via a code (logic input has priority)
h Set the code using q + d (at least 5sec) innormal display
Level inhibit via the logic input will lock the parameter and configucode 011)
1 The values at the operating level can only be indicated but not modified2 Timer operation (startstopcontinuecancel) will continue to be possible
Code Operating level Parameter level Configuration leve
000 enabled enabled enabled
001 enabled enabled inhibited
011 enabled inhibited inhibited
111 inhibited1 inhibited inhibited
5 Functions
25
5U ns of the adjustable timet key or via the logic inputth ter the process value hasg er has run down severalev int switching Furthermo-re
pointcess valuegrammed setpointer start valueer signallinge C122=1)ement key
E
b702040enbk Seite 25 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
8 Timer function (extra code)sing the timer function the control action can be influenced by meai 0 After the timer has been started by power ON by pressing the e timer start value t i 0 is counted down to 0 either instantly or af
one above or below a programmable tolerance limit When the timents are triggered such as control switch-off (output 0) and setpo it is possible to implement timer signalling via an output
w - setx - proS P - prot i 0 - tim----- - tim
(heri - incr
xample
5 Functions
26
Notes on the timer function in conjunction with the ramp function
function
oint is approached with the ithout ramp
p end value) is monitored
xception here is the timer figured setpoint switching via
except for events that are r value will be shown in the
b702040enbk Seite 26 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
- Generally the setpoints can also be approached using the ramp
- Stopping the timer does not influence the ramp function
- If control is active after the timer has run down the current setpramp Cancellation of the timer is followed by a setpoint step w
- For timer functions with a tolerance limit only the setpoint (=ram
Note on setpoint switching via the logic input
- Setpoint switching via the logic input is generally possible An efunction ldquoTime-dependent setpoint switchingrdquo In this case conthe logic input will not be active
Note on the display status in the event of a power failure
- The state of the display before the power failure will be restoredrelated to the timer (start cancel continue stop) Then the timedisplay
5 Functions
27
S
CC as run down (output 0)
C unction the process is con-automatically switches over
Diagrams with andwithout start abovetolerance limit
---- Tolerance limit
C121=3 4 7 or 8
b702040enbk Seite 27 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
ymbol Notes
120120=1
Timer function vpage 34
Time-limited control The control is switched off after the timer h
120=2 Time-dependent setpoint switching After the start of the timer ftrolled to setpoint SP2 After the timer has run down the controller to SP1
C121=3 4 7 or 8C121=1 2 5 or 6
C121=2 or 6 C121=1 or 5
5 Functions
28
Time-delayed control The control action starts after the timer has run down
own to 0 The control action is e signalled via an output
Symbol Notes
er has run down (End) theys are used for acknowledge-
0s
C122=1
b702040enbk Seite 28 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
C120C120=3
C120=4 Timer After the start of the timer function t i 0 is counted dindependent of the timer Here too the timer run-down can b
H After the timi + d kementSet ti0 gt
C121=1 2 5 or 6
C121=1 2 5 or 6
Timer signallingC122=3
5 Functions
29
Clowing events
keyslogic input)e
ow the tolerance limit the
restored or thehe power failure the timer 121=1 or 5 of a power failure
Ce run-down a signal can be
C
S
b702040enbk Seite 29 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
121 Start condition of the timer vpage 34The timer start value t i 0 is counted down as selected in the fol1 Power ON or logic inputkeys2 Start via keyslogic input3 Process value has reached tolerance limit (1degC or 5degC) (start via The position of the tolerance limit depends on the controller typ - 1-setpoint controller (direct) tolerance limit above setpoint - 1-setpoint controller (reversed) tolerance limit below setpoint - 2-setpoint controller tolerance limit below setpoint If during the control process the process value goes abovebel timer will be stopped for the duration of the infringement
Response to a power failure vpage 34After a power failure the condition before the power failure can betimer function can be cancelled If the timer had run down before tstart value will be loaded The timer will start automatically when CThe timer value is saved at one minute intervals to cover the case
122 Timer signalling vpage 35From the start of the timer function until timer run-down or after thproduced via an output
123 Time unit for the timer vpage 35
ymbol Notes
5 Functions
30
Programming example
s to be controlled for 30 min-the event of a power failure
llation on power failure
b702040enbk Seite 30 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
After the start via the logic input or from the keys the process hautes to a setpoint of 80degC The control action is to be cancelled in
Configuration
- C111mdash C116 Controller programming
- C117=5 Logic input = timer control
- C120=1 Timer function = time-limited control
- C121=6 Start condition for timer = via logic inputkeys - cance
- C122=0 Timer signalling = no function
- C123=1 Time unit (timer) = mmss
Operation
h Enter the setpoint SP (80degC)
h Press the q key until t i0 is indicated
h Change over to the timer level using q (at least 2sec)
h Enter the timer start value t i0_ (3000)
h Return to the operating level (timer value) with q
h Start the control action via the logic input or with i
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
31
6
lacesunit X
q
P
your selection with a
123
NO
b702040enbk Seite 31 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Configuration and parameter tables
C111 Transducer X
001 Pt 100 (3-wire)006 Pt 1000 (3-wire)601 KTY11-6 (2-wire)003 Pt 100 (2-wire)005 Pt 1000 (2-wire)039 Cu-Con T 040 Fe-Con J041 Cu-Con U042 Fe-Con L043 NiCr-Ni K044 Pt10Rh-Pt S045 Pt13Rh-Pt R046 Pt30Rh-Pt B048 NiCrSi-NiSi N052 Standard signal 0 ndash 20mA053 Standard signal 4 ndash 20mA063 Standard signal 0 ndash 10V2
071 Standard signal 2 ndash 10V3
C112 Decimal p
0 9999degC1 9999degC2 9999degC3 9999degF4 9999degF5 9999degF
q
q
b11
gt2s
q
y0
qgt2s
X Mark cross
SP 1 AL or Pb1 is shown here depending on the configuration
0 ndash 1V for Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option)
02 ndash 1V for Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option)
ormal displayperating level
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
32
limit comparator (LK) has priorityover the timer signalling
th Type 7020424344 see C118
C113 Controller type Output 1 (relay) Output 2+3 (logic+relay)
X
LKtimer signalling1
LKtimer signalling1
controller output 2
controller
controller
controller output 1
mp function Xp function offp function (degCmin)p function (degCh)
q
ow setpoint) = controller output 1 setpoint) = controller output 2
b702040enbk Seite 32 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 A programmed
Further settings for the outputs wi
10 single setpoint (reversed) controller11 single setpoint (direct) controller30 double setpoint controller output 1
20 single setpoint (reversed) LKtimer signalling1
21 single setpoint (direct) LKtimer signalling1
33 double setpoint controller output 2
q
C114 Limit comparator (LK) X
0 no function1 lk 12 lk 23 lk 34 lk 45 lk 56 lk 67 lk 78 lk 8
C115 Ra0 ram1 ram2 ram
q
reversed = heating (output is active when process value is beldirect = cooling (output is active when process value is above
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
33
input X
ctionibithibittopt switchingontrol
qut 3 Relay X
r signalling comparatorr signallingroller output comparatorroller output
comparatortimerroller output 2 comparatortimerroller output 1roller output 2roller output 1
b702040enbk Seite 33 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
C116 Outputs on fault X
0 01 LKtimer signalling OFF1 1002
2 -1001 3 01 LKtimer
signalling ON4 1002
C117 Logic
0 no fun1 key inh2 level in3 ramp s4 setpoin5 timer c
C118 Output 1 Relay (K1) Output 2 Logic (K2) Outp
0 Functions of outputs as defined under C1131
for 1
-set
pt c
ontr
l controller output limit comparator time2 controller output timer signalling limit3 limit comparator controller output time4 limit comparator timer signalling cont5 timer signalling controller output limit6 timer signalling limit comparator cont
7
for 2
-set
pt c
ontrl
controller output 1 controller output 2 limit8 controller output 1 limit comparatortimer cont9 controller output 2 controller output 1 limit10 controller output 2 limit comparatortimer cont11 limit comparatortimer controller output 1 cont12 limit comparatortimer controller output 2 cont
q
q
1 Minimum output limiting y2 is effective2 Maximum output limiting y1 is effective
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
34
C120 Timer function X
power failure Xs before there
n ofion ars in the
ot valid for C120=3 or 4
b702040enbk Seite 34 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
0 no function1 time-limited control2 time-dependent setpoint switching3 time-delayed control4 timer (control independent of timer)
C121 Start condition for timer Action on 1 after power ON logic inputkeys Condition a
power failu2 via logic inputkeys3 via logic inputkeys timer counts 1degC
from tolerance limit4 via logic inputkeys timer counts 5degC
from tolerance limit5 after power ON logic inputkeys Cancellatio
timer funct(StOP appedisplay)
6 via logic inputkeys7 via logic inputkeys timer counts 1degC
from tolerance limit8 via logic inputkeys timer counts 5degC
from tolerance limit
q
q
The start conditions with tolerance limit (C121=3 4 7 8) are nIf C120 is altered the validity of C121 must be checked
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
35
tory-set Yoursetting
0
0
0
he factory setting
ime (timer) X
(max 9959)(max 9959)ax 9999)
= minutes
q
b702040enbk Seite 35 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Parameter Explanation Value range fac
SCL start value of thestandard signal
-1999 to +9999digit1 0
sCH end value of thestandard signal
-1999 to +9999digit1 10
SPL lowersetpoint limiting
-1999 to +9999digit1 -20
SPH uppersetpoint limiting
-1999 to +9999digit1 85
OFFS process value correction -1999 to 9999digit1 0
HySt switching differential of the limit comparator
0 mdash 9999digit1 1
1 For displays with one or two decimal places the value range and tchange accordinglyExample 1 decimal place rarr value range -1999 to +9999
q
C122 Timer signalling X
0 no function1 timer start until run-down2 after run-down for 10sec 3 after run-down for 1min4 after run-down until
acknowledgement
qC123 Unit of t
1 mmss 2 hhmm 3 hhhh (ms = seconds m h = hours
One output has to be configuredcorrespondingly(C113C118)
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
36and the factory setting
Parameter Explanation Value range factory-set
Yoursetting
0
0
0
0
0
80sec
350sec
200sec
200sec
0
1
1
0
100
-100
06sec
0
b702040enbk Seite 36 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 For displays with one or two decimal places the value range change accordingly
sP 1 setpoint 1 SPL mdash SPH
sP 2 setpoint 2 SPL mdash SPH
AL limit value oflimit comparator
-1999 to +9999digit1
Pb1 proportional band 1 0 mdash 9999digit1
Pb2 proportional band 2 0 mdash 9999digit1
dt derivative time 0 mdash 9999sec
rt reset time 0 mdash 9999sec
Cy 1 cycle time 1 10 mdash 9999sec
Cy 2 cycle time 2 10 mdash 9999sec
db contact spacing 0 mdash 1000digit1
HYS1 differential 1 0 mdash 9999digit1
HYS2 differential 2 0 mdash 9999digit1
Y0 working point -100 to 100
Y1 maximum output 0 mdash 100
Y2 minimum output -100 to +100
dF filter time constant 00 mdash 1000sec
rAsd ramp slope 0 mdash 999 degCh (degCmin)1
7 Alarm
messag
es
37
7
D
of process valueit comparators referred to input behave in accord-figuration of the outputsed
n has been cancelled due to he timer value that wase of the supply failure will be
H ge
is connected
b702040enbk Seite 37 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Alarm messages
isplay Description Causeresponse
The displays for the process value or timer value flashes ldquo1999rdquoDisplay current timer value by repeatedly pressing the q key
OverunderrangeController and limthe process valueance with the conThe timer is stopp
The display for the timer value alternates between showing ldquoStOPrdquo and the timeh Acknowledge by using any
key (the timer start value t i 0 is loaded)
The timer functioa supply failure Tpresent at the timindicated
The following events come under the heading overunderran- Probe breakshort-circuit- Measurement is outside the control range of the probe that- Display overflow
7 Alarm
messag
es
38
Measurement circuit monitoring (bull = recognized)
-circuitProbelead break
bull
bull
bull-
bull-
b702040enbk Seite 38 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Transducer Overrangeunderrange
Probelead short
Thermocouple bullbull -
Resistance thermometer bullbull bull
Voltage 2 ndash 10V and02 ndash 1V0 ndash 10V and 0 ndash 1V
bullbullbull-
bull-
Current 4 ndash 20mA0 ndash 20mA
bullbullbull-
bull-
8 Technical data
39
8In
1
In
23
nce thermometer
3A at 250V AC resistive load at rated load
mA Rload ge250Ω
mA Rload ge600Ω
5+10 48 mdash 63Hz or 48 mdash 63Hz or
nnect to SELV or PELV)
Range
-200 to +850degC
-200 to +850degC
-50 to +150degC
uracy le01 50ppmdegCle10 50ppmdegC
20Ω max per lead250microA
b702040enbk Seite 39 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Technical dataput for thermocouple
These ranges refer to the ambiente temperature of 20degC
put for standard signals
0mdash1V REgt10MΩ for Type 70204041 with 2 relays02mdash1V REgt10MΩ for Type 70204041 with 2 relays
Designation Range 1
Fe-Con LFe-Con J EN 60584Cu-Con UCu-Con T EN 60584NiCr-Ni K EN 60584NiCrSi-NiSi N EN 60584Pt10Rh-Pt S EN 60584Pt13Rh-Pt R EN 60584Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh B EN 60584
-200 to + 900degC-200 to +1200degC-200 to + 600degC-200 to + 400degC-200 to +1372degC-200 to +1300degC
0 mdash 1768degC0 mdash 1768degC0 mdash 1820degC
Measurement accuracy le04 100ppmdegCCold junction Pt100 internal
Designation Range
Voltage 0 mdash 10V RE gt 100kΩ2
2 mdash 10V RE gt 100kΩ3
RE - input resistance
Current 4 mdash 20mA voltage drop le 15V0 mdash 20mA voltage drop le 15V
Measurement accuracy le01 100ppmdegC
Input for resista
OutputsRelayno(make) contact150000 operationsLogic 05VCurrent limiting 20Logic 012VCurrent limiting 20
Supply110 mdash 240V AC -120 mdash 53V ACDC10 mdash 18V DC (Co
Designation
Pt100 EN 60751
Pt1000 EN 60751
KTY11-6
Measurement accPt1001000KTY11-6Sensor leadresistance Meas current
8 Technical data
40
ControllerController type 1-setpt controller with
Data backup EEPROMHousing type
or panel mounting
nt panelater (add mildly acidic neutral
detergents if necessary) Do sive cleaning agents or high-s Limited resistance to organic irits benzol etc)
ng3 834
rage temperatureo +70degC
onsity no condensation
ion any
)160g (702043)200g (702044)
60529
n to EN 61010
b702040enbk Seite 40 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Accuracy of timer 07 10ppmdegC
Test voltages (type test)to EN 61 010 Part 1 March 1994overvoltage category II pollution degree 2 for Type 70204041overvoltage category III pollution degree 2 for Type 7020424344
Power consumption 7VA max
Electrical connectionat the rear via plug-in screw terminalsconductor cross-section le 25mm2 (13mm2 withType 70204041) solid wire or 15mm2 (10mm2 for Type 70204041) stranded wire with ferrules
Electromagnetic compatibility EN 61 326Immunity to interfer Class B Interfer emission industrial requirements
Approval UL and CSA (only devices with JUMO indication)
limit comparator 2-setpt controllerController structure PPDPIPIDAD converter resolution gt15 bitSampling time 210msec (250msec with timer
function)
plastic housing fto DIN 43700Cleaning the frouse warm or hot wor mildly alkalinenot use any abrapressure cleanersolvents (e g sp
Housing mountiin panel to DIN 4
Ambient and sto0 to 55degC -40 t
Climatic conditile 75 rel humid
Operating posit
Weight (approx75g (702040)95g (702041)
145g (702042)Protection IP66 (front) to ENIP20 (rear)Safety regulatio
JUMO GmbH amp Co KG
Street adressMoltkestraszlige 13 - 3136039 Fulda GermanyDelivery addressMackenrodtstraszlige 1436039 Fulda GermanyPostal address36035 Fulda GermanyPhone +49 661 6003-0Fax +49 661 6003-607e-mail mailjumonetInternet wwwjumonet
JUMO Instrument Co Ltd
JUMO HouseTemple Bank RiverwayHarlow Essex CM20 2TT UKPhone +44 1279 635533Fax +44 1279 635262e-mail salesjumocoukInternet wwwjumocouk
JUMO Process Control Inc
8 Technology BoulevardCanastota NY 13032 USAPhone 315-697-JUMO
1-800-554-JUMOFax 315-697-5867e-mail infojumousInternet wwwjumous
b702040enbk Seite 1 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
- 1 Identifying the instrument version
- 2 Installation
- 3 Electrical connection
- 4 Operation
-
- 41 Displays and keys
- 42 Principle of operation
- 43 Operation of the timer function
-
- 5 Functions
-
- 51 Process value input
- 52 Logic input
- 53 Controller
- 54 Limit comparator (alarm contact)
- 55 Ramp function
- 56 Self-optimization
- 57 Level inhibit via code
- 58 Timer function (extra code)
-
- 6 Configuration and parameter tables
- 7 Alarm messages
- 8 Technical data
-
3 Electrical co
nnection
8
configuration levels internal adjustments) Safety devices independent of the controller such as overpressure valves or temperature
pable of adjustment only by
tion Since auto-tuning (self-loops there is a theoretical value should therefore be
etwork must be laid out as ower cables or components) strument side
b702040enbk Seite 8 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
limitersmonitors should always be provided and should be caspecialist personnel Please refer to the appropriate safety regulations in this connecoptimization) cannot be expected to handle all possible control possibility of unstable parameter settings The resulting processmonitored for its stability
- All input and output lines that are not connected to the supply nshielded and twisted cables (do not run them in the vicinity of pThe shielding must be grounded to the earth potential on the in
3 Electrical co
nnection
9
20mdash53V
10mdash18V
ACDC
DC
AC
110mdash240V
(configurable)
ut 1
3A
+
+
ndash
ndash
N L19
2
=
Supplysee label
al con-st only out by rsonnel
T
b702040enbk Seite 9 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
5V(12V)20mA
1 Output or logic input 2 resistive load
Outp
250V
Logic input
Process value input
+
+ndash+ ndash
ndash
8654321
Current04mdash20mA
Pt1001000KTY11-6(2-wire)
Pt1001000(3-wire)
Thermocouple
Voltage02mdash10V
Output 21
Logic output Relay
+ ndash floating contact
1
VThe electricnection mube carried qualified pe
ype 70204041
3 Electrical co
nnection
10
20mdash53V
ACDC
AC
110mdash240V
1
+ndash
N L198
Outputs
50 V3 A Supplysee label
10mdash18V
DC
+ndash
=l connection
e carried out personnel
Type 70204041 with
b702040enbk Seite 10 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
2
Logic input
Process value input
-+
+ ndash
54321
Current04mdash20 mA
Pt1001000KTY11-6(2-wire)
Pt1001000(3-wire)
Thermocouple
Voltage002mdash1 V
Relay 2
+ ndash
7
VThe electricamust only bby qualified
2 relay outputs (option)
3 Electrical co
nnection
11
20mdash53V
AC
110mdash240V
ut 3
3A
+ndash
13 N L1
2
y
2 resistive load
ACDC
10mdash18V
DC
+ndash
=
Supplysee label
T
st ed
b702040enbk Seite 11 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Output 2
5V(12V)20mA
Current04mdash20mA
Pt1001000KTY11-6(2-wire)
Pt1001000(3-wire)
Thermocouple
Voltage02mdash10V
OutpOutput 1
250V3A 250V
Logic input
Process value input+
+ndash
+ ndash
ndash
121097654321
floating contact
2Logic output Relay Rela
+ ndash
ype 7020424344
VThe electrical connection muonly be carried out by qualifipersonnel
4 Op
eration
12
4 Operation
wheners and and
10mm20mm
it
e display)
utputs 1 and 2 yellow
rogramming the instrumention of settings and parameterswith i with dceptance after 2 seconds
b702040enbk Seite 12 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
41 Displays and keys
(1) Display
7-segment display 4 places greenDisplay alternates setpoints parametcodes are entered indicated
Character height Type 7020404142Type 70204344
Display range -1999 to +9999 dig
Decimal places none one two
Unit degC degF (process valu
(2) Status indicators
LED two LEDs for the o
(3) Keys
q i d for operating and pDynamic modificath Increase value
h Decrease value
Automatic value ac
Example Type 702041
4 Op
eration
13
4NT
OT input SP 1 or SP 2 ap-p nt SPr is displayed Withac 0 is shownT ing will be accepted auto-m
PT meters and the ramp slo-p
CT
e configuration level ATT e timer start value are al-te in the display
TIf splay after approx 30 sec(e is displayed) If the timerva
b702040enbk Seite 13 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
2 Principle of operationormal displayhe display shows the process value
perating levelhe setpoint SP is input here On active setpoint switching via the logicears in the display When the ramp function is active the ramp setpoitivated timer function the timer value t i or the timer start value t i
he setpoint is altered dynamically using the i and d keys The settatically after approx 2 sec
arameter levelhe setpoints the limit value of the limit comparator the controller parae are programmed here
onfiguration levelhe basic functions of the controller are set here
In order to make the settings it is necessary to change to thvia the parameter y0 (parameter level)
imer levelhe current timer value (only when the timer has been started) and thred here The parameters at this level are marked with an underscore
ime-out no operation occurs the controller returns automatically to normal dixception with timer functions starting via power ON the timer valuelue is displayed at the operating level time-out is not active
4 Op
eration
14
Parameter level
uration level
level (timer stopped)
C111
Pb1t 1+2lue for
omparatorller parameterslope
rentlueen timer hasrted)
rt value
ti
ti0
ration codesrd signal scalings value correctionng differentialcomparator
gt 2s
Normal display Operating level
after lastparameter via y0
Y0
A
re to differentiate operating level
b702040enbk Seite 14 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Process value
Config
Timer
259
- setpoin- limit va
limit c- contro- ramp s
Setpoint
(with setpointswitching
or )SP 1 SP 2
alter curtimer va(only whbeen sta
setaltertimer sta
only displayed if function is configured
Ramp setpoint(display only)
Timer value(operating onlydifferent displaydepending ontimer condition (see table))
SP
SPr
ti
- configu- standa- proces- switchi
of limit
q d+
gt 2s
gt 2s
Time-out(30s)
Time-out
or
after lastparameter
i i d +
Underscoand timer
4 Op
eration
15
4T dge) if the timer at opera-tin is configured accordinglyth n also be operated even ifth
P l
D ateActioner has stoppedContinue with iCancel with i + d
er has run downAcknowledge with any key(timer start value t i 0 is indicated)With time-delayed control (C120=3) acknowledge with i + d
W imer value will blink
b702040enbk Seite 15 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
3 Operation of the timer functionhe timer can be operated with the keys (start stop cancel acknowleg level is indicated Time-out is not active here If the logic input en a key such as the i key can be used In this case the timer cae timer value does not appear in the display
ossible displayed parameters for timer function at operating leve
isplay StateAction Display StTimer not runningh Start with i
Timh
h
Timer has been started but the tolerance limit has not yet been reachedh Cancel with i + d
Timh
Timer running t i is displayedh Stop with ih Cancel with i + d
hen the timer has been started the decimal point in the display for the t
5 Functions
16
5 Functions
tables provided for this pur-mark selection with a cross in the order of theirt (see table below)
t
for ParameterPb2 Cy 2 db HyS2
111
C114 HySt ALC117
HySt AL
11 C117
SCL SCH
rASd SPrel SP 1 SP 2
ti C121 C122 C123
C118
b702040enbk Seite 16 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
We recommend the following procedure
1 not for Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option)
h Familiarize yourself with the controller functions
h Enter the configuration codes and the parameter values in the pose in Chapter 6 Write down the appropriate values ( ) or ( ) The parameters and the configuration codes are listed appearance Parameters which are not relevant are masked ou
h Enter the configuration code and parameters on the instrumen
Configuration Masking out the parametersSingle-setpoint controller Double-setpoint controller
Double-setpoint controller Limit comp for Type 7020404Logic input for Type 7020404
Limit comparator no function Limit comparator
Limit comparator activated Logic input for Type 7020404
Resistance thermometer thermocouple Standard signal scaling
Ramp function off Ramp function
Setpoint switching not activated Setpoints at the parameter lev
Timer function no function Timer function
Type 70204041 Output 3
X
5 Functions
17
5
S
C
C e 31
S
S
Oected by a programmable
cuit through process value
d c = filter off) vpage 36
nges in the process value
b702040enbk Seite 17 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 Process value input
ymbol Notes
111 Transducerprobe (process value input) vpage 31
112 Unit of process value (degCdegF)decimal places of display vpag
CL Startend value of value range for standard signals vpage 35Example 0mdash20 mArarr20mdash200degC SCL = 20 SCH = 200
CH
FFS Process value correction vpage 35Using the process value correction a measured value can be corramount upwards or downwards (offset)Lead compensation can be implemented in software for 2-wire circorrection
ExamplesMeasured value Offset Displayed value 2947 + 03 2950 2953 - 03 2950
F Filter time constant (damping) to adapt the digital input filter (0seif dF high - high damping of interference signals
- slow reaction of the process value display to cha- low cut-off frequency (2nd order low-pass filter)
5 Functions
18
52 Logic input
tion from keys
ss to the parameter andtion levels
self-optimization is not possible
opped
SP 2 is active
are displayed at the operating
(edge-triggered)
ut 2 has been programmed as igured (C114) (double assign-
b702040enbk Seite 18 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Key inhibit Operation is possible from keys No opera
Level inhibit Access to the parameter andconfiguration levels is possibleStarting self-optimization is possible
No acceconfiguraStarting
Ramp stop Ramp running Ramp st
Setpoint switching Setpoint SP 1 is active Setpoint
The appropriate symbols SP 1 and SP 2level
Timer control Acknowledge startstopcontinuetimer run-down
Symbol Notes
C117 Function of the logic input vpage 33On Type 70204041 the parameter C117 is masked out if outpcontroller output (C113) or the limit comparator has been confment not on Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option))
5 Functions
19
5CTE
S
C physical
Cf overunderrange probe
C(controller type as C113)
P
ucture is not effectiveP
d no D action
ro I action
C
process is virtuallyive wear C
b702040enbk Seite 19 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
3 Controllerontroller structurehe controller structure is defined via the parameters Pb dt and rtxample Setting for PI controller rarr Pb 1=120 dt=0sec rt=350sec
ymbol Notes
113 Controller type and assignment of the controller outputs to theoutputs 1+2 vpage 32
116 Outputs in fault condition vpage 33The switching states of the outputs are defined here in the event obreakshort circuit or display overflowv Chapter 7
118 Assignment of the outputs vpage 33Only for Type 7020424344 overwrites the assignment of C113
b1 Proportional band 1 (controller output 1) vpage 36Proportional band 2 (controller output 2)Influences the P action of the controller If Pb=0 the controller strb2
t Derivative time vpage 36Influences the D action of the controller If dt=0 the controller has
t Reset time vpage 36Influences the I action of the controller If rt=0 the controller has n
y 1 Cycle time 1 (controller output 1) vpage 36Cycle time 2 (controller output 2)The cycle time has to be selected so that the energy supply to thecontinuous while not subjecting the switching elements to excessy 2
5 Functions
20
Contact spacing vpage 36
Symbol Notes
Pb2=0) it is necessary
b702040enbk Seite 20 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
dbfor double-setpoint controller
HYS1 Differential 1 (controller output 1) vpage 36Differential 2 (controller output 2)for controllers with Pb1=0 or Pb2=0HYS2
Y0 Working point (basic load) vpage 36Output if process value=setpoint
Y1 Output limiting vpage 36y1 - maximum outputy2 - minimum outputY2
H For controllers without controller structure (Pb1=0 or that y1=100 and y2=-100
5 Functions
21
5
S
C
H
A
lk
lk
lk
6 Monitoring referredto the setpoint
8 Monitoring referredto a fixed value AL
tpoint x = process value
On
On
b702040enbk Seite 21 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
4 Limit comparator (alarm contact)
ymbol Notes
114 Limit comparator function (lk1mdash lk8) vpage 32
yst Differential of limit comparator vpage 35
L Limit value of limit comparator vpage 36
lk2 lk3
4 lk5 lk6
7 lk8
1
lk1mdashlk
lk7 lk
w = se
On On
On On
On On
5 Functions
22
55 Ramp function
t
b702040enbk Seite 22 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Symbol Note
C115 Ramp function (onoff time unit) vpage 32
C117 Ramp stop via logic input (floating contact) vpage 33
rAsd Ramp slope in degCh or degCmin vpage 36
t1
SP1
SP2
t2 t3 t4 t5 t6
t1 power ON (SP 1 active)t2mdash t3 power failure or overrangeunderranget4mdasht5 ramp stopt6 setpoint switching to SP 2
ramp setpoint SPrprocess value
5 Functions
23
5S D or PI controllers
T 1 Cy 2 dF
T ontrol deviation
S
Sce
H
a tart
xw
260tunE
gt2s
d
b702040enbk Seite 23 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
6 Self-optimizationelf-optimization determines the optimum controller parameters for PI
he following controller parameters are defined rt dt Pb1 Pb2 Cy
he controller selects procedure a or b depending on the size of the c
tarting self-optimization
elf-optimization is automatically terminated or can be can-lled
Starting self-optimization is not possible with activelevel inhibit and ramp function
) Self-optimizationin theapproach phase
b) Self-optimi-zationat set-point
Start S
= process value = setpoint
Switchinglevel
i +d
i+
5 Functions
24
57 Level inhibit via code
ration levels (corresponds to
l Timer level
enabled
enabled
enabled
inhibited2
b702040enbk Seite 24 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
As an alternative to the logic input the level inhibit can beset via a code (logic input has priority)
h Set the code using q + d (at least 5sec) innormal display
Level inhibit via the logic input will lock the parameter and configucode 011)
1 The values at the operating level can only be indicated but not modified2 Timer operation (startstopcontinuecancel) will continue to be possible
Code Operating level Parameter level Configuration leve
000 enabled enabled enabled
001 enabled enabled inhibited
011 enabled inhibited inhibited
111 inhibited1 inhibited inhibited
5 Functions
25
5U ns of the adjustable timet key or via the logic inputth ter the process value hasg er has run down severalev int switching Furthermo-re
pointcess valuegrammed setpointer start valueer signallinge C122=1)ement key
E
b702040enbk Seite 25 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
8 Timer function (extra code)sing the timer function the control action can be influenced by meai 0 After the timer has been started by power ON by pressing the e timer start value t i 0 is counted down to 0 either instantly or af
one above or below a programmable tolerance limit When the timents are triggered such as control switch-off (output 0) and setpo it is possible to implement timer signalling via an output
w - setx - proS P - prot i 0 - tim----- - tim
(heri - incr
xample
5 Functions
26
Notes on the timer function in conjunction with the ramp function
function
oint is approached with the ithout ramp
p end value) is monitored
xception here is the timer figured setpoint switching via
except for events that are r value will be shown in the
b702040enbk Seite 26 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
- Generally the setpoints can also be approached using the ramp
- Stopping the timer does not influence the ramp function
- If control is active after the timer has run down the current setpramp Cancellation of the timer is followed by a setpoint step w
- For timer functions with a tolerance limit only the setpoint (=ram
Note on setpoint switching via the logic input
- Setpoint switching via the logic input is generally possible An efunction ldquoTime-dependent setpoint switchingrdquo In this case conthe logic input will not be active
Note on the display status in the event of a power failure
- The state of the display before the power failure will be restoredrelated to the timer (start cancel continue stop) Then the timedisplay
5 Functions
27
S
CC as run down (output 0)
C unction the process is con-automatically switches over
Diagrams with andwithout start abovetolerance limit
---- Tolerance limit
C121=3 4 7 or 8
b702040enbk Seite 27 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
ymbol Notes
120120=1
Timer function vpage 34
Time-limited control The control is switched off after the timer h
120=2 Time-dependent setpoint switching After the start of the timer ftrolled to setpoint SP2 After the timer has run down the controller to SP1
C121=3 4 7 or 8C121=1 2 5 or 6
C121=2 or 6 C121=1 or 5
5 Functions
28
Time-delayed control The control action starts after the timer has run down
own to 0 The control action is e signalled via an output
Symbol Notes
er has run down (End) theys are used for acknowledge-
0s
C122=1
b702040enbk Seite 28 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
C120C120=3
C120=4 Timer After the start of the timer function t i 0 is counted dindependent of the timer Here too the timer run-down can b
H After the timi + d kementSet ti0 gt
C121=1 2 5 or 6
C121=1 2 5 or 6
Timer signallingC122=3
5 Functions
29
Clowing events
keyslogic input)e
ow the tolerance limit the
restored or thehe power failure the timer 121=1 or 5 of a power failure
Ce run-down a signal can be
C
S
b702040enbk Seite 29 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
121 Start condition of the timer vpage 34The timer start value t i 0 is counted down as selected in the fol1 Power ON or logic inputkeys2 Start via keyslogic input3 Process value has reached tolerance limit (1degC or 5degC) (start via The position of the tolerance limit depends on the controller typ - 1-setpoint controller (direct) tolerance limit above setpoint - 1-setpoint controller (reversed) tolerance limit below setpoint - 2-setpoint controller tolerance limit below setpoint If during the control process the process value goes abovebel timer will be stopped for the duration of the infringement
Response to a power failure vpage 34After a power failure the condition before the power failure can betimer function can be cancelled If the timer had run down before tstart value will be loaded The timer will start automatically when CThe timer value is saved at one minute intervals to cover the case
122 Timer signalling vpage 35From the start of the timer function until timer run-down or after thproduced via an output
123 Time unit for the timer vpage 35
ymbol Notes
5 Functions
30
Programming example
s to be controlled for 30 min-the event of a power failure
llation on power failure
b702040enbk Seite 30 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
After the start via the logic input or from the keys the process hautes to a setpoint of 80degC The control action is to be cancelled in
Configuration
- C111mdash C116 Controller programming
- C117=5 Logic input = timer control
- C120=1 Timer function = time-limited control
- C121=6 Start condition for timer = via logic inputkeys - cance
- C122=0 Timer signalling = no function
- C123=1 Time unit (timer) = mmss
Operation
h Enter the setpoint SP (80degC)
h Press the q key until t i0 is indicated
h Change over to the timer level using q (at least 2sec)
h Enter the timer start value t i0_ (3000)
h Return to the operating level (timer value) with q
h Start the control action via the logic input or with i
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
31
6
lacesunit X
q
P
your selection with a
123
NO
b702040enbk Seite 31 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Configuration and parameter tables
C111 Transducer X
001 Pt 100 (3-wire)006 Pt 1000 (3-wire)601 KTY11-6 (2-wire)003 Pt 100 (2-wire)005 Pt 1000 (2-wire)039 Cu-Con T 040 Fe-Con J041 Cu-Con U042 Fe-Con L043 NiCr-Ni K044 Pt10Rh-Pt S045 Pt13Rh-Pt R046 Pt30Rh-Pt B048 NiCrSi-NiSi N052 Standard signal 0 ndash 20mA053 Standard signal 4 ndash 20mA063 Standard signal 0 ndash 10V2
071 Standard signal 2 ndash 10V3
C112 Decimal p
0 9999degC1 9999degC2 9999degC3 9999degF4 9999degF5 9999degF
q
q
b11
gt2s
q
y0
qgt2s
X Mark cross
SP 1 AL or Pb1 is shown here depending on the configuration
0 ndash 1V for Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option)
02 ndash 1V for Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option)
ormal displayperating level
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
32
limit comparator (LK) has priorityover the timer signalling
th Type 7020424344 see C118
C113 Controller type Output 1 (relay) Output 2+3 (logic+relay)
X
LKtimer signalling1
LKtimer signalling1
controller output 2
controller
controller
controller output 1
mp function Xp function offp function (degCmin)p function (degCh)
q
ow setpoint) = controller output 1 setpoint) = controller output 2
b702040enbk Seite 32 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 A programmed
Further settings for the outputs wi
10 single setpoint (reversed) controller11 single setpoint (direct) controller30 double setpoint controller output 1
20 single setpoint (reversed) LKtimer signalling1
21 single setpoint (direct) LKtimer signalling1
33 double setpoint controller output 2
q
C114 Limit comparator (LK) X
0 no function1 lk 12 lk 23 lk 34 lk 45 lk 56 lk 67 lk 78 lk 8
C115 Ra0 ram1 ram2 ram
q
reversed = heating (output is active when process value is beldirect = cooling (output is active when process value is above
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
33
input X
ctionibithibittopt switchingontrol
qut 3 Relay X
r signalling comparatorr signallingroller output comparatorroller output
comparatortimerroller output 2 comparatortimerroller output 1roller output 2roller output 1
b702040enbk Seite 33 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
C116 Outputs on fault X
0 01 LKtimer signalling OFF1 1002
2 -1001 3 01 LKtimer
signalling ON4 1002
C117 Logic
0 no fun1 key inh2 level in3 ramp s4 setpoin5 timer c
C118 Output 1 Relay (K1) Output 2 Logic (K2) Outp
0 Functions of outputs as defined under C1131
for 1
-set
pt c
ontr
l controller output limit comparator time2 controller output timer signalling limit3 limit comparator controller output time4 limit comparator timer signalling cont5 timer signalling controller output limit6 timer signalling limit comparator cont
7
for 2
-set
pt c
ontrl
controller output 1 controller output 2 limit8 controller output 1 limit comparatortimer cont9 controller output 2 controller output 1 limit10 controller output 2 limit comparatortimer cont11 limit comparatortimer controller output 1 cont12 limit comparatortimer controller output 2 cont
q
q
1 Minimum output limiting y2 is effective2 Maximum output limiting y1 is effective
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
34
C120 Timer function X
power failure Xs before there
n ofion ars in the
ot valid for C120=3 or 4
b702040enbk Seite 34 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
0 no function1 time-limited control2 time-dependent setpoint switching3 time-delayed control4 timer (control independent of timer)
C121 Start condition for timer Action on 1 after power ON logic inputkeys Condition a
power failu2 via logic inputkeys3 via logic inputkeys timer counts 1degC
from tolerance limit4 via logic inputkeys timer counts 5degC
from tolerance limit5 after power ON logic inputkeys Cancellatio
timer funct(StOP appedisplay)
6 via logic inputkeys7 via logic inputkeys timer counts 1degC
from tolerance limit8 via logic inputkeys timer counts 5degC
from tolerance limit
q
q
The start conditions with tolerance limit (C121=3 4 7 8) are nIf C120 is altered the validity of C121 must be checked
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
35
tory-set Yoursetting
0
0
0
he factory setting
ime (timer) X
(max 9959)(max 9959)ax 9999)
= minutes
q
b702040enbk Seite 35 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Parameter Explanation Value range fac
SCL start value of thestandard signal
-1999 to +9999digit1 0
sCH end value of thestandard signal
-1999 to +9999digit1 10
SPL lowersetpoint limiting
-1999 to +9999digit1 -20
SPH uppersetpoint limiting
-1999 to +9999digit1 85
OFFS process value correction -1999 to 9999digit1 0
HySt switching differential of the limit comparator
0 mdash 9999digit1 1
1 For displays with one or two decimal places the value range and tchange accordinglyExample 1 decimal place rarr value range -1999 to +9999
q
C122 Timer signalling X
0 no function1 timer start until run-down2 after run-down for 10sec 3 after run-down for 1min4 after run-down until
acknowledgement
qC123 Unit of t
1 mmss 2 hhmm 3 hhhh (ms = seconds m h = hours
One output has to be configuredcorrespondingly(C113C118)
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
36and the factory setting
Parameter Explanation Value range factory-set
Yoursetting
0
0
0
0
0
80sec
350sec
200sec
200sec
0
1
1
0
100
-100
06sec
0
b702040enbk Seite 36 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 For displays with one or two decimal places the value range change accordingly
sP 1 setpoint 1 SPL mdash SPH
sP 2 setpoint 2 SPL mdash SPH
AL limit value oflimit comparator
-1999 to +9999digit1
Pb1 proportional band 1 0 mdash 9999digit1
Pb2 proportional band 2 0 mdash 9999digit1
dt derivative time 0 mdash 9999sec
rt reset time 0 mdash 9999sec
Cy 1 cycle time 1 10 mdash 9999sec
Cy 2 cycle time 2 10 mdash 9999sec
db contact spacing 0 mdash 1000digit1
HYS1 differential 1 0 mdash 9999digit1
HYS2 differential 2 0 mdash 9999digit1
Y0 working point -100 to 100
Y1 maximum output 0 mdash 100
Y2 minimum output -100 to +100
dF filter time constant 00 mdash 1000sec
rAsd ramp slope 0 mdash 999 degCh (degCmin)1
7 Alarm
messag
es
37
7
D
of process valueit comparators referred to input behave in accord-figuration of the outputsed
n has been cancelled due to he timer value that wase of the supply failure will be
H ge
is connected
b702040enbk Seite 37 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Alarm messages
isplay Description Causeresponse
The displays for the process value or timer value flashes ldquo1999rdquoDisplay current timer value by repeatedly pressing the q key
OverunderrangeController and limthe process valueance with the conThe timer is stopp
The display for the timer value alternates between showing ldquoStOPrdquo and the timeh Acknowledge by using any
key (the timer start value t i 0 is loaded)
The timer functioa supply failure Tpresent at the timindicated
The following events come under the heading overunderran- Probe breakshort-circuit- Measurement is outside the control range of the probe that- Display overflow
7 Alarm
messag
es
38
Measurement circuit monitoring (bull = recognized)
-circuitProbelead break
bull
bull
bull-
bull-
b702040enbk Seite 38 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Transducer Overrangeunderrange
Probelead short
Thermocouple bullbull -
Resistance thermometer bullbull bull
Voltage 2 ndash 10V and02 ndash 1V0 ndash 10V and 0 ndash 1V
bullbullbull-
bull-
Current 4 ndash 20mA0 ndash 20mA
bullbullbull-
bull-
8 Technical data
39
8In
1
In
23
nce thermometer
3A at 250V AC resistive load at rated load
mA Rload ge250Ω
mA Rload ge600Ω
5+10 48 mdash 63Hz or 48 mdash 63Hz or
nnect to SELV or PELV)
Range
-200 to +850degC
-200 to +850degC
-50 to +150degC
uracy le01 50ppmdegCle10 50ppmdegC
20Ω max per lead250microA
b702040enbk Seite 39 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Technical dataput for thermocouple
These ranges refer to the ambiente temperature of 20degC
put for standard signals
0mdash1V REgt10MΩ for Type 70204041 with 2 relays02mdash1V REgt10MΩ for Type 70204041 with 2 relays
Designation Range 1
Fe-Con LFe-Con J EN 60584Cu-Con UCu-Con T EN 60584NiCr-Ni K EN 60584NiCrSi-NiSi N EN 60584Pt10Rh-Pt S EN 60584Pt13Rh-Pt R EN 60584Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh B EN 60584
-200 to + 900degC-200 to +1200degC-200 to + 600degC-200 to + 400degC-200 to +1372degC-200 to +1300degC
0 mdash 1768degC0 mdash 1768degC0 mdash 1820degC
Measurement accuracy le04 100ppmdegCCold junction Pt100 internal
Designation Range
Voltage 0 mdash 10V RE gt 100kΩ2
2 mdash 10V RE gt 100kΩ3
RE - input resistance
Current 4 mdash 20mA voltage drop le 15V0 mdash 20mA voltage drop le 15V
Measurement accuracy le01 100ppmdegC
Input for resista
OutputsRelayno(make) contact150000 operationsLogic 05VCurrent limiting 20Logic 012VCurrent limiting 20
Supply110 mdash 240V AC -120 mdash 53V ACDC10 mdash 18V DC (Co
Designation
Pt100 EN 60751
Pt1000 EN 60751
KTY11-6
Measurement accPt1001000KTY11-6Sensor leadresistance Meas current
8 Technical data
40
ControllerController type 1-setpt controller with
Data backup EEPROMHousing type
or panel mounting
nt panelater (add mildly acidic neutral
detergents if necessary) Do sive cleaning agents or high-s Limited resistance to organic irits benzol etc)
ng3 834
rage temperatureo +70degC
onsity no condensation
ion any
)160g (702043)200g (702044)
60529
n to EN 61010
b702040enbk Seite 40 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Accuracy of timer 07 10ppmdegC
Test voltages (type test)to EN 61 010 Part 1 March 1994overvoltage category II pollution degree 2 for Type 70204041overvoltage category III pollution degree 2 for Type 7020424344
Power consumption 7VA max
Electrical connectionat the rear via plug-in screw terminalsconductor cross-section le 25mm2 (13mm2 withType 70204041) solid wire or 15mm2 (10mm2 for Type 70204041) stranded wire with ferrules
Electromagnetic compatibility EN 61 326Immunity to interfer Class B Interfer emission industrial requirements
Approval UL and CSA (only devices with JUMO indication)
limit comparator 2-setpt controllerController structure PPDPIPIDAD converter resolution gt15 bitSampling time 210msec (250msec with timer
function)
plastic housing fto DIN 43700Cleaning the frouse warm or hot wor mildly alkalinenot use any abrapressure cleanersolvents (e g sp
Housing mountiin panel to DIN 4
Ambient and sto0 to 55degC -40 t
Climatic conditile 75 rel humid
Operating posit
Weight (approx75g (702040)95g (702041)
145g (702042)Protection IP66 (front) to ENIP20 (rear)Safety regulatio
JUMO GmbH amp Co KG
Street adressMoltkestraszlige 13 - 3136039 Fulda GermanyDelivery addressMackenrodtstraszlige 1436039 Fulda GermanyPostal address36035 Fulda GermanyPhone +49 661 6003-0Fax +49 661 6003-607e-mail mailjumonetInternet wwwjumonet
JUMO Instrument Co Ltd
JUMO HouseTemple Bank RiverwayHarlow Essex CM20 2TT UKPhone +44 1279 635533Fax +44 1279 635262e-mail salesjumocoukInternet wwwjumocouk
JUMO Process Control Inc
8 Technology BoulevardCanastota NY 13032 USAPhone 315-697-JUMO
1-800-554-JUMOFax 315-697-5867e-mail infojumousInternet wwwjumous
b702040enbk Seite 1 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
- 1 Identifying the instrument version
- 2 Installation
- 3 Electrical connection
- 4 Operation
-
- 41 Displays and keys
- 42 Principle of operation
- 43 Operation of the timer function
-
- 5 Functions
-
- 51 Process value input
- 52 Logic input
- 53 Controller
- 54 Limit comparator (alarm contact)
- 55 Ramp function
- 56 Self-optimization
- 57 Level inhibit via code
- 58 Timer function (extra code)
-
- 6 Configuration and parameter tables
- 7 Alarm messages
- 8 Technical data
-
3 Electrical co
nnection
9
20mdash53V
10mdash18V
ACDC
DC
AC
110mdash240V
(configurable)
ut 1
3A
+
+
ndash
ndash
N L19
2
=
Supplysee label
al con-st only out by rsonnel
T
b702040enbk Seite 9 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
5V(12V)20mA
1 Output or logic input 2 resistive load
Outp
250V
Logic input
Process value input
+
+ndash+ ndash
ndash
8654321
Current04mdash20mA
Pt1001000KTY11-6(2-wire)
Pt1001000(3-wire)
Thermocouple
Voltage02mdash10V
Output 21
Logic output Relay
+ ndash floating contact
1
VThe electricnection mube carried qualified pe
ype 70204041
3 Electrical co
nnection
10
20mdash53V
ACDC
AC
110mdash240V
1
+ndash
N L198
Outputs
50 V3 A Supplysee label
10mdash18V
DC
+ndash
=l connection
e carried out personnel
Type 70204041 with
b702040enbk Seite 10 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
2
Logic input
Process value input
-+
+ ndash
54321
Current04mdash20 mA
Pt1001000KTY11-6(2-wire)
Pt1001000(3-wire)
Thermocouple
Voltage002mdash1 V
Relay 2
+ ndash
7
VThe electricamust only bby qualified
2 relay outputs (option)
3 Electrical co
nnection
11
20mdash53V
AC
110mdash240V
ut 3
3A
+ndash
13 N L1
2
y
2 resistive load
ACDC
10mdash18V
DC
+ndash
=
Supplysee label
T
st ed
b702040enbk Seite 11 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Output 2
5V(12V)20mA
Current04mdash20mA
Pt1001000KTY11-6(2-wire)
Pt1001000(3-wire)
Thermocouple
Voltage02mdash10V
OutpOutput 1
250V3A 250V
Logic input
Process value input+
+ndash
+ ndash
ndash
121097654321
floating contact
2Logic output Relay Rela
+ ndash
ype 7020424344
VThe electrical connection muonly be carried out by qualifipersonnel
4 Op
eration
12
4 Operation
wheners and and
10mm20mm
it
e display)
utputs 1 and 2 yellow
rogramming the instrumention of settings and parameterswith i with dceptance after 2 seconds
b702040enbk Seite 12 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
41 Displays and keys
(1) Display
7-segment display 4 places greenDisplay alternates setpoints parametcodes are entered indicated
Character height Type 7020404142Type 70204344
Display range -1999 to +9999 dig
Decimal places none one two
Unit degC degF (process valu
(2) Status indicators
LED two LEDs for the o
(3) Keys
q i d for operating and pDynamic modificath Increase value
h Decrease value
Automatic value ac
Example Type 702041
4 Op
eration
13
4NT
OT input SP 1 or SP 2 ap-p nt SPr is displayed Withac 0 is shownT ing will be accepted auto-m
PT meters and the ramp slo-p
CT
e configuration level ATT e timer start value are al-te in the display
TIf splay after approx 30 sec(e is displayed) If the timerva
b702040enbk Seite 13 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
2 Principle of operationormal displayhe display shows the process value
perating levelhe setpoint SP is input here On active setpoint switching via the logicears in the display When the ramp function is active the ramp setpoitivated timer function the timer value t i or the timer start value t i
he setpoint is altered dynamically using the i and d keys The settatically after approx 2 sec
arameter levelhe setpoints the limit value of the limit comparator the controller parae are programmed here
onfiguration levelhe basic functions of the controller are set here
In order to make the settings it is necessary to change to thvia the parameter y0 (parameter level)
imer levelhe current timer value (only when the timer has been started) and thred here The parameters at this level are marked with an underscore
ime-out no operation occurs the controller returns automatically to normal dixception with timer functions starting via power ON the timer valuelue is displayed at the operating level time-out is not active
4 Op
eration
14
Parameter level
uration level
level (timer stopped)
C111
Pb1t 1+2lue for
omparatorller parameterslope
rentlueen timer hasrted)
rt value
ti
ti0
ration codesrd signal scalings value correctionng differentialcomparator
gt 2s
Normal display Operating level
after lastparameter via y0
Y0
A
re to differentiate operating level
b702040enbk Seite 14 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Process value
Config
Timer
259
- setpoin- limit va
limit c- contro- ramp s
Setpoint
(with setpointswitching
or )SP 1 SP 2
alter curtimer va(only whbeen sta
setaltertimer sta
only displayed if function is configured
Ramp setpoint(display only)
Timer value(operating onlydifferent displaydepending ontimer condition (see table))
SP
SPr
ti
- configu- standa- proces- switchi
of limit
q d+
gt 2s
gt 2s
Time-out(30s)
Time-out
or
after lastparameter
i i d +
Underscoand timer
4 Op
eration
15
4T dge) if the timer at opera-tin is configured accordinglyth n also be operated even ifth
P l
D ateActioner has stoppedContinue with iCancel with i + d
er has run downAcknowledge with any key(timer start value t i 0 is indicated)With time-delayed control (C120=3) acknowledge with i + d
W imer value will blink
b702040enbk Seite 15 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
3 Operation of the timer functionhe timer can be operated with the keys (start stop cancel acknowleg level is indicated Time-out is not active here If the logic input en a key such as the i key can be used In this case the timer cae timer value does not appear in the display
ossible displayed parameters for timer function at operating leve
isplay StateAction Display StTimer not runningh Start with i
Timh
h
Timer has been started but the tolerance limit has not yet been reachedh Cancel with i + d
Timh
Timer running t i is displayedh Stop with ih Cancel with i + d
hen the timer has been started the decimal point in the display for the t
5 Functions
16
5 Functions
tables provided for this pur-mark selection with a cross in the order of theirt (see table below)
t
for ParameterPb2 Cy 2 db HyS2
111
C114 HySt ALC117
HySt AL
11 C117
SCL SCH
rASd SPrel SP 1 SP 2
ti C121 C122 C123
C118
b702040enbk Seite 16 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
We recommend the following procedure
1 not for Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option)
h Familiarize yourself with the controller functions
h Enter the configuration codes and the parameter values in the pose in Chapter 6 Write down the appropriate values ( ) or ( ) The parameters and the configuration codes are listed appearance Parameters which are not relevant are masked ou
h Enter the configuration code and parameters on the instrumen
Configuration Masking out the parametersSingle-setpoint controller Double-setpoint controller
Double-setpoint controller Limit comp for Type 7020404Logic input for Type 7020404
Limit comparator no function Limit comparator
Limit comparator activated Logic input for Type 7020404
Resistance thermometer thermocouple Standard signal scaling
Ramp function off Ramp function
Setpoint switching not activated Setpoints at the parameter lev
Timer function no function Timer function
Type 70204041 Output 3
X
5 Functions
17
5
S
C
C e 31
S
S
Oected by a programmable
cuit through process value
d c = filter off) vpage 36
nges in the process value
b702040enbk Seite 17 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 Process value input
ymbol Notes
111 Transducerprobe (process value input) vpage 31
112 Unit of process value (degCdegF)decimal places of display vpag
CL Startend value of value range for standard signals vpage 35Example 0mdash20 mArarr20mdash200degC SCL = 20 SCH = 200
CH
FFS Process value correction vpage 35Using the process value correction a measured value can be corramount upwards or downwards (offset)Lead compensation can be implemented in software for 2-wire circorrection
ExamplesMeasured value Offset Displayed value 2947 + 03 2950 2953 - 03 2950
F Filter time constant (damping) to adapt the digital input filter (0seif dF high - high damping of interference signals
- slow reaction of the process value display to cha- low cut-off frequency (2nd order low-pass filter)
5 Functions
18
52 Logic input
tion from keys
ss to the parameter andtion levels
self-optimization is not possible
opped
SP 2 is active
are displayed at the operating
(edge-triggered)
ut 2 has been programmed as igured (C114) (double assign-
b702040enbk Seite 18 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Key inhibit Operation is possible from keys No opera
Level inhibit Access to the parameter andconfiguration levels is possibleStarting self-optimization is possible
No acceconfiguraStarting
Ramp stop Ramp running Ramp st
Setpoint switching Setpoint SP 1 is active Setpoint
The appropriate symbols SP 1 and SP 2level
Timer control Acknowledge startstopcontinuetimer run-down
Symbol Notes
C117 Function of the logic input vpage 33On Type 70204041 the parameter C117 is masked out if outpcontroller output (C113) or the limit comparator has been confment not on Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option))
5 Functions
19
5CTE
S
C physical
Cf overunderrange probe
C(controller type as C113)
P
ucture is not effectiveP
d no D action
ro I action
C
process is virtuallyive wear C
b702040enbk Seite 19 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
3 Controllerontroller structurehe controller structure is defined via the parameters Pb dt and rtxample Setting for PI controller rarr Pb 1=120 dt=0sec rt=350sec
ymbol Notes
113 Controller type and assignment of the controller outputs to theoutputs 1+2 vpage 32
116 Outputs in fault condition vpage 33The switching states of the outputs are defined here in the event obreakshort circuit or display overflowv Chapter 7
118 Assignment of the outputs vpage 33Only for Type 7020424344 overwrites the assignment of C113
b1 Proportional band 1 (controller output 1) vpage 36Proportional band 2 (controller output 2)Influences the P action of the controller If Pb=0 the controller strb2
t Derivative time vpage 36Influences the D action of the controller If dt=0 the controller has
t Reset time vpage 36Influences the I action of the controller If rt=0 the controller has n
y 1 Cycle time 1 (controller output 1) vpage 36Cycle time 2 (controller output 2)The cycle time has to be selected so that the energy supply to thecontinuous while not subjecting the switching elements to excessy 2
5 Functions
20
Contact spacing vpage 36
Symbol Notes
Pb2=0) it is necessary
b702040enbk Seite 20 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
dbfor double-setpoint controller
HYS1 Differential 1 (controller output 1) vpage 36Differential 2 (controller output 2)for controllers with Pb1=0 or Pb2=0HYS2
Y0 Working point (basic load) vpage 36Output if process value=setpoint
Y1 Output limiting vpage 36y1 - maximum outputy2 - minimum outputY2
H For controllers without controller structure (Pb1=0 or that y1=100 and y2=-100
5 Functions
21
5
S
C
H
A
lk
lk
lk
6 Monitoring referredto the setpoint
8 Monitoring referredto a fixed value AL
tpoint x = process value
On
On
b702040enbk Seite 21 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
4 Limit comparator (alarm contact)
ymbol Notes
114 Limit comparator function (lk1mdash lk8) vpage 32
yst Differential of limit comparator vpage 35
L Limit value of limit comparator vpage 36
lk2 lk3
4 lk5 lk6
7 lk8
1
lk1mdashlk
lk7 lk
w = se
On On
On On
On On
5 Functions
22
55 Ramp function
t
b702040enbk Seite 22 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Symbol Note
C115 Ramp function (onoff time unit) vpage 32
C117 Ramp stop via logic input (floating contact) vpage 33
rAsd Ramp slope in degCh or degCmin vpage 36
t1
SP1
SP2
t2 t3 t4 t5 t6
t1 power ON (SP 1 active)t2mdash t3 power failure or overrangeunderranget4mdasht5 ramp stopt6 setpoint switching to SP 2
ramp setpoint SPrprocess value
5 Functions
23
5S D or PI controllers
T 1 Cy 2 dF
T ontrol deviation
S
Sce
H
a tart
xw
260tunE
gt2s
d
b702040enbk Seite 23 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
6 Self-optimizationelf-optimization determines the optimum controller parameters for PI
he following controller parameters are defined rt dt Pb1 Pb2 Cy
he controller selects procedure a or b depending on the size of the c
tarting self-optimization
elf-optimization is automatically terminated or can be can-lled
Starting self-optimization is not possible with activelevel inhibit and ramp function
) Self-optimizationin theapproach phase
b) Self-optimi-zationat set-point
Start S
= process value = setpoint
Switchinglevel
i +d
i+
5 Functions
24
57 Level inhibit via code
ration levels (corresponds to
l Timer level
enabled
enabled
enabled
inhibited2
b702040enbk Seite 24 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
As an alternative to the logic input the level inhibit can beset via a code (logic input has priority)
h Set the code using q + d (at least 5sec) innormal display
Level inhibit via the logic input will lock the parameter and configucode 011)
1 The values at the operating level can only be indicated but not modified2 Timer operation (startstopcontinuecancel) will continue to be possible
Code Operating level Parameter level Configuration leve
000 enabled enabled enabled
001 enabled enabled inhibited
011 enabled inhibited inhibited
111 inhibited1 inhibited inhibited
5 Functions
25
5U ns of the adjustable timet key or via the logic inputth ter the process value hasg er has run down severalev int switching Furthermo-re
pointcess valuegrammed setpointer start valueer signallinge C122=1)ement key
E
b702040enbk Seite 25 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
8 Timer function (extra code)sing the timer function the control action can be influenced by meai 0 After the timer has been started by power ON by pressing the e timer start value t i 0 is counted down to 0 either instantly or af
one above or below a programmable tolerance limit When the timents are triggered such as control switch-off (output 0) and setpo it is possible to implement timer signalling via an output
w - setx - proS P - prot i 0 - tim----- - tim
(heri - incr
xample
5 Functions
26
Notes on the timer function in conjunction with the ramp function
function
oint is approached with the ithout ramp
p end value) is monitored
xception here is the timer figured setpoint switching via
except for events that are r value will be shown in the
b702040enbk Seite 26 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
- Generally the setpoints can also be approached using the ramp
- Stopping the timer does not influence the ramp function
- If control is active after the timer has run down the current setpramp Cancellation of the timer is followed by a setpoint step w
- For timer functions with a tolerance limit only the setpoint (=ram
Note on setpoint switching via the logic input
- Setpoint switching via the logic input is generally possible An efunction ldquoTime-dependent setpoint switchingrdquo In this case conthe logic input will not be active
Note on the display status in the event of a power failure
- The state of the display before the power failure will be restoredrelated to the timer (start cancel continue stop) Then the timedisplay
5 Functions
27
S
CC as run down (output 0)
C unction the process is con-automatically switches over
Diagrams with andwithout start abovetolerance limit
---- Tolerance limit
C121=3 4 7 or 8
b702040enbk Seite 27 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
ymbol Notes
120120=1
Timer function vpage 34
Time-limited control The control is switched off after the timer h
120=2 Time-dependent setpoint switching After the start of the timer ftrolled to setpoint SP2 After the timer has run down the controller to SP1
C121=3 4 7 or 8C121=1 2 5 or 6
C121=2 or 6 C121=1 or 5
5 Functions
28
Time-delayed control The control action starts after the timer has run down
own to 0 The control action is e signalled via an output
Symbol Notes
er has run down (End) theys are used for acknowledge-
0s
C122=1
b702040enbk Seite 28 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
C120C120=3
C120=4 Timer After the start of the timer function t i 0 is counted dindependent of the timer Here too the timer run-down can b
H After the timi + d kementSet ti0 gt
C121=1 2 5 or 6
C121=1 2 5 or 6
Timer signallingC122=3
5 Functions
29
Clowing events
keyslogic input)e
ow the tolerance limit the
restored or thehe power failure the timer 121=1 or 5 of a power failure
Ce run-down a signal can be
C
S
b702040enbk Seite 29 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
121 Start condition of the timer vpage 34The timer start value t i 0 is counted down as selected in the fol1 Power ON or logic inputkeys2 Start via keyslogic input3 Process value has reached tolerance limit (1degC or 5degC) (start via The position of the tolerance limit depends on the controller typ - 1-setpoint controller (direct) tolerance limit above setpoint - 1-setpoint controller (reversed) tolerance limit below setpoint - 2-setpoint controller tolerance limit below setpoint If during the control process the process value goes abovebel timer will be stopped for the duration of the infringement
Response to a power failure vpage 34After a power failure the condition before the power failure can betimer function can be cancelled If the timer had run down before tstart value will be loaded The timer will start automatically when CThe timer value is saved at one minute intervals to cover the case
122 Timer signalling vpage 35From the start of the timer function until timer run-down or after thproduced via an output
123 Time unit for the timer vpage 35
ymbol Notes
5 Functions
30
Programming example
s to be controlled for 30 min-the event of a power failure
llation on power failure
b702040enbk Seite 30 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
After the start via the logic input or from the keys the process hautes to a setpoint of 80degC The control action is to be cancelled in
Configuration
- C111mdash C116 Controller programming
- C117=5 Logic input = timer control
- C120=1 Timer function = time-limited control
- C121=6 Start condition for timer = via logic inputkeys - cance
- C122=0 Timer signalling = no function
- C123=1 Time unit (timer) = mmss
Operation
h Enter the setpoint SP (80degC)
h Press the q key until t i0 is indicated
h Change over to the timer level using q (at least 2sec)
h Enter the timer start value t i0_ (3000)
h Return to the operating level (timer value) with q
h Start the control action via the logic input or with i
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
31
6
lacesunit X
q
P
your selection with a
123
NO
b702040enbk Seite 31 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Configuration and parameter tables
C111 Transducer X
001 Pt 100 (3-wire)006 Pt 1000 (3-wire)601 KTY11-6 (2-wire)003 Pt 100 (2-wire)005 Pt 1000 (2-wire)039 Cu-Con T 040 Fe-Con J041 Cu-Con U042 Fe-Con L043 NiCr-Ni K044 Pt10Rh-Pt S045 Pt13Rh-Pt R046 Pt30Rh-Pt B048 NiCrSi-NiSi N052 Standard signal 0 ndash 20mA053 Standard signal 4 ndash 20mA063 Standard signal 0 ndash 10V2
071 Standard signal 2 ndash 10V3
C112 Decimal p
0 9999degC1 9999degC2 9999degC3 9999degF4 9999degF5 9999degF
q
q
b11
gt2s
q
y0
qgt2s
X Mark cross
SP 1 AL or Pb1 is shown here depending on the configuration
0 ndash 1V for Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option)
02 ndash 1V for Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option)
ormal displayperating level
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
32
limit comparator (LK) has priorityover the timer signalling
th Type 7020424344 see C118
C113 Controller type Output 1 (relay) Output 2+3 (logic+relay)
X
LKtimer signalling1
LKtimer signalling1
controller output 2
controller
controller
controller output 1
mp function Xp function offp function (degCmin)p function (degCh)
q
ow setpoint) = controller output 1 setpoint) = controller output 2
b702040enbk Seite 32 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 A programmed
Further settings for the outputs wi
10 single setpoint (reversed) controller11 single setpoint (direct) controller30 double setpoint controller output 1
20 single setpoint (reversed) LKtimer signalling1
21 single setpoint (direct) LKtimer signalling1
33 double setpoint controller output 2
q
C114 Limit comparator (LK) X
0 no function1 lk 12 lk 23 lk 34 lk 45 lk 56 lk 67 lk 78 lk 8
C115 Ra0 ram1 ram2 ram
q
reversed = heating (output is active when process value is beldirect = cooling (output is active when process value is above
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
33
input X
ctionibithibittopt switchingontrol
qut 3 Relay X
r signalling comparatorr signallingroller output comparatorroller output
comparatortimerroller output 2 comparatortimerroller output 1roller output 2roller output 1
b702040enbk Seite 33 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
C116 Outputs on fault X
0 01 LKtimer signalling OFF1 1002
2 -1001 3 01 LKtimer
signalling ON4 1002
C117 Logic
0 no fun1 key inh2 level in3 ramp s4 setpoin5 timer c
C118 Output 1 Relay (K1) Output 2 Logic (K2) Outp
0 Functions of outputs as defined under C1131
for 1
-set
pt c
ontr
l controller output limit comparator time2 controller output timer signalling limit3 limit comparator controller output time4 limit comparator timer signalling cont5 timer signalling controller output limit6 timer signalling limit comparator cont
7
for 2
-set
pt c
ontrl
controller output 1 controller output 2 limit8 controller output 1 limit comparatortimer cont9 controller output 2 controller output 1 limit10 controller output 2 limit comparatortimer cont11 limit comparatortimer controller output 1 cont12 limit comparatortimer controller output 2 cont
q
q
1 Minimum output limiting y2 is effective2 Maximum output limiting y1 is effective
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
34
C120 Timer function X
power failure Xs before there
n ofion ars in the
ot valid for C120=3 or 4
b702040enbk Seite 34 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
0 no function1 time-limited control2 time-dependent setpoint switching3 time-delayed control4 timer (control independent of timer)
C121 Start condition for timer Action on 1 after power ON logic inputkeys Condition a
power failu2 via logic inputkeys3 via logic inputkeys timer counts 1degC
from tolerance limit4 via logic inputkeys timer counts 5degC
from tolerance limit5 after power ON logic inputkeys Cancellatio
timer funct(StOP appedisplay)
6 via logic inputkeys7 via logic inputkeys timer counts 1degC
from tolerance limit8 via logic inputkeys timer counts 5degC
from tolerance limit
q
q
The start conditions with tolerance limit (C121=3 4 7 8) are nIf C120 is altered the validity of C121 must be checked
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
35
tory-set Yoursetting
0
0
0
he factory setting
ime (timer) X
(max 9959)(max 9959)ax 9999)
= minutes
q
b702040enbk Seite 35 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Parameter Explanation Value range fac
SCL start value of thestandard signal
-1999 to +9999digit1 0
sCH end value of thestandard signal
-1999 to +9999digit1 10
SPL lowersetpoint limiting
-1999 to +9999digit1 -20
SPH uppersetpoint limiting
-1999 to +9999digit1 85
OFFS process value correction -1999 to 9999digit1 0
HySt switching differential of the limit comparator
0 mdash 9999digit1 1
1 For displays with one or two decimal places the value range and tchange accordinglyExample 1 decimal place rarr value range -1999 to +9999
q
C122 Timer signalling X
0 no function1 timer start until run-down2 after run-down for 10sec 3 after run-down for 1min4 after run-down until
acknowledgement
qC123 Unit of t
1 mmss 2 hhmm 3 hhhh (ms = seconds m h = hours
One output has to be configuredcorrespondingly(C113C118)
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
36and the factory setting
Parameter Explanation Value range factory-set
Yoursetting
0
0
0
0
0
80sec
350sec
200sec
200sec
0
1
1
0
100
-100
06sec
0
b702040enbk Seite 36 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 For displays with one or two decimal places the value range change accordingly
sP 1 setpoint 1 SPL mdash SPH
sP 2 setpoint 2 SPL mdash SPH
AL limit value oflimit comparator
-1999 to +9999digit1
Pb1 proportional band 1 0 mdash 9999digit1
Pb2 proportional band 2 0 mdash 9999digit1
dt derivative time 0 mdash 9999sec
rt reset time 0 mdash 9999sec
Cy 1 cycle time 1 10 mdash 9999sec
Cy 2 cycle time 2 10 mdash 9999sec
db contact spacing 0 mdash 1000digit1
HYS1 differential 1 0 mdash 9999digit1
HYS2 differential 2 0 mdash 9999digit1
Y0 working point -100 to 100
Y1 maximum output 0 mdash 100
Y2 minimum output -100 to +100
dF filter time constant 00 mdash 1000sec
rAsd ramp slope 0 mdash 999 degCh (degCmin)1
7 Alarm
messag
es
37
7
D
of process valueit comparators referred to input behave in accord-figuration of the outputsed
n has been cancelled due to he timer value that wase of the supply failure will be
H ge
is connected
b702040enbk Seite 37 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Alarm messages
isplay Description Causeresponse
The displays for the process value or timer value flashes ldquo1999rdquoDisplay current timer value by repeatedly pressing the q key
OverunderrangeController and limthe process valueance with the conThe timer is stopp
The display for the timer value alternates between showing ldquoStOPrdquo and the timeh Acknowledge by using any
key (the timer start value t i 0 is loaded)
The timer functioa supply failure Tpresent at the timindicated
The following events come under the heading overunderran- Probe breakshort-circuit- Measurement is outside the control range of the probe that- Display overflow
7 Alarm
messag
es
38
Measurement circuit monitoring (bull = recognized)
-circuitProbelead break
bull
bull
bull-
bull-
b702040enbk Seite 38 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Transducer Overrangeunderrange
Probelead short
Thermocouple bullbull -
Resistance thermometer bullbull bull
Voltage 2 ndash 10V and02 ndash 1V0 ndash 10V and 0 ndash 1V
bullbullbull-
bull-
Current 4 ndash 20mA0 ndash 20mA
bullbullbull-
bull-
8 Technical data
39
8In
1
In
23
nce thermometer
3A at 250V AC resistive load at rated load
mA Rload ge250Ω
mA Rload ge600Ω
5+10 48 mdash 63Hz or 48 mdash 63Hz or
nnect to SELV or PELV)
Range
-200 to +850degC
-200 to +850degC
-50 to +150degC
uracy le01 50ppmdegCle10 50ppmdegC
20Ω max per lead250microA
b702040enbk Seite 39 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Technical dataput for thermocouple
These ranges refer to the ambiente temperature of 20degC
put for standard signals
0mdash1V REgt10MΩ for Type 70204041 with 2 relays02mdash1V REgt10MΩ for Type 70204041 with 2 relays
Designation Range 1
Fe-Con LFe-Con J EN 60584Cu-Con UCu-Con T EN 60584NiCr-Ni K EN 60584NiCrSi-NiSi N EN 60584Pt10Rh-Pt S EN 60584Pt13Rh-Pt R EN 60584Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh B EN 60584
-200 to + 900degC-200 to +1200degC-200 to + 600degC-200 to + 400degC-200 to +1372degC-200 to +1300degC
0 mdash 1768degC0 mdash 1768degC0 mdash 1820degC
Measurement accuracy le04 100ppmdegCCold junction Pt100 internal
Designation Range
Voltage 0 mdash 10V RE gt 100kΩ2
2 mdash 10V RE gt 100kΩ3
RE - input resistance
Current 4 mdash 20mA voltage drop le 15V0 mdash 20mA voltage drop le 15V
Measurement accuracy le01 100ppmdegC
Input for resista
OutputsRelayno(make) contact150000 operationsLogic 05VCurrent limiting 20Logic 012VCurrent limiting 20
Supply110 mdash 240V AC -120 mdash 53V ACDC10 mdash 18V DC (Co
Designation
Pt100 EN 60751
Pt1000 EN 60751
KTY11-6
Measurement accPt1001000KTY11-6Sensor leadresistance Meas current
8 Technical data
40
ControllerController type 1-setpt controller with
Data backup EEPROMHousing type
or panel mounting
nt panelater (add mildly acidic neutral
detergents if necessary) Do sive cleaning agents or high-s Limited resistance to organic irits benzol etc)
ng3 834
rage temperatureo +70degC
onsity no condensation
ion any
)160g (702043)200g (702044)
60529
n to EN 61010
b702040enbk Seite 40 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Accuracy of timer 07 10ppmdegC
Test voltages (type test)to EN 61 010 Part 1 March 1994overvoltage category II pollution degree 2 for Type 70204041overvoltage category III pollution degree 2 for Type 7020424344
Power consumption 7VA max
Electrical connectionat the rear via plug-in screw terminalsconductor cross-section le 25mm2 (13mm2 withType 70204041) solid wire or 15mm2 (10mm2 for Type 70204041) stranded wire with ferrules
Electromagnetic compatibility EN 61 326Immunity to interfer Class B Interfer emission industrial requirements
Approval UL and CSA (only devices with JUMO indication)
limit comparator 2-setpt controllerController structure PPDPIPIDAD converter resolution gt15 bitSampling time 210msec (250msec with timer
function)
plastic housing fto DIN 43700Cleaning the frouse warm or hot wor mildly alkalinenot use any abrapressure cleanersolvents (e g sp
Housing mountiin panel to DIN 4
Ambient and sto0 to 55degC -40 t
Climatic conditile 75 rel humid
Operating posit
Weight (approx75g (702040)95g (702041)
145g (702042)Protection IP66 (front) to ENIP20 (rear)Safety regulatio
JUMO GmbH amp Co KG
Street adressMoltkestraszlige 13 - 3136039 Fulda GermanyDelivery addressMackenrodtstraszlige 1436039 Fulda GermanyPostal address36035 Fulda GermanyPhone +49 661 6003-0Fax +49 661 6003-607e-mail mailjumonetInternet wwwjumonet
JUMO Instrument Co Ltd
JUMO HouseTemple Bank RiverwayHarlow Essex CM20 2TT UKPhone +44 1279 635533Fax +44 1279 635262e-mail salesjumocoukInternet wwwjumocouk
JUMO Process Control Inc
8 Technology BoulevardCanastota NY 13032 USAPhone 315-697-JUMO
1-800-554-JUMOFax 315-697-5867e-mail infojumousInternet wwwjumous
b702040enbk Seite 1 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
- 1 Identifying the instrument version
- 2 Installation
- 3 Electrical connection
- 4 Operation
-
- 41 Displays and keys
- 42 Principle of operation
- 43 Operation of the timer function
-
- 5 Functions
-
- 51 Process value input
- 52 Logic input
- 53 Controller
- 54 Limit comparator (alarm contact)
- 55 Ramp function
- 56 Self-optimization
- 57 Level inhibit via code
- 58 Timer function (extra code)
-
- 6 Configuration and parameter tables
- 7 Alarm messages
- 8 Technical data
-
3 Electrical co
nnection
10
20mdash53V
ACDC
AC
110mdash240V
1
+ndash
N L198
Outputs
50 V3 A Supplysee label
10mdash18V
DC
+ndash
=l connection
e carried out personnel
Type 70204041 with
b702040enbk Seite 10 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
2
Logic input
Process value input
-+
+ ndash
54321
Current04mdash20 mA
Pt1001000KTY11-6(2-wire)
Pt1001000(3-wire)
Thermocouple
Voltage002mdash1 V
Relay 2
+ ndash
7
VThe electricamust only bby qualified
2 relay outputs (option)
3 Electrical co
nnection
11
20mdash53V
AC
110mdash240V
ut 3
3A
+ndash
13 N L1
2
y
2 resistive load
ACDC
10mdash18V
DC
+ndash
=
Supplysee label
T
st ed
b702040enbk Seite 11 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Output 2
5V(12V)20mA
Current04mdash20mA
Pt1001000KTY11-6(2-wire)
Pt1001000(3-wire)
Thermocouple
Voltage02mdash10V
OutpOutput 1
250V3A 250V
Logic input
Process value input+
+ndash
+ ndash
ndash
121097654321
floating contact
2Logic output Relay Rela
+ ndash
ype 7020424344
VThe electrical connection muonly be carried out by qualifipersonnel
4 Op
eration
12
4 Operation
wheners and and
10mm20mm
it
e display)
utputs 1 and 2 yellow
rogramming the instrumention of settings and parameterswith i with dceptance after 2 seconds
b702040enbk Seite 12 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
41 Displays and keys
(1) Display
7-segment display 4 places greenDisplay alternates setpoints parametcodes are entered indicated
Character height Type 7020404142Type 70204344
Display range -1999 to +9999 dig
Decimal places none one two
Unit degC degF (process valu
(2) Status indicators
LED two LEDs for the o
(3) Keys
q i d for operating and pDynamic modificath Increase value
h Decrease value
Automatic value ac
Example Type 702041
4 Op
eration
13
4NT
OT input SP 1 or SP 2 ap-p nt SPr is displayed Withac 0 is shownT ing will be accepted auto-m
PT meters and the ramp slo-p
CT
e configuration level ATT e timer start value are al-te in the display
TIf splay after approx 30 sec(e is displayed) If the timerva
b702040enbk Seite 13 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
2 Principle of operationormal displayhe display shows the process value
perating levelhe setpoint SP is input here On active setpoint switching via the logicears in the display When the ramp function is active the ramp setpoitivated timer function the timer value t i or the timer start value t i
he setpoint is altered dynamically using the i and d keys The settatically after approx 2 sec
arameter levelhe setpoints the limit value of the limit comparator the controller parae are programmed here
onfiguration levelhe basic functions of the controller are set here
In order to make the settings it is necessary to change to thvia the parameter y0 (parameter level)
imer levelhe current timer value (only when the timer has been started) and thred here The parameters at this level are marked with an underscore
ime-out no operation occurs the controller returns automatically to normal dixception with timer functions starting via power ON the timer valuelue is displayed at the operating level time-out is not active
4 Op
eration
14
Parameter level
uration level
level (timer stopped)
C111
Pb1t 1+2lue for
omparatorller parameterslope
rentlueen timer hasrted)
rt value
ti
ti0
ration codesrd signal scalings value correctionng differentialcomparator
gt 2s
Normal display Operating level
after lastparameter via y0
Y0
A
re to differentiate operating level
b702040enbk Seite 14 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Process value
Config
Timer
259
- setpoin- limit va
limit c- contro- ramp s
Setpoint
(with setpointswitching
or )SP 1 SP 2
alter curtimer va(only whbeen sta
setaltertimer sta
only displayed if function is configured
Ramp setpoint(display only)
Timer value(operating onlydifferent displaydepending ontimer condition (see table))
SP
SPr
ti
- configu- standa- proces- switchi
of limit
q d+
gt 2s
gt 2s
Time-out(30s)
Time-out
or
after lastparameter
i i d +
Underscoand timer
4 Op
eration
15
4T dge) if the timer at opera-tin is configured accordinglyth n also be operated even ifth
P l
D ateActioner has stoppedContinue with iCancel with i + d
er has run downAcknowledge with any key(timer start value t i 0 is indicated)With time-delayed control (C120=3) acknowledge with i + d
W imer value will blink
b702040enbk Seite 15 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
3 Operation of the timer functionhe timer can be operated with the keys (start stop cancel acknowleg level is indicated Time-out is not active here If the logic input en a key such as the i key can be used In this case the timer cae timer value does not appear in the display
ossible displayed parameters for timer function at operating leve
isplay StateAction Display StTimer not runningh Start with i
Timh
h
Timer has been started but the tolerance limit has not yet been reachedh Cancel with i + d
Timh
Timer running t i is displayedh Stop with ih Cancel with i + d
hen the timer has been started the decimal point in the display for the t
5 Functions
16
5 Functions
tables provided for this pur-mark selection with a cross in the order of theirt (see table below)
t
for ParameterPb2 Cy 2 db HyS2
111
C114 HySt ALC117
HySt AL
11 C117
SCL SCH
rASd SPrel SP 1 SP 2
ti C121 C122 C123
C118
b702040enbk Seite 16 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
We recommend the following procedure
1 not for Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option)
h Familiarize yourself with the controller functions
h Enter the configuration codes and the parameter values in the pose in Chapter 6 Write down the appropriate values ( ) or ( ) The parameters and the configuration codes are listed appearance Parameters which are not relevant are masked ou
h Enter the configuration code and parameters on the instrumen
Configuration Masking out the parametersSingle-setpoint controller Double-setpoint controller
Double-setpoint controller Limit comp for Type 7020404Logic input for Type 7020404
Limit comparator no function Limit comparator
Limit comparator activated Logic input for Type 7020404
Resistance thermometer thermocouple Standard signal scaling
Ramp function off Ramp function
Setpoint switching not activated Setpoints at the parameter lev
Timer function no function Timer function
Type 70204041 Output 3
X
5 Functions
17
5
S
C
C e 31
S
S
Oected by a programmable
cuit through process value
d c = filter off) vpage 36
nges in the process value
b702040enbk Seite 17 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 Process value input
ymbol Notes
111 Transducerprobe (process value input) vpage 31
112 Unit of process value (degCdegF)decimal places of display vpag
CL Startend value of value range for standard signals vpage 35Example 0mdash20 mArarr20mdash200degC SCL = 20 SCH = 200
CH
FFS Process value correction vpage 35Using the process value correction a measured value can be corramount upwards or downwards (offset)Lead compensation can be implemented in software for 2-wire circorrection
ExamplesMeasured value Offset Displayed value 2947 + 03 2950 2953 - 03 2950
F Filter time constant (damping) to adapt the digital input filter (0seif dF high - high damping of interference signals
- slow reaction of the process value display to cha- low cut-off frequency (2nd order low-pass filter)
5 Functions
18
52 Logic input
tion from keys
ss to the parameter andtion levels
self-optimization is not possible
opped
SP 2 is active
are displayed at the operating
(edge-triggered)
ut 2 has been programmed as igured (C114) (double assign-
b702040enbk Seite 18 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Key inhibit Operation is possible from keys No opera
Level inhibit Access to the parameter andconfiguration levels is possibleStarting self-optimization is possible
No acceconfiguraStarting
Ramp stop Ramp running Ramp st
Setpoint switching Setpoint SP 1 is active Setpoint
The appropriate symbols SP 1 and SP 2level
Timer control Acknowledge startstopcontinuetimer run-down
Symbol Notes
C117 Function of the logic input vpage 33On Type 70204041 the parameter C117 is masked out if outpcontroller output (C113) or the limit comparator has been confment not on Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option))
5 Functions
19
5CTE
S
C physical
Cf overunderrange probe
C(controller type as C113)
P
ucture is not effectiveP
d no D action
ro I action
C
process is virtuallyive wear C
b702040enbk Seite 19 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
3 Controllerontroller structurehe controller structure is defined via the parameters Pb dt and rtxample Setting for PI controller rarr Pb 1=120 dt=0sec rt=350sec
ymbol Notes
113 Controller type and assignment of the controller outputs to theoutputs 1+2 vpage 32
116 Outputs in fault condition vpage 33The switching states of the outputs are defined here in the event obreakshort circuit or display overflowv Chapter 7
118 Assignment of the outputs vpage 33Only for Type 7020424344 overwrites the assignment of C113
b1 Proportional band 1 (controller output 1) vpage 36Proportional band 2 (controller output 2)Influences the P action of the controller If Pb=0 the controller strb2
t Derivative time vpage 36Influences the D action of the controller If dt=0 the controller has
t Reset time vpage 36Influences the I action of the controller If rt=0 the controller has n
y 1 Cycle time 1 (controller output 1) vpage 36Cycle time 2 (controller output 2)The cycle time has to be selected so that the energy supply to thecontinuous while not subjecting the switching elements to excessy 2
5 Functions
20
Contact spacing vpage 36
Symbol Notes
Pb2=0) it is necessary
b702040enbk Seite 20 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
dbfor double-setpoint controller
HYS1 Differential 1 (controller output 1) vpage 36Differential 2 (controller output 2)for controllers with Pb1=0 or Pb2=0HYS2
Y0 Working point (basic load) vpage 36Output if process value=setpoint
Y1 Output limiting vpage 36y1 - maximum outputy2 - minimum outputY2
H For controllers without controller structure (Pb1=0 or that y1=100 and y2=-100
5 Functions
21
5
S
C
H
A
lk
lk
lk
6 Monitoring referredto the setpoint
8 Monitoring referredto a fixed value AL
tpoint x = process value
On
On
b702040enbk Seite 21 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
4 Limit comparator (alarm contact)
ymbol Notes
114 Limit comparator function (lk1mdash lk8) vpage 32
yst Differential of limit comparator vpage 35
L Limit value of limit comparator vpage 36
lk2 lk3
4 lk5 lk6
7 lk8
1
lk1mdashlk
lk7 lk
w = se
On On
On On
On On
5 Functions
22
55 Ramp function
t
b702040enbk Seite 22 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Symbol Note
C115 Ramp function (onoff time unit) vpage 32
C117 Ramp stop via logic input (floating contact) vpage 33
rAsd Ramp slope in degCh or degCmin vpage 36
t1
SP1
SP2
t2 t3 t4 t5 t6
t1 power ON (SP 1 active)t2mdash t3 power failure or overrangeunderranget4mdasht5 ramp stopt6 setpoint switching to SP 2
ramp setpoint SPrprocess value
5 Functions
23
5S D or PI controllers
T 1 Cy 2 dF
T ontrol deviation
S
Sce
H
a tart
xw
260tunE
gt2s
d
b702040enbk Seite 23 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
6 Self-optimizationelf-optimization determines the optimum controller parameters for PI
he following controller parameters are defined rt dt Pb1 Pb2 Cy
he controller selects procedure a or b depending on the size of the c
tarting self-optimization
elf-optimization is automatically terminated or can be can-lled
Starting self-optimization is not possible with activelevel inhibit and ramp function
) Self-optimizationin theapproach phase
b) Self-optimi-zationat set-point
Start S
= process value = setpoint
Switchinglevel
i +d
i+
5 Functions
24
57 Level inhibit via code
ration levels (corresponds to
l Timer level
enabled
enabled
enabled
inhibited2
b702040enbk Seite 24 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
As an alternative to the logic input the level inhibit can beset via a code (logic input has priority)
h Set the code using q + d (at least 5sec) innormal display
Level inhibit via the logic input will lock the parameter and configucode 011)
1 The values at the operating level can only be indicated but not modified2 Timer operation (startstopcontinuecancel) will continue to be possible
Code Operating level Parameter level Configuration leve
000 enabled enabled enabled
001 enabled enabled inhibited
011 enabled inhibited inhibited
111 inhibited1 inhibited inhibited
5 Functions
25
5U ns of the adjustable timet key or via the logic inputth ter the process value hasg er has run down severalev int switching Furthermo-re
pointcess valuegrammed setpointer start valueer signallinge C122=1)ement key
E
b702040enbk Seite 25 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
8 Timer function (extra code)sing the timer function the control action can be influenced by meai 0 After the timer has been started by power ON by pressing the e timer start value t i 0 is counted down to 0 either instantly or af
one above or below a programmable tolerance limit When the timents are triggered such as control switch-off (output 0) and setpo it is possible to implement timer signalling via an output
w - setx - proS P - prot i 0 - tim----- - tim
(heri - incr
xample
5 Functions
26
Notes on the timer function in conjunction with the ramp function
function
oint is approached with the ithout ramp
p end value) is monitored
xception here is the timer figured setpoint switching via
except for events that are r value will be shown in the
b702040enbk Seite 26 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
- Generally the setpoints can also be approached using the ramp
- Stopping the timer does not influence the ramp function
- If control is active after the timer has run down the current setpramp Cancellation of the timer is followed by a setpoint step w
- For timer functions with a tolerance limit only the setpoint (=ram
Note on setpoint switching via the logic input
- Setpoint switching via the logic input is generally possible An efunction ldquoTime-dependent setpoint switchingrdquo In this case conthe logic input will not be active
Note on the display status in the event of a power failure
- The state of the display before the power failure will be restoredrelated to the timer (start cancel continue stop) Then the timedisplay
5 Functions
27
S
CC as run down (output 0)
C unction the process is con-automatically switches over
Diagrams with andwithout start abovetolerance limit
---- Tolerance limit
C121=3 4 7 or 8
b702040enbk Seite 27 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
ymbol Notes
120120=1
Timer function vpage 34
Time-limited control The control is switched off after the timer h
120=2 Time-dependent setpoint switching After the start of the timer ftrolled to setpoint SP2 After the timer has run down the controller to SP1
C121=3 4 7 or 8C121=1 2 5 or 6
C121=2 or 6 C121=1 or 5
5 Functions
28
Time-delayed control The control action starts after the timer has run down
own to 0 The control action is e signalled via an output
Symbol Notes
er has run down (End) theys are used for acknowledge-
0s
C122=1
b702040enbk Seite 28 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
C120C120=3
C120=4 Timer After the start of the timer function t i 0 is counted dindependent of the timer Here too the timer run-down can b
H After the timi + d kementSet ti0 gt
C121=1 2 5 or 6
C121=1 2 5 or 6
Timer signallingC122=3
5 Functions
29
Clowing events
keyslogic input)e
ow the tolerance limit the
restored or thehe power failure the timer 121=1 or 5 of a power failure
Ce run-down a signal can be
C
S
b702040enbk Seite 29 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
121 Start condition of the timer vpage 34The timer start value t i 0 is counted down as selected in the fol1 Power ON or logic inputkeys2 Start via keyslogic input3 Process value has reached tolerance limit (1degC or 5degC) (start via The position of the tolerance limit depends on the controller typ - 1-setpoint controller (direct) tolerance limit above setpoint - 1-setpoint controller (reversed) tolerance limit below setpoint - 2-setpoint controller tolerance limit below setpoint If during the control process the process value goes abovebel timer will be stopped for the duration of the infringement
Response to a power failure vpage 34After a power failure the condition before the power failure can betimer function can be cancelled If the timer had run down before tstart value will be loaded The timer will start automatically when CThe timer value is saved at one minute intervals to cover the case
122 Timer signalling vpage 35From the start of the timer function until timer run-down or after thproduced via an output
123 Time unit for the timer vpage 35
ymbol Notes
5 Functions
30
Programming example
s to be controlled for 30 min-the event of a power failure
llation on power failure
b702040enbk Seite 30 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
After the start via the logic input or from the keys the process hautes to a setpoint of 80degC The control action is to be cancelled in
Configuration
- C111mdash C116 Controller programming
- C117=5 Logic input = timer control
- C120=1 Timer function = time-limited control
- C121=6 Start condition for timer = via logic inputkeys - cance
- C122=0 Timer signalling = no function
- C123=1 Time unit (timer) = mmss
Operation
h Enter the setpoint SP (80degC)
h Press the q key until t i0 is indicated
h Change over to the timer level using q (at least 2sec)
h Enter the timer start value t i0_ (3000)
h Return to the operating level (timer value) with q
h Start the control action via the logic input or with i
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
31
6
lacesunit X
q
P
your selection with a
123
NO
b702040enbk Seite 31 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Configuration and parameter tables
C111 Transducer X
001 Pt 100 (3-wire)006 Pt 1000 (3-wire)601 KTY11-6 (2-wire)003 Pt 100 (2-wire)005 Pt 1000 (2-wire)039 Cu-Con T 040 Fe-Con J041 Cu-Con U042 Fe-Con L043 NiCr-Ni K044 Pt10Rh-Pt S045 Pt13Rh-Pt R046 Pt30Rh-Pt B048 NiCrSi-NiSi N052 Standard signal 0 ndash 20mA053 Standard signal 4 ndash 20mA063 Standard signal 0 ndash 10V2
071 Standard signal 2 ndash 10V3
C112 Decimal p
0 9999degC1 9999degC2 9999degC3 9999degF4 9999degF5 9999degF
q
q
b11
gt2s
q
y0
qgt2s
X Mark cross
SP 1 AL or Pb1 is shown here depending on the configuration
0 ndash 1V for Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option)
02 ndash 1V for Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option)
ormal displayperating level
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
32
limit comparator (LK) has priorityover the timer signalling
th Type 7020424344 see C118
C113 Controller type Output 1 (relay) Output 2+3 (logic+relay)
X
LKtimer signalling1
LKtimer signalling1
controller output 2
controller
controller
controller output 1
mp function Xp function offp function (degCmin)p function (degCh)
q
ow setpoint) = controller output 1 setpoint) = controller output 2
b702040enbk Seite 32 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 A programmed
Further settings for the outputs wi
10 single setpoint (reversed) controller11 single setpoint (direct) controller30 double setpoint controller output 1
20 single setpoint (reversed) LKtimer signalling1
21 single setpoint (direct) LKtimer signalling1
33 double setpoint controller output 2
q
C114 Limit comparator (LK) X
0 no function1 lk 12 lk 23 lk 34 lk 45 lk 56 lk 67 lk 78 lk 8
C115 Ra0 ram1 ram2 ram
q
reversed = heating (output is active when process value is beldirect = cooling (output is active when process value is above
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
33
input X
ctionibithibittopt switchingontrol
qut 3 Relay X
r signalling comparatorr signallingroller output comparatorroller output
comparatortimerroller output 2 comparatortimerroller output 1roller output 2roller output 1
b702040enbk Seite 33 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
C116 Outputs on fault X
0 01 LKtimer signalling OFF1 1002
2 -1001 3 01 LKtimer
signalling ON4 1002
C117 Logic
0 no fun1 key inh2 level in3 ramp s4 setpoin5 timer c
C118 Output 1 Relay (K1) Output 2 Logic (K2) Outp
0 Functions of outputs as defined under C1131
for 1
-set
pt c
ontr
l controller output limit comparator time2 controller output timer signalling limit3 limit comparator controller output time4 limit comparator timer signalling cont5 timer signalling controller output limit6 timer signalling limit comparator cont
7
for 2
-set
pt c
ontrl
controller output 1 controller output 2 limit8 controller output 1 limit comparatortimer cont9 controller output 2 controller output 1 limit10 controller output 2 limit comparatortimer cont11 limit comparatortimer controller output 1 cont12 limit comparatortimer controller output 2 cont
q
q
1 Minimum output limiting y2 is effective2 Maximum output limiting y1 is effective
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
34
C120 Timer function X
power failure Xs before there
n ofion ars in the
ot valid for C120=3 or 4
b702040enbk Seite 34 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
0 no function1 time-limited control2 time-dependent setpoint switching3 time-delayed control4 timer (control independent of timer)
C121 Start condition for timer Action on 1 after power ON logic inputkeys Condition a
power failu2 via logic inputkeys3 via logic inputkeys timer counts 1degC
from tolerance limit4 via logic inputkeys timer counts 5degC
from tolerance limit5 after power ON logic inputkeys Cancellatio
timer funct(StOP appedisplay)
6 via logic inputkeys7 via logic inputkeys timer counts 1degC
from tolerance limit8 via logic inputkeys timer counts 5degC
from tolerance limit
q
q
The start conditions with tolerance limit (C121=3 4 7 8) are nIf C120 is altered the validity of C121 must be checked
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
35
tory-set Yoursetting
0
0
0
he factory setting
ime (timer) X
(max 9959)(max 9959)ax 9999)
= minutes
q
b702040enbk Seite 35 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Parameter Explanation Value range fac
SCL start value of thestandard signal
-1999 to +9999digit1 0
sCH end value of thestandard signal
-1999 to +9999digit1 10
SPL lowersetpoint limiting
-1999 to +9999digit1 -20
SPH uppersetpoint limiting
-1999 to +9999digit1 85
OFFS process value correction -1999 to 9999digit1 0
HySt switching differential of the limit comparator
0 mdash 9999digit1 1
1 For displays with one or two decimal places the value range and tchange accordinglyExample 1 decimal place rarr value range -1999 to +9999
q
C122 Timer signalling X
0 no function1 timer start until run-down2 after run-down for 10sec 3 after run-down for 1min4 after run-down until
acknowledgement
qC123 Unit of t
1 mmss 2 hhmm 3 hhhh (ms = seconds m h = hours
One output has to be configuredcorrespondingly(C113C118)
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
36and the factory setting
Parameter Explanation Value range factory-set
Yoursetting
0
0
0
0
0
80sec
350sec
200sec
200sec
0
1
1
0
100
-100
06sec
0
b702040enbk Seite 36 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 For displays with one or two decimal places the value range change accordingly
sP 1 setpoint 1 SPL mdash SPH
sP 2 setpoint 2 SPL mdash SPH
AL limit value oflimit comparator
-1999 to +9999digit1
Pb1 proportional band 1 0 mdash 9999digit1
Pb2 proportional band 2 0 mdash 9999digit1
dt derivative time 0 mdash 9999sec
rt reset time 0 mdash 9999sec
Cy 1 cycle time 1 10 mdash 9999sec
Cy 2 cycle time 2 10 mdash 9999sec
db contact spacing 0 mdash 1000digit1
HYS1 differential 1 0 mdash 9999digit1
HYS2 differential 2 0 mdash 9999digit1
Y0 working point -100 to 100
Y1 maximum output 0 mdash 100
Y2 minimum output -100 to +100
dF filter time constant 00 mdash 1000sec
rAsd ramp slope 0 mdash 999 degCh (degCmin)1
7 Alarm
messag
es
37
7
D
of process valueit comparators referred to input behave in accord-figuration of the outputsed
n has been cancelled due to he timer value that wase of the supply failure will be
H ge
is connected
b702040enbk Seite 37 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Alarm messages
isplay Description Causeresponse
The displays for the process value or timer value flashes ldquo1999rdquoDisplay current timer value by repeatedly pressing the q key
OverunderrangeController and limthe process valueance with the conThe timer is stopp
The display for the timer value alternates between showing ldquoStOPrdquo and the timeh Acknowledge by using any
key (the timer start value t i 0 is loaded)
The timer functioa supply failure Tpresent at the timindicated
The following events come under the heading overunderran- Probe breakshort-circuit- Measurement is outside the control range of the probe that- Display overflow
7 Alarm
messag
es
38
Measurement circuit monitoring (bull = recognized)
-circuitProbelead break
bull
bull
bull-
bull-
b702040enbk Seite 38 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Transducer Overrangeunderrange
Probelead short
Thermocouple bullbull -
Resistance thermometer bullbull bull
Voltage 2 ndash 10V and02 ndash 1V0 ndash 10V and 0 ndash 1V
bullbullbull-
bull-
Current 4 ndash 20mA0 ndash 20mA
bullbullbull-
bull-
8 Technical data
39
8In
1
In
23
nce thermometer
3A at 250V AC resistive load at rated load
mA Rload ge250Ω
mA Rload ge600Ω
5+10 48 mdash 63Hz or 48 mdash 63Hz or
nnect to SELV or PELV)
Range
-200 to +850degC
-200 to +850degC
-50 to +150degC
uracy le01 50ppmdegCle10 50ppmdegC
20Ω max per lead250microA
b702040enbk Seite 39 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Technical dataput for thermocouple
These ranges refer to the ambiente temperature of 20degC
put for standard signals
0mdash1V REgt10MΩ for Type 70204041 with 2 relays02mdash1V REgt10MΩ for Type 70204041 with 2 relays
Designation Range 1
Fe-Con LFe-Con J EN 60584Cu-Con UCu-Con T EN 60584NiCr-Ni K EN 60584NiCrSi-NiSi N EN 60584Pt10Rh-Pt S EN 60584Pt13Rh-Pt R EN 60584Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh B EN 60584
-200 to + 900degC-200 to +1200degC-200 to + 600degC-200 to + 400degC-200 to +1372degC-200 to +1300degC
0 mdash 1768degC0 mdash 1768degC0 mdash 1820degC
Measurement accuracy le04 100ppmdegCCold junction Pt100 internal
Designation Range
Voltage 0 mdash 10V RE gt 100kΩ2
2 mdash 10V RE gt 100kΩ3
RE - input resistance
Current 4 mdash 20mA voltage drop le 15V0 mdash 20mA voltage drop le 15V
Measurement accuracy le01 100ppmdegC
Input for resista
OutputsRelayno(make) contact150000 operationsLogic 05VCurrent limiting 20Logic 012VCurrent limiting 20
Supply110 mdash 240V AC -120 mdash 53V ACDC10 mdash 18V DC (Co
Designation
Pt100 EN 60751
Pt1000 EN 60751
KTY11-6
Measurement accPt1001000KTY11-6Sensor leadresistance Meas current
8 Technical data
40
ControllerController type 1-setpt controller with
Data backup EEPROMHousing type
or panel mounting
nt panelater (add mildly acidic neutral
detergents if necessary) Do sive cleaning agents or high-s Limited resistance to organic irits benzol etc)
ng3 834
rage temperatureo +70degC
onsity no condensation
ion any
)160g (702043)200g (702044)
60529
n to EN 61010
b702040enbk Seite 40 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Accuracy of timer 07 10ppmdegC
Test voltages (type test)to EN 61 010 Part 1 March 1994overvoltage category II pollution degree 2 for Type 70204041overvoltage category III pollution degree 2 for Type 7020424344
Power consumption 7VA max
Electrical connectionat the rear via plug-in screw terminalsconductor cross-section le 25mm2 (13mm2 withType 70204041) solid wire or 15mm2 (10mm2 for Type 70204041) stranded wire with ferrules
Electromagnetic compatibility EN 61 326Immunity to interfer Class B Interfer emission industrial requirements
Approval UL and CSA (only devices with JUMO indication)
limit comparator 2-setpt controllerController structure PPDPIPIDAD converter resolution gt15 bitSampling time 210msec (250msec with timer
function)
plastic housing fto DIN 43700Cleaning the frouse warm or hot wor mildly alkalinenot use any abrapressure cleanersolvents (e g sp
Housing mountiin panel to DIN 4
Ambient and sto0 to 55degC -40 t
Climatic conditile 75 rel humid
Operating posit
Weight (approx75g (702040)95g (702041)
145g (702042)Protection IP66 (front) to ENIP20 (rear)Safety regulatio
JUMO GmbH amp Co KG
Street adressMoltkestraszlige 13 - 3136039 Fulda GermanyDelivery addressMackenrodtstraszlige 1436039 Fulda GermanyPostal address36035 Fulda GermanyPhone +49 661 6003-0Fax +49 661 6003-607e-mail mailjumonetInternet wwwjumonet
JUMO Instrument Co Ltd
JUMO HouseTemple Bank RiverwayHarlow Essex CM20 2TT UKPhone +44 1279 635533Fax +44 1279 635262e-mail salesjumocoukInternet wwwjumocouk
JUMO Process Control Inc
8 Technology BoulevardCanastota NY 13032 USAPhone 315-697-JUMO
1-800-554-JUMOFax 315-697-5867e-mail infojumousInternet wwwjumous
b702040enbk Seite 1 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
- 1 Identifying the instrument version
- 2 Installation
- 3 Electrical connection
- 4 Operation
-
- 41 Displays and keys
- 42 Principle of operation
- 43 Operation of the timer function
-
- 5 Functions
-
- 51 Process value input
- 52 Logic input
- 53 Controller
- 54 Limit comparator (alarm contact)
- 55 Ramp function
- 56 Self-optimization
- 57 Level inhibit via code
- 58 Timer function (extra code)
-
- 6 Configuration and parameter tables
- 7 Alarm messages
- 8 Technical data
-
3 Electrical co
nnection
11
20mdash53V
AC
110mdash240V
ut 3
3A
+ndash
13 N L1
2
y
2 resistive load
ACDC
10mdash18V
DC
+ndash
=
Supplysee label
T
st ed
b702040enbk Seite 11 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Output 2
5V(12V)20mA
Current04mdash20mA
Pt1001000KTY11-6(2-wire)
Pt1001000(3-wire)
Thermocouple
Voltage02mdash10V
OutpOutput 1
250V3A 250V
Logic input
Process value input+
+ndash
+ ndash
ndash
121097654321
floating contact
2Logic output Relay Rela
+ ndash
ype 7020424344
VThe electrical connection muonly be carried out by qualifipersonnel
4 Op
eration
12
4 Operation
wheners and and
10mm20mm
it
e display)
utputs 1 and 2 yellow
rogramming the instrumention of settings and parameterswith i with dceptance after 2 seconds
b702040enbk Seite 12 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
41 Displays and keys
(1) Display
7-segment display 4 places greenDisplay alternates setpoints parametcodes are entered indicated
Character height Type 7020404142Type 70204344
Display range -1999 to +9999 dig
Decimal places none one two
Unit degC degF (process valu
(2) Status indicators
LED two LEDs for the o
(3) Keys
q i d for operating and pDynamic modificath Increase value
h Decrease value
Automatic value ac
Example Type 702041
4 Op
eration
13
4NT
OT input SP 1 or SP 2 ap-p nt SPr is displayed Withac 0 is shownT ing will be accepted auto-m
PT meters and the ramp slo-p
CT
e configuration level ATT e timer start value are al-te in the display
TIf splay after approx 30 sec(e is displayed) If the timerva
b702040enbk Seite 13 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
2 Principle of operationormal displayhe display shows the process value
perating levelhe setpoint SP is input here On active setpoint switching via the logicears in the display When the ramp function is active the ramp setpoitivated timer function the timer value t i or the timer start value t i
he setpoint is altered dynamically using the i and d keys The settatically after approx 2 sec
arameter levelhe setpoints the limit value of the limit comparator the controller parae are programmed here
onfiguration levelhe basic functions of the controller are set here
In order to make the settings it is necessary to change to thvia the parameter y0 (parameter level)
imer levelhe current timer value (only when the timer has been started) and thred here The parameters at this level are marked with an underscore
ime-out no operation occurs the controller returns automatically to normal dixception with timer functions starting via power ON the timer valuelue is displayed at the operating level time-out is not active
4 Op
eration
14
Parameter level
uration level
level (timer stopped)
C111
Pb1t 1+2lue for
omparatorller parameterslope
rentlueen timer hasrted)
rt value
ti
ti0
ration codesrd signal scalings value correctionng differentialcomparator
gt 2s
Normal display Operating level
after lastparameter via y0
Y0
A
re to differentiate operating level
b702040enbk Seite 14 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Process value
Config
Timer
259
- setpoin- limit va
limit c- contro- ramp s
Setpoint
(with setpointswitching
or )SP 1 SP 2
alter curtimer va(only whbeen sta
setaltertimer sta
only displayed if function is configured
Ramp setpoint(display only)
Timer value(operating onlydifferent displaydepending ontimer condition (see table))
SP
SPr
ti
- configu- standa- proces- switchi
of limit
q d+
gt 2s
gt 2s
Time-out(30s)
Time-out
or
after lastparameter
i i d +
Underscoand timer
4 Op
eration
15
4T dge) if the timer at opera-tin is configured accordinglyth n also be operated even ifth
P l
D ateActioner has stoppedContinue with iCancel with i + d
er has run downAcknowledge with any key(timer start value t i 0 is indicated)With time-delayed control (C120=3) acknowledge with i + d
W imer value will blink
b702040enbk Seite 15 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
3 Operation of the timer functionhe timer can be operated with the keys (start stop cancel acknowleg level is indicated Time-out is not active here If the logic input en a key such as the i key can be used In this case the timer cae timer value does not appear in the display
ossible displayed parameters for timer function at operating leve
isplay StateAction Display StTimer not runningh Start with i
Timh
h
Timer has been started but the tolerance limit has not yet been reachedh Cancel with i + d
Timh
Timer running t i is displayedh Stop with ih Cancel with i + d
hen the timer has been started the decimal point in the display for the t
5 Functions
16
5 Functions
tables provided for this pur-mark selection with a cross in the order of theirt (see table below)
t
for ParameterPb2 Cy 2 db HyS2
111
C114 HySt ALC117
HySt AL
11 C117
SCL SCH
rASd SPrel SP 1 SP 2
ti C121 C122 C123
C118
b702040enbk Seite 16 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
We recommend the following procedure
1 not for Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option)
h Familiarize yourself with the controller functions
h Enter the configuration codes and the parameter values in the pose in Chapter 6 Write down the appropriate values ( ) or ( ) The parameters and the configuration codes are listed appearance Parameters which are not relevant are masked ou
h Enter the configuration code and parameters on the instrumen
Configuration Masking out the parametersSingle-setpoint controller Double-setpoint controller
Double-setpoint controller Limit comp for Type 7020404Logic input for Type 7020404
Limit comparator no function Limit comparator
Limit comparator activated Logic input for Type 7020404
Resistance thermometer thermocouple Standard signal scaling
Ramp function off Ramp function
Setpoint switching not activated Setpoints at the parameter lev
Timer function no function Timer function
Type 70204041 Output 3
X
5 Functions
17
5
S
C
C e 31
S
S
Oected by a programmable
cuit through process value
d c = filter off) vpage 36
nges in the process value
b702040enbk Seite 17 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 Process value input
ymbol Notes
111 Transducerprobe (process value input) vpage 31
112 Unit of process value (degCdegF)decimal places of display vpag
CL Startend value of value range for standard signals vpage 35Example 0mdash20 mArarr20mdash200degC SCL = 20 SCH = 200
CH
FFS Process value correction vpage 35Using the process value correction a measured value can be corramount upwards or downwards (offset)Lead compensation can be implemented in software for 2-wire circorrection
ExamplesMeasured value Offset Displayed value 2947 + 03 2950 2953 - 03 2950
F Filter time constant (damping) to adapt the digital input filter (0seif dF high - high damping of interference signals
- slow reaction of the process value display to cha- low cut-off frequency (2nd order low-pass filter)
5 Functions
18
52 Logic input
tion from keys
ss to the parameter andtion levels
self-optimization is not possible
opped
SP 2 is active
are displayed at the operating
(edge-triggered)
ut 2 has been programmed as igured (C114) (double assign-
b702040enbk Seite 18 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Key inhibit Operation is possible from keys No opera
Level inhibit Access to the parameter andconfiguration levels is possibleStarting self-optimization is possible
No acceconfiguraStarting
Ramp stop Ramp running Ramp st
Setpoint switching Setpoint SP 1 is active Setpoint
The appropriate symbols SP 1 and SP 2level
Timer control Acknowledge startstopcontinuetimer run-down
Symbol Notes
C117 Function of the logic input vpage 33On Type 70204041 the parameter C117 is masked out if outpcontroller output (C113) or the limit comparator has been confment not on Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option))
5 Functions
19
5CTE
S
C physical
Cf overunderrange probe
C(controller type as C113)
P
ucture is not effectiveP
d no D action
ro I action
C
process is virtuallyive wear C
b702040enbk Seite 19 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
3 Controllerontroller structurehe controller structure is defined via the parameters Pb dt and rtxample Setting for PI controller rarr Pb 1=120 dt=0sec rt=350sec
ymbol Notes
113 Controller type and assignment of the controller outputs to theoutputs 1+2 vpage 32
116 Outputs in fault condition vpage 33The switching states of the outputs are defined here in the event obreakshort circuit or display overflowv Chapter 7
118 Assignment of the outputs vpage 33Only for Type 7020424344 overwrites the assignment of C113
b1 Proportional band 1 (controller output 1) vpage 36Proportional band 2 (controller output 2)Influences the P action of the controller If Pb=0 the controller strb2
t Derivative time vpage 36Influences the D action of the controller If dt=0 the controller has
t Reset time vpage 36Influences the I action of the controller If rt=0 the controller has n
y 1 Cycle time 1 (controller output 1) vpage 36Cycle time 2 (controller output 2)The cycle time has to be selected so that the energy supply to thecontinuous while not subjecting the switching elements to excessy 2
5 Functions
20
Contact spacing vpage 36
Symbol Notes
Pb2=0) it is necessary
b702040enbk Seite 20 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
dbfor double-setpoint controller
HYS1 Differential 1 (controller output 1) vpage 36Differential 2 (controller output 2)for controllers with Pb1=0 or Pb2=0HYS2
Y0 Working point (basic load) vpage 36Output if process value=setpoint
Y1 Output limiting vpage 36y1 - maximum outputy2 - minimum outputY2
H For controllers without controller structure (Pb1=0 or that y1=100 and y2=-100
5 Functions
21
5
S
C
H
A
lk
lk
lk
6 Monitoring referredto the setpoint
8 Monitoring referredto a fixed value AL
tpoint x = process value
On
On
b702040enbk Seite 21 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
4 Limit comparator (alarm contact)
ymbol Notes
114 Limit comparator function (lk1mdash lk8) vpage 32
yst Differential of limit comparator vpage 35
L Limit value of limit comparator vpage 36
lk2 lk3
4 lk5 lk6
7 lk8
1
lk1mdashlk
lk7 lk
w = se
On On
On On
On On
5 Functions
22
55 Ramp function
t
b702040enbk Seite 22 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Symbol Note
C115 Ramp function (onoff time unit) vpage 32
C117 Ramp stop via logic input (floating contact) vpage 33
rAsd Ramp slope in degCh or degCmin vpage 36
t1
SP1
SP2
t2 t3 t4 t5 t6
t1 power ON (SP 1 active)t2mdash t3 power failure or overrangeunderranget4mdasht5 ramp stopt6 setpoint switching to SP 2
ramp setpoint SPrprocess value
5 Functions
23
5S D or PI controllers
T 1 Cy 2 dF
T ontrol deviation
S
Sce
H
a tart
xw
260tunE
gt2s
d
b702040enbk Seite 23 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
6 Self-optimizationelf-optimization determines the optimum controller parameters for PI
he following controller parameters are defined rt dt Pb1 Pb2 Cy
he controller selects procedure a or b depending on the size of the c
tarting self-optimization
elf-optimization is automatically terminated or can be can-lled
Starting self-optimization is not possible with activelevel inhibit and ramp function
) Self-optimizationin theapproach phase
b) Self-optimi-zationat set-point
Start S
= process value = setpoint
Switchinglevel
i +d
i+
5 Functions
24
57 Level inhibit via code
ration levels (corresponds to
l Timer level
enabled
enabled
enabled
inhibited2
b702040enbk Seite 24 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
As an alternative to the logic input the level inhibit can beset via a code (logic input has priority)
h Set the code using q + d (at least 5sec) innormal display
Level inhibit via the logic input will lock the parameter and configucode 011)
1 The values at the operating level can only be indicated but not modified2 Timer operation (startstopcontinuecancel) will continue to be possible
Code Operating level Parameter level Configuration leve
000 enabled enabled enabled
001 enabled enabled inhibited
011 enabled inhibited inhibited
111 inhibited1 inhibited inhibited
5 Functions
25
5U ns of the adjustable timet key or via the logic inputth ter the process value hasg er has run down severalev int switching Furthermo-re
pointcess valuegrammed setpointer start valueer signallinge C122=1)ement key
E
b702040enbk Seite 25 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
8 Timer function (extra code)sing the timer function the control action can be influenced by meai 0 After the timer has been started by power ON by pressing the e timer start value t i 0 is counted down to 0 either instantly or af
one above or below a programmable tolerance limit When the timents are triggered such as control switch-off (output 0) and setpo it is possible to implement timer signalling via an output
w - setx - proS P - prot i 0 - tim----- - tim
(heri - incr
xample
5 Functions
26
Notes on the timer function in conjunction with the ramp function
function
oint is approached with the ithout ramp
p end value) is monitored
xception here is the timer figured setpoint switching via
except for events that are r value will be shown in the
b702040enbk Seite 26 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
- Generally the setpoints can also be approached using the ramp
- Stopping the timer does not influence the ramp function
- If control is active after the timer has run down the current setpramp Cancellation of the timer is followed by a setpoint step w
- For timer functions with a tolerance limit only the setpoint (=ram
Note on setpoint switching via the logic input
- Setpoint switching via the logic input is generally possible An efunction ldquoTime-dependent setpoint switchingrdquo In this case conthe logic input will not be active
Note on the display status in the event of a power failure
- The state of the display before the power failure will be restoredrelated to the timer (start cancel continue stop) Then the timedisplay
5 Functions
27
S
CC as run down (output 0)
C unction the process is con-automatically switches over
Diagrams with andwithout start abovetolerance limit
---- Tolerance limit
C121=3 4 7 or 8
b702040enbk Seite 27 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
ymbol Notes
120120=1
Timer function vpage 34
Time-limited control The control is switched off after the timer h
120=2 Time-dependent setpoint switching After the start of the timer ftrolled to setpoint SP2 After the timer has run down the controller to SP1
C121=3 4 7 or 8C121=1 2 5 or 6
C121=2 or 6 C121=1 or 5
5 Functions
28
Time-delayed control The control action starts after the timer has run down
own to 0 The control action is e signalled via an output
Symbol Notes
er has run down (End) theys are used for acknowledge-
0s
C122=1
b702040enbk Seite 28 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
C120C120=3
C120=4 Timer After the start of the timer function t i 0 is counted dindependent of the timer Here too the timer run-down can b
H After the timi + d kementSet ti0 gt
C121=1 2 5 or 6
C121=1 2 5 or 6
Timer signallingC122=3
5 Functions
29
Clowing events
keyslogic input)e
ow the tolerance limit the
restored or thehe power failure the timer 121=1 or 5 of a power failure
Ce run-down a signal can be
C
S
b702040enbk Seite 29 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
121 Start condition of the timer vpage 34The timer start value t i 0 is counted down as selected in the fol1 Power ON or logic inputkeys2 Start via keyslogic input3 Process value has reached tolerance limit (1degC or 5degC) (start via The position of the tolerance limit depends on the controller typ - 1-setpoint controller (direct) tolerance limit above setpoint - 1-setpoint controller (reversed) tolerance limit below setpoint - 2-setpoint controller tolerance limit below setpoint If during the control process the process value goes abovebel timer will be stopped for the duration of the infringement
Response to a power failure vpage 34After a power failure the condition before the power failure can betimer function can be cancelled If the timer had run down before tstart value will be loaded The timer will start automatically when CThe timer value is saved at one minute intervals to cover the case
122 Timer signalling vpage 35From the start of the timer function until timer run-down or after thproduced via an output
123 Time unit for the timer vpage 35
ymbol Notes
5 Functions
30
Programming example
s to be controlled for 30 min-the event of a power failure
llation on power failure
b702040enbk Seite 30 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
After the start via the logic input or from the keys the process hautes to a setpoint of 80degC The control action is to be cancelled in
Configuration
- C111mdash C116 Controller programming
- C117=5 Logic input = timer control
- C120=1 Timer function = time-limited control
- C121=6 Start condition for timer = via logic inputkeys - cance
- C122=0 Timer signalling = no function
- C123=1 Time unit (timer) = mmss
Operation
h Enter the setpoint SP (80degC)
h Press the q key until t i0 is indicated
h Change over to the timer level using q (at least 2sec)
h Enter the timer start value t i0_ (3000)
h Return to the operating level (timer value) with q
h Start the control action via the logic input or with i
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
31
6
lacesunit X
q
P
your selection with a
123
NO
b702040enbk Seite 31 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Configuration and parameter tables
C111 Transducer X
001 Pt 100 (3-wire)006 Pt 1000 (3-wire)601 KTY11-6 (2-wire)003 Pt 100 (2-wire)005 Pt 1000 (2-wire)039 Cu-Con T 040 Fe-Con J041 Cu-Con U042 Fe-Con L043 NiCr-Ni K044 Pt10Rh-Pt S045 Pt13Rh-Pt R046 Pt30Rh-Pt B048 NiCrSi-NiSi N052 Standard signal 0 ndash 20mA053 Standard signal 4 ndash 20mA063 Standard signal 0 ndash 10V2
071 Standard signal 2 ndash 10V3
C112 Decimal p
0 9999degC1 9999degC2 9999degC3 9999degF4 9999degF5 9999degF
q
q
b11
gt2s
q
y0
qgt2s
X Mark cross
SP 1 AL or Pb1 is shown here depending on the configuration
0 ndash 1V for Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option)
02 ndash 1V for Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option)
ormal displayperating level
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
32
limit comparator (LK) has priorityover the timer signalling
th Type 7020424344 see C118
C113 Controller type Output 1 (relay) Output 2+3 (logic+relay)
X
LKtimer signalling1
LKtimer signalling1
controller output 2
controller
controller
controller output 1
mp function Xp function offp function (degCmin)p function (degCh)
q
ow setpoint) = controller output 1 setpoint) = controller output 2
b702040enbk Seite 32 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 A programmed
Further settings for the outputs wi
10 single setpoint (reversed) controller11 single setpoint (direct) controller30 double setpoint controller output 1
20 single setpoint (reversed) LKtimer signalling1
21 single setpoint (direct) LKtimer signalling1
33 double setpoint controller output 2
q
C114 Limit comparator (LK) X
0 no function1 lk 12 lk 23 lk 34 lk 45 lk 56 lk 67 lk 78 lk 8
C115 Ra0 ram1 ram2 ram
q
reversed = heating (output is active when process value is beldirect = cooling (output is active when process value is above
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
33
input X
ctionibithibittopt switchingontrol
qut 3 Relay X
r signalling comparatorr signallingroller output comparatorroller output
comparatortimerroller output 2 comparatortimerroller output 1roller output 2roller output 1
b702040enbk Seite 33 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
C116 Outputs on fault X
0 01 LKtimer signalling OFF1 1002
2 -1001 3 01 LKtimer
signalling ON4 1002
C117 Logic
0 no fun1 key inh2 level in3 ramp s4 setpoin5 timer c
C118 Output 1 Relay (K1) Output 2 Logic (K2) Outp
0 Functions of outputs as defined under C1131
for 1
-set
pt c
ontr
l controller output limit comparator time2 controller output timer signalling limit3 limit comparator controller output time4 limit comparator timer signalling cont5 timer signalling controller output limit6 timer signalling limit comparator cont
7
for 2
-set
pt c
ontrl
controller output 1 controller output 2 limit8 controller output 1 limit comparatortimer cont9 controller output 2 controller output 1 limit10 controller output 2 limit comparatortimer cont11 limit comparatortimer controller output 1 cont12 limit comparatortimer controller output 2 cont
q
q
1 Minimum output limiting y2 is effective2 Maximum output limiting y1 is effective
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
34
C120 Timer function X
power failure Xs before there
n ofion ars in the
ot valid for C120=3 or 4
b702040enbk Seite 34 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
0 no function1 time-limited control2 time-dependent setpoint switching3 time-delayed control4 timer (control independent of timer)
C121 Start condition for timer Action on 1 after power ON logic inputkeys Condition a
power failu2 via logic inputkeys3 via logic inputkeys timer counts 1degC
from tolerance limit4 via logic inputkeys timer counts 5degC
from tolerance limit5 after power ON logic inputkeys Cancellatio
timer funct(StOP appedisplay)
6 via logic inputkeys7 via logic inputkeys timer counts 1degC
from tolerance limit8 via logic inputkeys timer counts 5degC
from tolerance limit
q
q
The start conditions with tolerance limit (C121=3 4 7 8) are nIf C120 is altered the validity of C121 must be checked
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
35
tory-set Yoursetting
0
0
0
he factory setting
ime (timer) X
(max 9959)(max 9959)ax 9999)
= minutes
q
b702040enbk Seite 35 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Parameter Explanation Value range fac
SCL start value of thestandard signal
-1999 to +9999digit1 0
sCH end value of thestandard signal
-1999 to +9999digit1 10
SPL lowersetpoint limiting
-1999 to +9999digit1 -20
SPH uppersetpoint limiting
-1999 to +9999digit1 85
OFFS process value correction -1999 to 9999digit1 0
HySt switching differential of the limit comparator
0 mdash 9999digit1 1
1 For displays with one or two decimal places the value range and tchange accordinglyExample 1 decimal place rarr value range -1999 to +9999
q
C122 Timer signalling X
0 no function1 timer start until run-down2 after run-down for 10sec 3 after run-down for 1min4 after run-down until
acknowledgement
qC123 Unit of t
1 mmss 2 hhmm 3 hhhh (ms = seconds m h = hours
One output has to be configuredcorrespondingly(C113C118)
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
36and the factory setting
Parameter Explanation Value range factory-set
Yoursetting
0
0
0
0
0
80sec
350sec
200sec
200sec
0
1
1
0
100
-100
06sec
0
b702040enbk Seite 36 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 For displays with one or two decimal places the value range change accordingly
sP 1 setpoint 1 SPL mdash SPH
sP 2 setpoint 2 SPL mdash SPH
AL limit value oflimit comparator
-1999 to +9999digit1
Pb1 proportional band 1 0 mdash 9999digit1
Pb2 proportional band 2 0 mdash 9999digit1
dt derivative time 0 mdash 9999sec
rt reset time 0 mdash 9999sec
Cy 1 cycle time 1 10 mdash 9999sec
Cy 2 cycle time 2 10 mdash 9999sec
db contact spacing 0 mdash 1000digit1
HYS1 differential 1 0 mdash 9999digit1
HYS2 differential 2 0 mdash 9999digit1
Y0 working point -100 to 100
Y1 maximum output 0 mdash 100
Y2 minimum output -100 to +100
dF filter time constant 00 mdash 1000sec
rAsd ramp slope 0 mdash 999 degCh (degCmin)1
7 Alarm
messag
es
37
7
D
of process valueit comparators referred to input behave in accord-figuration of the outputsed
n has been cancelled due to he timer value that wase of the supply failure will be
H ge
is connected
b702040enbk Seite 37 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Alarm messages
isplay Description Causeresponse
The displays for the process value or timer value flashes ldquo1999rdquoDisplay current timer value by repeatedly pressing the q key
OverunderrangeController and limthe process valueance with the conThe timer is stopp
The display for the timer value alternates between showing ldquoStOPrdquo and the timeh Acknowledge by using any
key (the timer start value t i 0 is loaded)
The timer functioa supply failure Tpresent at the timindicated
The following events come under the heading overunderran- Probe breakshort-circuit- Measurement is outside the control range of the probe that- Display overflow
7 Alarm
messag
es
38
Measurement circuit monitoring (bull = recognized)
-circuitProbelead break
bull
bull
bull-
bull-
b702040enbk Seite 38 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Transducer Overrangeunderrange
Probelead short
Thermocouple bullbull -
Resistance thermometer bullbull bull
Voltage 2 ndash 10V and02 ndash 1V0 ndash 10V and 0 ndash 1V
bullbullbull-
bull-
Current 4 ndash 20mA0 ndash 20mA
bullbullbull-
bull-
8 Technical data
39
8In
1
In
23
nce thermometer
3A at 250V AC resistive load at rated load
mA Rload ge250Ω
mA Rload ge600Ω
5+10 48 mdash 63Hz or 48 mdash 63Hz or
nnect to SELV or PELV)
Range
-200 to +850degC
-200 to +850degC
-50 to +150degC
uracy le01 50ppmdegCle10 50ppmdegC
20Ω max per lead250microA
b702040enbk Seite 39 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Technical dataput for thermocouple
These ranges refer to the ambiente temperature of 20degC
put for standard signals
0mdash1V REgt10MΩ for Type 70204041 with 2 relays02mdash1V REgt10MΩ for Type 70204041 with 2 relays
Designation Range 1
Fe-Con LFe-Con J EN 60584Cu-Con UCu-Con T EN 60584NiCr-Ni K EN 60584NiCrSi-NiSi N EN 60584Pt10Rh-Pt S EN 60584Pt13Rh-Pt R EN 60584Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh B EN 60584
-200 to + 900degC-200 to +1200degC-200 to + 600degC-200 to + 400degC-200 to +1372degC-200 to +1300degC
0 mdash 1768degC0 mdash 1768degC0 mdash 1820degC
Measurement accuracy le04 100ppmdegCCold junction Pt100 internal
Designation Range
Voltage 0 mdash 10V RE gt 100kΩ2
2 mdash 10V RE gt 100kΩ3
RE - input resistance
Current 4 mdash 20mA voltage drop le 15V0 mdash 20mA voltage drop le 15V
Measurement accuracy le01 100ppmdegC
Input for resista
OutputsRelayno(make) contact150000 operationsLogic 05VCurrent limiting 20Logic 012VCurrent limiting 20
Supply110 mdash 240V AC -120 mdash 53V ACDC10 mdash 18V DC (Co
Designation
Pt100 EN 60751
Pt1000 EN 60751
KTY11-6
Measurement accPt1001000KTY11-6Sensor leadresistance Meas current
8 Technical data
40
ControllerController type 1-setpt controller with
Data backup EEPROMHousing type
or panel mounting
nt panelater (add mildly acidic neutral
detergents if necessary) Do sive cleaning agents or high-s Limited resistance to organic irits benzol etc)
ng3 834
rage temperatureo +70degC
onsity no condensation
ion any
)160g (702043)200g (702044)
60529
n to EN 61010
b702040enbk Seite 40 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Accuracy of timer 07 10ppmdegC
Test voltages (type test)to EN 61 010 Part 1 March 1994overvoltage category II pollution degree 2 for Type 70204041overvoltage category III pollution degree 2 for Type 7020424344
Power consumption 7VA max
Electrical connectionat the rear via plug-in screw terminalsconductor cross-section le 25mm2 (13mm2 withType 70204041) solid wire or 15mm2 (10mm2 for Type 70204041) stranded wire with ferrules
Electromagnetic compatibility EN 61 326Immunity to interfer Class B Interfer emission industrial requirements
Approval UL and CSA (only devices with JUMO indication)
limit comparator 2-setpt controllerController structure PPDPIPIDAD converter resolution gt15 bitSampling time 210msec (250msec with timer
function)
plastic housing fto DIN 43700Cleaning the frouse warm or hot wor mildly alkalinenot use any abrapressure cleanersolvents (e g sp
Housing mountiin panel to DIN 4
Ambient and sto0 to 55degC -40 t
Climatic conditile 75 rel humid
Operating posit
Weight (approx75g (702040)95g (702041)
145g (702042)Protection IP66 (front) to ENIP20 (rear)Safety regulatio
JUMO GmbH amp Co KG
Street adressMoltkestraszlige 13 - 3136039 Fulda GermanyDelivery addressMackenrodtstraszlige 1436039 Fulda GermanyPostal address36035 Fulda GermanyPhone +49 661 6003-0Fax +49 661 6003-607e-mail mailjumonetInternet wwwjumonet
JUMO Instrument Co Ltd
JUMO HouseTemple Bank RiverwayHarlow Essex CM20 2TT UKPhone +44 1279 635533Fax +44 1279 635262e-mail salesjumocoukInternet wwwjumocouk
JUMO Process Control Inc
8 Technology BoulevardCanastota NY 13032 USAPhone 315-697-JUMO
1-800-554-JUMOFax 315-697-5867e-mail infojumousInternet wwwjumous
b702040enbk Seite 1 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
- 1 Identifying the instrument version
- 2 Installation
- 3 Electrical connection
- 4 Operation
-
- 41 Displays and keys
- 42 Principle of operation
- 43 Operation of the timer function
-
- 5 Functions
-
- 51 Process value input
- 52 Logic input
- 53 Controller
- 54 Limit comparator (alarm contact)
- 55 Ramp function
- 56 Self-optimization
- 57 Level inhibit via code
- 58 Timer function (extra code)
-
- 6 Configuration and parameter tables
- 7 Alarm messages
- 8 Technical data
-
4 Op
eration
12
4 Operation
wheners and and
10mm20mm
it
e display)
utputs 1 and 2 yellow
rogramming the instrumention of settings and parameterswith i with dceptance after 2 seconds
b702040enbk Seite 12 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
41 Displays and keys
(1) Display
7-segment display 4 places greenDisplay alternates setpoints parametcodes are entered indicated
Character height Type 7020404142Type 70204344
Display range -1999 to +9999 dig
Decimal places none one two
Unit degC degF (process valu
(2) Status indicators
LED two LEDs for the o
(3) Keys
q i d for operating and pDynamic modificath Increase value
h Decrease value
Automatic value ac
Example Type 702041
4 Op
eration
13
4NT
OT input SP 1 or SP 2 ap-p nt SPr is displayed Withac 0 is shownT ing will be accepted auto-m
PT meters and the ramp slo-p
CT
e configuration level ATT e timer start value are al-te in the display
TIf splay after approx 30 sec(e is displayed) If the timerva
b702040enbk Seite 13 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
2 Principle of operationormal displayhe display shows the process value
perating levelhe setpoint SP is input here On active setpoint switching via the logicears in the display When the ramp function is active the ramp setpoitivated timer function the timer value t i or the timer start value t i
he setpoint is altered dynamically using the i and d keys The settatically after approx 2 sec
arameter levelhe setpoints the limit value of the limit comparator the controller parae are programmed here
onfiguration levelhe basic functions of the controller are set here
In order to make the settings it is necessary to change to thvia the parameter y0 (parameter level)
imer levelhe current timer value (only when the timer has been started) and thred here The parameters at this level are marked with an underscore
ime-out no operation occurs the controller returns automatically to normal dixception with timer functions starting via power ON the timer valuelue is displayed at the operating level time-out is not active
4 Op
eration
14
Parameter level
uration level
level (timer stopped)
C111
Pb1t 1+2lue for
omparatorller parameterslope
rentlueen timer hasrted)
rt value
ti
ti0
ration codesrd signal scalings value correctionng differentialcomparator
gt 2s
Normal display Operating level
after lastparameter via y0
Y0
A
re to differentiate operating level
b702040enbk Seite 14 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Process value
Config
Timer
259
- setpoin- limit va
limit c- contro- ramp s
Setpoint
(with setpointswitching
or )SP 1 SP 2
alter curtimer va(only whbeen sta
setaltertimer sta
only displayed if function is configured
Ramp setpoint(display only)
Timer value(operating onlydifferent displaydepending ontimer condition (see table))
SP
SPr
ti
- configu- standa- proces- switchi
of limit
q d+
gt 2s
gt 2s
Time-out(30s)
Time-out
or
after lastparameter
i i d +
Underscoand timer
4 Op
eration
15
4T dge) if the timer at opera-tin is configured accordinglyth n also be operated even ifth
P l
D ateActioner has stoppedContinue with iCancel with i + d
er has run downAcknowledge with any key(timer start value t i 0 is indicated)With time-delayed control (C120=3) acknowledge with i + d
W imer value will blink
b702040enbk Seite 15 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
3 Operation of the timer functionhe timer can be operated with the keys (start stop cancel acknowleg level is indicated Time-out is not active here If the logic input en a key such as the i key can be used In this case the timer cae timer value does not appear in the display
ossible displayed parameters for timer function at operating leve
isplay StateAction Display StTimer not runningh Start with i
Timh
h
Timer has been started but the tolerance limit has not yet been reachedh Cancel with i + d
Timh
Timer running t i is displayedh Stop with ih Cancel with i + d
hen the timer has been started the decimal point in the display for the t
5 Functions
16
5 Functions
tables provided for this pur-mark selection with a cross in the order of theirt (see table below)
t
for ParameterPb2 Cy 2 db HyS2
111
C114 HySt ALC117
HySt AL
11 C117
SCL SCH
rASd SPrel SP 1 SP 2
ti C121 C122 C123
C118
b702040enbk Seite 16 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
We recommend the following procedure
1 not for Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option)
h Familiarize yourself with the controller functions
h Enter the configuration codes and the parameter values in the pose in Chapter 6 Write down the appropriate values ( ) or ( ) The parameters and the configuration codes are listed appearance Parameters which are not relevant are masked ou
h Enter the configuration code and parameters on the instrumen
Configuration Masking out the parametersSingle-setpoint controller Double-setpoint controller
Double-setpoint controller Limit comp for Type 7020404Logic input for Type 7020404
Limit comparator no function Limit comparator
Limit comparator activated Logic input for Type 7020404
Resistance thermometer thermocouple Standard signal scaling
Ramp function off Ramp function
Setpoint switching not activated Setpoints at the parameter lev
Timer function no function Timer function
Type 70204041 Output 3
X
5 Functions
17
5
S
C
C e 31
S
S
Oected by a programmable
cuit through process value
d c = filter off) vpage 36
nges in the process value
b702040enbk Seite 17 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 Process value input
ymbol Notes
111 Transducerprobe (process value input) vpage 31
112 Unit of process value (degCdegF)decimal places of display vpag
CL Startend value of value range for standard signals vpage 35Example 0mdash20 mArarr20mdash200degC SCL = 20 SCH = 200
CH
FFS Process value correction vpage 35Using the process value correction a measured value can be corramount upwards or downwards (offset)Lead compensation can be implemented in software for 2-wire circorrection
ExamplesMeasured value Offset Displayed value 2947 + 03 2950 2953 - 03 2950
F Filter time constant (damping) to adapt the digital input filter (0seif dF high - high damping of interference signals
- slow reaction of the process value display to cha- low cut-off frequency (2nd order low-pass filter)
5 Functions
18
52 Logic input
tion from keys
ss to the parameter andtion levels
self-optimization is not possible
opped
SP 2 is active
are displayed at the operating
(edge-triggered)
ut 2 has been programmed as igured (C114) (double assign-
b702040enbk Seite 18 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Key inhibit Operation is possible from keys No opera
Level inhibit Access to the parameter andconfiguration levels is possibleStarting self-optimization is possible
No acceconfiguraStarting
Ramp stop Ramp running Ramp st
Setpoint switching Setpoint SP 1 is active Setpoint
The appropriate symbols SP 1 and SP 2level
Timer control Acknowledge startstopcontinuetimer run-down
Symbol Notes
C117 Function of the logic input vpage 33On Type 70204041 the parameter C117 is masked out if outpcontroller output (C113) or the limit comparator has been confment not on Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option))
5 Functions
19
5CTE
S
C physical
Cf overunderrange probe
C(controller type as C113)
P
ucture is not effectiveP
d no D action
ro I action
C
process is virtuallyive wear C
b702040enbk Seite 19 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
3 Controllerontroller structurehe controller structure is defined via the parameters Pb dt and rtxample Setting for PI controller rarr Pb 1=120 dt=0sec rt=350sec
ymbol Notes
113 Controller type and assignment of the controller outputs to theoutputs 1+2 vpage 32
116 Outputs in fault condition vpage 33The switching states of the outputs are defined here in the event obreakshort circuit or display overflowv Chapter 7
118 Assignment of the outputs vpage 33Only for Type 7020424344 overwrites the assignment of C113
b1 Proportional band 1 (controller output 1) vpage 36Proportional band 2 (controller output 2)Influences the P action of the controller If Pb=0 the controller strb2
t Derivative time vpage 36Influences the D action of the controller If dt=0 the controller has
t Reset time vpage 36Influences the I action of the controller If rt=0 the controller has n
y 1 Cycle time 1 (controller output 1) vpage 36Cycle time 2 (controller output 2)The cycle time has to be selected so that the energy supply to thecontinuous while not subjecting the switching elements to excessy 2
5 Functions
20
Contact spacing vpage 36
Symbol Notes
Pb2=0) it is necessary
b702040enbk Seite 20 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
dbfor double-setpoint controller
HYS1 Differential 1 (controller output 1) vpage 36Differential 2 (controller output 2)for controllers with Pb1=0 or Pb2=0HYS2
Y0 Working point (basic load) vpage 36Output if process value=setpoint
Y1 Output limiting vpage 36y1 - maximum outputy2 - minimum outputY2
H For controllers without controller structure (Pb1=0 or that y1=100 and y2=-100
5 Functions
21
5
S
C
H
A
lk
lk
lk
6 Monitoring referredto the setpoint
8 Monitoring referredto a fixed value AL
tpoint x = process value
On
On
b702040enbk Seite 21 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
4 Limit comparator (alarm contact)
ymbol Notes
114 Limit comparator function (lk1mdash lk8) vpage 32
yst Differential of limit comparator vpage 35
L Limit value of limit comparator vpage 36
lk2 lk3
4 lk5 lk6
7 lk8
1
lk1mdashlk
lk7 lk
w = se
On On
On On
On On
5 Functions
22
55 Ramp function
t
b702040enbk Seite 22 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Symbol Note
C115 Ramp function (onoff time unit) vpage 32
C117 Ramp stop via logic input (floating contact) vpage 33
rAsd Ramp slope in degCh or degCmin vpage 36
t1
SP1
SP2
t2 t3 t4 t5 t6
t1 power ON (SP 1 active)t2mdash t3 power failure or overrangeunderranget4mdasht5 ramp stopt6 setpoint switching to SP 2
ramp setpoint SPrprocess value
5 Functions
23
5S D or PI controllers
T 1 Cy 2 dF
T ontrol deviation
S
Sce
H
a tart
xw
260tunE
gt2s
d
b702040enbk Seite 23 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
6 Self-optimizationelf-optimization determines the optimum controller parameters for PI
he following controller parameters are defined rt dt Pb1 Pb2 Cy
he controller selects procedure a or b depending on the size of the c
tarting self-optimization
elf-optimization is automatically terminated or can be can-lled
Starting self-optimization is not possible with activelevel inhibit and ramp function
) Self-optimizationin theapproach phase
b) Self-optimi-zationat set-point
Start S
= process value = setpoint
Switchinglevel
i +d
i+
5 Functions
24
57 Level inhibit via code
ration levels (corresponds to
l Timer level
enabled
enabled
enabled
inhibited2
b702040enbk Seite 24 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
As an alternative to the logic input the level inhibit can beset via a code (logic input has priority)
h Set the code using q + d (at least 5sec) innormal display
Level inhibit via the logic input will lock the parameter and configucode 011)
1 The values at the operating level can only be indicated but not modified2 Timer operation (startstopcontinuecancel) will continue to be possible
Code Operating level Parameter level Configuration leve
000 enabled enabled enabled
001 enabled enabled inhibited
011 enabled inhibited inhibited
111 inhibited1 inhibited inhibited
5 Functions
25
5U ns of the adjustable timet key or via the logic inputth ter the process value hasg er has run down severalev int switching Furthermo-re
pointcess valuegrammed setpointer start valueer signallinge C122=1)ement key
E
b702040enbk Seite 25 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
8 Timer function (extra code)sing the timer function the control action can be influenced by meai 0 After the timer has been started by power ON by pressing the e timer start value t i 0 is counted down to 0 either instantly or af
one above or below a programmable tolerance limit When the timents are triggered such as control switch-off (output 0) and setpo it is possible to implement timer signalling via an output
w - setx - proS P - prot i 0 - tim----- - tim
(heri - incr
xample
5 Functions
26
Notes on the timer function in conjunction with the ramp function
function
oint is approached with the ithout ramp
p end value) is monitored
xception here is the timer figured setpoint switching via
except for events that are r value will be shown in the
b702040enbk Seite 26 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
- Generally the setpoints can also be approached using the ramp
- Stopping the timer does not influence the ramp function
- If control is active after the timer has run down the current setpramp Cancellation of the timer is followed by a setpoint step w
- For timer functions with a tolerance limit only the setpoint (=ram
Note on setpoint switching via the logic input
- Setpoint switching via the logic input is generally possible An efunction ldquoTime-dependent setpoint switchingrdquo In this case conthe logic input will not be active
Note on the display status in the event of a power failure
- The state of the display before the power failure will be restoredrelated to the timer (start cancel continue stop) Then the timedisplay
5 Functions
27
S
CC as run down (output 0)
C unction the process is con-automatically switches over
Diagrams with andwithout start abovetolerance limit
---- Tolerance limit
C121=3 4 7 or 8
b702040enbk Seite 27 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
ymbol Notes
120120=1
Timer function vpage 34
Time-limited control The control is switched off after the timer h
120=2 Time-dependent setpoint switching After the start of the timer ftrolled to setpoint SP2 After the timer has run down the controller to SP1
C121=3 4 7 or 8C121=1 2 5 or 6
C121=2 or 6 C121=1 or 5
5 Functions
28
Time-delayed control The control action starts after the timer has run down
own to 0 The control action is e signalled via an output
Symbol Notes
er has run down (End) theys are used for acknowledge-
0s
C122=1
b702040enbk Seite 28 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
C120C120=3
C120=4 Timer After the start of the timer function t i 0 is counted dindependent of the timer Here too the timer run-down can b
H After the timi + d kementSet ti0 gt
C121=1 2 5 or 6
C121=1 2 5 or 6
Timer signallingC122=3
5 Functions
29
Clowing events
keyslogic input)e
ow the tolerance limit the
restored or thehe power failure the timer 121=1 or 5 of a power failure
Ce run-down a signal can be
C
S
b702040enbk Seite 29 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
121 Start condition of the timer vpage 34The timer start value t i 0 is counted down as selected in the fol1 Power ON or logic inputkeys2 Start via keyslogic input3 Process value has reached tolerance limit (1degC or 5degC) (start via The position of the tolerance limit depends on the controller typ - 1-setpoint controller (direct) tolerance limit above setpoint - 1-setpoint controller (reversed) tolerance limit below setpoint - 2-setpoint controller tolerance limit below setpoint If during the control process the process value goes abovebel timer will be stopped for the duration of the infringement
Response to a power failure vpage 34After a power failure the condition before the power failure can betimer function can be cancelled If the timer had run down before tstart value will be loaded The timer will start automatically when CThe timer value is saved at one minute intervals to cover the case
122 Timer signalling vpage 35From the start of the timer function until timer run-down or after thproduced via an output
123 Time unit for the timer vpage 35
ymbol Notes
5 Functions
30
Programming example
s to be controlled for 30 min-the event of a power failure
llation on power failure
b702040enbk Seite 30 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
After the start via the logic input or from the keys the process hautes to a setpoint of 80degC The control action is to be cancelled in
Configuration
- C111mdash C116 Controller programming
- C117=5 Logic input = timer control
- C120=1 Timer function = time-limited control
- C121=6 Start condition for timer = via logic inputkeys - cance
- C122=0 Timer signalling = no function
- C123=1 Time unit (timer) = mmss
Operation
h Enter the setpoint SP (80degC)
h Press the q key until t i0 is indicated
h Change over to the timer level using q (at least 2sec)
h Enter the timer start value t i0_ (3000)
h Return to the operating level (timer value) with q
h Start the control action via the logic input or with i
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
31
6
lacesunit X
q
P
your selection with a
123
NO
b702040enbk Seite 31 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Configuration and parameter tables
C111 Transducer X
001 Pt 100 (3-wire)006 Pt 1000 (3-wire)601 KTY11-6 (2-wire)003 Pt 100 (2-wire)005 Pt 1000 (2-wire)039 Cu-Con T 040 Fe-Con J041 Cu-Con U042 Fe-Con L043 NiCr-Ni K044 Pt10Rh-Pt S045 Pt13Rh-Pt R046 Pt30Rh-Pt B048 NiCrSi-NiSi N052 Standard signal 0 ndash 20mA053 Standard signal 4 ndash 20mA063 Standard signal 0 ndash 10V2
071 Standard signal 2 ndash 10V3
C112 Decimal p
0 9999degC1 9999degC2 9999degC3 9999degF4 9999degF5 9999degF
q
q
b11
gt2s
q
y0
qgt2s
X Mark cross
SP 1 AL or Pb1 is shown here depending on the configuration
0 ndash 1V for Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option)
02 ndash 1V for Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option)
ormal displayperating level
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
32
limit comparator (LK) has priorityover the timer signalling
th Type 7020424344 see C118
C113 Controller type Output 1 (relay) Output 2+3 (logic+relay)
X
LKtimer signalling1
LKtimer signalling1
controller output 2
controller
controller
controller output 1
mp function Xp function offp function (degCmin)p function (degCh)
q
ow setpoint) = controller output 1 setpoint) = controller output 2
b702040enbk Seite 32 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 A programmed
Further settings for the outputs wi
10 single setpoint (reversed) controller11 single setpoint (direct) controller30 double setpoint controller output 1
20 single setpoint (reversed) LKtimer signalling1
21 single setpoint (direct) LKtimer signalling1
33 double setpoint controller output 2
q
C114 Limit comparator (LK) X
0 no function1 lk 12 lk 23 lk 34 lk 45 lk 56 lk 67 lk 78 lk 8
C115 Ra0 ram1 ram2 ram
q
reversed = heating (output is active when process value is beldirect = cooling (output is active when process value is above
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
33
input X
ctionibithibittopt switchingontrol
qut 3 Relay X
r signalling comparatorr signallingroller output comparatorroller output
comparatortimerroller output 2 comparatortimerroller output 1roller output 2roller output 1
b702040enbk Seite 33 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
C116 Outputs on fault X
0 01 LKtimer signalling OFF1 1002
2 -1001 3 01 LKtimer
signalling ON4 1002
C117 Logic
0 no fun1 key inh2 level in3 ramp s4 setpoin5 timer c
C118 Output 1 Relay (K1) Output 2 Logic (K2) Outp
0 Functions of outputs as defined under C1131
for 1
-set
pt c
ontr
l controller output limit comparator time2 controller output timer signalling limit3 limit comparator controller output time4 limit comparator timer signalling cont5 timer signalling controller output limit6 timer signalling limit comparator cont
7
for 2
-set
pt c
ontrl
controller output 1 controller output 2 limit8 controller output 1 limit comparatortimer cont9 controller output 2 controller output 1 limit10 controller output 2 limit comparatortimer cont11 limit comparatortimer controller output 1 cont12 limit comparatortimer controller output 2 cont
q
q
1 Minimum output limiting y2 is effective2 Maximum output limiting y1 is effective
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
34
C120 Timer function X
power failure Xs before there
n ofion ars in the
ot valid for C120=3 or 4
b702040enbk Seite 34 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
0 no function1 time-limited control2 time-dependent setpoint switching3 time-delayed control4 timer (control independent of timer)
C121 Start condition for timer Action on 1 after power ON logic inputkeys Condition a
power failu2 via logic inputkeys3 via logic inputkeys timer counts 1degC
from tolerance limit4 via logic inputkeys timer counts 5degC
from tolerance limit5 after power ON logic inputkeys Cancellatio
timer funct(StOP appedisplay)
6 via logic inputkeys7 via logic inputkeys timer counts 1degC
from tolerance limit8 via logic inputkeys timer counts 5degC
from tolerance limit
q
q
The start conditions with tolerance limit (C121=3 4 7 8) are nIf C120 is altered the validity of C121 must be checked
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
35
tory-set Yoursetting
0
0
0
he factory setting
ime (timer) X
(max 9959)(max 9959)ax 9999)
= minutes
q
b702040enbk Seite 35 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Parameter Explanation Value range fac
SCL start value of thestandard signal
-1999 to +9999digit1 0
sCH end value of thestandard signal
-1999 to +9999digit1 10
SPL lowersetpoint limiting
-1999 to +9999digit1 -20
SPH uppersetpoint limiting
-1999 to +9999digit1 85
OFFS process value correction -1999 to 9999digit1 0
HySt switching differential of the limit comparator
0 mdash 9999digit1 1
1 For displays with one or two decimal places the value range and tchange accordinglyExample 1 decimal place rarr value range -1999 to +9999
q
C122 Timer signalling X
0 no function1 timer start until run-down2 after run-down for 10sec 3 after run-down for 1min4 after run-down until
acknowledgement
qC123 Unit of t
1 mmss 2 hhmm 3 hhhh (ms = seconds m h = hours
One output has to be configuredcorrespondingly(C113C118)
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
36and the factory setting
Parameter Explanation Value range factory-set
Yoursetting
0
0
0
0
0
80sec
350sec
200sec
200sec
0
1
1
0
100
-100
06sec
0
b702040enbk Seite 36 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 For displays with one or two decimal places the value range change accordingly
sP 1 setpoint 1 SPL mdash SPH
sP 2 setpoint 2 SPL mdash SPH
AL limit value oflimit comparator
-1999 to +9999digit1
Pb1 proportional band 1 0 mdash 9999digit1
Pb2 proportional band 2 0 mdash 9999digit1
dt derivative time 0 mdash 9999sec
rt reset time 0 mdash 9999sec
Cy 1 cycle time 1 10 mdash 9999sec
Cy 2 cycle time 2 10 mdash 9999sec
db contact spacing 0 mdash 1000digit1
HYS1 differential 1 0 mdash 9999digit1
HYS2 differential 2 0 mdash 9999digit1
Y0 working point -100 to 100
Y1 maximum output 0 mdash 100
Y2 minimum output -100 to +100
dF filter time constant 00 mdash 1000sec
rAsd ramp slope 0 mdash 999 degCh (degCmin)1
7 Alarm
messag
es
37
7
D
of process valueit comparators referred to input behave in accord-figuration of the outputsed
n has been cancelled due to he timer value that wase of the supply failure will be
H ge
is connected
b702040enbk Seite 37 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Alarm messages
isplay Description Causeresponse
The displays for the process value or timer value flashes ldquo1999rdquoDisplay current timer value by repeatedly pressing the q key
OverunderrangeController and limthe process valueance with the conThe timer is stopp
The display for the timer value alternates between showing ldquoStOPrdquo and the timeh Acknowledge by using any
key (the timer start value t i 0 is loaded)
The timer functioa supply failure Tpresent at the timindicated
The following events come under the heading overunderran- Probe breakshort-circuit- Measurement is outside the control range of the probe that- Display overflow
7 Alarm
messag
es
38
Measurement circuit monitoring (bull = recognized)
-circuitProbelead break
bull
bull
bull-
bull-
b702040enbk Seite 38 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Transducer Overrangeunderrange
Probelead short
Thermocouple bullbull -
Resistance thermometer bullbull bull
Voltage 2 ndash 10V and02 ndash 1V0 ndash 10V and 0 ndash 1V
bullbullbull-
bull-
Current 4 ndash 20mA0 ndash 20mA
bullbullbull-
bull-
8 Technical data
39
8In
1
In
23
nce thermometer
3A at 250V AC resistive load at rated load
mA Rload ge250Ω
mA Rload ge600Ω
5+10 48 mdash 63Hz or 48 mdash 63Hz or
nnect to SELV or PELV)
Range
-200 to +850degC
-200 to +850degC
-50 to +150degC
uracy le01 50ppmdegCle10 50ppmdegC
20Ω max per lead250microA
b702040enbk Seite 39 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Technical dataput for thermocouple
These ranges refer to the ambiente temperature of 20degC
put for standard signals
0mdash1V REgt10MΩ for Type 70204041 with 2 relays02mdash1V REgt10MΩ for Type 70204041 with 2 relays
Designation Range 1
Fe-Con LFe-Con J EN 60584Cu-Con UCu-Con T EN 60584NiCr-Ni K EN 60584NiCrSi-NiSi N EN 60584Pt10Rh-Pt S EN 60584Pt13Rh-Pt R EN 60584Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh B EN 60584
-200 to + 900degC-200 to +1200degC-200 to + 600degC-200 to + 400degC-200 to +1372degC-200 to +1300degC
0 mdash 1768degC0 mdash 1768degC0 mdash 1820degC
Measurement accuracy le04 100ppmdegCCold junction Pt100 internal
Designation Range
Voltage 0 mdash 10V RE gt 100kΩ2
2 mdash 10V RE gt 100kΩ3
RE - input resistance
Current 4 mdash 20mA voltage drop le 15V0 mdash 20mA voltage drop le 15V
Measurement accuracy le01 100ppmdegC
Input for resista
OutputsRelayno(make) contact150000 operationsLogic 05VCurrent limiting 20Logic 012VCurrent limiting 20
Supply110 mdash 240V AC -120 mdash 53V ACDC10 mdash 18V DC (Co
Designation
Pt100 EN 60751
Pt1000 EN 60751
KTY11-6
Measurement accPt1001000KTY11-6Sensor leadresistance Meas current
8 Technical data
40
ControllerController type 1-setpt controller with
Data backup EEPROMHousing type
or panel mounting
nt panelater (add mildly acidic neutral
detergents if necessary) Do sive cleaning agents or high-s Limited resistance to organic irits benzol etc)
ng3 834
rage temperatureo +70degC
onsity no condensation
ion any
)160g (702043)200g (702044)
60529
n to EN 61010
b702040enbk Seite 40 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Accuracy of timer 07 10ppmdegC
Test voltages (type test)to EN 61 010 Part 1 March 1994overvoltage category II pollution degree 2 for Type 70204041overvoltage category III pollution degree 2 for Type 7020424344
Power consumption 7VA max
Electrical connectionat the rear via plug-in screw terminalsconductor cross-section le 25mm2 (13mm2 withType 70204041) solid wire or 15mm2 (10mm2 for Type 70204041) stranded wire with ferrules
Electromagnetic compatibility EN 61 326Immunity to interfer Class B Interfer emission industrial requirements
Approval UL and CSA (only devices with JUMO indication)
limit comparator 2-setpt controllerController structure PPDPIPIDAD converter resolution gt15 bitSampling time 210msec (250msec with timer
function)
plastic housing fto DIN 43700Cleaning the frouse warm or hot wor mildly alkalinenot use any abrapressure cleanersolvents (e g sp
Housing mountiin panel to DIN 4
Ambient and sto0 to 55degC -40 t
Climatic conditile 75 rel humid
Operating posit
Weight (approx75g (702040)95g (702041)
145g (702042)Protection IP66 (front) to ENIP20 (rear)Safety regulatio
JUMO GmbH amp Co KG
Street adressMoltkestraszlige 13 - 3136039 Fulda GermanyDelivery addressMackenrodtstraszlige 1436039 Fulda GermanyPostal address36035 Fulda GermanyPhone +49 661 6003-0Fax +49 661 6003-607e-mail mailjumonetInternet wwwjumonet
JUMO Instrument Co Ltd
JUMO HouseTemple Bank RiverwayHarlow Essex CM20 2TT UKPhone +44 1279 635533Fax +44 1279 635262e-mail salesjumocoukInternet wwwjumocouk
JUMO Process Control Inc
8 Technology BoulevardCanastota NY 13032 USAPhone 315-697-JUMO
1-800-554-JUMOFax 315-697-5867e-mail infojumousInternet wwwjumous
b702040enbk Seite 1 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
- 1 Identifying the instrument version
- 2 Installation
- 3 Electrical connection
- 4 Operation
-
- 41 Displays and keys
- 42 Principle of operation
- 43 Operation of the timer function
-
- 5 Functions
-
- 51 Process value input
- 52 Logic input
- 53 Controller
- 54 Limit comparator (alarm contact)
- 55 Ramp function
- 56 Self-optimization
- 57 Level inhibit via code
- 58 Timer function (extra code)
-
- 6 Configuration and parameter tables
- 7 Alarm messages
- 8 Technical data
-
4 Op
eration
13
4NT
OT input SP 1 or SP 2 ap-p nt SPr is displayed Withac 0 is shownT ing will be accepted auto-m
PT meters and the ramp slo-p
CT
e configuration level ATT e timer start value are al-te in the display
TIf splay after approx 30 sec(e is displayed) If the timerva
b702040enbk Seite 13 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
2 Principle of operationormal displayhe display shows the process value
perating levelhe setpoint SP is input here On active setpoint switching via the logicears in the display When the ramp function is active the ramp setpoitivated timer function the timer value t i or the timer start value t i
he setpoint is altered dynamically using the i and d keys The settatically after approx 2 sec
arameter levelhe setpoints the limit value of the limit comparator the controller parae are programmed here
onfiguration levelhe basic functions of the controller are set here
In order to make the settings it is necessary to change to thvia the parameter y0 (parameter level)
imer levelhe current timer value (only when the timer has been started) and thred here The parameters at this level are marked with an underscore
ime-out no operation occurs the controller returns automatically to normal dixception with timer functions starting via power ON the timer valuelue is displayed at the operating level time-out is not active
4 Op
eration
14
Parameter level
uration level
level (timer stopped)
C111
Pb1t 1+2lue for
omparatorller parameterslope
rentlueen timer hasrted)
rt value
ti
ti0
ration codesrd signal scalings value correctionng differentialcomparator
gt 2s
Normal display Operating level
after lastparameter via y0
Y0
A
re to differentiate operating level
b702040enbk Seite 14 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Process value
Config
Timer
259
- setpoin- limit va
limit c- contro- ramp s
Setpoint
(with setpointswitching
or )SP 1 SP 2
alter curtimer va(only whbeen sta
setaltertimer sta
only displayed if function is configured
Ramp setpoint(display only)
Timer value(operating onlydifferent displaydepending ontimer condition (see table))
SP
SPr
ti
- configu- standa- proces- switchi
of limit
q d+
gt 2s
gt 2s
Time-out(30s)
Time-out
or
after lastparameter
i i d +
Underscoand timer
4 Op
eration
15
4T dge) if the timer at opera-tin is configured accordinglyth n also be operated even ifth
P l
D ateActioner has stoppedContinue with iCancel with i + d
er has run downAcknowledge with any key(timer start value t i 0 is indicated)With time-delayed control (C120=3) acknowledge with i + d
W imer value will blink
b702040enbk Seite 15 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
3 Operation of the timer functionhe timer can be operated with the keys (start stop cancel acknowleg level is indicated Time-out is not active here If the logic input en a key such as the i key can be used In this case the timer cae timer value does not appear in the display
ossible displayed parameters for timer function at operating leve
isplay StateAction Display StTimer not runningh Start with i
Timh
h
Timer has been started but the tolerance limit has not yet been reachedh Cancel with i + d
Timh
Timer running t i is displayedh Stop with ih Cancel with i + d
hen the timer has been started the decimal point in the display for the t
5 Functions
16
5 Functions
tables provided for this pur-mark selection with a cross in the order of theirt (see table below)
t
for ParameterPb2 Cy 2 db HyS2
111
C114 HySt ALC117
HySt AL
11 C117
SCL SCH
rASd SPrel SP 1 SP 2
ti C121 C122 C123
C118
b702040enbk Seite 16 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
We recommend the following procedure
1 not for Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option)
h Familiarize yourself with the controller functions
h Enter the configuration codes and the parameter values in the pose in Chapter 6 Write down the appropriate values ( ) or ( ) The parameters and the configuration codes are listed appearance Parameters which are not relevant are masked ou
h Enter the configuration code and parameters on the instrumen
Configuration Masking out the parametersSingle-setpoint controller Double-setpoint controller
Double-setpoint controller Limit comp for Type 7020404Logic input for Type 7020404
Limit comparator no function Limit comparator
Limit comparator activated Logic input for Type 7020404
Resistance thermometer thermocouple Standard signal scaling
Ramp function off Ramp function
Setpoint switching not activated Setpoints at the parameter lev
Timer function no function Timer function
Type 70204041 Output 3
X
5 Functions
17
5
S
C
C e 31
S
S
Oected by a programmable
cuit through process value
d c = filter off) vpage 36
nges in the process value
b702040enbk Seite 17 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 Process value input
ymbol Notes
111 Transducerprobe (process value input) vpage 31
112 Unit of process value (degCdegF)decimal places of display vpag
CL Startend value of value range for standard signals vpage 35Example 0mdash20 mArarr20mdash200degC SCL = 20 SCH = 200
CH
FFS Process value correction vpage 35Using the process value correction a measured value can be corramount upwards or downwards (offset)Lead compensation can be implemented in software for 2-wire circorrection
ExamplesMeasured value Offset Displayed value 2947 + 03 2950 2953 - 03 2950
F Filter time constant (damping) to adapt the digital input filter (0seif dF high - high damping of interference signals
- slow reaction of the process value display to cha- low cut-off frequency (2nd order low-pass filter)
5 Functions
18
52 Logic input
tion from keys
ss to the parameter andtion levels
self-optimization is not possible
opped
SP 2 is active
are displayed at the operating
(edge-triggered)
ut 2 has been programmed as igured (C114) (double assign-
b702040enbk Seite 18 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Key inhibit Operation is possible from keys No opera
Level inhibit Access to the parameter andconfiguration levels is possibleStarting self-optimization is possible
No acceconfiguraStarting
Ramp stop Ramp running Ramp st
Setpoint switching Setpoint SP 1 is active Setpoint
The appropriate symbols SP 1 and SP 2level
Timer control Acknowledge startstopcontinuetimer run-down
Symbol Notes
C117 Function of the logic input vpage 33On Type 70204041 the parameter C117 is masked out if outpcontroller output (C113) or the limit comparator has been confment not on Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option))
5 Functions
19
5CTE
S
C physical
Cf overunderrange probe
C(controller type as C113)
P
ucture is not effectiveP
d no D action
ro I action
C
process is virtuallyive wear C
b702040enbk Seite 19 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
3 Controllerontroller structurehe controller structure is defined via the parameters Pb dt and rtxample Setting for PI controller rarr Pb 1=120 dt=0sec rt=350sec
ymbol Notes
113 Controller type and assignment of the controller outputs to theoutputs 1+2 vpage 32
116 Outputs in fault condition vpage 33The switching states of the outputs are defined here in the event obreakshort circuit or display overflowv Chapter 7
118 Assignment of the outputs vpage 33Only for Type 7020424344 overwrites the assignment of C113
b1 Proportional band 1 (controller output 1) vpage 36Proportional band 2 (controller output 2)Influences the P action of the controller If Pb=0 the controller strb2
t Derivative time vpage 36Influences the D action of the controller If dt=0 the controller has
t Reset time vpage 36Influences the I action of the controller If rt=0 the controller has n
y 1 Cycle time 1 (controller output 1) vpage 36Cycle time 2 (controller output 2)The cycle time has to be selected so that the energy supply to thecontinuous while not subjecting the switching elements to excessy 2
5 Functions
20
Contact spacing vpage 36
Symbol Notes
Pb2=0) it is necessary
b702040enbk Seite 20 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
dbfor double-setpoint controller
HYS1 Differential 1 (controller output 1) vpage 36Differential 2 (controller output 2)for controllers with Pb1=0 or Pb2=0HYS2
Y0 Working point (basic load) vpage 36Output if process value=setpoint
Y1 Output limiting vpage 36y1 - maximum outputy2 - minimum outputY2
H For controllers without controller structure (Pb1=0 or that y1=100 and y2=-100
5 Functions
21
5
S
C
H
A
lk
lk
lk
6 Monitoring referredto the setpoint
8 Monitoring referredto a fixed value AL
tpoint x = process value
On
On
b702040enbk Seite 21 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
4 Limit comparator (alarm contact)
ymbol Notes
114 Limit comparator function (lk1mdash lk8) vpage 32
yst Differential of limit comparator vpage 35
L Limit value of limit comparator vpage 36
lk2 lk3
4 lk5 lk6
7 lk8
1
lk1mdashlk
lk7 lk
w = se
On On
On On
On On
5 Functions
22
55 Ramp function
t
b702040enbk Seite 22 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Symbol Note
C115 Ramp function (onoff time unit) vpage 32
C117 Ramp stop via logic input (floating contact) vpage 33
rAsd Ramp slope in degCh or degCmin vpage 36
t1
SP1
SP2
t2 t3 t4 t5 t6
t1 power ON (SP 1 active)t2mdash t3 power failure or overrangeunderranget4mdasht5 ramp stopt6 setpoint switching to SP 2
ramp setpoint SPrprocess value
5 Functions
23
5S D or PI controllers
T 1 Cy 2 dF
T ontrol deviation
S
Sce
H
a tart
xw
260tunE
gt2s
d
b702040enbk Seite 23 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
6 Self-optimizationelf-optimization determines the optimum controller parameters for PI
he following controller parameters are defined rt dt Pb1 Pb2 Cy
he controller selects procedure a or b depending on the size of the c
tarting self-optimization
elf-optimization is automatically terminated or can be can-lled
Starting self-optimization is not possible with activelevel inhibit and ramp function
) Self-optimizationin theapproach phase
b) Self-optimi-zationat set-point
Start S
= process value = setpoint
Switchinglevel
i +d
i+
5 Functions
24
57 Level inhibit via code
ration levels (corresponds to
l Timer level
enabled
enabled
enabled
inhibited2
b702040enbk Seite 24 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
As an alternative to the logic input the level inhibit can beset via a code (logic input has priority)
h Set the code using q + d (at least 5sec) innormal display
Level inhibit via the logic input will lock the parameter and configucode 011)
1 The values at the operating level can only be indicated but not modified2 Timer operation (startstopcontinuecancel) will continue to be possible
Code Operating level Parameter level Configuration leve
000 enabled enabled enabled
001 enabled enabled inhibited
011 enabled inhibited inhibited
111 inhibited1 inhibited inhibited
5 Functions
25
5U ns of the adjustable timet key or via the logic inputth ter the process value hasg er has run down severalev int switching Furthermo-re
pointcess valuegrammed setpointer start valueer signallinge C122=1)ement key
E
b702040enbk Seite 25 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
8 Timer function (extra code)sing the timer function the control action can be influenced by meai 0 After the timer has been started by power ON by pressing the e timer start value t i 0 is counted down to 0 either instantly or af
one above or below a programmable tolerance limit When the timents are triggered such as control switch-off (output 0) and setpo it is possible to implement timer signalling via an output
w - setx - proS P - prot i 0 - tim----- - tim
(heri - incr
xample
5 Functions
26
Notes on the timer function in conjunction with the ramp function
function
oint is approached with the ithout ramp
p end value) is monitored
xception here is the timer figured setpoint switching via
except for events that are r value will be shown in the
b702040enbk Seite 26 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
- Generally the setpoints can also be approached using the ramp
- Stopping the timer does not influence the ramp function
- If control is active after the timer has run down the current setpramp Cancellation of the timer is followed by a setpoint step w
- For timer functions with a tolerance limit only the setpoint (=ram
Note on setpoint switching via the logic input
- Setpoint switching via the logic input is generally possible An efunction ldquoTime-dependent setpoint switchingrdquo In this case conthe logic input will not be active
Note on the display status in the event of a power failure
- The state of the display before the power failure will be restoredrelated to the timer (start cancel continue stop) Then the timedisplay
5 Functions
27
S
CC as run down (output 0)
C unction the process is con-automatically switches over
Diagrams with andwithout start abovetolerance limit
---- Tolerance limit
C121=3 4 7 or 8
b702040enbk Seite 27 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
ymbol Notes
120120=1
Timer function vpage 34
Time-limited control The control is switched off after the timer h
120=2 Time-dependent setpoint switching After the start of the timer ftrolled to setpoint SP2 After the timer has run down the controller to SP1
C121=3 4 7 or 8C121=1 2 5 or 6
C121=2 or 6 C121=1 or 5
5 Functions
28
Time-delayed control The control action starts after the timer has run down
own to 0 The control action is e signalled via an output
Symbol Notes
er has run down (End) theys are used for acknowledge-
0s
C122=1
b702040enbk Seite 28 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
C120C120=3
C120=4 Timer After the start of the timer function t i 0 is counted dindependent of the timer Here too the timer run-down can b
H After the timi + d kementSet ti0 gt
C121=1 2 5 or 6
C121=1 2 5 or 6
Timer signallingC122=3
5 Functions
29
Clowing events
keyslogic input)e
ow the tolerance limit the
restored or thehe power failure the timer 121=1 or 5 of a power failure
Ce run-down a signal can be
C
S
b702040enbk Seite 29 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
121 Start condition of the timer vpage 34The timer start value t i 0 is counted down as selected in the fol1 Power ON or logic inputkeys2 Start via keyslogic input3 Process value has reached tolerance limit (1degC or 5degC) (start via The position of the tolerance limit depends on the controller typ - 1-setpoint controller (direct) tolerance limit above setpoint - 1-setpoint controller (reversed) tolerance limit below setpoint - 2-setpoint controller tolerance limit below setpoint If during the control process the process value goes abovebel timer will be stopped for the duration of the infringement
Response to a power failure vpage 34After a power failure the condition before the power failure can betimer function can be cancelled If the timer had run down before tstart value will be loaded The timer will start automatically when CThe timer value is saved at one minute intervals to cover the case
122 Timer signalling vpage 35From the start of the timer function until timer run-down or after thproduced via an output
123 Time unit for the timer vpage 35
ymbol Notes
5 Functions
30
Programming example
s to be controlled for 30 min-the event of a power failure
llation on power failure
b702040enbk Seite 30 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
After the start via the logic input or from the keys the process hautes to a setpoint of 80degC The control action is to be cancelled in
Configuration
- C111mdash C116 Controller programming
- C117=5 Logic input = timer control
- C120=1 Timer function = time-limited control
- C121=6 Start condition for timer = via logic inputkeys - cance
- C122=0 Timer signalling = no function
- C123=1 Time unit (timer) = mmss
Operation
h Enter the setpoint SP (80degC)
h Press the q key until t i0 is indicated
h Change over to the timer level using q (at least 2sec)
h Enter the timer start value t i0_ (3000)
h Return to the operating level (timer value) with q
h Start the control action via the logic input or with i
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
31
6
lacesunit X
q
P
your selection with a
123
NO
b702040enbk Seite 31 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Configuration and parameter tables
C111 Transducer X
001 Pt 100 (3-wire)006 Pt 1000 (3-wire)601 KTY11-6 (2-wire)003 Pt 100 (2-wire)005 Pt 1000 (2-wire)039 Cu-Con T 040 Fe-Con J041 Cu-Con U042 Fe-Con L043 NiCr-Ni K044 Pt10Rh-Pt S045 Pt13Rh-Pt R046 Pt30Rh-Pt B048 NiCrSi-NiSi N052 Standard signal 0 ndash 20mA053 Standard signal 4 ndash 20mA063 Standard signal 0 ndash 10V2
071 Standard signal 2 ndash 10V3
C112 Decimal p
0 9999degC1 9999degC2 9999degC3 9999degF4 9999degF5 9999degF
q
q
b11
gt2s
q
y0
qgt2s
X Mark cross
SP 1 AL or Pb1 is shown here depending on the configuration
0 ndash 1V for Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option)
02 ndash 1V for Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option)
ormal displayperating level
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
32
limit comparator (LK) has priorityover the timer signalling
th Type 7020424344 see C118
C113 Controller type Output 1 (relay) Output 2+3 (logic+relay)
X
LKtimer signalling1
LKtimer signalling1
controller output 2
controller
controller
controller output 1
mp function Xp function offp function (degCmin)p function (degCh)
q
ow setpoint) = controller output 1 setpoint) = controller output 2
b702040enbk Seite 32 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 A programmed
Further settings for the outputs wi
10 single setpoint (reversed) controller11 single setpoint (direct) controller30 double setpoint controller output 1
20 single setpoint (reversed) LKtimer signalling1
21 single setpoint (direct) LKtimer signalling1
33 double setpoint controller output 2
q
C114 Limit comparator (LK) X
0 no function1 lk 12 lk 23 lk 34 lk 45 lk 56 lk 67 lk 78 lk 8
C115 Ra0 ram1 ram2 ram
q
reversed = heating (output is active when process value is beldirect = cooling (output is active when process value is above
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
33
input X
ctionibithibittopt switchingontrol
qut 3 Relay X
r signalling comparatorr signallingroller output comparatorroller output
comparatortimerroller output 2 comparatortimerroller output 1roller output 2roller output 1
b702040enbk Seite 33 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
C116 Outputs on fault X
0 01 LKtimer signalling OFF1 1002
2 -1001 3 01 LKtimer
signalling ON4 1002
C117 Logic
0 no fun1 key inh2 level in3 ramp s4 setpoin5 timer c
C118 Output 1 Relay (K1) Output 2 Logic (K2) Outp
0 Functions of outputs as defined under C1131
for 1
-set
pt c
ontr
l controller output limit comparator time2 controller output timer signalling limit3 limit comparator controller output time4 limit comparator timer signalling cont5 timer signalling controller output limit6 timer signalling limit comparator cont
7
for 2
-set
pt c
ontrl
controller output 1 controller output 2 limit8 controller output 1 limit comparatortimer cont9 controller output 2 controller output 1 limit10 controller output 2 limit comparatortimer cont11 limit comparatortimer controller output 1 cont12 limit comparatortimer controller output 2 cont
q
q
1 Minimum output limiting y2 is effective2 Maximum output limiting y1 is effective
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
34
C120 Timer function X
power failure Xs before there
n ofion ars in the
ot valid for C120=3 or 4
b702040enbk Seite 34 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
0 no function1 time-limited control2 time-dependent setpoint switching3 time-delayed control4 timer (control independent of timer)
C121 Start condition for timer Action on 1 after power ON logic inputkeys Condition a
power failu2 via logic inputkeys3 via logic inputkeys timer counts 1degC
from tolerance limit4 via logic inputkeys timer counts 5degC
from tolerance limit5 after power ON logic inputkeys Cancellatio
timer funct(StOP appedisplay)
6 via logic inputkeys7 via logic inputkeys timer counts 1degC
from tolerance limit8 via logic inputkeys timer counts 5degC
from tolerance limit
q
q
The start conditions with tolerance limit (C121=3 4 7 8) are nIf C120 is altered the validity of C121 must be checked
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
35
tory-set Yoursetting
0
0
0
he factory setting
ime (timer) X
(max 9959)(max 9959)ax 9999)
= minutes
q
b702040enbk Seite 35 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Parameter Explanation Value range fac
SCL start value of thestandard signal
-1999 to +9999digit1 0
sCH end value of thestandard signal
-1999 to +9999digit1 10
SPL lowersetpoint limiting
-1999 to +9999digit1 -20
SPH uppersetpoint limiting
-1999 to +9999digit1 85
OFFS process value correction -1999 to 9999digit1 0
HySt switching differential of the limit comparator
0 mdash 9999digit1 1
1 For displays with one or two decimal places the value range and tchange accordinglyExample 1 decimal place rarr value range -1999 to +9999
q
C122 Timer signalling X
0 no function1 timer start until run-down2 after run-down for 10sec 3 after run-down for 1min4 after run-down until
acknowledgement
qC123 Unit of t
1 mmss 2 hhmm 3 hhhh (ms = seconds m h = hours
One output has to be configuredcorrespondingly(C113C118)
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
36and the factory setting
Parameter Explanation Value range factory-set
Yoursetting
0
0
0
0
0
80sec
350sec
200sec
200sec
0
1
1
0
100
-100
06sec
0
b702040enbk Seite 36 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 For displays with one or two decimal places the value range change accordingly
sP 1 setpoint 1 SPL mdash SPH
sP 2 setpoint 2 SPL mdash SPH
AL limit value oflimit comparator
-1999 to +9999digit1
Pb1 proportional band 1 0 mdash 9999digit1
Pb2 proportional band 2 0 mdash 9999digit1
dt derivative time 0 mdash 9999sec
rt reset time 0 mdash 9999sec
Cy 1 cycle time 1 10 mdash 9999sec
Cy 2 cycle time 2 10 mdash 9999sec
db contact spacing 0 mdash 1000digit1
HYS1 differential 1 0 mdash 9999digit1
HYS2 differential 2 0 mdash 9999digit1
Y0 working point -100 to 100
Y1 maximum output 0 mdash 100
Y2 minimum output -100 to +100
dF filter time constant 00 mdash 1000sec
rAsd ramp slope 0 mdash 999 degCh (degCmin)1
7 Alarm
messag
es
37
7
D
of process valueit comparators referred to input behave in accord-figuration of the outputsed
n has been cancelled due to he timer value that wase of the supply failure will be
H ge
is connected
b702040enbk Seite 37 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Alarm messages
isplay Description Causeresponse
The displays for the process value or timer value flashes ldquo1999rdquoDisplay current timer value by repeatedly pressing the q key
OverunderrangeController and limthe process valueance with the conThe timer is stopp
The display for the timer value alternates between showing ldquoStOPrdquo and the timeh Acknowledge by using any
key (the timer start value t i 0 is loaded)
The timer functioa supply failure Tpresent at the timindicated
The following events come under the heading overunderran- Probe breakshort-circuit- Measurement is outside the control range of the probe that- Display overflow
7 Alarm
messag
es
38
Measurement circuit monitoring (bull = recognized)
-circuitProbelead break
bull
bull
bull-
bull-
b702040enbk Seite 38 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Transducer Overrangeunderrange
Probelead short
Thermocouple bullbull -
Resistance thermometer bullbull bull
Voltage 2 ndash 10V and02 ndash 1V0 ndash 10V and 0 ndash 1V
bullbullbull-
bull-
Current 4 ndash 20mA0 ndash 20mA
bullbullbull-
bull-
8 Technical data
39
8In
1
In
23
nce thermometer
3A at 250V AC resistive load at rated load
mA Rload ge250Ω
mA Rload ge600Ω
5+10 48 mdash 63Hz or 48 mdash 63Hz or
nnect to SELV or PELV)
Range
-200 to +850degC
-200 to +850degC
-50 to +150degC
uracy le01 50ppmdegCle10 50ppmdegC
20Ω max per lead250microA
b702040enbk Seite 39 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Technical dataput for thermocouple
These ranges refer to the ambiente temperature of 20degC
put for standard signals
0mdash1V REgt10MΩ for Type 70204041 with 2 relays02mdash1V REgt10MΩ for Type 70204041 with 2 relays
Designation Range 1
Fe-Con LFe-Con J EN 60584Cu-Con UCu-Con T EN 60584NiCr-Ni K EN 60584NiCrSi-NiSi N EN 60584Pt10Rh-Pt S EN 60584Pt13Rh-Pt R EN 60584Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh B EN 60584
-200 to + 900degC-200 to +1200degC-200 to + 600degC-200 to + 400degC-200 to +1372degC-200 to +1300degC
0 mdash 1768degC0 mdash 1768degC0 mdash 1820degC
Measurement accuracy le04 100ppmdegCCold junction Pt100 internal
Designation Range
Voltage 0 mdash 10V RE gt 100kΩ2
2 mdash 10V RE gt 100kΩ3
RE - input resistance
Current 4 mdash 20mA voltage drop le 15V0 mdash 20mA voltage drop le 15V
Measurement accuracy le01 100ppmdegC
Input for resista
OutputsRelayno(make) contact150000 operationsLogic 05VCurrent limiting 20Logic 012VCurrent limiting 20
Supply110 mdash 240V AC -120 mdash 53V ACDC10 mdash 18V DC (Co
Designation
Pt100 EN 60751
Pt1000 EN 60751
KTY11-6
Measurement accPt1001000KTY11-6Sensor leadresistance Meas current
8 Technical data
40
ControllerController type 1-setpt controller with
Data backup EEPROMHousing type
or panel mounting
nt panelater (add mildly acidic neutral
detergents if necessary) Do sive cleaning agents or high-s Limited resistance to organic irits benzol etc)
ng3 834
rage temperatureo +70degC
onsity no condensation
ion any
)160g (702043)200g (702044)
60529
n to EN 61010
b702040enbk Seite 40 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Accuracy of timer 07 10ppmdegC
Test voltages (type test)to EN 61 010 Part 1 March 1994overvoltage category II pollution degree 2 for Type 70204041overvoltage category III pollution degree 2 for Type 7020424344
Power consumption 7VA max
Electrical connectionat the rear via plug-in screw terminalsconductor cross-section le 25mm2 (13mm2 withType 70204041) solid wire or 15mm2 (10mm2 for Type 70204041) stranded wire with ferrules
Electromagnetic compatibility EN 61 326Immunity to interfer Class B Interfer emission industrial requirements
Approval UL and CSA (only devices with JUMO indication)
limit comparator 2-setpt controllerController structure PPDPIPIDAD converter resolution gt15 bitSampling time 210msec (250msec with timer
function)
plastic housing fto DIN 43700Cleaning the frouse warm or hot wor mildly alkalinenot use any abrapressure cleanersolvents (e g sp
Housing mountiin panel to DIN 4
Ambient and sto0 to 55degC -40 t
Climatic conditile 75 rel humid
Operating posit
Weight (approx75g (702040)95g (702041)
145g (702042)Protection IP66 (front) to ENIP20 (rear)Safety regulatio
JUMO GmbH amp Co KG
Street adressMoltkestraszlige 13 - 3136039 Fulda GermanyDelivery addressMackenrodtstraszlige 1436039 Fulda GermanyPostal address36035 Fulda GermanyPhone +49 661 6003-0Fax +49 661 6003-607e-mail mailjumonetInternet wwwjumonet
JUMO Instrument Co Ltd
JUMO HouseTemple Bank RiverwayHarlow Essex CM20 2TT UKPhone +44 1279 635533Fax +44 1279 635262e-mail salesjumocoukInternet wwwjumocouk
JUMO Process Control Inc
8 Technology BoulevardCanastota NY 13032 USAPhone 315-697-JUMO
1-800-554-JUMOFax 315-697-5867e-mail infojumousInternet wwwjumous
b702040enbk Seite 1 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
- 1 Identifying the instrument version
- 2 Installation
- 3 Electrical connection
- 4 Operation
-
- 41 Displays and keys
- 42 Principle of operation
- 43 Operation of the timer function
-
- 5 Functions
-
- 51 Process value input
- 52 Logic input
- 53 Controller
- 54 Limit comparator (alarm contact)
- 55 Ramp function
- 56 Self-optimization
- 57 Level inhibit via code
- 58 Timer function (extra code)
-
- 6 Configuration and parameter tables
- 7 Alarm messages
- 8 Technical data
-
4 Op
eration
14
Parameter level
uration level
level (timer stopped)
C111
Pb1t 1+2lue for
omparatorller parameterslope
rentlueen timer hasrted)
rt value
ti
ti0
ration codesrd signal scalings value correctionng differentialcomparator
gt 2s
Normal display Operating level
after lastparameter via y0
Y0
A
re to differentiate operating level
b702040enbk Seite 14 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Process value
Config
Timer
259
- setpoin- limit va
limit c- contro- ramp s
Setpoint
(with setpointswitching
or )SP 1 SP 2
alter curtimer va(only whbeen sta
setaltertimer sta
only displayed if function is configured
Ramp setpoint(display only)
Timer value(operating onlydifferent displaydepending ontimer condition (see table))
SP
SPr
ti
- configu- standa- proces- switchi
of limit
q d+
gt 2s
gt 2s
Time-out(30s)
Time-out
or
after lastparameter
i i d +
Underscoand timer
4 Op
eration
15
4T dge) if the timer at opera-tin is configured accordinglyth n also be operated even ifth
P l
D ateActioner has stoppedContinue with iCancel with i + d
er has run downAcknowledge with any key(timer start value t i 0 is indicated)With time-delayed control (C120=3) acknowledge with i + d
W imer value will blink
b702040enbk Seite 15 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
3 Operation of the timer functionhe timer can be operated with the keys (start stop cancel acknowleg level is indicated Time-out is not active here If the logic input en a key such as the i key can be used In this case the timer cae timer value does not appear in the display
ossible displayed parameters for timer function at operating leve
isplay StateAction Display StTimer not runningh Start with i
Timh
h
Timer has been started but the tolerance limit has not yet been reachedh Cancel with i + d
Timh
Timer running t i is displayedh Stop with ih Cancel with i + d
hen the timer has been started the decimal point in the display for the t
5 Functions
16
5 Functions
tables provided for this pur-mark selection with a cross in the order of theirt (see table below)
t
for ParameterPb2 Cy 2 db HyS2
111
C114 HySt ALC117
HySt AL
11 C117
SCL SCH
rASd SPrel SP 1 SP 2
ti C121 C122 C123
C118
b702040enbk Seite 16 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
We recommend the following procedure
1 not for Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option)
h Familiarize yourself with the controller functions
h Enter the configuration codes and the parameter values in the pose in Chapter 6 Write down the appropriate values ( ) or ( ) The parameters and the configuration codes are listed appearance Parameters which are not relevant are masked ou
h Enter the configuration code and parameters on the instrumen
Configuration Masking out the parametersSingle-setpoint controller Double-setpoint controller
Double-setpoint controller Limit comp for Type 7020404Logic input for Type 7020404
Limit comparator no function Limit comparator
Limit comparator activated Logic input for Type 7020404
Resistance thermometer thermocouple Standard signal scaling
Ramp function off Ramp function
Setpoint switching not activated Setpoints at the parameter lev
Timer function no function Timer function
Type 70204041 Output 3
X
5 Functions
17
5
S
C
C e 31
S
S
Oected by a programmable
cuit through process value
d c = filter off) vpage 36
nges in the process value
b702040enbk Seite 17 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 Process value input
ymbol Notes
111 Transducerprobe (process value input) vpage 31
112 Unit of process value (degCdegF)decimal places of display vpag
CL Startend value of value range for standard signals vpage 35Example 0mdash20 mArarr20mdash200degC SCL = 20 SCH = 200
CH
FFS Process value correction vpage 35Using the process value correction a measured value can be corramount upwards or downwards (offset)Lead compensation can be implemented in software for 2-wire circorrection
ExamplesMeasured value Offset Displayed value 2947 + 03 2950 2953 - 03 2950
F Filter time constant (damping) to adapt the digital input filter (0seif dF high - high damping of interference signals
- slow reaction of the process value display to cha- low cut-off frequency (2nd order low-pass filter)
5 Functions
18
52 Logic input
tion from keys
ss to the parameter andtion levels
self-optimization is not possible
opped
SP 2 is active
are displayed at the operating
(edge-triggered)
ut 2 has been programmed as igured (C114) (double assign-
b702040enbk Seite 18 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Key inhibit Operation is possible from keys No opera
Level inhibit Access to the parameter andconfiguration levels is possibleStarting self-optimization is possible
No acceconfiguraStarting
Ramp stop Ramp running Ramp st
Setpoint switching Setpoint SP 1 is active Setpoint
The appropriate symbols SP 1 and SP 2level
Timer control Acknowledge startstopcontinuetimer run-down
Symbol Notes
C117 Function of the logic input vpage 33On Type 70204041 the parameter C117 is masked out if outpcontroller output (C113) or the limit comparator has been confment not on Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option))
5 Functions
19
5CTE
S
C physical
Cf overunderrange probe
C(controller type as C113)
P
ucture is not effectiveP
d no D action
ro I action
C
process is virtuallyive wear C
b702040enbk Seite 19 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
3 Controllerontroller structurehe controller structure is defined via the parameters Pb dt and rtxample Setting for PI controller rarr Pb 1=120 dt=0sec rt=350sec
ymbol Notes
113 Controller type and assignment of the controller outputs to theoutputs 1+2 vpage 32
116 Outputs in fault condition vpage 33The switching states of the outputs are defined here in the event obreakshort circuit or display overflowv Chapter 7
118 Assignment of the outputs vpage 33Only for Type 7020424344 overwrites the assignment of C113
b1 Proportional band 1 (controller output 1) vpage 36Proportional band 2 (controller output 2)Influences the P action of the controller If Pb=0 the controller strb2
t Derivative time vpage 36Influences the D action of the controller If dt=0 the controller has
t Reset time vpage 36Influences the I action of the controller If rt=0 the controller has n
y 1 Cycle time 1 (controller output 1) vpage 36Cycle time 2 (controller output 2)The cycle time has to be selected so that the energy supply to thecontinuous while not subjecting the switching elements to excessy 2
5 Functions
20
Contact spacing vpage 36
Symbol Notes
Pb2=0) it is necessary
b702040enbk Seite 20 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
dbfor double-setpoint controller
HYS1 Differential 1 (controller output 1) vpage 36Differential 2 (controller output 2)for controllers with Pb1=0 or Pb2=0HYS2
Y0 Working point (basic load) vpage 36Output if process value=setpoint
Y1 Output limiting vpage 36y1 - maximum outputy2 - minimum outputY2
H For controllers without controller structure (Pb1=0 or that y1=100 and y2=-100
5 Functions
21
5
S
C
H
A
lk
lk
lk
6 Monitoring referredto the setpoint
8 Monitoring referredto a fixed value AL
tpoint x = process value
On
On
b702040enbk Seite 21 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
4 Limit comparator (alarm contact)
ymbol Notes
114 Limit comparator function (lk1mdash lk8) vpage 32
yst Differential of limit comparator vpage 35
L Limit value of limit comparator vpage 36
lk2 lk3
4 lk5 lk6
7 lk8
1
lk1mdashlk
lk7 lk
w = se
On On
On On
On On
5 Functions
22
55 Ramp function
t
b702040enbk Seite 22 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Symbol Note
C115 Ramp function (onoff time unit) vpage 32
C117 Ramp stop via logic input (floating contact) vpage 33
rAsd Ramp slope in degCh or degCmin vpage 36
t1
SP1
SP2
t2 t3 t4 t5 t6
t1 power ON (SP 1 active)t2mdash t3 power failure or overrangeunderranget4mdasht5 ramp stopt6 setpoint switching to SP 2
ramp setpoint SPrprocess value
5 Functions
23
5S D or PI controllers
T 1 Cy 2 dF
T ontrol deviation
S
Sce
H
a tart
xw
260tunE
gt2s
d
b702040enbk Seite 23 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
6 Self-optimizationelf-optimization determines the optimum controller parameters for PI
he following controller parameters are defined rt dt Pb1 Pb2 Cy
he controller selects procedure a or b depending on the size of the c
tarting self-optimization
elf-optimization is automatically terminated or can be can-lled
Starting self-optimization is not possible with activelevel inhibit and ramp function
) Self-optimizationin theapproach phase
b) Self-optimi-zationat set-point
Start S
= process value = setpoint
Switchinglevel
i +d
i+
5 Functions
24
57 Level inhibit via code
ration levels (corresponds to
l Timer level
enabled
enabled
enabled
inhibited2
b702040enbk Seite 24 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
As an alternative to the logic input the level inhibit can beset via a code (logic input has priority)
h Set the code using q + d (at least 5sec) innormal display
Level inhibit via the logic input will lock the parameter and configucode 011)
1 The values at the operating level can only be indicated but not modified2 Timer operation (startstopcontinuecancel) will continue to be possible
Code Operating level Parameter level Configuration leve
000 enabled enabled enabled
001 enabled enabled inhibited
011 enabled inhibited inhibited
111 inhibited1 inhibited inhibited
5 Functions
25
5U ns of the adjustable timet key or via the logic inputth ter the process value hasg er has run down severalev int switching Furthermo-re
pointcess valuegrammed setpointer start valueer signallinge C122=1)ement key
E
b702040enbk Seite 25 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
8 Timer function (extra code)sing the timer function the control action can be influenced by meai 0 After the timer has been started by power ON by pressing the e timer start value t i 0 is counted down to 0 either instantly or af
one above or below a programmable tolerance limit When the timents are triggered such as control switch-off (output 0) and setpo it is possible to implement timer signalling via an output
w - setx - proS P - prot i 0 - tim----- - tim
(heri - incr
xample
5 Functions
26
Notes on the timer function in conjunction with the ramp function
function
oint is approached with the ithout ramp
p end value) is monitored
xception here is the timer figured setpoint switching via
except for events that are r value will be shown in the
b702040enbk Seite 26 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
- Generally the setpoints can also be approached using the ramp
- Stopping the timer does not influence the ramp function
- If control is active after the timer has run down the current setpramp Cancellation of the timer is followed by a setpoint step w
- For timer functions with a tolerance limit only the setpoint (=ram
Note on setpoint switching via the logic input
- Setpoint switching via the logic input is generally possible An efunction ldquoTime-dependent setpoint switchingrdquo In this case conthe logic input will not be active
Note on the display status in the event of a power failure
- The state of the display before the power failure will be restoredrelated to the timer (start cancel continue stop) Then the timedisplay
5 Functions
27
S
CC as run down (output 0)
C unction the process is con-automatically switches over
Diagrams with andwithout start abovetolerance limit
---- Tolerance limit
C121=3 4 7 or 8
b702040enbk Seite 27 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
ymbol Notes
120120=1
Timer function vpage 34
Time-limited control The control is switched off after the timer h
120=2 Time-dependent setpoint switching After the start of the timer ftrolled to setpoint SP2 After the timer has run down the controller to SP1
C121=3 4 7 or 8C121=1 2 5 or 6
C121=2 or 6 C121=1 or 5
5 Functions
28
Time-delayed control The control action starts after the timer has run down
own to 0 The control action is e signalled via an output
Symbol Notes
er has run down (End) theys are used for acknowledge-
0s
C122=1
b702040enbk Seite 28 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
C120C120=3
C120=4 Timer After the start of the timer function t i 0 is counted dindependent of the timer Here too the timer run-down can b
H After the timi + d kementSet ti0 gt
C121=1 2 5 or 6
C121=1 2 5 or 6
Timer signallingC122=3
5 Functions
29
Clowing events
keyslogic input)e
ow the tolerance limit the
restored or thehe power failure the timer 121=1 or 5 of a power failure
Ce run-down a signal can be
C
S
b702040enbk Seite 29 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
121 Start condition of the timer vpage 34The timer start value t i 0 is counted down as selected in the fol1 Power ON or logic inputkeys2 Start via keyslogic input3 Process value has reached tolerance limit (1degC or 5degC) (start via The position of the tolerance limit depends on the controller typ - 1-setpoint controller (direct) tolerance limit above setpoint - 1-setpoint controller (reversed) tolerance limit below setpoint - 2-setpoint controller tolerance limit below setpoint If during the control process the process value goes abovebel timer will be stopped for the duration of the infringement
Response to a power failure vpage 34After a power failure the condition before the power failure can betimer function can be cancelled If the timer had run down before tstart value will be loaded The timer will start automatically when CThe timer value is saved at one minute intervals to cover the case
122 Timer signalling vpage 35From the start of the timer function until timer run-down or after thproduced via an output
123 Time unit for the timer vpage 35
ymbol Notes
5 Functions
30
Programming example
s to be controlled for 30 min-the event of a power failure
llation on power failure
b702040enbk Seite 30 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
After the start via the logic input or from the keys the process hautes to a setpoint of 80degC The control action is to be cancelled in
Configuration
- C111mdash C116 Controller programming
- C117=5 Logic input = timer control
- C120=1 Timer function = time-limited control
- C121=6 Start condition for timer = via logic inputkeys - cance
- C122=0 Timer signalling = no function
- C123=1 Time unit (timer) = mmss
Operation
h Enter the setpoint SP (80degC)
h Press the q key until t i0 is indicated
h Change over to the timer level using q (at least 2sec)
h Enter the timer start value t i0_ (3000)
h Return to the operating level (timer value) with q
h Start the control action via the logic input or with i
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
31
6
lacesunit X
q
P
your selection with a
123
NO
b702040enbk Seite 31 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Configuration and parameter tables
C111 Transducer X
001 Pt 100 (3-wire)006 Pt 1000 (3-wire)601 KTY11-6 (2-wire)003 Pt 100 (2-wire)005 Pt 1000 (2-wire)039 Cu-Con T 040 Fe-Con J041 Cu-Con U042 Fe-Con L043 NiCr-Ni K044 Pt10Rh-Pt S045 Pt13Rh-Pt R046 Pt30Rh-Pt B048 NiCrSi-NiSi N052 Standard signal 0 ndash 20mA053 Standard signal 4 ndash 20mA063 Standard signal 0 ndash 10V2
071 Standard signal 2 ndash 10V3
C112 Decimal p
0 9999degC1 9999degC2 9999degC3 9999degF4 9999degF5 9999degF
q
q
b11
gt2s
q
y0
qgt2s
X Mark cross
SP 1 AL or Pb1 is shown here depending on the configuration
0 ndash 1V for Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option)
02 ndash 1V for Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option)
ormal displayperating level
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
32
limit comparator (LK) has priorityover the timer signalling
th Type 7020424344 see C118
C113 Controller type Output 1 (relay) Output 2+3 (logic+relay)
X
LKtimer signalling1
LKtimer signalling1
controller output 2
controller
controller
controller output 1
mp function Xp function offp function (degCmin)p function (degCh)
q
ow setpoint) = controller output 1 setpoint) = controller output 2
b702040enbk Seite 32 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 A programmed
Further settings for the outputs wi
10 single setpoint (reversed) controller11 single setpoint (direct) controller30 double setpoint controller output 1
20 single setpoint (reversed) LKtimer signalling1
21 single setpoint (direct) LKtimer signalling1
33 double setpoint controller output 2
q
C114 Limit comparator (LK) X
0 no function1 lk 12 lk 23 lk 34 lk 45 lk 56 lk 67 lk 78 lk 8
C115 Ra0 ram1 ram2 ram
q
reversed = heating (output is active when process value is beldirect = cooling (output is active when process value is above
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
33
input X
ctionibithibittopt switchingontrol
qut 3 Relay X
r signalling comparatorr signallingroller output comparatorroller output
comparatortimerroller output 2 comparatortimerroller output 1roller output 2roller output 1
b702040enbk Seite 33 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
C116 Outputs on fault X
0 01 LKtimer signalling OFF1 1002
2 -1001 3 01 LKtimer
signalling ON4 1002
C117 Logic
0 no fun1 key inh2 level in3 ramp s4 setpoin5 timer c
C118 Output 1 Relay (K1) Output 2 Logic (K2) Outp
0 Functions of outputs as defined under C1131
for 1
-set
pt c
ontr
l controller output limit comparator time2 controller output timer signalling limit3 limit comparator controller output time4 limit comparator timer signalling cont5 timer signalling controller output limit6 timer signalling limit comparator cont
7
for 2
-set
pt c
ontrl
controller output 1 controller output 2 limit8 controller output 1 limit comparatortimer cont9 controller output 2 controller output 1 limit10 controller output 2 limit comparatortimer cont11 limit comparatortimer controller output 1 cont12 limit comparatortimer controller output 2 cont
q
q
1 Minimum output limiting y2 is effective2 Maximum output limiting y1 is effective
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
34
C120 Timer function X
power failure Xs before there
n ofion ars in the
ot valid for C120=3 or 4
b702040enbk Seite 34 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
0 no function1 time-limited control2 time-dependent setpoint switching3 time-delayed control4 timer (control independent of timer)
C121 Start condition for timer Action on 1 after power ON logic inputkeys Condition a
power failu2 via logic inputkeys3 via logic inputkeys timer counts 1degC
from tolerance limit4 via logic inputkeys timer counts 5degC
from tolerance limit5 after power ON logic inputkeys Cancellatio
timer funct(StOP appedisplay)
6 via logic inputkeys7 via logic inputkeys timer counts 1degC
from tolerance limit8 via logic inputkeys timer counts 5degC
from tolerance limit
q
q
The start conditions with tolerance limit (C121=3 4 7 8) are nIf C120 is altered the validity of C121 must be checked
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
35
tory-set Yoursetting
0
0
0
he factory setting
ime (timer) X
(max 9959)(max 9959)ax 9999)
= minutes
q
b702040enbk Seite 35 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Parameter Explanation Value range fac
SCL start value of thestandard signal
-1999 to +9999digit1 0
sCH end value of thestandard signal
-1999 to +9999digit1 10
SPL lowersetpoint limiting
-1999 to +9999digit1 -20
SPH uppersetpoint limiting
-1999 to +9999digit1 85
OFFS process value correction -1999 to 9999digit1 0
HySt switching differential of the limit comparator
0 mdash 9999digit1 1
1 For displays with one or two decimal places the value range and tchange accordinglyExample 1 decimal place rarr value range -1999 to +9999
q
C122 Timer signalling X
0 no function1 timer start until run-down2 after run-down for 10sec 3 after run-down for 1min4 after run-down until
acknowledgement
qC123 Unit of t
1 mmss 2 hhmm 3 hhhh (ms = seconds m h = hours
One output has to be configuredcorrespondingly(C113C118)
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
36and the factory setting
Parameter Explanation Value range factory-set
Yoursetting
0
0
0
0
0
80sec
350sec
200sec
200sec
0
1
1
0
100
-100
06sec
0
b702040enbk Seite 36 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 For displays with one or two decimal places the value range change accordingly
sP 1 setpoint 1 SPL mdash SPH
sP 2 setpoint 2 SPL mdash SPH
AL limit value oflimit comparator
-1999 to +9999digit1
Pb1 proportional band 1 0 mdash 9999digit1
Pb2 proportional band 2 0 mdash 9999digit1
dt derivative time 0 mdash 9999sec
rt reset time 0 mdash 9999sec
Cy 1 cycle time 1 10 mdash 9999sec
Cy 2 cycle time 2 10 mdash 9999sec
db contact spacing 0 mdash 1000digit1
HYS1 differential 1 0 mdash 9999digit1
HYS2 differential 2 0 mdash 9999digit1
Y0 working point -100 to 100
Y1 maximum output 0 mdash 100
Y2 minimum output -100 to +100
dF filter time constant 00 mdash 1000sec
rAsd ramp slope 0 mdash 999 degCh (degCmin)1
7 Alarm
messag
es
37
7
D
of process valueit comparators referred to input behave in accord-figuration of the outputsed
n has been cancelled due to he timer value that wase of the supply failure will be
H ge
is connected
b702040enbk Seite 37 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Alarm messages
isplay Description Causeresponse
The displays for the process value or timer value flashes ldquo1999rdquoDisplay current timer value by repeatedly pressing the q key
OverunderrangeController and limthe process valueance with the conThe timer is stopp
The display for the timer value alternates between showing ldquoStOPrdquo and the timeh Acknowledge by using any
key (the timer start value t i 0 is loaded)
The timer functioa supply failure Tpresent at the timindicated
The following events come under the heading overunderran- Probe breakshort-circuit- Measurement is outside the control range of the probe that- Display overflow
7 Alarm
messag
es
38
Measurement circuit monitoring (bull = recognized)
-circuitProbelead break
bull
bull
bull-
bull-
b702040enbk Seite 38 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Transducer Overrangeunderrange
Probelead short
Thermocouple bullbull -
Resistance thermometer bullbull bull
Voltage 2 ndash 10V and02 ndash 1V0 ndash 10V and 0 ndash 1V
bullbullbull-
bull-
Current 4 ndash 20mA0 ndash 20mA
bullbullbull-
bull-
8 Technical data
39
8In
1
In
23
nce thermometer
3A at 250V AC resistive load at rated load
mA Rload ge250Ω
mA Rload ge600Ω
5+10 48 mdash 63Hz or 48 mdash 63Hz or
nnect to SELV or PELV)
Range
-200 to +850degC
-200 to +850degC
-50 to +150degC
uracy le01 50ppmdegCle10 50ppmdegC
20Ω max per lead250microA
b702040enbk Seite 39 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Technical dataput for thermocouple
These ranges refer to the ambiente temperature of 20degC
put for standard signals
0mdash1V REgt10MΩ for Type 70204041 with 2 relays02mdash1V REgt10MΩ for Type 70204041 with 2 relays
Designation Range 1
Fe-Con LFe-Con J EN 60584Cu-Con UCu-Con T EN 60584NiCr-Ni K EN 60584NiCrSi-NiSi N EN 60584Pt10Rh-Pt S EN 60584Pt13Rh-Pt R EN 60584Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh B EN 60584
-200 to + 900degC-200 to +1200degC-200 to + 600degC-200 to + 400degC-200 to +1372degC-200 to +1300degC
0 mdash 1768degC0 mdash 1768degC0 mdash 1820degC
Measurement accuracy le04 100ppmdegCCold junction Pt100 internal
Designation Range
Voltage 0 mdash 10V RE gt 100kΩ2
2 mdash 10V RE gt 100kΩ3
RE - input resistance
Current 4 mdash 20mA voltage drop le 15V0 mdash 20mA voltage drop le 15V
Measurement accuracy le01 100ppmdegC
Input for resista
OutputsRelayno(make) contact150000 operationsLogic 05VCurrent limiting 20Logic 012VCurrent limiting 20
Supply110 mdash 240V AC -120 mdash 53V ACDC10 mdash 18V DC (Co
Designation
Pt100 EN 60751
Pt1000 EN 60751
KTY11-6
Measurement accPt1001000KTY11-6Sensor leadresistance Meas current
8 Technical data
40
ControllerController type 1-setpt controller with
Data backup EEPROMHousing type
or panel mounting
nt panelater (add mildly acidic neutral
detergents if necessary) Do sive cleaning agents or high-s Limited resistance to organic irits benzol etc)
ng3 834
rage temperatureo +70degC
onsity no condensation
ion any
)160g (702043)200g (702044)
60529
n to EN 61010
b702040enbk Seite 40 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Accuracy of timer 07 10ppmdegC
Test voltages (type test)to EN 61 010 Part 1 March 1994overvoltage category II pollution degree 2 for Type 70204041overvoltage category III pollution degree 2 for Type 7020424344
Power consumption 7VA max
Electrical connectionat the rear via plug-in screw terminalsconductor cross-section le 25mm2 (13mm2 withType 70204041) solid wire or 15mm2 (10mm2 for Type 70204041) stranded wire with ferrules
Electromagnetic compatibility EN 61 326Immunity to interfer Class B Interfer emission industrial requirements
Approval UL and CSA (only devices with JUMO indication)
limit comparator 2-setpt controllerController structure PPDPIPIDAD converter resolution gt15 bitSampling time 210msec (250msec with timer
function)
plastic housing fto DIN 43700Cleaning the frouse warm or hot wor mildly alkalinenot use any abrapressure cleanersolvents (e g sp
Housing mountiin panel to DIN 4
Ambient and sto0 to 55degC -40 t
Climatic conditile 75 rel humid
Operating posit
Weight (approx75g (702040)95g (702041)
145g (702042)Protection IP66 (front) to ENIP20 (rear)Safety regulatio
JUMO GmbH amp Co KG
Street adressMoltkestraszlige 13 - 3136039 Fulda GermanyDelivery addressMackenrodtstraszlige 1436039 Fulda GermanyPostal address36035 Fulda GermanyPhone +49 661 6003-0Fax +49 661 6003-607e-mail mailjumonetInternet wwwjumonet
JUMO Instrument Co Ltd
JUMO HouseTemple Bank RiverwayHarlow Essex CM20 2TT UKPhone +44 1279 635533Fax +44 1279 635262e-mail salesjumocoukInternet wwwjumocouk
JUMO Process Control Inc
8 Technology BoulevardCanastota NY 13032 USAPhone 315-697-JUMO
1-800-554-JUMOFax 315-697-5867e-mail infojumousInternet wwwjumous
b702040enbk Seite 1 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
- 1 Identifying the instrument version
- 2 Installation
- 3 Electrical connection
- 4 Operation
-
- 41 Displays and keys
- 42 Principle of operation
- 43 Operation of the timer function
-
- 5 Functions
-
- 51 Process value input
- 52 Logic input
- 53 Controller
- 54 Limit comparator (alarm contact)
- 55 Ramp function
- 56 Self-optimization
- 57 Level inhibit via code
- 58 Timer function (extra code)
-
- 6 Configuration and parameter tables
- 7 Alarm messages
- 8 Technical data
-
4 Op
eration
15
4T dge) if the timer at opera-tin is configured accordinglyth n also be operated even ifth
P l
D ateActioner has stoppedContinue with iCancel with i + d
er has run downAcknowledge with any key(timer start value t i 0 is indicated)With time-delayed control (C120=3) acknowledge with i + d
W imer value will blink
b702040enbk Seite 15 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
3 Operation of the timer functionhe timer can be operated with the keys (start stop cancel acknowleg level is indicated Time-out is not active here If the logic input en a key such as the i key can be used In this case the timer cae timer value does not appear in the display
ossible displayed parameters for timer function at operating leve
isplay StateAction Display StTimer not runningh Start with i
Timh
h
Timer has been started but the tolerance limit has not yet been reachedh Cancel with i + d
Timh
Timer running t i is displayedh Stop with ih Cancel with i + d
hen the timer has been started the decimal point in the display for the t
5 Functions
16
5 Functions
tables provided for this pur-mark selection with a cross in the order of theirt (see table below)
t
for ParameterPb2 Cy 2 db HyS2
111
C114 HySt ALC117
HySt AL
11 C117
SCL SCH
rASd SPrel SP 1 SP 2
ti C121 C122 C123
C118
b702040enbk Seite 16 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
We recommend the following procedure
1 not for Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option)
h Familiarize yourself with the controller functions
h Enter the configuration codes and the parameter values in the pose in Chapter 6 Write down the appropriate values ( ) or ( ) The parameters and the configuration codes are listed appearance Parameters which are not relevant are masked ou
h Enter the configuration code and parameters on the instrumen
Configuration Masking out the parametersSingle-setpoint controller Double-setpoint controller
Double-setpoint controller Limit comp for Type 7020404Logic input for Type 7020404
Limit comparator no function Limit comparator
Limit comparator activated Logic input for Type 7020404
Resistance thermometer thermocouple Standard signal scaling
Ramp function off Ramp function
Setpoint switching not activated Setpoints at the parameter lev
Timer function no function Timer function
Type 70204041 Output 3
X
5 Functions
17
5
S
C
C e 31
S
S
Oected by a programmable
cuit through process value
d c = filter off) vpage 36
nges in the process value
b702040enbk Seite 17 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 Process value input
ymbol Notes
111 Transducerprobe (process value input) vpage 31
112 Unit of process value (degCdegF)decimal places of display vpag
CL Startend value of value range for standard signals vpage 35Example 0mdash20 mArarr20mdash200degC SCL = 20 SCH = 200
CH
FFS Process value correction vpage 35Using the process value correction a measured value can be corramount upwards or downwards (offset)Lead compensation can be implemented in software for 2-wire circorrection
ExamplesMeasured value Offset Displayed value 2947 + 03 2950 2953 - 03 2950
F Filter time constant (damping) to adapt the digital input filter (0seif dF high - high damping of interference signals
- slow reaction of the process value display to cha- low cut-off frequency (2nd order low-pass filter)
5 Functions
18
52 Logic input
tion from keys
ss to the parameter andtion levels
self-optimization is not possible
opped
SP 2 is active
are displayed at the operating
(edge-triggered)
ut 2 has been programmed as igured (C114) (double assign-
b702040enbk Seite 18 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Key inhibit Operation is possible from keys No opera
Level inhibit Access to the parameter andconfiguration levels is possibleStarting self-optimization is possible
No acceconfiguraStarting
Ramp stop Ramp running Ramp st
Setpoint switching Setpoint SP 1 is active Setpoint
The appropriate symbols SP 1 and SP 2level
Timer control Acknowledge startstopcontinuetimer run-down
Symbol Notes
C117 Function of the logic input vpage 33On Type 70204041 the parameter C117 is masked out if outpcontroller output (C113) or the limit comparator has been confment not on Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option))
5 Functions
19
5CTE
S
C physical
Cf overunderrange probe
C(controller type as C113)
P
ucture is not effectiveP
d no D action
ro I action
C
process is virtuallyive wear C
b702040enbk Seite 19 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
3 Controllerontroller structurehe controller structure is defined via the parameters Pb dt and rtxample Setting for PI controller rarr Pb 1=120 dt=0sec rt=350sec
ymbol Notes
113 Controller type and assignment of the controller outputs to theoutputs 1+2 vpage 32
116 Outputs in fault condition vpage 33The switching states of the outputs are defined here in the event obreakshort circuit or display overflowv Chapter 7
118 Assignment of the outputs vpage 33Only for Type 7020424344 overwrites the assignment of C113
b1 Proportional band 1 (controller output 1) vpage 36Proportional band 2 (controller output 2)Influences the P action of the controller If Pb=0 the controller strb2
t Derivative time vpage 36Influences the D action of the controller If dt=0 the controller has
t Reset time vpage 36Influences the I action of the controller If rt=0 the controller has n
y 1 Cycle time 1 (controller output 1) vpage 36Cycle time 2 (controller output 2)The cycle time has to be selected so that the energy supply to thecontinuous while not subjecting the switching elements to excessy 2
5 Functions
20
Contact spacing vpage 36
Symbol Notes
Pb2=0) it is necessary
b702040enbk Seite 20 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
dbfor double-setpoint controller
HYS1 Differential 1 (controller output 1) vpage 36Differential 2 (controller output 2)for controllers with Pb1=0 or Pb2=0HYS2
Y0 Working point (basic load) vpage 36Output if process value=setpoint
Y1 Output limiting vpage 36y1 - maximum outputy2 - minimum outputY2
H For controllers without controller structure (Pb1=0 or that y1=100 and y2=-100
5 Functions
21
5
S
C
H
A
lk
lk
lk
6 Monitoring referredto the setpoint
8 Monitoring referredto a fixed value AL
tpoint x = process value
On
On
b702040enbk Seite 21 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
4 Limit comparator (alarm contact)
ymbol Notes
114 Limit comparator function (lk1mdash lk8) vpage 32
yst Differential of limit comparator vpage 35
L Limit value of limit comparator vpage 36
lk2 lk3
4 lk5 lk6
7 lk8
1
lk1mdashlk
lk7 lk
w = se
On On
On On
On On
5 Functions
22
55 Ramp function
t
b702040enbk Seite 22 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Symbol Note
C115 Ramp function (onoff time unit) vpage 32
C117 Ramp stop via logic input (floating contact) vpage 33
rAsd Ramp slope in degCh or degCmin vpage 36
t1
SP1
SP2
t2 t3 t4 t5 t6
t1 power ON (SP 1 active)t2mdash t3 power failure or overrangeunderranget4mdasht5 ramp stopt6 setpoint switching to SP 2
ramp setpoint SPrprocess value
5 Functions
23
5S D or PI controllers
T 1 Cy 2 dF
T ontrol deviation
S
Sce
H
a tart
xw
260tunE
gt2s
d
b702040enbk Seite 23 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
6 Self-optimizationelf-optimization determines the optimum controller parameters for PI
he following controller parameters are defined rt dt Pb1 Pb2 Cy
he controller selects procedure a or b depending on the size of the c
tarting self-optimization
elf-optimization is automatically terminated or can be can-lled
Starting self-optimization is not possible with activelevel inhibit and ramp function
) Self-optimizationin theapproach phase
b) Self-optimi-zationat set-point
Start S
= process value = setpoint
Switchinglevel
i +d
i+
5 Functions
24
57 Level inhibit via code
ration levels (corresponds to
l Timer level
enabled
enabled
enabled
inhibited2
b702040enbk Seite 24 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
As an alternative to the logic input the level inhibit can beset via a code (logic input has priority)
h Set the code using q + d (at least 5sec) innormal display
Level inhibit via the logic input will lock the parameter and configucode 011)
1 The values at the operating level can only be indicated but not modified2 Timer operation (startstopcontinuecancel) will continue to be possible
Code Operating level Parameter level Configuration leve
000 enabled enabled enabled
001 enabled enabled inhibited
011 enabled inhibited inhibited
111 inhibited1 inhibited inhibited
5 Functions
25
5U ns of the adjustable timet key or via the logic inputth ter the process value hasg er has run down severalev int switching Furthermo-re
pointcess valuegrammed setpointer start valueer signallinge C122=1)ement key
E
b702040enbk Seite 25 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
8 Timer function (extra code)sing the timer function the control action can be influenced by meai 0 After the timer has been started by power ON by pressing the e timer start value t i 0 is counted down to 0 either instantly or af
one above or below a programmable tolerance limit When the timents are triggered such as control switch-off (output 0) and setpo it is possible to implement timer signalling via an output
w - setx - proS P - prot i 0 - tim----- - tim
(heri - incr
xample
5 Functions
26
Notes on the timer function in conjunction with the ramp function
function
oint is approached with the ithout ramp
p end value) is monitored
xception here is the timer figured setpoint switching via
except for events that are r value will be shown in the
b702040enbk Seite 26 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
- Generally the setpoints can also be approached using the ramp
- Stopping the timer does not influence the ramp function
- If control is active after the timer has run down the current setpramp Cancellation of the timer is followed by a setpoint step w
- For timer functions with a tolerance limit only the setpoint (=ram
Note on setpoint switching via the logic input
- Setpoint switching via the logic input is generally possible An efunction ldquoTime-dependent setpoint switchingrdquo In this case conthe logic input will not be active
Note on the display status in the event of a power failure
- The state of the display before the power failure will be restoredrelated to the timer (start cancel continue stop) Then the timedisplay
5 Functions
27
S
CC as run down (output 0)
C unction the process is con-automatically switches over
Diagrams with andwithout start abovetolerance limit
---- Tolerance limit
C121=3 4 7 or 8
b702040enbk Seite 27 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
ymbol Notes
120120=1
Timer function vpage 34
Time-limited control The control is switched off after the timer h
120=2 Time-dependent setpoint switching After the start of the timer ftrolled to setpoint SP2 After the timer has run down the controller to SP1
C121=3 4 7 or 8C121=1 2 5 or 6
C121=2 or 6 C121=1 or 5
5 Functions
28
Time-delayed control The control action starts after the timer has run down
own to 0 The control action is e signalled via an output
Symbol Notes
er has run down (End) theys are used for acknowledge-
0s
C122=1
b702040enbk Seite 28 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
C120C120=3
C120=4 Timer After the start of the timer function t i 0 is counted dindependent of the timer Here too the timer run-down can b
H After the timi + d kementSet ti0 gt
C121=1 2 5 or 6
C121=1 2 5 or 6
Timer signallingC122=3
5 Functions
29
Clowing events
keyslogic input)e
ow the tolerance limit the
restored or thehe power failure the timer 121=1 or 5 of a power failure
Ce run-down a signal can be
C
S
b702040enbk Seite 29 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
121 Start condition of the timer vpage 34The timer start value t i 0 is counted down as selected in the fol1 Power ON or logic inputkeys2 Start via keyslogic input3 Process value has reached tolerance limit (1degC or 5degC) (start via The position of the tolerance limit depends on the controller typ - 1-setpoint controller (direct) tolerance limit above setpoint - 1-setpoint controller (reversed) tolerance limit below setpoint - 2-setpoint controller tolerance limit below setpoint If during the control process the process value goes abovebel timer will be stopped for the duration of the infringement
Response to a power failure vpage 34After a power failure the condition before the power failure can betimer function can be cancelled If the timer had run down before tstart value will be loaded The timer will start automatically when CThe timer value is saved at one minute intervals to cover the case
122 Timer signalling vpage 35From the start of the timer function until timer run-down or after thproduced via an output
123 Time unit for the timer vpage 35
ymbol Notes
5 Functions
30
Programming example
s to be controlled for 30 min-the event of a power failure
llation on power failure
b702040enbk Seite 30 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
After the start via the logic input or from the keys the process hautes to a setpoint of 80degC The control action is to be cancelled in
Configuration
- C111mdash C116 Controller programming
- C117=5 Logic input = timer control
- C120=1 Timer function = time-limited control
- C121=6 Start condition for timer = via logic inputkeys - cance
- C122=0 Timer signalling = no function
- C123=1 Time unit (timer) = mmss
Operation
h Enter the setpoint SP (80degC)
h Press the q key until t i0 is indicated
h Change over to the timer level using q (at least 2sec)
h Enter the timer start value t i0_ (3000)
h Return to the operating level (timer value) with q
h Start the control action via the logic input or with i
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
31
6
lacesunit X
q
P
your selection with a
123
NO
b702040enbk Seite 31 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Configuration and parameter tables
C111 Transducer X
001 Pt 100 (3-wire)006 Pt 1000 (3-wire)601 KTY11-6 (2-wire)003 Pt 100 (2-wire)005 Pt 1000 (2-wire)039 Cu-Con T 040 Fe-Con J041 Cu-Con U042 Fe-Con L043 NiCr-Ni K044 Pt10Rh-Pt S045 Pt13Rh-Pt R046 Pt30Rh-Pt B048 NiCrSi-NiSi N052 Standard signal 0 ndash 20mA053 Standard signal 4 ndash 20mA063 Standard signal 0 ndash 10V2
071 Standard signal 2 ndash 10V3
C112 Decimal p
0 9999degC1 9999degC2 9999degC3 9999degF4 9999degF5 9999degF
q
q
b11
gt2s
q
y0
qgt2s
X Mark cross
SP 1 AL or Pb1 is shown here depending on the configuration
0 ndash 1V for Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option)
02 ndash 1V for Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option)
ormal displayperating level
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
32
limit comparator (LK) has priorityover the timer signalling
th Type 7020424344 see C118
C113 Controller type Output 1 (relay) Output 2+3 (logic+relay)
X
LKtimer signalling1
LKtimer signalling1
controller output 2
controller
controller
controller output 1
mp function Xp function offp function (degCmin)p function (degCh)
q
ow setpoint) = controller output 1 setpoint) = controller output 2
b702040enbk Seite 32 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 A programmed
Further settings for the outputs wi
10 single setpoint (reversed) controller11 single setpoint (direct) controller30 double setpoint controller output 1
20 single setpoint (reversed) LKtimer signalling1
21 single setpoint (direct) LKtimer signalling1
33 double setpoint controller output 2
q
C114 Limit comparator (LK) X
0 no function1 lk 12 lk 23 lk 34 lk 45 lk 56 lk 67 lk 78 lk 8
C115 Ra0 ram1 ram2 ram
q
reversed = heating (output is active when process value is beldirect = cooling (output is active when process value is above
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
33
input X
ctionibithibittopt switchingontrol
qut 3 Relay X
r signalling comparatorr signallingroller output comparatorroller output
comparatortimerroller output 2 comparatortimerroller output 1roller output 2roller output 1
b702040enbk Seite 33 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
C116 Outputs on fault X
0 01 LKtimer signalling OFF1 1002
2 -1001 3 01 LKtimer
signalling ON4 1002
C117 Logic
0 no fun1 key inh2 level in3 ramp s4 setpoin5 timer c
C118 Output 1 Relay (K1) Output 2 Logic (K2) Outp
0 Functions of outputs as defined under C1131
for 1
-set
pt c
ontr
l controller output limit comparator time2 controller output timer signalling limit3 limit comparator controller output time4 limit comparator timer signalling cont5 timer signalling controller output limit6 timer signalling limit comparator cont
7
for 2
-set
pt c
ontrl
controller output 1 controller output 2 limit8 controller output 1 limit comparatortimer cont9 controller output 2 controller output 1 limit10 controller output 2 limit comparatortimer cont11 limit comparatortimer controller output 1 cont12 limit comparatortimer controller output 2 cont
q
q
1 Minimum output limiting y2 is effective2 Maximum output limiting y1 is effective
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
34
C120 Timer function X
power failure Xs before there
n ofion ars in the
ot valid for C120=3 or 4
b702040enbk Seite 34 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
0 no function1 time-limited control2 time-dependent setpoint switching3 time-delayed control4 timer (control independent of timer)
C121 Start condition for timer Action on 1 after power ON logic inputkeys Condition a
power failu2 via logic inputkeys3 via logic inputkeys timer counts 1degC
from tolerance limit4 via logic inputkeys timer counts 5degC
from tolerance limit5 after power ON logic inputkeys Cancellatio
timer funct(StOP appedisplay)
6 via logic inputkeys7 via logic inputkeys timer counts 1degC
from tolerance limit8 via logic inputkeys timer counts 5degC
from tolerance limit
q
q
The start conditions with tolerance limit (C121=3 4 7 8) are nIf C120 is altered the validity of C121 must be checked
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
35
tory-set Yoursetting
0
0
0
he factory setting
ime (timer) X
(max 9959)(max 9959)ax 9999)
= minutes
q
b702040enbk Seite 35 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Parameter Explanation Value range fac
SCL start value of thestandard signal
-1999 to +9999digit1 0
sCH end value of thestandard signal
-1999 to +9999digit1 10
SPL lowersetpoint limiting
-1999 to +9999digit1 -20
SPH uppersetpoint limiting
-1999 to +9999digit1 85
OFFS process value correction -1999 to 9999digit1 0
HySt switching differential of the limit comparator
0 mdash 9999digit1 1
1 For displays with one or two decimal places the value range and tchange accordinglyExample 1 decimal place rarr value range -1999 to +9999
q
C122 Timer signalling X
0 no function1 timer start until run-down2 after run-down for 10sec 3 after run-down for 1min4 after run-down until
acknowledgement
qC123 Unit of t
1 mmss 2 hhmm 3 hhhh (ms = seconds m h = hours
One output has to be configuredcorrespondingly(C113C118)
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
36and the factory setting
Parameter Explanation Value range factory-set
Yoursetting
0
0
0
0
0
80sec
350sec
200sec
200sec
0
1
1
0
100
-100
06sec
0
b702040enbk Seite 36 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 For displays with one or two decimal places the value range change accordingly
sP 1 setpoint 1 SPL mdash SPH
sP 2 setpoint 2 SPL mdash SPH
AL limit value oflimit comparator
-1999 to +9999digit1
Pb1 proportional band 1 0 mdash 9999digit1
Pb2 proportional band 2 0 mdash 9999digit1
dt derivative time 0 mdash 9999sec
rt reset time 0 mdash 9999sec
Cy 1 cycle time 1 10 mdash 9999sec
Cy 2 cycle time 2 10 mdash 9999sec
db contact spacing 0 mdash 1000digit1
HYS1 differential 1 0 mdash 9999digit1
HYS2 differential 2 0 mdash 9999digit1
Y0 working point -100 to 100
Y1 maximum output 0 mdash 100
Y2 minimum output -100 to +100
dF filter time constant 00 mdash 1000sec
rAsd ramp slope 0 mdash 999 degCh (degCmin)1
7 Alarm
messag
es
37
7
D
of process valueit comparators referred to input behave in accord-figuration of the outputsed
n has been cancelled due to he timer value that wase of the supply failure will be
H ge
is connected
b702040enbk Seite 37 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Alarm messages
isplay Description Causeresponse
The displays for the process value or timer value flashes ldquo1999rdquoDisplay current timer value by repeatedly pressing the q key
OverunderrangeController and limthe process valueance with the conThe timer is stopp
The display for the timer value alternates between showing ldquoStOPrdquo and the timeh Acknowledge by using any
key (the timer start value t i 0 is loaded)
The timer functioa supply failure Tpresent at the timindicated
The following events come under the heading overunderran- Probe breakshort-circuit- Measurement is outside the control range of the probe that- Display overflow
7 Alarm
messag
es
38
Measurement circuit monitoring (bull = recognized)
-circuitProbelead break
bull
bull
bull-
bull-
b702040enbk Seite 38 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Transducer Overrangeunderrange
Probelead short
Thermocouple bullbull -
Resistance thermometer bullbull bull
Voltage 2 ndash 10V and02 ndash 1V0 ndash 10V and 0 ndash 1V
bullbullbull-
bull-
Current 4 ndash 20mA0 ndash 20mA
bullbullbull-
bull-
8 Technical data
39
8In
1
In
23
nce thermometer
3A at 250V AC resistive load at rated load
mA Rload ge250Ω
mA Rload ge600Ω
5+10 48 mdash 63Hz or 48 mdash 63Hz or
nnect to SELV or PELV)
Range
-200 to +850degC
-200 to +850degC
-50 to +150degC
uracy le01 50ppmdegCle10 50ppmdegC
20Ω max per lead250microA
b702040enbk Seite 39 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Technical dataput for thermocouple
These ranges refer to the ambiente temperature of 20degC
put for standard signals
0mdash1V REgt10MΩ for Type 70204041 with 2 relays02mdash1V REgt10MΩ for Type 70204041 with 2 relays
Designation Range 1
Fe-Con LFe-Con J EN 60584Cu-Con UCu-Con T EN 60584NiCr-Ni K EN 60584NiCrSi-NiSi N EN 60584Pt10Rh-Pt S EN 60584Pt13Rh-Pt R EN 60584Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh B EN 60584
-200 to + 900degC-200 to +1200degC-200 to + 600degC-200 to + 400degC-200 to +1372degC-200 to +1300degC
0 mdash 1768degC0 mdash 1768degC0 mdash 1820degC
Measurement accuracy le04 100ppmdegCCold junction Pt100 internal
Designation Range
Voltage 0 mdash 10V RE gt 100kΩ2
2 mdash 10V RE gt 100kΩ3
RE - input resistance
Current 4 mdash 20mA voltage drop le 15V0 mdash 20mA voltage drop le 15V
Measurement accuracy le01 100ppmdegC
Input for resista
OutputsRelayno(make) contact150000 operationsLogic 05VCurrent limiting 20Logic 012VCurrent limiting 20
Supply110 mdash 240V AC -120 mdash 53V ACDC10 mdash 18V DC (Co
Designation
Pt100 EN 60751
Pt1000 EN 60751
KTY11-6
Measurement accPt1001000KTY11-6Sensor leadresistance Meas current
8 Technical data
40
ControllerController type 1-setpt controller with
Data backup EEPROMHousing type
or panel mounting
nt panelater (add mildly acidic neutral
detergents if necessary) Do sive cleaning agents or high-s Limited resistance to organic irits benzol etc)
ng3 834
rage temperatureo +70degC
onsity no condensation
ion any
)160g (702043)200g (702044)
60529
n to EN 61010
b702040enbk Seite 40 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Accuracy of timer 07 10ppmdegC
Test voltages (type test)to EN 61 010 Part 1 March 1994overvoltage category II pollution degree 2 for Type 70204041overvoltage category III pollution degree 2 for Type 7020424344
Power consumption 7VA max
Electrical connectionat the rear via plug-in screw terminalsconductor cross-section le 25mm2 (13mm2 withType 70204041) solid wire or 15mm2 (10mm2 for Type 70204041) stranded wire with ferrules
Electromagnetic compatibility EN 61 326Immunity to interfer Class B Interfer emission industrial requirements
Approval UL and CSA (only devices with JUMO indication)
limit comparator 2-setpt controllerController structure PPDPIPIDAD converter resolution gt15 bitSampling time 210msec (250msec with timer
function)
plastic housing fto DIN 43700Cleaning the frouse warm or hot wor mildly alkalinenot use any abrapressure cleanersolvents (e g sp
Housing mountiin panel to DIN 4
Ambient and sto0 to 55degC -40 t
Climatic conditile 75 rel humid
Operating posit
Weight (approx75g (702040)95g (702041)
145g (702042)Protection IP66 (front) to ENIP20 (rear)Safety regulatio
JUMO GmbH amp Co KG
Street adressMoltkestraszlige 13 - 3136039 Fulda GermanyDelivery addressMackenrodtstraszlige 1436039 Fulda GermanyPostal address36035 Fulda GermanyPhone +49 661 6003-0Fax +49 661 6003-607e-mail mailjumonetInternet wwwjumonet
JUMO Instrument Co Ltd
JUMO HouseTemple Bank RiverwayHarlow Essex CM20 2TT UKPhone +44 1279 635533Fax +44 1279 635262e-mail salesjumocoukInternet wwwjumocouk
JUMO Process Control Inc
8 Technology BoulevardCanastota NY 13032 USAPhone 315-697-JUMO
1-800-554-JUMOFax 315-697-5867e-mail infojumousInternet wwwjumous
b702040enbk Seite 1 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
- 1 Identifying the instrument version
- 2 Installation
- 3 Electrical connection
- 4 Operation
-
- 41 Displays and keys
- 42 Principle of operation
- 43 Operation of the timer function
-
- 5 Functions
-
- 51 Process value input
- 52 Logic input
- 53 Controller
- 54 Limit comparator (alarm contact)
- 55 Ramp function
- 56 Self-optimization
- 57 Level inhibit via code
- 58 Timer function (extra code)
-
- 6 Configuration and parameter tables
- 7 Alarm messages
- 8 Technical data
-
5 Functions
16
5 Functions
tables provided for this pur-mark selection with a cross in the order of theirt (see table below)
t
for ParameterPb2 Cy 2 db HyS2
111
C114 HySt ALC117
HySt AL
11 C117
SCL SCH
rASd SPrel SP 1 SP 2
ti C121 C122 C123
C118
b702040enbk Seite 16 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
We recommend the following procedure
1 not for Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option)
h Familiarize yourself with the controller functions
h Enter the configuration codes and the parameter values in the pose in Chapter 6 Write down the appropriate values ( ) or ( ) The parameters and the configuration codes are listed appearance Parameters which are not relevant are masked ou
h Enter the configuration code and parameters on the instrumen
Configuration Masking out the parametersSingle-setpoint controller Double-setpoint controller
Double-setpoint controller Limit comp for Type 7020404Logic input for Type 7020404
Limit comparator no function Limit comparator
Limit comparator activated Logic input for Type 7020404
Resistance thermometer thermocouple Standard signal scaling
Ramp function off Ramp function
Setpoint switching not activated Setpoints at the parameter lev
Timer function no function Timer function
Type 70204041 Output 3
X
5 Functions
17
5
S
C
C e 31
S
S
Oected by a programmable
cuit through process value
d c = filter off) vpage 36
nges in the process value
b702040enbk Seite 17 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 Process value input
ymbol Notes
111 Transducerprobe (process value input) vpage 31
112 Unit of process value (degCdegF)decimal places of display vpag
CL Startend value of value range for standard signals vpage 35Example 0mdash20 mArarr20mdash200degC SCL = 20 SCH = 200
CH
FFS Process value correction vpage 35Using the process value correction a measured value can be corramount upwards or downwards (offset)Lead compensation can be implemented in software for 2-wire circorrection
ExamplesMeasured value Offset Displayed value 2947 + 03 2950 2953 - 03 2950
F Filter time constant (damping) to adapt the digital input filter (0seif dF high - high damping of interference signals
- slow reaction of the process value display to cha- low cut-off frequency (2nd order low-pass filter)
5 Functions
18
52 Logic input
tion from keys
ss to the parameter andtion levels
self-optimization is not possible
opped
SP 2 is active
are displayed at the operating
(edge-triggered)
ut 2 has been programmed as igured (C114) (double assign-
b702040enbk Seite 18 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Key inhibit Operation is possible from keys No opera
Level inhibit Access to the parameter andconfiguration levels is possibleStarting self-optimization is possible
No acceconfiguraStarting
Ramp stop Ramp running Ramp st
Setpoint switching Setpoint SP 1 is active Setpoint
The appropriate symbols SP 1 and SP 2level
Timer control Acknowledge startstopcontinuetimer run-down
Symbol Notes
C117 Function of the logic input vpage 33On Type 70204041 the parameter C117 is masked out if outpcontroller output (C113) or the limit comparator has been confment not on Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option))
5 Functions
19
5CTE
S
C physical
Cf overunderrange probe
C(controller type as C113)
P
ucture is not effectiveP
d no D action
ro I action
C
process is virtuallyive wear C
b702040enbk Seite 19 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
3 Controllerontroller structurehe controller structure is defined via the parameters Pb dt and rtxample Setting for PI controller rarr Pb 1=120 dt=0sec rt=350sec
ymbol Notes
113 Controller type and assignment of the controller outputs to theoutputs 1+2 vpage 32
116 Outputs in fault condition vpage 33The switching states of the outputs are defined here in the event obreakshort circuit or display overflowv Chapter 7
118 Assignment of the outputs vpage 33Only for Type 7020424344 overwrites the assignment of C113
b1 Proportional band 1 (controller output 1) vpage 36Proportional band 2 (controller output 2)Influences the P action of the controller If Pb=0 the controller strb2
t Derivative time vpage 36Influences the D action of the controller If dt=0 the controller has
t Reset time vpage 36Influences the I action of the controller If rt=0 the controller has n
y 1 Cycle time 1 (controller output 1) vpage 36Cycle time 2 (controller output 2)The cycle time has to be selected so that the energy supply to thecontinuous while not subjecting the switching elements to excessy 2
5 Functions
20
Contact spacing vpage 36
Symbol Notes
Pb2=0) it is necessary
b702040enbk Seite 20 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
dbfor double-setpoint controller
HYS1 Differential 1 (controller output 1) vpage 36Differential 2 (controller output 2)for controllers with Pb1=0 or Pb2=0HYS2
Y0 Working point (basic load) vpage 36Output if process value=setpoint
Y1 Output limiting vpage 36y1 - maximum outputy2 - minimum outputY2
H For controllers without controller structure (Pb1=0 or that y1=100 and y2=-100
5 Functions
21
5
S
C
H
A
lk
lk
lk
6 Monitoring referredto the setpoint
8 Monitoring referredto a fixed value AL
tpoint x = process value
On
On
b702040enbk Seite 21 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
4 Limit comparator (alarm contact)
ymbol Notes
114 Limit comparator function (lk1mdash lk8) vpage 32
yst Differential of limit comparator vpage 35
L Limit value of limit comparator vpage 36
lk2 lk3
4 lk5 lk6
7 lk8
1
lk1mdashlk
lk7 lk
w = se
On On
On On
On On
5 Functions
22
55 Ramp function
t
b702040enbk Seite 22 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Symbol Note
C115 Ramp function (onoff time unit) vpage 32
C117 Ramp stop via logic input (floating contact) vpage 33
rAsd Ramp slope in degCh or degCmin vpage 36
t1
SP1
SP2
t2 t3 t4 t5 t6
t1 power ON (SP 1 active)t2mdash t3 power failure or overrangeunderranget4mdasht5 ramp stopt6 setpoint switching to SP 2
ramp setpoint SPrprocess value
5 Functions
23
5S D or PI controllers
T 1 Cy 2 dF
T ontrol deviation
S
Sce
H
a tart
xw
260tunE
gt2s
d
b702040enbk Seite 23 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
6 Self-optimizationelf-optimization determines the optimum controller parameters for PI
he following controller parameters are defined rt dt Pb1 Pb2 Cy
he controller selects procedure a or b depending on the size of the c
tarting self-optimization
elf-optimization is automatically terminated or can be can-lled
Starting self-optimization is not possible with activelevel inhibit and ramp function
) Self-optimizationin theapproach phase
b) Self-optimi-zationat set-point
Start S
= process value = setpoint
Switchinglevel
i +d
i+
5 Functions
24
57 Level inhibit via code
ration levels (corresponds to
l Timer level
enabled
enabled
enabled
inhibited2
b702040enbk Seite 24 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
As an alternative to the logic input the level inhibit can beset via a code (logic input has priority)
h Set the code using q + d (at least 5sec) innormal display
Level inhibit via the logic input will lock the parameter and configucode 011)
1 The values at the operating level can only be indicated but not modified2 Timer operation (startstopcontinuecancel) will continue to be possible
Code Operating level Parameter level Configuration leve
000 enabled enabled enabled
001 enabled enabled inhibited
011 enabled inhibited inhibited
111 inhibited1 inhibited inhibited
5 Functions
25
5U ns of the adjustable timet key or via the logic inputth ter the process value hasg er has run down severalev int switching Furthermo-re
pointcess valuegrammed setpointer start valueer signallinge C122=1)ement key
E
b702040enbk Seite 25 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
8 Timer function (extra code)sing the timer function the control action can be influenced by meai 0 After the timer has been started by power ON by pressing the e timer start value t i 0 is counted down to 0 either instantly or af
one above or below a programmable tolerance limit When the timents are triggered such as control switch-off (output 0) and setpo it is possible to implement timer signalling via an output
w - setx - proS P - prot i 0 - tim----- - tim
(heri - incr
xample
5 Functions
26
Notes on the timer function in conjunction with the ramp function
function
oint is approached with the ithout ramp
p end value) is monitored
xception here is the timer figured setpoint switching via
except for events that are r value will be shown in the
b702040enbk Seite 26 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
- Generally the setpoints can also be approached using the ramp
- Stopping the timer does not influence the ramp function
- If control is active after the timer has run down the current setpramp Cancellation of the timer is followed by a setpoint step w
- For timer functions with a tolerance limit only the setpoint (=ram
Note on setpoint switching via the logic input
- Setpoint switching via the logic input is generally possible An efunction ldquoTime-dependent setpoint switchingrdquo In this case conthe logic input will not be active
Note on the display status in the event of a power failure
- The state of the display before the power failure will be restoredrelated to the timer (start cancel continue stop) Then the timedisplay
5 Functions
27
S
CC as run down (output 0)
C unction the process is con-automatically switches over
Diagrams with andwithout start abovetolerance limit
---- Tolerance limit
C121=3 4 7 or 8
b702040enbk Seite 27 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
ymbol Notes
120120=1
Timer function vpage 34
Time-limited control The control is switched off after the timer h
120=2 Time-dependent setpoint switching After the start of the timer ftrolled to setpoint SP2 After the timer has run down the controller to SP1
C121=3 4 7 or 8C121=1 2 5 or 6
C121=2 or 6 C121=1 or 5
5 Functions
28
Time-delayed control The control action starts after the timer has run down
own to 0 The control action is e signalled via an output
Symbol Notes
er has run down (End) theys are used for acknowledge-
0s
C122=1
b702040enbk Seite 28 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
C120C120=3
C120=4 Timer After the start of the timer function t i 0 is counted dindependent of the timer Here too the timer run-down can b
H After the timi + d kementSet ti0 gt
C121=1 2 5 or 6
C121=1 2 5 or 6
Timer signallingC122=3
5 Functions
29
Clowing events
keyslogic input)e
ow the tolerance limit the
restored or thehe power failure the timer 121=1 or 5 of a power failure
Ce run-down a signal can be
C
S
b702040enbk Seite 29 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
121 Start condition of the timer vpage 34The timer start value t i 0 is counted down as selected in the fol1 Power ON or logic inputkeys2 Start via keyslogic input3 Process value has reached tolerance limit (1degC or 5degC) (start via The position of the tolerance limit depends on the controller typ - 1-setpoint controller (direct) tolerance limit above setpoint - 1-setpoint controller (reversed) tolerance limit below setpoint - 2-setpoint controller tolerance limit below setpoint If during the control process the process value goes abovebel timer will be stopped for the duration of the infringement
Response to a power failure vpage 34After a power failure the condition before the power failure can betimer function can be cancelled If the timer had run down before tstart value will be loaded The timer will start automatically when CThe timer value is saved at one minute intervals to cover the case
122 Timer signalling vpage 35From the start of the timer function until timer run-down or after thproduced via an output
123 Time unit for the timer vpage 35
ymbol Notes
5 Functions
30
Programming example
s to be controlled for 30 min-the event of a power failure
llation on power failure
b702040enbk Seite 30 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
After the start via the logic input or from the keys the process hautes to a setpoint of 80degC The control action is to be cancelled in
Configuration
- C111mdash C116 Controller programming
- C117=5 Logic input = timer control
- C120=1 Timer function = time-limited control
- C121=6 Start condition for timer = via logic inputkeys - cance
- C122=0 Timer signalling = no function
- C123=1 Time unit (timer) = mmss
Operation
h Enter the setpoint SP (80degC)
h Press the q key until t i0 is indicated
h Change over to the timer level using q (at least 2sec)
h Enter the timer start value t i0_ (3000)
h Return to the operating level (timer value) with q
h Start the control action via the logic input or with i
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
31
6
lacesunit X
q
P
your selection with a
123
NO
b702040enbk Seite 31 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Configuration and parameter tables
C111 Transducer X
001 Pt 100 (3-wire)006 Pt 1000 (3-wire)601 KTY11-6 (2-wire)003 Pt 100 (2-wire)005 Pt 1000 (2-wire)039 Cu-Con T 040 Fe-Con J041 Cu-Con U042 Fe-Con L043 NiCr-Ni K044 Pt10Rh-Pt S045 Pt13Rh-Pt R046 Pt30Rh-Pt B048 NiCrSi-NiSi N052 Standard signal 0 ndash 20mA053 Standard signal 4 ndash 20mA063 Standard signal 0 ndash 10V2
071 Standard signal 2 ndash 10V3
C112 Decimal p
0 9999degC1 9999degC2 9999degC3 9999degF4 9999degF5 9999degF
q
q
b11
gt2s
q
y0
qgt2s
X Mark cross
SP 1 AL or Pb1 is shown here depending on the configuration
0 ndash 1V for Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option)
02 ndash 1V for Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option)
ormal displayperating level
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
32
limit comparator (LK) has priorityover the timer signalling
th Type 7020424344 see C118
C113 Controller type Output 1 (relay) Output 2+3 (logic+relay)
X
LKtimer signalling1
LKtimer signalling1
controller output 2
controller
controller
controller output 1
mp function Xp function offp function (degCmin)p function (degCh)
q
ow setpoint) = controller output 1 setpoint) = controller output 2
b702040enbk Seite 32 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 A programmed
Further settings for the outputs wi
10 single setpoint (reversed) controller11 single setpoint (direct) controller30 double setpoint controller output 1
20 single setpoint (reversed) LKtimer signalling1
21 single setpoint (direct) LKtimer signalling1
33 double setpoint controller output 2
q
C114 Limit comparator (LK) X
0 no function1 lk 12 lk 23 lk 34 lk 45 lk 56 lk 67 lk 78 lk 8
C115 Ra0 ram1 ram2 ram
q
reversed = heating (output is active when process value is beldirect = cooling (output is active when process value is above
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
33
input X
ctionibithibittopt switchingontrol
qut 3 Relay X
r signalling comparatorr signallingroller output comparatorroller output
comparatortimerroller output 2 comparatortimerroller output 1roller output 2roller output 1
b702040enbk Seite 33 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
C116 Outputs on fault X
0 01 LKtimer signalling OFF1 1002
2 -1001 3 01 LKtimer
signalling ON4 1002
C117 Logic
0 no fun1 key inh2 level in3 ramp s4 setpoin5 timer c
C118 Output 1 Relay (K1) Output 2 Logic (K2) Outp
0 Functions of outputs as defined under C1131
for 1
-set
pt c
ontr
l controller output limit comparator time2 controller output timer signalling limit3 limit comparator controller output time4 limit comparator timer signalling cont5 timer signalling controller output limit6 timer signalling limit comparator cont
7
for 2
-set
pt c
ontrl
controller output 1 controller output 2 limit8 controller output 1 limit comparatortimer cont9 controller output 2 controller output 1 limit10 controller output 2 limit comparatortimer cont11 limit comparatortimer controller output 1 cont12 limit comparatortimer controller output 2 cont
q
q
1 Minimum output limiting y2 is effective2 Maximum output limiting y1 is effective
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
34
C120 Timer function X
power failure Xs before there
n ofion ars in the
ot valid for C120=3 or 4
b702040enbk Seite 34 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
0 no function1 time-limited control2 time-dependent setpoint switching3 time-delayed control4 timer (control independent of timer)
C121 Start condition for timer Action on 1 after power ON logic inputkeys Condition a
power failu2 via logic inputkeys3 via logic inputkeys timer counts 1degC
from tolerance limit4 via logic inputkeys timer counts 5degC
from tolerance limit5 after power ON logic inputkeys Cancellatio
timer funct(StOP appedisplay)
6 via logic inputkeys7 via logic inputkeys timer counts 1degC
from tolerance limit8 via logic inputkeys timer counts 5degC
from tolerance limit
q
q
The start conditions with tolerance limit (C121=3 4 7 8) are nIf C120 is altered the validity of C121 must be checked
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
35
tory-set Yoursetting
0
0
0
he factory setting
ime (timer) X
(max 9959)(max 9959)ax 9999)
= minutes
q
b702040enbk Seite 35 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Parameter Explanation Value range fac
SCL start value of thestandard signal
-1999 to +9999digit1 0
sCH end value of thestandard signal
-1999 to +9999digit1 10
SPL lowersetpoint limiting
-1999 to +9999digit1 -20
SPH uppersetpoint limiting
-1999 to +9999digit1 85
OFFS process value correction -1999 to 9999digit1 0
HySt switching differential of the limit comparator
0 mdash 9999digit1 1
1 For displays with one or two decimal places the value range and tchange accordinglyExample 1 decimal place rarr value range -1999 to +9999
q
C122 Timer signalling X
0 no function1 timer start until run-down2 after run-down for 10sec 3 after run-down for 1min4 after run-down until
acknowledgement
qC123 Unit of t
1 mmss 2 hhmm 3 hhhh (ms = seconds m h = hours
One output has to be configuredcorrespondingly(C113C118)
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
36and the factory setting
Parameter Explanation Value range factory-set
Yoursetting
0
0
0
0
0
80sec
350sec
200sec
200sec
0
1
1
0
100
-100
06sec
0
b702040enbk Seite 36 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 For displays with one or two decimal places the value range change accordingly
sP 1 setpoint 1 SPL mdash SPH
sP 2 setpoint 2 SPL mdash SPH
AL limit value oflimit comparator
-1999 to +9999digit1
Pb1 proportional band 1 0 mdash 9999digit1
Pb2 proportional band 2 0 mdash 9999digit1
dt derivative time 0 mdash 9999sec
rt reset time 0 mdash 9999sec
Cy 1 cycle time 1 10 mdash 9999sec
Cy 2 cycle time 2 10 mdash 9999sec
db contact spacing 0 mdash 1000digit1
HYS1 differential 1 0 mdash 9999digit1
HYS2 differential 2 0 mdash 9999digit1
Y0 working point -100 to 100
Y1 maximum output 0 mdash 100
Y2 minimum output -100 to +100
dF filter time constant 00 mdash 1000sec
rAsd ramp slope 0 mdash 999 degCh (degCmin)1
7 Alarm
messag
es
37
7
D
of process valueit comparators referred to input behave in accord-figuration of the outputsed
n has been cancelled due to he timer value that wase of the supply failure will be
H ge
is connected
b702040enbk Seite 37 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Alarm messages
isplay Description Causeresponse
The displays for the process value or timer value flashes ldquo1999rdquoDisplay current timer value by repeatedly pressing the q key
OverunderrangeController and limthe process valueance with the conThe timer is stopp
The display for the timer value alternates between showing ldquoStOPrdquo and the timeh Acknowledge by using any
key (the timer start value t i 0 is loaded)
The timer functioa supply failure Tpresent at the timindicated
The following events come under the heading overunderran- Probe breakshort-circuit- Measurement is outside the control range of the probe that- Display overflow
7 Alarm
messag
es
38
Measurement circuit monitoring (bull = recognized)
-circuitProbelead break
bull
bull
bull-
bull-
b702040enbk Seite 38 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Transducer Overrangeunderrange
Probelead short
Thermocouple bullbull -
Resistance thermometer bullbull bull
Voltage 2 ndash 10V and02 ndash 1V0 ndash 10V and 0 ndash 1V
bullbullbull-
bull-
Current 4 ndash 20mA0 ndash 20mA
bullbullbull-
bull-
8 Technical data
39
8In
1
In
23
nce thermometer
3A at 250V AC resistive load at rated load
mA Rload ge250Ω
mA Rload ge600Ω
5+10 48 mdash 63Hz or 48 mdash 63Hz or
nnect to SELV or PELV)
Range
-200 to +850degC
-200 to +850degC
-50 to +150degC
uracy le01 50ppmdegCle10 50ppmdegC
20Ω max per lead250microA
b702040enbk Seite 39 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Technical dataput for thermocouple
These ranges refer to the ambiente temperature of 20degC
put for standard signals
0mdash1V REgt10MΩ for Type 70204041 with 2 relays02mdash1V REgt10MΩ for Type 70204041 with 2 relays
Designation Range 1
Fe-Con LFe-Con J EN 60584Cu-Con UCu-Con T EN 60584NiCr-Ni K EN 60584NiCrSi-NiSi N EN 60584Pt10Rh-Pt S EN 60584Pt13Rh-Pt R EN 60584Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh B EN 60584
-200 to + 900degC-200 to +1200degC-200 to + 600degC-200 to + 400degC-200 to +1372degC-200 to +1300degC
0 mdash 1768degC0 mdash 1768degC0 mdash 1820degC
Measurement accuracy le04 100ppmdegCCold junction Pt100 internal
Designation Range
Voltage 0 mdash 10V RE gt 100kΩ2
2 mdash 10V RE gt 100kΩ3
RE - input resistance
Current 4 mdash 20mA voltage drop le 15V0 mdash 20mA voltage drop le 15V
Measurement accuracy le01 100ppmdegC
Input for resista
OutputsRelayno(make) contact150000 operationsLogic 05VCurrent limiting 20Logic 012VCurrent limiting 20
Supply110 mdash 240V AC -120 mdash 53V ACDC10 mdash 18V DC (Co
Designation
Pt100 EN 60751
Pt1000 EN 60751
KTY11-6
Measurement accPt1001000KTY11-6Sensor leadresistance Meas current
8 Technical data
40
ControllerController type 1-setpt controller with
Data backup EEPROMHousing type
or panel mounting
nt panelater (add mildly acidic neutral
detergents if necessary) Do sive cleaning agents or high-s Limited resistance to organic irits benzol etc)
ng3 834
rage temperatureo +70degC
onsity no condensation
ion any
)160g (702043)200g (702044)
60529
n to EN 61010
b702040enbk Seite 40 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Accuracy of timer 07 10ppmdegC
Test voltages (type test)to EN 61 010 Part 1 March 1994overvoltage category II pollution degree 2 for Type 70204041overvoltage category III pollution degree 2 for Type 7020424344
Power consumption 7VA max
Electrical connectionat the rear via plug-in screw terminalsconductor cross-section le 25mm2 (13mm2 withType 70204041) solid wire or 15mm2 (10mm2 for Type 70204041) stranded wire with ferrules
Electromagnetic compatibility EN 61 326Immunity to interfer Class B Interfer emission industrial requirements
Approval UL and CSA (only devices with JUMO indication)
limit comparator 2-setpt controllerController structure PPDPIPIDAD converter resolution gt15 bitSampling time 210msec (250msec with timer
function)
plastic housing fto DIN 43700Cleaning the frouse warm or hot wor mildly alkalinenot use any abrapressure cleanersolvents (e g sp
Housing mountiin panel to DIN 4
Ambient and sto0 to 55degC -40 t
Climatic conditile 75 rel humid
Operating posit
Weight (approx75g (702040)95g (702041)
145g (702042)Protection IP66 (front) to ENIP20 (rear)Safety regulatio
JUMO GmbH amp Co KG
Street adressMoltkestraszlige 13 - 3136039 Fulda GermanyDelivery addressMackenrodtstraszlige 1436039 Fulda GermanyPostal address36035 Fulda GermanyPhone +49 661 6003-0Fax +49 661 6003-607e-mail mailjumonetInternet wwwjumonet
JUMO Instrument Co Ltd
JUMO HouseTemple Bank RiverwayHarlow Essex CM20 2TT UKPhone +44 1279 635533Fax +44 1279 635262e-mail salesjumocoukInternet wwwjumocouk
JUMO Process Control Inc
8 Technology BoulevardCanastota NY 13032 USAPhone 315-697-JUMO
1-800-554-JUMOFax 315-697-5867e-mail infojumousInternet wwwjumous
b702040enbk Seite 1 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
- 1 Identifying the instrument version
- 2 Installation
- 3 Electrical connection
- 4 Operation
-
- 41 Displays and keys
- 42 Principle of operation
- 43 Operation of the timer function
-
- 5 Functions
-
- 51 Process value input
- 52 Logic input
- 53 Controller
- 54 Limit comparator (alarm contact)
- 55 Ramp function
- 56 Self-optimization
- 57 Level inhibit via code
- 58 Timer function (extra code)
-
- 6 Configuration and parameter tables
- 7 Alarm messages
- 8 Technical data
-
5 Functions
17
5
S
C
C e 31
S
S
Oected by a programmable
cuit through process value
d c = filter off) vpage 36
nges in the process value
b702040enbk Seite 17 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 Process value input
ymbol Notes
111 Transducerprobe (process value input) vpage 31
112 Unit of process value (degCdegF)decimal places of display vpag
CL Startend value of value range for standard signals vpage 35Example 0mdash20 mArarr20mdash200degC SCL = 20 SCH = 200
CH
FFS Process value correction vpage 35Using the process value correction a measured value can be corramount upwards or downwards (offset)Lead compensation can be implemented in software for 2-wire circorrection
ExamplesMeasured value Offset Displayed value 2947 + 03 2950 2953 - 03 2950
F Filter time constant (damping) to adapt the digital input filter (0seif dF high - high damping of interference signals
- slow reaction of the process value display to cha- low cut-off frequency (2nd order low-pass filter)
5 Functions
18
52 Logic input
tion from keys
ss to the parameter andtion levels
self-optimization is not possible
opped
SP 2 is active
are displayed at the operating
(edge-triggered)
ut 2 has been programmed as igured (C114) (double assign-
b702040enbk Seite 18 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Key inhibit Operation is possible from keys No opera
Level inhibit Access to the parameter andconfiguration levels is possibleStarting self-optimization is possible
No acceconfiguraStarting
Ramp stop Ramp running Ramp st
Setpoint switching Setpoint SP 1 is active Setpoint
The appropriate symbols SP 1 and SP 2level
Timer control Acknowledge startstopcontinuetimer run-down
Symbol Notes
C117 Function of the logic input vpage 33On Type 70204041 the parameter C117 is masked out if outpcontroller output (C113) or the limit comparator has been confment not on Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option))
5 Functions
19
5CTE
S
C physical
Cf overunderrange probe
C(controller type as C113)
P
ucture is not effectiveP
d no D action
ro I action
C
process is virtuallyive wear C
b702040enbk Seite 19 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
3 Controllerontroller structurehe controller structure is defined via the parameters Pb dt and rtxample Setting for PI controller rarr Pb 1=120 dt=0sec rt=350sec
ymbol Notes
113 Controller type and assignment of the controller outputs to theoutputs 1+2 vpage 32
116 Outputs in fault condition vpage 33The switching states of the outputs are defined here in the event obreakshort circuit or display overflowv Chapter 7
118 Assignment of the outputs vpage 33Only for Type 7020424344 overwrites the assignment of C113
b1 Proportional band 1 (controller output 1) vpage 36Proportional band 2 (controller output 2)Influences the P action of the controller If Pb=0 the controller strb2
t Derivative time vpage 36Influences the D action of the controller If dt=0 the controller has
t Reset time vpage 36Influences the I action of the controller If rt=0 the controller has n
y 1 Cycle time 1 (controller output 1) vpage 36Cycle time 2 (controller output 2)The cycle time has to be selected so that the energy supply to thecontinuous while not subjecting the switching elements to excessy 2
5 Functions
20
Contact spacing vpage 36
Symbol Notes
Pb2=0) it is necessary
b702040enbk Seite 20 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
dbfor double-setpoint controller
HYS1 Differential 1 (controller output 1) vpage 36Differential 2 (controller output 2)for controllers with Pb1=0 or Pb2=0HYS2
Y0 Working point (basic load) vpage 36Output if process value=setpoint
Y1 Output limiting vpage 36y1 - maximum outputy2 - minimum outputY2
H For controllers without controller structure (Pb1=0 or that y1=100 and y2=-100
5 Functions
21
5
S
C
H
A
lk
lk
lk
6 Monitoring referredto the setpoint
8 Monitoring referredto a fixed value AL
tpoint x = process value
On
On
b702040enbk Seite 21 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
4 Limit comparator (alarm contact)
ymbol Notes
114 Limit comparator function (lk1mdash lk8) vpage 32
yst Differential of limit comparator vpage 35
L Limit value of limit comparator vpage 36
lk2 lk3
4 lk5 lk6
7 lk8
1
lk1mdashlk
lk7 lk
w = se
On On
On On
On On
5 Functions
22
55 Ramp function
t
b702040enbk Seite 22 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Symbol Note
C115 Ramp function (onoff time unit) vpage 32
C117 Ramp stop via logic input (floating contact) vpage 33
rAsd Ramp slope in degCh or degCmin vpage 36
t1
SP1
SP2
t2 t3 t4 t5 t6
t1 power ON (SP 1 active)t2mdash t3 power failure or overrangeunderranget4mdasht5 ramp stopt6 setpoint switching to SP 2
ramp setpoint SPrprocess value
5 Functions
23
5S D or PI controllers
T 1 Cy 2 dF
T ontrol deviation
S
Sce
H
a tart
xw
260tunE
gt2s
d
b702040enbk Seite 23 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
6 Self-optimizationelf-optimization determines the optimum controller parameters for PI
he following controller parameters are defined rt dt Pb1 Pb2 Cy
he controller selects procedure a or b depending on the size of the c
tarting self-optimization
elf-optimization is automatically terminated or can be can-lled
Starting self-optimization is not possible with activelevel inhibit and ramp function
) Self-optimizationin theapproach phase
b) Self-optimi-zationat set-point
Start S
= process value = setpoint
Switchinglevel
i +d
i+
5 Functions
24
57 Level inhibit via code
ration levels (corresponds to
l Timer level
enabled
enabled
enabled
inhibited2
b702040enbk Seite 24 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
As an alternative to the logic input the level inhibit can beset via a code (logic input has priority)
h Set the code using q + d (at least 5sec) innormal display
Level inhibit via the logic input will lock the parameter and configucode 011)
1 The values at the operating level can only be indicated but not modified2 Timer operation (startstopcontinuecancel) will continue to be possible
Code Operating level Parameter level Configuration leve
000 enabled enabled enabled
001 enabled enabled inhibited
011 enabled inhibited inhibited
111 inhibited1 inhibited inhibited
5 Functions
25
5U ns of the adjustable timet key or via the logic inputth ter the process value hasg er has run down severalev int switching Furthermo-re
pointcess valuegrammed setpointer start valueer signallinge C122=1)ement key
E
b702040enbk Seite 25 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
8 Timer function (extra code)sing the timer function the control action can be influenced by meai 0 After the timer has been started by power ON by pressing the e timer start value t i 0 is counted down to 0 either instantly or af
one above or below a programmable tolerance limit When the timents are triggered such as control switch-off (output 0) and setpo it is possible to implement timer signalling via an output
w - setx - proS P - prot i 0 - tim----- - tim
(heri - incr
xample
5 Functions
26
Notes on the timer function in conjunction with the ramp function
function
oint is approached with the ithout ramp
p end value) is monitored
xception here is the timer figured setpoint switching via
except for events that are r value will be shown in the
b702040enbk Seite 26 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
- Generally the setpoints can also be approached using the ramp
- Stopping the timer does not influence the ramp function
- If control is active after the timer has run down the current setpramp Cancellation of the timer is followed by a setpoint step w
- For timer functions with a tolerance limit only the setpoint (=ram
Note on setpoint switching via the logic input
- Setpoint switching via the logic input is generally possible An efunction ldquoTime-dependent setpoint switchingrdquo In this case conthe logic input will not be active
Note on the display status in the event of a power failure
- The state of the display before the power failure will be restoredrelated to the timer (start cancel continue stop) Then the timedisplay
5 Functions
27
S
CC as run down (output 0)
C unction the process is con-automatically switches over
Diagrams with andwithout start abovetolerance limit
---- Tolerance limit
C121=3 4 7 or 8
b702040enbk Seite 27 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
ymbol Notes
120120=1
Timer function vpage 34
Time-limited control The control is switched off after the timer h
120=2 Time-dependent setpoint switching After the start of the timer ftrolled to setpoint SP2 After the timer has run down the controller to SP1
C121=3 4 7 or 8C121=1 2 5 or 6
C121=2 or 6 C121=1 or 5
5 Functions
28
Time-delayed control The control action starts after the timer has run down
own to 0 The control action is e signalled via an output
Symbol Notes
er has run down (End) theys are used for acknowledge-
0s
C122=1
b702040enbk Seite 28 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
C120C120=3
C120=4 Timer After the start of the timer function t i 0 is counted dindependent of the timer Here too the timer run-down can b
H After the timi + d kementSet ti0 gt
C121=1 2 5 or 6
C121=1 2 5 or 6
Timer signallingC122=3
5 Functions
29
Clowing events
keyslogic input)e
ow the tolerance limit the
restored or thehe power failure the timer 121=1 or 5 of a power failure
Ce run-down a signal can be
C
S
b702040enbk Seite 29 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
121 Start condition of the timer vpage 34The timer start value t i 0 is counted down as selected in the fol1 Power ON or logic inputkeys2 Start via keyslogic input3 Process value has reached tolerance limit (1degC or 5degC) (start via The position of the tolerance limit depends on the controller typ - 1-setpoint controller (direct) tolerance limit above setpoint - 1-setpoint controller (reversed) tolerance limit below setpoint - 2-setpoint controller tolerance limit below setpoint If during the control process the process value goes abovebel timer will be stopped for the duration of the infringement
Response to a power failure vpage 34After a power failure the condition before the power failure can betimer function can be cancelled If the timer had run down before tstart value will be loaded The timer will start automatically when CThe timer value is saved at one minute intervals to cover the case
122 Timer signalling vpage 35From the start of the timer function until timer run-down or after thproduced via an output
123 Time unit for the timer vpage 35
ymbol Notes
5 Functions
30
Programming example
s to be controlled for 30 min-the event of a power failure
llation on power failure
b702040enbk Seite 30 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
After the start via the logic input or from the keys the process hautes to a setpoint of 80degC The control action is to be cancelled in
Configuration
- C111mdash C116 Controller programming
- C117=5 Logic input = timer control
- C120=1 Timer function = time-limited control
- C121=6 Start condition for timer = via logic inputkeys - cance
- C122=0 Timer signalling = no function
- C123=1 Time unit (timer) = mmss
Operation
h Enter the setpoint SP (80degC)
h Press the q key until t i0 is indicated
h Change over to the timer level using q (at least 2sec)
h Enter the timer start value t i0_ (3000)
h Return to the operating level (timer value) with q
h Start the control action via the logic input or with i
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
31
6
lacesunit X
q
P
your selection with a
123
NO
b702040enbk Seite 31 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Configuration and parameter tables
C111 Transducer X
001 Pt 100 (3-wire)006 Pt 1000 (3-wire)601 KTY11-6 (2-wire)003 Pt 100 (2-wire)005 Pt 1000 (2-wire)039 Cu-Con T 040 Fe-Con J041 Cu-Con U042 Fe-Con L043 NiCr-Ni K044 Pt10Rh-Pt S045 Pt13Rh-Pt R046 Pt30Rh-Pt B048 NiCrSi-NiSi N052 Standard signal 0 ndash 20mA053 Standard signal 4 ndash 20mA063 Standard signal 0 ndash 10V2
071 Standard signal 2 ndash 10V3
C112 Decimal p
0 9999degC1 9999degC2 9999degC3 9999degF4 9999degF5 9999degF
q
q
b11
gt2s
q
y0
qgt2s
X Mark cross
SP 1 AL or Pb1 is shown here depending on the configuration
0 ndash 1V for Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option)
02 ndash 1V for Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option)
ormal displayperating level
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
32
limit comparator (LK) has priorityover the timer signalling
th Type 7020424344 see C118
C113 Controller type Output 1 (relay) Output 2+3 (logic+relay)
X
LKtimer signalling1
LKtimer signalling1
controller output 2
controller
controller
controller output 1
mp function Xp function offp function (degCmin)p function (degCh)
q
ow setpoint) = controller output 1 setpoint) = controller output 2
b702040enbk Seite 32 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 A programmed
Further settings for the outputs wi
10 single setpoint (reversed) controller11 single setpoint (direct) controller30 double setpoint controller output 1
20 single setpoint (reversed) LKtimer signalling1
21 single setpoint (direct) LKtimer signalling1
33 double setpoint controller output 2
q
C114 Limit comparator (LK) X
0 no function1 lk 12 lk 23 lk 34 lk 45 lk 56 lk 67 lk 78 lk 8
C115 Ra0 ram1 ram2 ram
q
reversed = heating (output is active when process value is beldirect = cooling (output is active when process value is above
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
33
input X
ctionibithibittopt switchingontrol
qut 3 Relay X
r signalling comparatorr signallingroller output comparatorroller output
comparatortimerroller output 2 comparatortimerroller output 1roller output 2roller output 1
b702040enbk Seite 33 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
C116 Outputs on fault X
0 01 LKtimer signalling OFF1 1002
2 -1001 3 01 LKtimer
signalling ON4 1002
C117 Logic
0 no fun1 key inh2 level in3 ramp s4 setpoin5 timer c
C118 Output 1 Relay (K1) Output 2 Logic (K2) Outp
0 Functions of outputs as defined under C1131
for 1
-set
pt c
ontr
l controller output limit comparator time2 controller output timer signalling limit3 limit comparator controller output time4 limit comparator timer signalling cont5 timer signalling controller output limit6 timer signalling limit comparator cont
7
for 2
-set
pt c
ontrl
controller output 1 controller output 2 limit8 controller output 1 limit comparatortimer cont9 controller output 2 controller output 1 limit10 controller output 2 limit comparatortimer cont11 limit comparatortimer controller output 1 cont12 limit comparatortimer controller output 2 cont
q
q
1 Minimum output limiting y2 is effective2 Maximum output limiting y1 is effective
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
34
C120 Timer function X
power failure Xs before there
n ofion ars in the
ot valid for C120=3 or 4
b702040enbk Seite 34 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
0 no function1 time-limited control2 time-dependent setpoint switching3 time-delayed control4 timer (control independent of timer)
C121 Start condition for timer Action on 1 after power ON logic inputkeys Condition a
power failu2 via logic inputkeys3 via logic inputkeys timer counts 1degC
from tolerance limit4 via logic inputkeys timer counts 5degC
from tolerance limit5 after power ON logic inputkeys Cancellatio
timer funct(StOP appedisplay)
6 via logic inputkeys7 via logic inputkeys timer counts 1degC
from tolerance limit8 via logic inputkeys timer counts 5degC
from tolerance limit
q
q
The start conditions with tolerance limit (C121=3 4 7 8) are nIf C120 is altered the validity of C121 must be checked
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
35
tory-set Yoursetting
0
0
0
he factory setting
ime (timer) X
(max 9959)(max 9959)ax 9999)
= minutes
q
b702040enbk Seite 35 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Parameter Explanation Value range fac
SCL start value of thestandard signal
-1999 to +9999digit1 0
sCH end value of thestandard signal
-1999 to +9999digit1 10
SPL lowersetpoint limiting
-1999 to +9999digit1 -20
SPH uppersetpoint limiting
-1999 to +9999digit1 85
OFFS process value correction -1999 to 9999digit1 0
HySt switching differential of the limit comparator
0 mdash 9999digit1 1
1 For displays with one or two decimal places the value range and tchange accordinglyExample 1 decimal place rarr value range -1999 to +9999
q
C122 Timer signalling X
0 no function1 timer start until run-down2 after run-down for 10sec 3 after run-down for 1min4 after run-down until
acknowledgement
qC123 Unit of t
1 mmss 2 hhmm 3 hhhh (ms = seconds m h = hours
One output has to be configuredcorrespondingly(C113C118)
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
36and the factory setting
Parameter Explanation Value range factory-set
Yoursetting
0
0
0
0
0
80sec
350sec
200sec
200sec
0
1
1
0
100
-100
06sec
0
b702040enbk Seite 36 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 For displays with one or two decimal places the value range change accordingly
sP 1 setpoint 1 SPL mdash SPH
sP 2 setpoint 2 SPL mdash SPH
AL limit value oflimit comparator
-1999 to +9999digit1
Pb1 proportional band 1 0 mdash 9999digit1
Pb2 proportional band 2 0 mdash 9999digit1
dt derivative time 0 mdash 9999sec
rt reset time 0 mdash 9999sec
Cy 1 cycle time 1 10 mdash 9999sec
Cy 2 cycle time 2 10 mdash 9999sec
db contact spacing 0 mdash 1000digit1
HYS1 differential 1 0 mdash 9999digit1
HYS2 differential 2 0 mdash 9999digit1
Y0 working point -100 to 100
Y1 maximum output 0 mdash 100
Y2 minimum output -100 to +100
dF filter time constant 00 mdash 1000sec
rAsd ramp slope 0 mdash 999 degCh (degCmin)1
7 Alarm
messag
es
37
7
D
of process valueit comparators referred to input behave in accord-figuration of the outputsed
n has been cancelled due to he timer value that wase of the supply failure will be
H ge
is connected
b702040enbk Seite 37 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Alarm messages
isplay Description Causeresponse
The displays for the process value or timer value flashes ldquo1999rdquoDisplay current timer value by repeatedly pressing the q key
OverunderrangeController and limthe process valueance with the conThe timer is stopp
The display for the timer value alternates between showing ldquoStOPrdquo and the timeh Acknowledge by using any
key (the timer start value t i 0 is loaded)
The timer functioa supply failure Tpresent at the timindicated
The following events come under the heading overunderran- Probe breakshort-circuit- Measurement is outside the control range of the probe that- Display overflow
7 Alarm
messag
es
38
Measurement circuit monitoring (bull = recognized)
-circuitProbelead break
bull
bull
bull-
bull-
b702040enbk Seite 38 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Transducer Overrangeunderrange
Probelead short
Thermocouple bullbull -
Resistance thermometer bullbull bull
Voltage 2 ndash 10V and02 ndash 1V0 ndash 10V and 0 ndash 1V
bullbullbull-
bull-
Current 4 ndash 20mA0 ndash 20mA
bullbullbull-
bull-
8 Technical data
39
8In
1
In
23
nce thermometer
3A at 250V AC resistive load at rated load
mA Rload ge250Ω
mA Rload ge600Ω
5+10 48 mdash 63Hz or 48 mdash 63Hz or
nnect to SELV or PELV)
Range
-200 to +850degC
-200 to +850degC
-50 to +150degC
uracy le01 50ppmdegCle10 50ppmdegC
20Ω max per lead250microA
b702040enbk Seite 39 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Technical dataput for thermocouple
These ranges refer to the ambiente temperature of 20degC
put for standard signals
0mdash1V REgt10MΩ for Type 70204041 with 2 relays02mdash1V REgt10MΩ for Type 70204041 with 2 relays
Designation Range 1
Fe-Con LFe-Con J EN 60584Cu-Con UCu-Con T EN 60584NiCr-Ni K EN 60584NiCrSi-NiSi N EN 60584Pt10Rh-Pt S EN 60584Pt13Rh-Pt R EN 60584Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh B EN 60584
-200 to + 900degC-200 to +1200degC-200 to + 600degC-200 to + 400degC-200 to +1372degC-200 to +1300degC
0 mdash 1768degC0 mdash 1768degC0 mdash 1820degC
Measurement accuracy le04 100ppmdegCCold junction Pt100 internal
Designation Range
Voltage 0 mdash 10V RE gt 100kΩ2
2 mdash 10V RE gt 100kΩ3
RE - input resistance
Current 4 mdash 20mA voltage drop le 15V0 mdash 20mA voltage drop le 15V
Measurement accuracy le01 100ppmdegC
Input for resista
OutputsRelayno(make) contact150000 operationsLogic 05VCurrent limiting 20Logic 012VCurrent limiting 20
Supply110 mdash 240V AC -120 mdash 53V ACDC10 mdash 18V DC (Co
Designation
Pt100 EN 60751
Pt1000 EN 60751
KTY11-6
Measurement accPt1001000KTY11-6Sensor leadresistance Meas current
8 Technical data
40
ControllerController type 1-setpt controller with
Data backup EEPROMHousing type
or panel mounting
nt panelater (add mildly acidic neutral
detergents if necessary) Do sive cleaning agents or high-s Limited resistance to organic irits benzol etc)
ng3 834
rage temperatureo +70degC
onsity no condensation
ion any
)160g (702043)200g (702044)
60529
n to EN 61010
b702040enbk Seite 40 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Accuracy of timer 07 10ppmdegC
Test voltages (type test)to EN 61 010 Part 1 March 1994overvoltage category II pollution degree 2 for Type 70204041overvoltage category III pollution degree 2 for Type 7020424344
Power consumption 7VA max
Electrical connectionat the rear via plug-in screw terminalsconductor cross-section le 25mm2 (13mm2 withType 70204041) solid wire or 15mm2 (10mm2 for Type 70204041) stranded wire with ferrules
Electromagnetic compatibility EN 61 326Immunity to interfer Class B Interfer emission industrial requirements
Approval UL and CSA (only devices with JUMO indication)
limit comparator 2-setpt controllerController structure PPDPIPIDAD converter resolution gt15 bitSampling time 210msec (250msec with timer
function)
plastic housing fto DIN 43700Cleaning the frouse warm or hot wor mildly alkalinenot use any abrapressure cleanersolvents (e g sp
Housing mountiin panel to DIN 4
Ambient and sto0 to 55degC -40 t
Climatic conditile 75 rel humid
Operating posit
Weight (approx75g (702040)95g (702041)
145g (702042)Protection IP66 (front) to ENIP20 (rear)Safety regulatio
JUMO GmbH amp Co KG
Street adressMoltkestraszlige 13 - 3136039 Fulda GermanyDelivery addressMackenrodtstraszlige 1436039 Fulda GermanyPostal address36035 Fulda GermanyPhone +49 661 6003-0Fax +49 661 6003-607e-mail mailjumonetInternet wwwjumonet
JUMO Instrument Co Ltd
JUMO HouseTemple Bank RiverwayHarlow Essex CM20 2TT UKPhone +44 1279 635533Fax +44 1279 635262e-mail salesjumocoukInternet wwwjumocouk
JUMO Process Control Inc
8 Technology BoulevardCanastota NY 13032 USAPhone 315-697-JUMO
1-800-554-JUMOFax 315-697-5867e-mail infojumousInternet wwwjumous
b702040enbk Seite 1 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
- 1 Identifying the instrument version
- 2 Installation
- 3 Electrical connection
- 4 Operation
-
- 41 Displays and keys
- 42 Principle of operation
- 43 Operation of the timer function
-
- 5 Functions
-
- 51 Process value input
- 52 Logic input
- 53 Controller
- 54 Limit comparator (alarm contact)
- 55 Ramp function
- 56 Self-optimization
- 57 Level inhibit via code
- 58 Timer function (extra code)
-
- 6 Configuration and parameter tables
- 7 Alarm messages
- 8 Technical data
-
5 Functions
18
52 Logic input
tion from keys
ss to the parameter andtion levels
self-optimization is not possible
opped
SP 2 is active
are displayed at the operating
(edge-triggered)
ut 2 has been programmed as igured (C114) (double assign-
b702040enbk Seite 18 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Key inhibit Operation is possible from keys No opera
Level inhibit Access to the parameter andconfiguration levels is possibleStarting self-optimization is possible
No acceconfiguraStarting
Ramp stop Ramp running Ramp st
Setpoint switching Setpoint SP 1 is active Setpoint
The appropriate symbols SP 1 and SP 2level
Timer control Acknowledge startstopcontinuetimer run-down
Symbol Notes
C117 Function of the logic input vpage 33On Type 70204041 the parameter C117 is masked out if outpcontroller output (C113) or the limit comparator has been confment not on Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option))
5 Functions
19
5CTE
S
C physical
Cf overunderrange probe
C(controller type as C113)
P
ucture is not effectiveP
d no D action
ro I action
C
process is virtuallyive wear C
b702040enbk Seite 19 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
3 Controllerontroller structurehe controller structure is defined via the parameters Pb dt and rtxample Setting for PI controller rarr Pb 1=120 dt=0sec rt=350sec
ymbol Notes
113 Controller type and assignment of the controller outputs to theoutputs 1+2 vpage 32
116 Outputs in fault condition vpage 33The switching states of the outputs are defined here in the event obreakshort circuit or display overflowv Chapter 7
118 Assignment of the outputs vpage 33Only for Type 7020424344 overwrites the assignment of C113
b1 Proportional band 1 (controller output 1) vpage 36Proportional band 2 (controller output 2)Influences the P action of the controller If Pb=0 the controller strb2
t Derivative time vpage 36Influences the D action of the controller If dt=0 the controller has
t Reset time vpage 36Influences the I action of the controller If rt=0 the controller has n
y 1 Cycle time 1 (controller output 1) vpage 36Cycle time 2 (controller output 2)The cycle time has to be selected so that the energy supply to thecontinuous while not subjecting the switching elements to excessy 2
5 Functions
20
Contact spacing vpage 36
Symbol Notes
Pb2=0) it is necessary
b702040enbk Seite 20 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
dbfor double-setpoint controller
HYS1 Differential 1 (controller output 1) vpage 36Differential 2 (controller output 2)for controllers with Pb1=0 or Pb2=0HYS2
Y0 Working point (basic load) vpage 36Output if process value=setpoint
Y1 Output limiting vpage 36y1 - maximum outputy2 - minimum outputY2
H For controllers without controller structure (Pb1=0 or that y1=100 and y2=-100
5 Functions
21
5
S
C
H
A
lk
lk
lk
6 Monitoring referredto the setpoint
8 Monitoring referredto a fixed value AL
tpoint x = process value
On
On
b702040enbk Seite 21 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
4 Limit comparator (alarm contact)
ymbol Notes
114 Limit comparator function (lk1mdash lk8) vpage 32
yst Differential of limit comparator vpage 35
L Limit value of limit comparator vpage 36
lk2 lk3
4 lk5 lk6
7 lk8
1
lk1mdashlk
lk7 lk
w = se
On On
On On
On On
5 Functions
22
55 Ramp function
t
b702040enbk Seite 22 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Symbol Note
C115 Ramp function (onoff time unit) vpage 32
C117 Ramp stop via logic input (floating contact) vpage 33
rAsd Ramp slope in degCh or degCmin vpage 36
t1
SP1
SP2
t2 t3 t4 t5 t6
t1 power ON (SP 1 active)t2mdash t3 power failure or overrangeunderranget4mdasht5 ramp stopt6 setpoint switching to SP 2
ramp setpoint SPrprocess value
5 Functions
23
5S D or PI controllers
T 1 Cy 2 dF
T ontrol deviation
S
Sce
H
a tart
xw
260tunE
gt2s
d
b702040enbk Seite 23 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
6 Self-optimizationelf-optimization determines the optimum controller parameters for PI
he following controller parameters are defined rt dt Pb1 Pb2 Cy
he controller selects procedure a or b depending on the size of the c
tarting self-optimization
elf-optimization is automatically terminated or can be can-lled
Starting self-optimization is not possible with activelevel inhibit and ramp function
) Self-optimizationin theapproach phase
b) Self-optimi-zationat set-point
Start S
= process value = setpoint
Switchinglevel
i +d
i+
5 Functions
24
57 Level inhibit via code
ration levels (corresponds to
l Timer level
enabled
enabled
enabled
inhibited2
b702040enbk Seite 24 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
As an alternative to the logic input the level inhibit can beset via a code (logic input has priority)
h Set the code using q + d (at least 5sec) innormal display
Level inhibit via the logic input will lock the parameter and configucode 011)
1 The values at the operating level can only be indicated but not modified2 Timer operation (startstopcontinuecancel) will continue to be possible
Code Operating level Parameter level Configuration leve
000 enabled enabled enabled
001 enabled enabled inhibited
011 enabled inhibited inhibited
111 inhibited1 inhibited inhibited
5 Functions
25
5U ns of the adjustable timet key or via the logic inputth ter the process value hasg er has run down severalev int switching Furthermo-re
pointcess valuegrammed setpointer start valueer signallinge C122=1)ement key
E
b702040enbk Seite 25 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
8 Timer function (extra code)sing the timer function the control action can be influenced by meai 0 After the timer has been started by power ON by pressing the e timer start value t i 0 is counted down to 0 either instantly or af
one above or below a programmable tolerance limit When the timents are triggered such as control switch-off (output 0) and setpo it is possible to implement timer signalling via an output
w - setx - proS P - prot i 0 - tim----- - tim
(heri - incr
xample
5 Functions
26
Notes on the timer function in conjunction with the ramp function
function
oint is approached with the ithout ramp
p end value) is monitored
xception here is the timer figured setpoint switching via
except for events that are r value will be shown in the
b702040enbk Seite 26 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
- Generally the setpoints can also be approached using the ramp
- Stopping the timer does not influence the ramp function
- If control is active after the timer has run down the current setpramp Cancellation of the timer is followed by a setpoint step w
- For timer functions with a tolerance limit only the setpoint (=ram
Note on setpoint switching via the logic input
- Setpoint switching via the logic input is generally possible An efunction ldquoTime-dependent setpoint switchingrdquo In this case conthe logic input will not be active
Note on the display status in the event of a power failure
- The state of the display before the power failure will be restoredrelated to the timer (start cancel continue stop) Then the timedisplay
5 Functions
27
S
CC as run down (output 0)
C unction the process is con-automatically switches over
Diagrams with andwithout start abovetolerance limit
---- Tolerance limit
C121=3 4 7 or 8
b702040enbk Seite 27 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
ymbol Notes
120120=1
Timer function vpage 34
Time-limited control The control is switched off after the timer h
120=2 Time-dependent setpoint switching After the start of the timer ftrolled to setpoint SP2 After the timer has run down the controller to SP1
C121=3 4 7 or 8C121=1 2 5 or 6
C121=2 or 6 C121=1 or 5
5 Functions
28
Time-delayed control The control action starts after the timer has run down
own to 0 The control action is e signalled via an output
Symbol Notes
er has run down (End) theys are used for acknowledge-
0s
C122=1
b702040enbk Seite 28 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
C120C120=3
C120=4 Timer After the start of the timer function t i 0 is counted dindependent of the timer Here too the timer run-down can b
H After the timi + d kementSet ti0 gt
C121=1 2 5 or 6
C121=1 2 5 or 6
Timer signallingC122=3
5 Functions
29
Clowing events
keyslogic input)e
ow the tolerance limit the
restored or thehe power failure the timer 121=1 or 5 of a power failure
Ce run-down a signal can be
C
S
b702040enbk Seite 29 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
121 Start condition of the timer vpage 34The timer start value t i 0 is counted down as selected in the fol1 Power ON or logic inputkeys2 Start via keyslogic input3 Process value has reached tolerance limit (1degC or 5degC) (start via The position of the tolerance limit depends on the controller typ - 1-setpoint controller (direct) tolerance limit above setpoint - 1-setpoint controller (reversed) tolerance limit below setpoint - 2-setpoint controller tolerance limit below setpoint If during the control process the process value goes abovebel timer will be stopped for the duration of the infringement
Response to a power failure vpage 34After a power failure the condition before the power failure can betimer function can be cancelled If the timer had run down before tstart value will be loaded The timer will start automatically when CThe timer value is saved at one minute intervals to cover the case
122 Timer signalling vpage 35From the start of the timer function until timer run-down or after thproduced via an output
123 Time unit for the timer vpage 35
ymbol Notes
5 Functions
30
Programming example
s to be controlled for 30 min-the event of a power failure
llation on power failure
b702040enbk Seite 30 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
After the start via the logic input or from the keys the process hautes to a setpoint of 80degC The control action is to be cancelled in
Configuration
- C111mdash C116 Controller programming
- C117=5 Logic input = timer control
- C120=1 Timer function = time-limited control
- C121=6 Start condition for timer = via logic inputkeys - cance
- C122=0 Timer signalling = no function
- C123=1 Time unit (timer) = mmss
Operation
h Enter the setpoint SP (80degC)
h Press the q key until t i0 is indicated
h Change over to the timer level using q (at least 2sec)
h Enter the timer start value t i0_ (3000)
h Return to the operating level (timer value) with q
h Start the control action via the logic input or with i
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
31
6
lacesunit X
q
P
your selection with a
123
NO
b702040enbk Seite 31 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Configuration and parameter tables
C111 Transducer X
001 Pt 100 (3-wire)006 Pt 1000 (3-wire)601 KTY11-6 (2-wire)003 Pt 100 (2-wire)005 Pt 1000 (2-wire)039 Cu-Con T 040 Fe-Con J041 Cu-Con U042 Fe-Con L043 NiCr-Ni K044 Pt10Rh-Pt S045 Pt13Rh-Pt R046 Pt30Rh-Pt B048 NiCrSi-NiSi N052 Standard signal 0 ndash 20mA053 Standard signal 4 ndash 20mA063 Standard signal 0 ndash 10V2
071 Standard signal 2 ndash 10V3
C112 Decimal p
0 9999degC1 9999degC2 9999degC3 9999degF4 9999degF5 9999degF
q
q
b11
gt2s
q
y0
qgt2s
X Mark cross
SP 1 AL or Pb1 is shown here depending on the configuration
0 ndash 1V for Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option)
02 ndash 1V for Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option)
ormal displayperating level
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
32
limit comparator (LK) has priorityover the timer signalling
th Type 7020424344 see C118
C113 Controller type Output 1 (relay) Output 2+3 (logic+relay)
X
LKtimer signalling1
LKtimer signalling1
controller output 2
controller
controller
controller output 1
mp function Xp function offp function (degCmin)p function (degCh)
q
ow setpoint) = controller output 1 setpoint) = controller output 2
b702040enbk Seite 32 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 A programmed
Further settings for the outputs wi
10 single setpoint (reversed) controller11 single setpoint (direct) controller30 double setpoint controller output 1
20 single setpoint (reversed) LKtimer signalling1
21 single setpoint (direct) LKtimer signalling1
33 double setpoint controller output 2
q
C114 Limit comparator (LK) X
0 no function1 lk 12 lk 23 lk 34 lk 45 lk 56 lk 67 lk 78 lk 8
C115 Ra0 ram1 ram2 ram
q
reversed = heating (output is active when process value is beldirect = cooling (output is active when process value is above
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
33
input X
ctionibithibittopt switchingontrol
qut 3 Relay X
r signalling comparatorr signallingroller output comparatorroller output
comparatortimerroller output 2 comparatortimerroller output 1roller output 2roller output 1
b702040enbk Seite 33 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
C116 Outputs on fault X
0 01 LKtimer signalling OFF1 1002
2 -1001 3 01 LKtimer
signalling ON4 1002
C117 Logic
0 no fun1 key inh2 level in3 ramp s4 setpoin5 timer c
C118 Output 1 Relay (K1) Output 2 Logic (K2) Outp
0 Functions of outputs as defined under C1131
for 1
-set
pt c
ontr
l controller output limit comparator time2 controller output timer signalling limit3 limit comparator controller output time4 limit comparator timer signalling cont5 timer signalling controller output limit6 timer signalling limit comparator cont
7
for 2
-set
pt c
ontrl
controller output 1 controller output 2 limit8 controller output 1 limit comparatortimer cont9 controller output 2 controller output 1 limit10 controller output 2 limit comparatortimer cont11 limit comparatortimer controller output 1 cont12 limit comparatortimer controller output 2 cont
q
q
1 Minimum output limiting y2 is effective2 Maximum output limiting y1 is effective
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
34
C120 Timer function X
power failure Xs before there
n ofion ars in the
ot valid for C120=3 or 4
b702040enbk Seite 34 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
0 no function1 time-limited control2 time-dependent setpoint switching3 time-delayed control4 timer (control independent of timer)
C121 Start condition for timer Action on 1 after power ON logic inputkeys Condition a
power failu2 via logic inputkeys3 via logic inputkeys timer counts 1degC
from tolerance limit4 via logic inputkeys timer counts 5degC
from tolerance limit5 after power ON logic inputkeys Cancellatio
timer funct(StOP appedisplay)
6 via logic inputkeys7 via logic inputkeys timer counts 1degC
from tolerance limit8 via logic inputkeys timer counts 5degC
from tolerance limit
q
q
The start conditions with tolerance limit (C121=3 4 7 8) are nIf C120 is altered the validity of C121 must be checked
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
35
tory-set Yoursetting
0
0
0
he factory setting
ime (timer) X
(max 9959)(max 9959)ax 9999)
= minutes
q
b702040enbk Seite 35 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Parameter Explanation Value range fac
SCL start value of thestandard signal
-1999 to +9999digit1 0
sCH end value of thestandard signal
-1999 to +9999digit1 10
SPL lowersetpoint limiting
-1999 to +9999digit1 -20
SPH uppersetpoint limiting
-1999 to +9999digit1 85
OFFS process value correction -1999 to 9999digit1 0
HySt switching differential of the limit comparator
0 mdash 9999digit1 1
1 For displays with one or two decimal places the value range and tchange accordinglyExample 1 decimal place rarr value range -1999 to +9999
q
C122 Timer signalling X
0 no function1 timer start until run-down2 after run-down for 10sec 3 after run-down for 1min4 after run-down until
acknowledgement
qC123 Unit of t
1 mmss 2 hhmm 3 hhhh (ms = seconds m h = hours
One output has to be configuredcorrespondingly(C113C118)
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
36and the factory setting
Parameter Explanation Value range factory-set
Yoursetting
0
0
0
0
0
80sec
350sec
200sec
200sec
0
1
1
0
100
-100
06sec
0
b702040enbk Seite 36 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 For displays with one or two decimal places the value range change accordingly
sP 1 setpoint 1 SPL mdash SPH
sP 2 setpoint 2 SPL mdash SPH
AL limit value oflimit comparator
-1999 to +9999digit1
Pb1 proportional band 1 0 mdash 9999digit1
Pb2 proportional band 2 0 mdash 9999digit1
dt derivative time 0 mdash 9999sec
rt reset time 0 mdash 9999sec
Cy 1 cycle time 1 10 mdash 9999sec
Cy 2 cycle time 2 10 mdash 9999sec
db contact spacing 0 mdash 1000digit1
HYS1 differential 1 0 mdash 9999digit1
HYS2 differential 2 0 mdash 9999digit1
Y0 working point -100 to 100
Y1 maximum output 0 mdash 100
Y2 minimum output -100 to +100
dF filter time constant 00 mdash 1000sec
rAsd ramp slope 0 mdash 999 degCh (degCmin)1
7 Alarm
messag
es
37
7
D
of process valueit comparators referred to input behave in accord-figuration of the outputsed
n has been cancelled due to he timer value that wase of the supply failure will be
H ge
is connected
b702040enbk Seite 37 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Alarm messages
isplay Description Causeresponse
The displays for the process value or timer value flashes ldquo1999rdquoDisplay current timer value by repeatedly pressing the q key
OverunderrangeController and limthe process valueance with the conThe timer is stopp
The display for the timer value alternates between showing ldquoStOPrdquo and the timeh Acknowledge by using any
key (the timer start value t i 0 is loaded)
The timer functioa supply failure Tpresent at the timindicated
The following events come under the heading overunderran- Probe breakshort-circuit- Measurement is outside the control range of the probe that- Display overflow
7 Alarm
messag
es
38
Measurement circuit monitoring (bull = recognized)
-circuitProbelead break
bull
bull
bull-
bull-
b702040enbk Seite 38 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Transducer Overrangeunderrange
Probelead short
Thermocouple bullbull -
Resistance thermometer bullbull bull
Voltage 2 ndash 10V and02 ndash 1V0 ndash 10V and 0 ndash 1V
bullbullbull-
bull-
Current 4 ndash 20mA0 ndash 20mA
bullbullbull-
bull-
8 Technical data
39
8In
1
In
23
nce thermometer
3A at 250V AC resistive load at rated load
mA Rload ge250Ω
mA Rload ge600Ω
5+10 48 mdash 63Hz or 48 mdash 63Hz or
nnect to SELV or PELV)
Range
-200 to +850degC
-200 to +850degC
-50 to +150degC
uracy le01 50ppmdegCle10 50ppmdegC
20Ω max per lead250microA
b702040enbk Seite 39 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Technical dataput for thermocouple
These ranges refer to the ambiente temperature of 20degC
put for standard signals
0mdash1V REgt10MΩ for Type 70204041 with 2 relays02mdash1V REgt10MΩ for Type 70204041 with 2 relays
Designation Range 1
Fe-Con LFe-Con J EN 60584Cu-Con UCu-Con T EN 60584NiCr-Ni K EN 60584NiCrSi-NiSi N EN 60584Pt10Rh-Pt S EN 60584Pt13Rh-Pt R EN 60584Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh B EN 60584
-200 to + 900degC-200 to +1200degC-200 to + 600degC-200 to + 400degC-200 to +1372degC-200 to +1300degC
0 mdash 1768degC0 mdash 1768degC0 mdash 1820degC
Measurement accuracy le04 100ppmdegCCold junction Pt100 internal
Designation Range
Voltage 0 mdash 10V RE gt 100kΩ2
2 mdash 10V RE gt 100kΩ3
RE - input resistance
Current 4 mdash 20mA voltage drop le 15V0 mdash 20mA voltage drop le 15V
Measurement accuracy le01 100ppmdegC
Input for resista
OutputsRelayno(make) contact150000 operationsLogic 05VCurrent limiting 20Logic 012VCurrent limiting 20
Supply110 mdash 240V AC -120 mdash 53V ACDC10 mdash 18V DC (Co
Designation
Pt100 EN 60751
Pt1000 EN 60751
KTY11-6
Measurement accPt1001000KTY11-6Sensor leadresistance Meas current
8 Technical data
40
ControllerController type 1-setpt controller with
Data backup EEPROMHousing type
or panel mounting
nt panelater (add mildly acidic neutral
detergents if necessary) Do sive cleaning agents or high-s Limited resistance to organic irits benzol etc)
ng3 834
rage temperatureo +70degC
onsity no condensation
ion any
)160g (702043)200g (702044)
60529
n to EN 61010
b702040enbk Seite 40 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Accuracy of timer 07 10ppmdegC
Test voltages (type test)to EN 61 010 Part 1 March 1994overvoltage category II pollution degree 2 for Type 70204041overvoltage category III pollution degree 2 for Type 7020424344
Power consumption 7VA max
Electrical connectionat the rear via plug-in screw terminalsconductor cross-section le 25mm2 (13mm2 withType 70204041) solid wire or 15mm2 (10mm2 for Type 70204041) stranded wire with ferrules
Electromagnetic compatibility EN 61 326Immunity to interfer Class B Interfer emission industrial requirements
Approval UL and CSA (only devices with JUMO indication)
limit comparator 2-setpt controllerController structure PPDPIPIDAD converter resolution gt15 bitSampling time 210msec (250msec with timer
function)
plastic housing fto DIN 43700Cleaning the frouse warm or hot wor mildly alkalinenot use any abrapressure cleanersolvents (e g sp
Housing mountiin panel to DIN 4
Ambient and sto0 to 55degC -40 t
Climatic conditile 75 rel humid
Operating posit
Weight (approx75g (702040)95g (702041)
145g (702042)Protection IP66 (front) to ENIP20 (rear)Safety regulatio
JUMO GmbH amp Co KG
Street adressMoltkestraszlige 13 - 3136039 Fulda GermanyDelivery addressMackenrodtstraszlige 1436039 Fulda GermanyPostal address36035 Fulda GermanyPhone +49 661 6003-0Fax +49 661 6003-607e-mail mailjumonetInternet wwwjumonet
JUMO Instrument Co Ltd
JUMO HouseTemple Bank RiverwayHarlow Essex CM20 2TT UKPhone +44 1279 635533Fax +44 1279 635262e-mail salesjumocoukInternet wwwjumocouk
JUMO Process Control Inc
8 Technology BoulevardCanastota NY 13032 USAPhone 315-697-JUMO
1-800-554-JUMOFax 315-697-5867e-mail infojumousInternet wwwjumous
b702040enbk Seite 1 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
- 1 Identifying the instrument version
- 2 Installation
- 3 Electrical connection
- 4 Operation
-
- 41 Displays and keys
- 42 Principle of operation
- 43 Operation of the timer function
-
- 5 Functions
-
- 51 Process value input
- 52 Logic input
- 53 Controller
- 54 Limit comparator (alarm contact)
- 55 Ramp function
- 56 Self-optimization
- 57 Level inhibit via code
- 58 Timer function (extra code)
-
- 6 Configuration and parameter tables
- 7 Alarm messages
- 8 Technical data
-
5 Functions
19
5CTE
S
C physical
Cf overunderrange probe
C(controller type as C113)
P
ucture is not effectiveP
d no D action
ro I action
C
process is virtuallyive wear C
b702040enbk Seite 19 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
3 Controllerontroller structurehe controller structure is defined via the parameters Pb dt and rtxample Setting for PI controller rarr Pb 1=120 dt=0sec rt=350sec
ymbol Notes
113 Controller type and assignment of the controller outputs to theoutputs 1+2 vpage 32
116 Outputs in fault condition vpage 33The switching states of the outputs are defined here in the event obreakshort circuit or display overflowv Chapter 7
118 Assignment of the outputs vpage 33Only for Type 7020424344 overwrites the assignment of C113
b1 Proportional band 1 (controller output 1) vpage 36Proportional band 2 (controller output 2)Influences the P action of the controller If Pb=0 the controller strb2
t Derivative time vpage 36Influences the D action of the controller If dt=0 the controller has
t Reset time vpage 36Influences the I action of the controller If rt=0 the controller has n
y 1 Cycle time 1 (controller output 1) vpage 36Cycle time 2 (controller output 2)The cycle time has to be selected so that the energy supply to thecontinuous while not subjecting the switching elements to excessy 2
5 Functions
20
Contact spacing vpage 36
Symbol Notes
Pb2=0) it is necessary
b702040enbk Seite 20 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
dbfor double-setpoint controller
HYS1 Differential 1 (controller output 1) vpage 36Differential 2 (controller output 2)for controllers with Pb1=0 or Pb2=0HYS2
Y0 Working point (basic load) vpage 36Output if process value=setpoint
Y1 Output limiting vpage 36y1 - maximum outputy2 - minimum outputY2
H For controllers without controller structure (Pb1=0 or that y1=100 and y2=-100
5 Functions
21
5
S
C
H
A
lk
lk
lk
6 Monitoring referredto the setpoint
8 Monitoring referredto a fixed value AL
tpoint x = process value
On
On
b702040enbk Seite 21 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
4 Limit comparator (alarm contact)
ymbol Notes
114 Limit comparator function (lk1mdash lk8) vpage 32
yst Differential of limit comparator vpage 35
L Limit value of limit comparator vpage 36
lk2 lk3
4 lk5 lk6
7 lk8
1
lk1mdashlk
lk7 lk
w = se
On On
On On
On On
5 Functions
22
55 Ramp function
t
b702040enbk Seite 22 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Symbol Note
C115 Ramp function (onoff time unit) vpage 32
C117 Ramp stop via logic input (floating contact) vpage 33
rAsd Ramp slope in degCh or degCmin vpage 36
t1
SP1
SP2
t2 t3 t4 t5 t6
t1 power ON (SP 1 active)t2mdash t3 power failure or overrangeunderranget4mdasht5 ramp stopt6 setpoint switching to SP 2
ramp setpoint SPrprocess value
5 Functions
23
5S D or PI controllers
T 1 Cy 2 dF
T ontrol deviation
S
Sce
H
a tart
xw
260tunE
gt2s
d
b702040enbk Seite 23 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
6 Self-optimizationelf-optimization determines the optimum controller parameters for PI
he following controller parameters are defined rt dt Pb1 Pb2 Cy
he controller selects procedure a or b depending on the size of the c
tarting self-optimization
elf-optimization is automatically terminated or can be can-lled
Starting self-optimization is not possible with activelevel inhibit and ramp function
) Self-optimizationin theapproach phase
b) Self-optimi-zationat set-point
Start S
= process value = setpoint
Switchinglevel
i +d
i+
5 Functions
24
57 Level inhibit via code
ration levels (corresponds to
l Timer level
enabled
enabled
enabled
inhibited2
b702040enbk Seite 24 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
As an alternative to the logic input the level inhibit can beset via a code (logic input has priority)
h Set the code using q + d (at least 5sec) innormal display
Level inhibit via the logic input will lock the parameter and configucode 011)
1 The values at the operating level can only be indicated but not modified2 Timer operation (startstopcontinuecancel) will continue to be possible
Code Operating level Parameter level Configuration leve
000 enabled enabled enabled
001 enabled enabled inhibited
011 enabled inhibited inhibited
111 inhibited1 inhibited inhibited
5 Functions
25
5U ns of the adjustable timet key or via the logic inputth ter the process value hasg er has run down severalev int switching Furthermo-re
pointcess valuegrammed setpointer start valueer signallinge C122=1)ement key
E
b702040enbk Seite 25 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
8 Timer function (extra code)sing the timer function the control action can be influenced by meai 0 After the timer has been started by power ON by pressing the e timer start value t i 0 is counted down to 0 either instantly or af
one above or below a programmable tolerance limit When the timents are triggered such as control switch-off (output 0) and setpo it is possible to implement timer signalling via an output
w - setx - proS P - prot i 0 - tim----- - tim
(heri - incr
xample
5 Functions
26
Notes on the timer function in conjunction with the ramp function
function
oint is approached with the ithout ramp
p end value) is monitored
xception here is the timer figured setpoint switching via
except for events that are r value will be shown in the
b702040enbk Seite 26 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
- Generally the setpoints can also be approached using the ramp
- Stopping the timer does not influence the ramp function
- If control is active after the timer has run down the current setpramp Cancellation of the timer is followed by a setpoint step w
- For timer functions with a tolerance limit only the setpoint (=ram
Note on setpoint switching via the logic input
- Setpoint switching via the logic input is generally possible An efunction ldquoTime-dependent setpoint switchingrdquo In this case conthe logic input will not be active
Note on the display status in the event of a power failure
- The state of the display before the power failure will be restoredrelated to the timer (start cancel continue stop) Then the timedisplay
5 Functions
27
S
CC as run down (output 0)
C unction the process is con-automatically switches over
Diagrams with andwithout start abovetolerance limit
---- Tolerance limit
C121=3 4 7 or 8
b702040enbk Seite 27 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
ymbol Notes
120120=1
Timer function vpage 34
Time-limited control The control is switched off after the timer h
120=2 Time-dependent setpoint switching After the start of the timer ftrolled to setpoint SP2 After the timer has run down the controller to SP1
C121=3 4 7 or 8C121=1 2 5 or 6
C121=2 or 6 C121=1 or 5
5 Functions
28
Time-delayed control The control action starts after the timer has run down
own to 0 The control action is e signalled via an output
Symbol Notes
er has run down (End) theys are used for acknowledge-
0s
C122=1
b702040enbk Seite 28 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
C120C120=3
C120=4 Timer After the start of the timer function t i 0 is counted dindependent of the timer Here too the timer run-down can b
H After the timi + d kementSet ti0 gt
C121=1 2 5 or 6
C121=1 2 5 or 6
Timer signallingC122=3
5 Functions
29
Clowing events
keyslogic input)e
ow the tolerance limit the
restored or thehe power failure the timer 121=1 or 5 of a power failure
Ce run-down a signal can be
C
S
b702040enbk Seite 29 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
121 Start condition of the timer vpage 34The timer start value t i 0 is counted down as selected in the fol1 Power ON or logic inputkeys2 Start via keyslogic input3 Process value has reached tolerance limit (1degC or 5degC) (start via The position of the tolerance limit depends on the controller typ - 1-setpoint controller (direct) tolerance limit above setpoint - 1-setpoint controller (reversed) tolerance limit below setpoint - 2-setpoint controller tolerance limit below setpoint If during the control process the process value goes abovebel timer will be stopped for the duration of the infringement
Response to a power failure vpage 34After a power failure the condition before the power failure can betimer function can be cancelled If the timer had run down before tstart value will be loaded The timer will start automatically when CThe timer value is saved at one minute intervals to cover the case
122 Timer signalling vpage 35From the start of the timer function until timer run-down or after thproduced via an output
123 Time unit for the timer vpage 35
ymbol Notes
5 Functions
30
Programming example
s to be controlled for 30 min-the event of a power failure
llation on power failure
b702040enbk Seite 30 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
After the start via the logic input or from the keys the process hautes to a setpoint of 80degC The control action is to be cancelled in
Configuration
- C111mdash C116 Controller programming
- C117=5 Logic input = timer control
- C120=1 Timer function = time-limited control
- C121=6 Start condition for timer = via logic inputkeys - cance
- C122=0 Timer signalling = no function
- C123=1 Time unit (timer) = mmss
Operation
h Enter the setpoint SP (80degC)
h Press the q key until t i0 is indicated
h Change over to the timer level using q (at least 2sec)
h Enter the timer start value t i0_ (3000)
h Return to the operating level (timer value) with q
h Start the control action via the logic input or with i
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
31
6
lacesunit X
q
P
your selection with a
123
NO
b702040enbk Seite 31 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Configuration and parameter tables
C111 Transducer X
001 Pt 100 (3-wire)006 Pt 1000 (3-wire)601 KTY11-6 (2-wire)003 Pt 100 (2-wire)005 Pt 1000 (2-wire)039 Cu-Con T 040 Fe-Con J041 Cu-Con U042 Fe-Con L043 NiCr-Ni K044 Pt10Rh-Pt S045 Pt13Rh-Pt R046 Pt30Rh-Pt B048 NiCrSi-NiSi N052 Standard signal 0 ndash 20mA053 Standard signal 4 ndash 20mA063 Standard signal 0 ndash 10V2
071 Standard signal 2 ndash 10V3
C112 Decimal p
0 9999degC1 9999degC2 9999degC3 9999degF4 9999degF5 9999degF
q
q
b11
gt2s
q
y0
qgt2s
X Mark cross
SP 1 AL or Pb1 is shown here depending on the configuration
0 ndash 1V for Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option)
02 ndash 1V for Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option)
ormal displayperating level
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
32
limit comparator (LK) has priorityover the timer signalling
th Type 7020424344 see C118
C113 Controller type Output 1 (relay) Output 2+3 (logic+relay)
X
LKtimer signalling1
LKtimer signalling1
controller output 2
controller
controller
controller output 1
mp function Xp function offp function (degCmin)p function (degCh)
q
ow setpoint) = controller output 1 setpoint) = controller output 2
b702040enbk Seite 32 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 A programmed
Further settings for the outputs wi
10 single setpoint (reversed) controller11 single setpoint (direct) controller30 double setpoint controller output 1
20 single setpoint (reversed) LKtimer signalling1
21 single setpoint (direct) LKtimer signalling1
33 double setpoint controller output 2
q
C114 Limit comparator (LK) X
0 no function1 lk 12 lk 23 lk 34 lk 45 lk 56 lk 67 lk 78 lk 8
C115 Ra0 ram1 ram2 ram
q
reversed = heating (output is active when process value is beldirect = cooling (output is active when process value is above
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
33
input X
ctionibithibittopt switchingontrol
qut 3 Relay X
r signalling comparatorr signallingroller output comparatorroller output
comparatortimerroller output 2 comparatortimerroller output 1roller output 2roller output 1
b702040enbk Seite 33 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
C116 Outputs on fault X
0 01 LKtimer signalling OFF1 1002
2 -1001 3 01 LKtimer
signalling ON4 1002
C117 Logic
0 no fun1 key inh2 level in3 ramp s4 setpoin5 timer c
C118 Output 1 Relay (K1) Output 2 Logic (K2) Outp
0 Functions of outputs as defined under C1131
for 1
-set
pt c
ontr
l controller output limit comparator time2 controller output timer signalling limit3 limit comparator controller output time4 limit comparator timer signalling cont5 timer signalling controller output limit6 timer signalling limit comparator cont
7
for 2
-set
pt c
ontrl
controller output 1 controller output 2 limit8 controller output 1 limit comparatortimer cont9 controller output 2 controller output 1 limit10 controller output 2 limit comparatortimer cont11 limit comparatortimer controller output 1 cont12 limit comparatortimer controller output 2 cont
q
q
1 Minimum output limiting y2 is effective2 Maximum output limiting y1 is effective
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
34
C120 Timer function X
power failure Xs before there
n ofion ars in the
ot valid for C120=3 or 4
b702040enbk Seite 34 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
0 no function1 time-limited control2 time-dependent setpoint switching3 time-delayed control4 timer (control independent of timer)
C121 Start condition for timer Action on 1 after power ON logic inputkeys Condition a
power failu2 via logic inputkeys3 via logic inputkeys timer counts 1degC
from tolerance limit4 via logic inputkeys timer counts 5degC
from tolerance limit5 after power ON logic inputkeys Cancellatio
timer funct(StOP appedisplay)
6 via logic inputkeys7 via logic inputkeys timer counts 1degC
from tolerance limit8 via logic inputkeys timer counts 5degC
from tolerance limit
q
q
The start conditions with tolerance limit (C121=3 4 7 8) are nIf C120 is altered the validity of C121 must be checked
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
35
tory-set Yoursetting
0
0
0
he factory setting
ime (timer) X
(max 9959)(max 9959)ax 9999)
= minutes
q
b702040enbk Seite 35 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Parameter Explanation Value range fac
SCL start value of thestandard signal
-1999 to +9999digit1 0
sCH end value of thestandard signal
-1999 to +9999digit1 10
SPL lowersetpoint limiting
-1999 to +9999digit1 -20
SPH uppersetpoint limiting
-1999 to +9999digit1 85
OFFS process value correction -1999 to 9999digit1 0
HySt switching differential of the limit comparator
0 mdash 9999digit1 1
1 For displays with one or two decimal places the value range and tchange accordinglyExample 1 decimal place rarr value range -1999 to +9999
q
C122 Timer signalling X
0 no function1 timer start until run-down2 after run-down for 10sec 3 after run-down for 1min4 after run-down until
acknowledgement
qC123 Unit of t
1 mmss 2 hhmm 3 hhhh (ms = seconds m h = hours
One output has to be configuredcorrespondingly(C113C118)
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
36and the factory setting
Parameter Explanation Value range factory-set
Yoursetting
0
0
0
0
0
80sec
350sec
200sec
200sec
0
1
1
0
100
-100
06sec
0
b702040enbk Seite 36 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 For displays with one or two decimal places the value range change accordingly
sP 1 setpoint 1 SPL mdash SPH
sP 2 setpoint 2 SPL mdash SPH
AL limit value oflimit comparator
-1999 to +9999digit1
Pb1 proportional band 1 0 mdash 9999digit1
Pb2 proportional band 2 0 mdash 9999digit1
dt derivative time 0 mdash 9999sec
rt reset time 0 mdash 9999sec
Cy 1 cycle time 1 10 mdash 9999sec
Cy 2 cycle time 2 10 mdash 9999sec
db contact spacing 0 mdash 1000digit1
HYS1 differential 1 0 mdash 9999digit1
HYS2 differential 2 0 mdash 9999digit1
Y0 working point -100 to 100
Y1 maximum output 0 mdash 100
Y2 minimum output -100 to +100
dF filter time constant 00 mdash 1000sec
rAsd ramp slope 0 mdash 999 degCh (degCmin)1
7 Alarm
messag
es
37
7
D
of process valueit comparators referred to input behave in accord-figuration of the outputsed
n has been cancelled due to he timer value that wase of the supply failure will be
H ge
is connected
b702040enbk Seite 37 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Alarm messages
isplay Description Causeresponse
The displays for the process value or timer value flashes ldquo1999rdquoDisplay current timer value by repeatedly pressing the q key
OverunderrangeController and limthe process valueance with the conThe timer is stopp
The display for the timer value alternates between showing ldquoStOPrdquo and the timeh Acknowledge by using any
key (the timer start value t i 0 is loaded)
The timer functioa supply failure Tpresent at the timindicated
The following events come under the heading overunderran- Probe breakshort-circuit- Measurement is outside the control range of the probe that- Display overflow
7 Alarm
messag
es
38
Measurement circuit monitoring (bull = recognized)
-circuitProbelead break
bull
bull
bull-
bull-
b702040enbk Seite 38 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Transducer Overrangeunderrange
Probelead short
Thermocouple bullbull -
Resistance thermometer bullbull bull
Voltage 2 ndash 10V and02 ndash 1V0 ndash 10V and 0 ndash 1V
bullbullbull-
bull-
Current 4 ndash 20mA0 ndash 20mA
bullbullbull-
bull-
8 Technical data
39
8In
1
In
23
nce thermometer
3A at 250V AC resistive load at rated load
mA Rload ge250Ω
mA Rload ge600Ω
5+10 48 mdash 63Hz or 48 mdash 63Hz or
nnect to SELV or PELV)
Range
-200 to +850degC
-200 to +850degC
-50 to +150degC
uracy le01 50ppmdegCle10 50ppmdegC
20Ω max per lead250microA
b702040enbk Seite 39 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Technical dataput for thermocouple
These ranges refer to the ambiente temperature of 20degC
put for standard signals
0mdash1V REgt10MΩ for Type 70204041 with 2 relays02mdash1V REgt10MΩ for Type 70204041 with 2 relays
Designation Range 1
Fe-Con LFe-Con J EN 60584Cu-Con UCu-Con T EN 60584NiCr-Ni K EN 60584NiCrSi-NiSi N EN 60584Pt10Rh-Pt S EN 60584Pt13Rh-Pt R EN 60584Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh B EN 60584
-200 to + 900degC-200 to +1200degC-200 to + 600degC-200 to + 400degC-200 to +1372degC-200 to +1300degC
0 mdash 1768degC0 mdash 1768degC0 mdash 1820degC
Measurement accuracy le04 100ppmdegCCold junction Pt100 internal
Designation Range
Voltage 0 mdash 10V RE gt 100kΩ2
2 mdash 10V RE gt 100kΩ3
RE - input resistance
Current 4 mdash 20mA voltage drop le 15V0 mdash 20mA voltage drop le 15V
Measurement accuracy le01 100ppmdegC
Input for resista
OutputsRelayno(make) contact150000 operationsLogic 05VCurrent limiting 20Logic 012VCurrent limiting 20
Supply110 mdash 240V AC -120 mdash 53V ACDC10 mdash 18V DC (Co
Designation
Pt100 EN 60751
Pt1000 EN 60751
KTY11-6
Measurement accPt1001000KTY11-6Sensor leadresistance Meas current
8 Technical data
40
ControllerController type 1-setpt controller with
Data backup EEPROMHousing type
or panel mounting
nt panelater (add mildly acidic neutral
detergents if necessary) Do sive cleaning agents or high-s Limited resistance to organic irits benzol etc)
ng3 834
rage temperatureo +70degC
onsity no condensation
ion any
)160g (702043)200g (702044)
60529
n to EN 61010
b702040enbk Seite 40 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Accuracy of timer 07 10ppmdegC
Test voltages (type test)to EN 61 010 Part 1 March 1994overvoltage category II pollution degree 2 for Type 70204041overvoltage category III pollution degree 2 for Type 7020424344
Power consumption 7VA max
Electrical connectionat the rear via plug-in screw terminalsconductor cross-section le 25mm2 (13mm2 withType 70204041) solid wire or 15mm2 (10mm2 for Type 70204041) stranded wire with ferrules
Electromagnetic compatibility EN 61 326Immunity to interfer Class B Interfer emission industrial requirements
Approval UL and CSA (only devices with JUMO indication)
limit comparator 2-setpt controllerController structure PPDPIPIDAD converter resolution gt15 bitSampling time 210msec (250msec with timer
function)
plastic housing fto DIN 43700Cleaning the frouse warm or hot wor mildly alkalinenot use any abrapressure cleanersolvents (e g sp
Housing mountiin panel to DIN 4
Ambient and sto0 to 55degC -40 t
Climatic conditile 75 rel humid
Operating posit
Weight (approx75g (702040)95g (702041)
145g (702042)Protection IP66 (front) to ENIP20 (rear)Safety regulatio
JUMO GmbH amp Co KG
Street adressMoltkestraszlige 13 - 3136039 Fulda GermanyDelivery addressMackenrodtstraszlige 1436039 Fulda GermanyPostal address36035 Fulda GermanyPhone +49 661 6003-0Fax +49 661 6003-607e-mail mailjumonetInternet wwwjumonet
JUMO Instrument Co Ltd
JUMO HouseTemple Bank RiverwayHarlow Essex CM20 2TT UKPhone +44 1279 635533Fax +44 1279 635262e-mail salesjumocoukInternet wwwjumocouk
JUMO Process Control Inc
8 Technology BoulevardCanastota NY 13032 USAPhone 315-697-JUMO
1-800-554-JUMOFax 315-697-5867e-mail infojumousInternet wwwjumous
b702040enbk Seite 1 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
- 1 Identifying the instrument version
- 2 Installation
- 3 Electrical connection
- 4 Operation
-
- 41 Displays and keys
- 42 Principle of operation
- 43 Operation of the timer function
-
- 5 Functions
-
- 51 Process value input
- 52 Logic input
- 53 Controller
- 54 Limit comparator (alarm contact)
- 55 Ramp function
- 56 Self-optimization
- 57 Level inhibit via code
- 58 Timer function (extra code)
-
- 6 Configuration and parameter tables
- 7 Alarm messages
- 8 Technical data
-
5 Functions
20
Contact spacing vpage 36
Symbol Notes
Pb2=0) it is necessary
b702040enbk Seite 20 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
dbfor double-setpoint controller
HYS1 Differential 1 (controller output 1) vpage 36Differential 2 (controller output 2)for controllers with Pb1=0 or Pb2=0HYS2
Y0 Working point (basic load) vpage 36Output if process value=setpoint
Y1 Output limiting vpage 36y1 - maximum outputy2 - minimum outputY2
H For controllers without controller structure (Pb1=0 or that y1=100 and y2=-100
5 Functions
21
5
S
C
H
A
lk
lk
lk
6 Monitoring referredto the setpoint
8 Monitoring referredto a fixed value AL
tpoint x = process value
On
On
b702040enbk Seite 21 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
4 Limit comparator (alarm contact)
ymbol Notes
114 Limit comparator function (lk1mdash lk8) vpage 32
yst Differential of limit comparator vpage 35
L Limit value of limit comparator vpage 36
lk2 lk3
4 lk5 lk6
7 lk8
1
lk1mdashlk
lk7 lk
w = se
On On
On On
On On
5 Functions
22
55 Ramp function
t
b702040enbk Seite 22 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Symbol Note
C115 Ramp function (onoff time unit) vpage 32
C117 Ramp stop via logic input (floating contact) vpage 33
rAsd Ramp slope in degCh or degCmin vpage 36
t1
SP1
SP2
t2 t3 t4 t5 t6
t1 power ON (SP 1 active)t2mdash t3 power failure or overrangeunderranget4mdasht5 ramp stopt6 setpoint switching to SP 2
ramp setpoint SPrprocess value
5 Functions
23
5S D or PI controllers
T 1 Cy 2 dF
T ontrol deviation
S
Sce
H
a tart
xw
260tunE
gt2s
d
b702040enbk Seite 23 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
6 Self-optimizationelf-optimization determines the optimum controller parameters for PI
he following controller parameters are defined rt dt Pb1 Pb2 Cy
he controller selects procedure a or b depending on the size of the c
tarting self-optimization
elf-optimization is automatically terminated or can be can-lled
Starting self-optimization is not possible with activelevel inhibit and ramp function
) Self-optimizationin theapproach phase
b) Self-optimi-zationat set-point
Start S
= process value = setpoint
Switchinglevel
i +d
i+
5 Functions
24
57 Level inhibit via code
ration levels (corresponds to
l Timer level
enabled
enabled
enabled
inhibited2
b702040enbk Seite 24 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
As an alternative to the logic input the level inhibit can beset via a code (logic input has priority)
h Set the code using q + d (at least 5sec) innormal display
Level inhibit via the logic input will lock the parameter and configucode 011)
1 The values at the operating level can only be indicated but not modified2 Timer operation (startstopcontinuecancel) will continue to be possible
Code Operating level Parameter level Configuration leve
000 enabled enabled enabled
001 enabled enabled inhibited
011 enabled inhibited inhibited
111 inhibited1 inhibited inhibited
5 Functions
25
5U ns of the adjustable timet key or via the logic inputth ter the process value hasg er has run down severalev int switching Furthermo-re
pointcess valuegrammed setpointer start valueer signallinge C122=1)ement key
E
b702040enbk Seite 25 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
8 Timer function (extra code)sing the timer function the control action can be influenced by meai 0 After the timer has been started by power ON by pressing the e timer start value t i 0 is counted down to 0 either instantly or af
one above or below a programmable tolerance limit When the timents are triggered such as control switch-off (output 0) and setpo it is possible to implement timer signalling via an output
w - setx - proS P - prot i 0 - tim----- - tim
(heri - incr
xample
5 Functions
26
Notes on the timer function in conjunction with the ramp function
function
oint is approached with the ithout ramp
p end value) is monitored
xception here is the timer figured setpoint switching via
except for events that are r value will be shown in the
b702040enbk Seite 26 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
- Generally the setpoints can also be approached using the ramp
- Stopping the timer does not influence the ramp function
- If control is active after the timer has run down the current setpramp Cancellation of the timer is followed by a setpoint step w
- For timer functions with a tolerance limit only the setpoint (=ram
Note on setpoint switching via the logic input
- Setpoint switching via the logic input is generally possible An efunction ldquoTime-dependent setpoint switchingrdquo In this case conthe logic input will not be active
Note on the display status in the event of a power failure
- The state of the display before the power failure will be restoredrelated to the timer (start cancel continue stop) Then the timedisplay
5 Functions
27
S
CC as run down (output 0)
C unction the process is con-automatically switches over
Diagrams with andwithout start abovetolerance limit
---- Tolerance limit
C121=3 4 7 or 8
b702040enbk Seite 27 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
ymbol Notes
120120=1
Timer function vpage 34
Time-limited control The control is switched off after the timer h
120=2 Time-dependent setpoint switching After the start of the timer ftrolled to setpoint SP2 After the timer has run down the controller to SP1
C121=3 4 7 or 8C121=1 2 5 or 6
C121=2 or 6 C121=1 or 5
5 Functions
28
Time-delayed control The control action starts after the timer has run down
own to 0 The control action is e signalled via an output
Symbol Notes
er has run down (End) theys are used for acknowledge-
0s
C122=1
b702040enbk Seite 28 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
C120C120=3
C120=4 Timer After the start of the timer function t i 0 is counted dindependent of the timer Here too the timer run-down can b
H After the timi + d kementSet ti0 gt
C121=1 2 5 or 6
C121=1 2 5 or 6
Timer signallingC122=3
5 Functions
29
Clowing events
keyslogic input)e
ow the tolerance limit the
restored or thehe power failure the timer 121=1 or 5 of a power failure
Ce run-down a signal can be
C
S
b702040enbk Seite 29 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
121 Start condition of the timer vpage 34The timer start value t i 0 is counted down as selected in the fol1 Power ON or logic inputkeys2 Start via keyslogic input3 Process value has reached tolerance limit (1degC or 5degC) (start via The position of the tolerance limit depends on the controller typ - 1-setpoint controller (direct) tolerance limit above setpoint - 1-setpoint controller (reversed) tolerance limit below setpoint - 2-setpoint controller tolerance limit below setpoint If during the control process the process value goes abovebel timer will be stopped for the duration of the infringement
Response to a power failure vpage 34After a power failure the condition before the power failure can betimer function can be cancelled If the timer had run down before tstart value will be loaded The timer will start automatically when CThe timer value is saved at one minute intervals to cover the case
122 Timer signalling vpage 35From the start of the timer function until timer run-down or after thproduced via an output
123 Time unit for the timer vpage 35
ymbol Notes
5 Functions
30
Programming example
s to be controlled for 30 min-the event of a power failure
llation on power failure
b702040enbk Seite 30 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
After the start via the logic input or from the keys the process hautes to a setpoint of 80degC The control action is to be cancelled in
Configuration
- C111mdash C116 Controller programming
- C117=5 Logic input = timer control
- C120=1 Timer function = time-limited control
- C121=6 Start condition for timer = via logic inputkeys - cance
- C122=0 Timer signalling = no function
- C123=1 Time unit (timer) = mmss
Operation
h Enter the setpoint SP (80degC)
h Press the q key until t i0 is indicated
h Change over to the timer level using q (at least 2sec)
h Enter the timer start value t i0_ (3000)
h Return to the operating level (timer value) with q
h Start the control action via the logic input or with i
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
31
6
lacesunit X
q
P
your selection with a
123
NO
b702040enbk Seite 31 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Configuration and parameter tables
C111 Transducer X
001 Pt 100 (3-wire)006 Pt 1000 (3-wire)601 KTY11-6 (2-wire)003 Pt 100 (2-wire)005 Pt 1000 (2-wire)039 Cu-Con T 040 Fe-Con J041 Cu-Con U042 Fe-Con L043 NiCr-Ni K044 Pt10Rh-Pt S045 Pt13Rh-Pt R046 Pt30Rh-Pt B048 NiCrSi-NiSi N052 Standard signal 0 ndash 20mA053 Standard signal 4 ndash 20mA063 Standard signal 0 ndash 10V2
071 Standard signal 2 ndash 10V3
C112 Decimal p
0 9999degC1 9999degC2 9999degC3 9999degF4 9999degF5 9999degF
q
q
b11
gt2s
q
y0
qgt2s
X Mark cross
SP 1 AL or Pb1 is shown here depending on the configuration
0 ndash 1V for Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option)
02 ndash 1V for Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option)
ormal displayperating level
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
32
limit comparator (LK) has priorityover the timer signalling
th Type 7020424344 see C118
C113 Controller type Output 1 (relay) Output 2+3 (logic+relay)
X
LKtimer signalling1
LKtimer signalling1
controller output 2
controller
controller
controller output 1
mp function Xp function offp function (degCmin)p function (degCh)
q
ow setpoint) = controller output 1 setpoint) = controller output 2
b702040enbk Seite 32 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 A programmed
Further settings for the outputs wi
10 single setpoint (reversed) controller11 single setpoint (direct) controller30 double setpoint controller output 1
20 single setpoint (reversed) LKtimer signalling1
21 single setpoint (direct) LKtimer signalling1
33 double setpoint controller output 2
q
C114 Limit comparator (LK) X
0 no function1 lk 12 lk 23 lk 34 lk 45 lk 56 lk 67 lk 78 lk 8
C115 Ra0 ram1 ram2 ram
q
reversed = heating (output is active when process value is beldirect = cooling (output is active when process value is above
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
33
input X
ctionibithibittopt switchingontrol
qut 3 Relay X
r signalling comparatorr signallingroller output comparatorroller output
comparatortimerroller output 2 comparatortimerroller output 1roller output 2roller output 1
b702040enbk Seite 33 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
C116 Outputs on fault X
0 01 LKtimer signalling OFF1 1002
2 -1001 3 01 LKtimer
signalling ON4 1002
C117 Logic
0 no fun1 key inh2 level in3 ramp s4 setpoin5 timer c
C118 Output 1 Relay (K1) Output 2 Logic (K2) Outp
0 Functions of outputs as defined under C1131
for 1
-set
pt c
ontr
l controller output limit comparator time2 controller output timer signalling limit3 limit comparator controller output time4 limit comparator timer signalling cont5 timer signalling controller output limit6 timer signalling limit comparator cont
7
for 2
-set
pt c
ontrl
controller output 1 controller output 2 limit8 controller output 1 limit comparatortimer cont9 controller output 2 controller output 1 limit10 controller output 2 limit comparatortimer cont11 limit comparatortimer controller output 1 cont12 limit comparatortimer controller output 2 cont
q
q
1 Minimum output limiting y2 is effective2 Maximum output limiting y1 is effective
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
34
C120 Timer function X
power failure Xs before there
n ofion ars in the
ot valid for C120=3 or 4
b702040enbk Seite 34 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
0 no function1 time-limited control2 time-dependent setpoint switching3 time-delayed control4 timer (control independent of timer)
C121 Start condition for timer Action on 1 after power ON logic inputkeys Condition a
power failu2 via logic inputkeys3 via logic inputkeys timer counts 1degC
from tolerance limit4 via logic inputkeys timer counts 5degC
from tolerance limit5 after power ON logic inputkeys Cancellatio
timer funct(StOP appedisplay)
6 via logic inputkeys7 via logic inputkeys timer counts 1degC
from tolerance limit8 via logic inputkeys timer counts 5degC
from tolerance limit
q
q
The start conditions with tolerance limit (C121=3 4 7 8) are nIf C120 is altered the validity of C121 must be checked
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
35
tory-set Yoursetting
0
0
0
he factory setting
ime (timer) X
(max 9959)(max 9959)ax 9999)
= minutes
q
b702040enbk Seite 35 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Parameter Explanation Value range fac
SCL start value of thestandard signal
-1999 to +9999digit1 0
sCH end value of thestandard signal
-1999 to +9999digit1 10
SPL lowersetpoint limiting
-1999 to +9999digit1 -20
SPH uppersetpoint limiting
-1999 to +9999digit1 85
OFFS process value correction -1999 to 9999digit1 0
HySt switching differential of the limit comparator
0 mdash 9999digit1 1
1 For displays with one or two decimal places the value range and tchange accordinglyExample 1 decimal place rarr value range -1999 to +9999
q
C122 Timer signalling X
0 no function1 timer start until run-down2 after run-down for 10sec 3 after run-down for 1min4 after run-down until
acknowledgement
qC123 Unit of t
1 mmss 2 hhmm 3 hhhh (ms = seconds m h = hours
One output has to be configuredcorrespondingly(C113C118)
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
36and the factory setting
Parameter Explanation Value range factory-set
Yoursetting
0
0
0
0
0
80sec
350sec
200sec
200sec
0
1
1
0
100
-100
06sec
0
b702040enbk Seite 36 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 For displays with one or two decimal places the value range change accordingly
sP 1 setpoint 1 SPL mdash SPH
sP 2 setpoint 2 SPL mdash SPH
AL limit value oflimit comparator
-1999 to +9999digit1
Pb1 proportional band 1 0 mdash 9999digit1
Pb2 proportional band 2 0 mdash 9999digit1
dt derivative time 0 mdash 9999sec
rt reset time 0 mdash 9999sec
Cy 1 cycle time 1 10 mdash 9999sec
Cy 2 cycle time 2 10 mdash 9999sec
db contact spacing 0 mdash 1000digit1
HYS1 differential 1 0 mdash 9999digit1
HYS2 differential 2 0 mdash 9999digit1
Y0 working point -100 to 100
Y1 maximum output 0 mdash 100
Y2 minimum output -100 to +100
dF filter time constant 00 mdash 1000sec
rAsd ramp slope 0 mdash 999 degCh (degCmin)1
7 Alarm
messag
es
37
7
D
of process valueit comparators referred to input behave in accord-figuration of the outputsed
n has been cancelled due to he timer value that wase of the supply failure will be
H ge
is connected
b702040enbk Seite 37 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Alarm messages
isplay Description Causeresponse
The displays for the process value or timer value flashes ldquo1999rdquoDisplay current timer value by repeatedly pressing the q key
OverunderrangeController and limthe process valueance with the conThe timer is stopp
The display for the timer value alternates between showing ldquoStOPrdquo and the timeh Acknowledge by using any
key (the timer start value t i 0 is loaded)
The timer functioa supply failure Tpresent at the timindicated
The following events come under the heading overunderran- Probe breakshort-circuit- Measurement is outside the control range of the probe that- Display overflow
7 Alarm
messag
es
38
Measurement circuit monitoring (bull = recognized)
-circuitProbelead break
bull
bull
bull-
bull-
b702040enbk Seite 38 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Transducer Overrangeunderrange
Probelead short
Thermocouple bullbull -
Resistance thermometer bullbull bull
Voltage 2 ndash 10V and02 ndash 1V0 ndash 10V and 0 ndash 1V
bullbullbull-
bull-
Current 4 ndash 20mA0 ndash 20mA
bullbullbull-
bull-
8 Technical data
39
8In
1
In
23
nce thermometer
3A at 250V AC resistive load at rated load
mA Rload ge250Ω
mA Rload ge600Ω
5+10 48 mdash 63Hz or 48 mdash 63Hz or
nnect to SELV or PELV)
Range
-200 to +850degC
-200 to +850degC
-50 to +150degC
uracy le01 50ppmdegCle10 50ppmdegC
20Ω max per lead250microA
b702040enbk Seite 39 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Technical dataput for thermocouple
These ranges refer to the ambiente temperature of 20degC
put for standard signals
0mdash1V REgt10MΩ for Type 70204041 with 2 relays02mdash1V REgt10MΩ for Type 70204041 with 2 relays
Designation Range 1
Fe-Con LFe-Con J EN 60584Cu-Con UCu-Con T EN 60584NiCr-Ni K EN 60584NiCrSi-NiSi N EN 60584Pt10Rh-Pt S EN 60584Pt13Rh-Pt R EN 60584Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh B EN 60584
-200 to + 900degC-200 to +1200degC-200 to + 600degC-200 to + 400degC-200 to +1372degC-200 to +1300degC
0 mdash 1768degC0 mdash 1768degC0 mdash 1820degC
Measurement accuracy le04 100ppmdegCCold junction Pt100 internal
Designation Range
Voltage 0 mdash 10V RE gt 100kΩ2
2 mdash 10V RE gt 100kΩ3
RE - input resistance
Current 4 mdash 20mA voltage drop le 15V0 mdash 20mA voltage drop le 15V
Measurement accuracy le01 100ppmdegC
Input for resista
OutputsRelayno(make) contact150000 operationsLogic 05VCurrent limiting 20Logic 012VCurrent limiting 20
Supply110 mdash 240V AC -120 mdash 53V ACDC10 mdash 18V DC (Co
Designation
Pt100 EN 60751
Pt1000 EN 60751
KTY11-6
Measurement accPt1001000KTY11-6Sensor leadresistance Meas current
8 Technical data
40
ControllerController type 1-setpt controller with
Data backup EEPROMHousing type
or panel mounting
nt panelater (add mildly acidic neutral
detergents if necessary) Do sive cleaning agents or high-s Limited resistance to organic irits benzol etc)
ng3 834
rage temperatureo +70degC
onsity no condensation
ion any
)160g (702043)200g (702044)
60529
n to EN 61010
b702040enbk Seite 40 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Accuracy of timer 07 10ppmdegC
Test voltages (type test)to EN 61 010 Part 1 March 1994overvoltage category II pollution degree 2 for Type 70204041overvoltage category III pollution degree 2 for Type 7020424344
Power consumption 7VA max
Electrical connectionat the rear via plug-in screw terminalsconductor cross-section le 25mm2 (13mm2 withType 70204041) solid wire or 15mm2 (10mm2 for Type 70204041) stranded wire with ferrules
Electromagnetic compatibility EN 61 326Immunity to interfer Class B Interfer emission industrial requirements
Approval UL and CSA (only devices with JUMO indication)
limit comparator 2-setpt controllerController structure PPDPIPIDAD converter resolution gt15 bitSampling time 210msec (250msec with timer
function)
plastic housing fto DIN 43700Cleaning the frouse warm or hot wor mildly alkalinenot use any abrapressure cleanersolvents (e g sp
Housing mountiin panel to DIN 4
Ambient and sto0 to 55degC -40 t
Climatic conditile 75 rel humid
Operating posit
Weight (approx75g (702040)95g (702041)
145g (702042)Protection IP66 (front) to ENIP20 (rear)Safety regulatio
JUMO GmbH amp Co KG
Street adressMoltkestraszlige 13 - 3136039 Fulda GermanyDelivery addressMackenrodtstraszlige 1436039 Fulda GermanyPostal address36035 Fulda GermanyPhone +49 661 6003-0Fax +49 661 6003-607e-mail mailjumonetInternet wwwjumonet
JUMO Instrument Co Ltd
JUMO HouseTemple Bank RiverwayHarlow Essex CM20 2TT UKPhone +44 1279 635533Fax +44 1279 635262e-mail salesjumocoukInternet wwwjumocouk
JUMO Process Control Inc
8 Technology BoulevardCanastota NY 13032 USAPhone 315-697-JUMO
1-800-554-JUMOFax 315-697-5867e-mail infojumousInternet wwwjumous
b702040enbk Seite 1 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
- 1 Identifying the instrument version
- 2 Installation
- 3 Electrical connection
- 4 Operation
-
- 41 Displays and keys
- 42 Principle of operation
- 43 Operation of the timer function
-
- 5 Functions
-
- 51 Process value input
- 52 Logic input
- 53 Controller
- 54 Limit comparator (alarm contact)
- 55 Ramp function
- 56 Self-optimization
- 57 Level inhibit via code
- 58 Timer function (extra code)
-
- 6 Configuration and parameter tables
- 7 Alarm messages
- 8 Technical data
-
5 Functions
21
5
S
C
H
A
lk
lk
lk
6 Monitoring referredto the setpoint
8 Monitoring referredto a fixed value AL
tpoint x = process value
On
On
b702040enbk Seite 21 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
4 Limit comparator (alarm contact)
ymbol Notes
114 Limit comparator function (lk1mdash lk8) vpage 32
yst Differential of limit comparator vpage 35
L Limit value of limit comparator vpage 36
lk2 lk3
4 lk5 lk6
7 lk8
1
lk1mdashlk
lk7 lk
w = se
On On
On On
On On
5 Functions
22
55 Ramp function
t
b702040enbk Seite 22 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Symbol Note
C115 Ramp function (onoff time unit) vpage 32
C117 Ramp stop via logic input (floating contact) vpage 33
rAsd Ramp slope in degCh or degCmin vpage 36
t1
SP1
SP2
t2 t3 t4 t5 t6
t1 power ON (SP 1 active)t2mdash t3 power failure or overrangeunderranget4mdasht5 ramp stopt6 setpoint switching to SP 2
ramp setpoint SPrprocess value
5 Functions
23
5S D or PI controllers
T 1 Cy 2 dF
T ontrol deviation
S
Sce
H
a tart
xw
260tunE
gt2s
d
b702040enbk Seite 23 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
6 Self-optimizationelf-optimization determines the optimum controller parameters for PI
he following controller parameters are defined rt dt Pb1 Pb2 Cy
he controller selects procedure a or b depending on the size of the c
tarting self-optimization
elf-optimization is automatically terminated or can be can-lled
Starting self-optimization is not possible with activelevel inhibit and ramp function
) Self-optimizationin theapproach phase
b) Self-optimi-zationat set-point
Start S
= process value = setpoint
Switchinglevel
i +d
i+
5 Functions
24
57 Level inhibit via code
ration levels (corresponds to
l Timer level
enabled
enabled
enabled
inhibited2
b702040enbk Seite 24 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
As an alternative to the logic input the level inhibit can beset via a code (logic input has priority)
h Set the code using q + d (at least 5sec) innormal display
Level inhibit via the logic input will lock the parameter and configucode 011)
1 The values at the operating level can only be indicated but not modified2 Timer operation (startstopcontinuecancel) will continue to be possible
Code Operating level Parameter level Configuration leve
000 enabled enabled enabled
001 enabled enabled inhibited
011 enabled inhibited inhibited
111 inhibited1 inhibited inhibited
5 Functions
25
5U ns of the adjustable timet key or via the logic inputth ter the process value hasg er has run down severalev int switching Furthermo-re
pointcess valuegrammed setpointer start valueer signallinge C122=1)ement key
E
b702040enbk Seite 25 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
8 Timer function (extra code)sing the timer function the control action can be influenced by meai 0 After the timer has been started by power ON by pressing the e timer start value t i 0 is counted down to 0 either instantly or af
one above or below a programmable tolerance limit When the timents are triggered such as control switch-off (output 0) and setpo it is possible to implement timer signalling via an output
w - setx - proS P - prot i 0 - tim----- - tim
(heri - incr
xample
5 Functions
26
Notes on the timer function in conjunction with the ramp function
function
oint is approached with the ithout ramp
p end value) is monitored
xception here is the timer figured setpoint switching via
except for events that are r value will be shown in the
b702040enbk Seite 26 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
- Generally the setpoints can also be approached using the ramp
- Stopping the timer does not influence the ramp function
- If control is active after the timer has run down the current setpramp Cancellation of the timer is followed by a setpoint step w
- For timer functions with a tolerance limit only the setpoint (=ram
Note on setpoint switching via the logic input
- Setpoint switching via the logic input is generally possible An efunction ldquoTime-dependent setpoint switchingrdquo In this case conthe logic input will not be active
Note on the display status in the event of a power failure
- The state of the display before the power failure will be restoredrelated to the timer (start cancel continue stop) Then the timedisplay
5 Functions
27
S
CC as run down (output 0)
C unction the process is con-automatically switches over
Diagrams with andwithout start abovetolerance limit
---- Tolerance limit
C121=3 4 7 or 8
b702040enbk Seite 27 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
ymbol Notes
120120=1
Timer function vpage 34
Time-limited control The control is switched off after the timer h
120=2 Time-dependent setpoint switching After the start of the timer ftrolled to setpoint SP2 After the timer has run down the controller to SP1
C121=3 4 7 or 8C121=1 2 5 or 6
C121=2 or 6 C121=1 or 5
5 Functions
28
Time-delayed control The control action starts after the timer has run down
own to 0 The control action is e signalled via an output
Symbol Notes
er has run down (End) theys are used for acknowledge-
0s
C122=1
b702040enbk Seite 28 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
C120C120=3
C120=4 Timer After the start of the timer function t i 0 is counted dindependent of the timer Here too the timer run-down can b
H After the timi + d kementSet ti0 gt
C121=1 2 5 or 6
C121=1 2 5 or 6
Timer signallingC122=3
5 Functions
29
Clowing events
keyslogic input)e
ow the tolerance limit the
restored or thehe power failure the timer 121=1 or 5 of a power failure
Ce run-down a signal can be
C
S
b702040enbk Seite 29 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
121 Start condition of the timer vpage 34The timer start value t i 0 is counted down as selected in the fol1 Power ON or logic inputkeys2 Start via keyslogic input3 Process value has reached tolerance limit (1degC or 5degC) (start via The position of the tolerance limit depends on the controller typ - 1-setpoint controller (direct) tolerance limit above setpoint - 1-setpoint controller (reversed) tolerance limit below setpoint - 2-setpoint controller tolerance limit below setpoint If during the control process the process value goes abovebel timer will be stopped for the duration of the infringement
Response to a power failure vpage 34After a power failure the condition before the power failure can betimer function can be cancelled If the timer had run down before tstart value will be loaded The timer will start automatically when CThe timer value is saved at one minute intervals to cover the case
122 Timer signalling vpage 35From the start of the timer function until timer run-down or after thproduced via an output
123 Time unit for the timer vpage 35
ymbol Notes
5 Functions
30
Programming example
s to be controlled for 30 min-the event of a power failure
llation on power failure
b702040enbk Seite 30 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
After the start via the logic input or from the keys the process hautes to a setpoint of 80degC The control action is to be cancelled in
Configuration
- C111mdash C116 Controller programming
- C117=5 Logic input = timer control
- C120=1 Timer function = time-limited control
- C121=6 Start condition for timer = via logic inputkeys - cance
- C122=0 Timer signalling = no function
- C123=1 Time unit (timer) = mmss
Operation
h Enter the setpoint SP (80degC)
h Press the q key until t i0 is indicated
h Change over to the timer level using q (at least 2sec)
h Enter the timer start value t i0_ (3000)
h Return to the operating level (timer value) with q
h Start the control action via the logic input or with i
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
31
6
lacesunit X
q
P
your selection with a
123
NO
b702040enbk Seite 31 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Configuration and parameter tables
C111 Transducer X
001 Pt 100 (3-wire)006 Pt 1000 (3-wire)601 KTY11-6 (2-wire)003 Pt 100 (2-wire)005 Pt 1000 (2-wire)039 Cu-Con T 040 Fe-Con J041 Cu-Con U042 Fe-Con L043 NiCr-Ni K044 Pt10Rh-Pt S045 Pt13Rh-Pt R046 Pt30Rh-Pt B048 NiCrSi-NiSi N052 Standard signal 0 ndash 20mA053 Standard signal 4 ndash 20mA063 Standard signal 0 ndash 10V2
071 Standard signal 2 ndash 10V3
C112 Decimal p
0 9999degC1 9999degC2 9999degC3 9999degF4 9999degF5 9999degF
q
q
b11
gt2s
q
y0
qgt2s
X Mark cross
SP 1 AL or Pb1 is shown here depending on the configuration
0 ndash 1V for Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option)
02 ndash 1V for Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option)
ormal displayperating level
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
32
limit comparator (LK) has priorityover the timer signalling
th Type 7020424344 see C118
C113 Controller type Output 1 (relay) Output 2+3 (logic+relay)
X
LKtimer signalling1
LKtimer signalling1
controller output 2
controller
controller
controller output 1
mp function Xp function offp function (degCmin)p function (degCh)
q
ow setpoint) = controller output 1 setpoint) = controller output 2
b702040enbk Seite 32 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 A programmed
Further settings for the outputs wi
10 single setpoint (reversed) controller11 single setpoint (direct) controller30 double setpoint controller output 1
20 single setpoint (reversed) LKtimer signalling1
21 single setpoint (direct) LKtimer signalling1
33 double setpoint controller output 2
q
C114 Limit comparator (LK) X
0 no function1 lk 12 lk 23 lk 34 lk 45 lk 56 lk 67 lk 78 lk 8
C115 Ra0 ram1 ram2 ram
q
reversed = heating (output is active when process value is beldirect = cooling (output is active when process value is above
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
33
input X
ctionibithibittopt switchingontrol
qut 3 Relay X
r signalling comparatorr signallingroller output comparatorroller output
comparatortimerroller output 2 comparatortimerroller output 1roller output 2roller output 1
b702040enbk Seite 33 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
C116 Outputs on fault X
0 01 LKtimer signalling OFF1 1002
2 -1001 3 01 LKtimer
signalling ON4 1002
C117 Logic
0 no fun1 key inh2 level in3 ramp s4 setpoin5 timer c
C118 Output 1 Relay (K1) Output 2 Logic (K2) Outp
0 Functions of outputs as defined under C1131
for 1
-set
pt c
ontr
l controller output limit comparator time2 controller output timer signalling limit3 limit comparator controller output time4 limit comparator timer signalling cont5 timer signalling controller output limit6 timer signalling limit comparator cont
7
for 2
-set
pt c
ontrl
controller output 1 controller output 2 limit8 controller output 1 limit comparatortimer cont9 controller output 2 controller output 1 limit10 controller output 2 limit comparatortimer cont11 limit comparatortimer controller output 1 cont12 limit comparatortimer controller output 2 cont
q
q
1 Minimum output limiting y2 is effective2 Maximum output limiting y1 is effective
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
34
C120 Timer function X
power failure Xs before there
n ofion ars in the
ot valid for C120=3 or 4
b702040enbk Seite 34 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
0 no function1 time-limited control2 time-dependent setpoint switching3 time-delayed control4 timer (control independent of timer)
C121 Start condition for timer Action on 1 after power ON logic inputkeys Condition a
power failu2 via logic inputkeys3 via logic inputkeys timer counts 1degC
from tolerance limit4 via logic inputkeys timer counts 5degC
from tolerance limit5 after power ON logic inputkeys Cancellatio
timer funct(StOP appedisplay)
6 via logic inputkeys7 via logic inputkeys timer counts 1degC
from tolerance limit8 via logic inputkeys timer counts 5degC
from tolerance limit
q
q
The start conditions with tolerance limit (C121=3 4 7 8) are nIf C120 is altered the validity of C121 must be checked
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
35
tory-set Yoursetting
0
0
0
he factory setting
ime (timer) X
(max 9959)(max 9959)ax 9999)
= minutes
q
b702040enbk Seite 35 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Parameter Explanation Value range fac
SCL start value of thestandard signal
-1999 to +9999digit1 0
sCH end value of thestandard signal
-1999 to +9999digit1 10
SPL lowersetpoint limiting
-1999 to +9999digit1 -20
SPH uppersetpoint limiting
-1999 to +9999digit1 85
OFFS process value correction -1999 to 9999digit1 0
HySt switching differential of the limit comparator
0 mdash 9999digit1 1
1 For displays with one or two decimal places the value range and tchange accordinglyExample 1 decimal place rarr value range -1999 to +9999
q
C122 Timer signalling X
0 no function1 timer start until run-down2 after run-down for 10sec 3 after run-down for 1min4 after run-down until
acknowledgement
qC123 Unit of t
1 mmss 2 hhmm 3 hhhh (ms = seconds m h = hours
One output has to be configuredcorrespondingly(C113C118)
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
36and the factory setting
Parameter Explanation Value range factory-set
Yoursetting
0
0
0
0
0
80sec
350sec
200sec
200sec
0
1
1
0
100
-100
06sec
0
b702040enbk Seite 36 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 For displays with one or two decimal places the value range change accordingly
sP 1 setpoint 1 SPL mdash SPH
sP 2 setpoint 2 SPL mdash SPH
AL limit value oflimit comparator
-1999 to +9999digit1
Pb1 proportional band 1 0 mdash 9999digit1
Pb2 proportional band 2 0 mdash 9999digit1
dt derivative time 0 mdash 9999sec
rt reset time 0 mdash 9999sec
Cy 1 cycle time 1 10 mdash 9999sec
Cy 2 cycle time 2 10 mdash 9999sec
db contact spacing 0 mdash 1000digit1
HYS1 differential 1 0 mdash 9999digit1
HYS2 differential 2 0 mdash 9999digit1
Y0 working point -100 to 100
Y1 maximum output 0 mdash 100
Y2 minimum output -100 to +100
dF filter time constant 00 mdash 1000sec
rAsd ramp slope 0 mdash 999 degCh (degCmin)1
7 Alarm
messag
es
37
7
D
of process valueit comparators referred to input behave in accord-figuration of the outputsed
n has been cancelled due to he timer value that wase of the supply failure will be
H ge
is connected
b702040enbk Seite 37 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Alarm messages
isplay Description Causeresponse
The displays for the process value or timer value flashes ldquo1999rdquoDisplay current timer value by repeatedly pressing the q key
OverunderrangeController and limthe process valueance with the conThe timer is stopp
The display for the timer value alternates between showing ldquoStOPrdquo and the timeh Acknowledge by using any
key (the timer start value t i 0 is loaded)
The timer functioa supply failure Tpresent at the timindicated
The following events come under the heading overunderran- Probe breakshort-circuit- Measurement is outside the control range of the probe that- Display overflow
7 Alarm
messag
es
38
Measurement circuit monitoring (bull = recognized)
-circuitProbelead break
bull
bull
bull-
bull-
b702040enbk Seite 38 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Transducer Overrangeunderrange
Probelead short
Thermocouple bullbull -
Resistance thermometer bullbull bull
Voltage 2 ndash 10V and02 ndash 1V0 ndash 10V and 0 ndash 1V
bullbullbull-
bull-
Current 4 ndash 20mA0 ndash 20mA
bullbullbull-
bull-
8 Technical data
39
8In
1
In
23
nce thermometer
3A at 250V AC resistive load at rated load
mA Rload ge250Ω
mA Rload ge600Ω
5+10 48 mdash 63Hz or 48 mdash 63Hz or
nnect to SELV or PELV)
Range
-200 to +850degC
-200 to +850degC
-50 to +150degC
uracy le01 50ppmdegCle10 50ppmdegC
20Ω max per lead250microA
b702040enbk Seite 39 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Technical dataput for thermocouple
These ranges refer to the ambiente temperature of 20degC
put for standard signals
0mdash1V REgt10MΩ for Type 70204041 with 2 relays02mdash1V REgt10MΩ for Type 70204041 with 2 relays
Designation Range 1
Fe-Con LFe-Con J EN 60584Cu-Con UCu-Con T EN 60584NiCr-Ni K EN 60584NiCrSi-NiSi N EN 60584Pt10Rh-Pt S EN 60584Pt13Rh-Pt R EN 60584Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh B EN 60584
-200 to + 900degC-200 to +1200degC-200 to + 600degC-200 to + 400degC-200 to +1372degC-200 to +1300degC
0 mdash 1768degC0 mdash 1768degC0 mdash 1820degC
Measurement accuracy le04 100ppmdegCCold junction Pt100 internal
Designation Range
Voltage 0 mdash 10V RE gt 100kΩ2
2 mdash 10V RE gt 100kΩ3
RE - input resistance
Current 4 mdash 20mA voltage drop le 15V0 mdash 20mA voltage drop le 15V
Measurement accuracy le01 100ppmdegC
Input for resista
OutputsRelayno(make) contact150000 operationsLogic 05VCurrent limiting 20Logic 012VCurrent limiting 20
Supply110 mdash 240V AC -120 mdash 53V ACDC10 mdash 18V DC (Co
Designation
Pt100 EN 60751
Pt1000 EN 60751
KTY11-6
Measurement accPt1001000KTY11-6Sensor leadresistance Meas current
8 Technical data
40
ControllerController type 1-setpt controller with
Data backup EEPROMHousing type
or panel mounting
nt panelater (add mildly acidic neutral
detergents if necessary) Do sive cleaning agents or high-s Limited resistance to organic irits benzol etc)
ng3 834
rage temperatureo +70degC
onsity no condensation
ion any
)160g (702043)200g (702044)
60529
n to EN 61010
b702040enbk Seite 40 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Accuracy of timer 07 10ppmdegC
Test voltages (type test)to EN 61 010 Part 1 March 1994overvoltage category II pollution degree 2 for Type 70204041overvoltage category III pollution degree 2 for Type 7020424344
Power consumption 7VA max
Electrical connectionat the rear via plug-in screw terminalsconductor cross-section le 25mm2 (13mm2 withType 70204041) solid wire or 15mm2 (10mm2 for Type 70204041) stranded wire with ferrules
Electromagnetic compatibility EN 61 326Immunity to interfer Class B Interfer emission industrial requirements
Approval UL and CSA (only devices with JUMO indication)
limit comparator 2-setpt controllerController structure PPDPIPIDAD converter resolution gt15 bitSampling time 210msec (250msec with timer
function)
plastic housing fto DIN 43700Cleaning the frouse warm or hot wor mildly alkalinenot use any abrapressure cleanersolvents (e g sp
Housing mountiin panel to DIN 4
Ambient and sto0 to 55degC -40 t
Climatic conditile 75 rel humid
Operating posit
Weight (approx75g (702040)95g (702041)
145g (702042)Protection IP66 (front) to ENIP20 (rear)Safety regulatio
JUMO GmbH amp Co KG
Street adressMoltkestraszlige 13 - 3136039 Fulda GermanyDelivery addressMackenrodtstraszlige 1436039 Fulda GermanyPostal address36035 Fulda GermanyPhone +49 661 6003-0Fax +49 661 6003-607e-mail mailjumonetInternet wwwjumonet
JUMO Instrument Co Ltd
JUMO HouseTemple Bank RiverwayHarlow Essex CM20 2TT UKPhone +44 1279 635533Fax +44 1279 635262e-mail salesjumocoukInternet wwwjumocouk
JUMO Process Control Inc
8 Technology BoulevardCanastota NY 13032 USAPhone 315-697-JUMO
1-800-554-JUMOFax 315-697-5867e-mail infojumousInternet wwwjumous
b702040enbk Seite 1 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
- 1 Identifying the instrument version
- 2 Installation
- 3 Electrical connection
- 4 Operation
-
- 41 Displays and keys
- 42 Principle of operation
- 43 Operation of the timer function
-
- 5 Functions
-
- 51 Process value input
- 52 Logic input
- 53 Controller
- 54 Limit comparator (alarm contact)
- 55 Ramp function
- 56 Self-optimization
- 57 Level inhibit via code
- 58 Timer function (extra code)
-
- 6 Configuration and parameter tables
- 7 Alarm messages
- 8 Technical data
-
5 Functions
22
55 Ramp function
t
b702040enbk Seite 22 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Symbol Note
C115 Ramp function (onoff time unit) vpage 32
C117 Ramp stop via logic input (floating contact) vpage 33
rAsd Ramp slope in degCh or degCmin vpage 36
t1
SP1
SP2
t2 t3 t4 t5 t6
t1 power ON (SP 1 active)t2mdash t3 power failure or overrangeunderranget4mdasht5 ramp stopt6 setpoint switching to SP 2
ramp setpoint SPrprocess value
5 Functions
23
5S D or PI controllers
T 1 Cy 2 dF
T ontrol deviation
S
Sce
H
a tart
xw
260tunE
gt2s
d
b702040enbk Seite 23 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
6 Self-optimizationelf-optimization determines the optimum controller parameters for PI
he following controller parameters are defined rt dt Pb1 Pb2 Cy
he controller selects procedure a or b depending on the size of the c
tarting self-optimization
elf-optimization is automatically terminated or can be can-lled
Starting self-optimization is not possible with activelevel inhibit and ramp function
) Self-optimizationin theapproach phase
b) Self-optimi-zationat set-point
Start S
= process value = setpoint
Switchinglevel
i +d
i+
5 Functions
24
57 Level inhibit via code
ration levels (corresponds to
l Timer level
enabled
enabled
enabled
inhibited2
b702040enbk Seite 24 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
As an alternative to the logic input the level inhibit can beset via a code (logic input has priority)
h Set the code using q + d (at least 5sec) innormal display
Level inhibit via the logic input will lock the parameter and configucode 011)
1 The values at the operating level can only be indicated but not modified2 Timer operation (startstopcontinuecancel) will continue to be possible
Code Operating level Parameter level Configuration leve
000 enabled enabled enabled
001 enabled enabled inhibited
011 enabled inhibited inhibited
111 inhibited1 inhibited inhibited
5 Functions
25
5U ns of the adjustable timet key or via the logic inputth ter the process value hasg er has run down severalev int switching Furthermo-re
pointcess valuegrammed setpointer start valueer signallinge C122=1)ement key
E
b702040enbk Seite 25 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
8 Timer function (extra code)sing the timer function the control action can be influenced by meai 0 After the timer has been started by power ON by pressing the e timer start value t i 0 is counted down to 0 either instantly or af
one above or below a programmable tolerance limit When the timents are triggered such as control switch-off (output 0) and setpo it is possible to implement timer signalling via an output
w - setx - proS P - prot i 0 - tim----- - tim
(heri - incr
xample
5 Functions
26
Notes on the timer function in conjunction with the ramp function
function
oint is approached with the ithout ramp
p end value) is monitored
xception here is the timer figured setpoint switching via
except for events that are r value will be shown in the
b702040enbk Seite 26 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
- Generally the setpoints can also be approached using the ramp
- Stopping the timer does not influence the ramp function
- If control is active after the timer has run down the current setpramp Cancellation of the timer is followed by a setpoint step w
- For timer functions with a tolerance limit only the setpoint (=ram
Note on setpoint switching via the logic input
- Setpoint switching via the logic input is generally possible An efunction ldquoTime-dependent setpoint switchingrdquo In this case conthe logic input will not be active
Note on the display status in the event of a power failure
- The state of the display before the power failure will be restoredrelated to the timer (start cancel continue stop) Then the timedisplay
5 Functions
27
S
CC as run down (output 0)
C unction the process is con-automatically switches over
Diagrams with andwithout start abovetolerance limit
---- Tolerance limit
C121=3 4 7 or 8
b702040enbk Seite 27 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
ymbol Notes
120120=1
Timer function vpage 34
Time-limited control The control is switched off after the timer h
120=2 Time-dependent setpoint switching After the start of the timer ftrolled to setpoint SP2 After the timer has run down the controller to SP1
C121=3 4 7 or 8C121=1 2 5 or 6
C121=2 or 6 C121=1 or 5
5 Functions
28
Time-delayed control The control action starts after the timer has run down
own to 0 The control action is e signalled via an output
Symbol Notes
er has run down (End) theys are used for acknowledge-
0s
C122=1
b702040enbk Seite 28 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
C120C120=3
C120=4 Timer After the start of the timer function t i 0 is counted dindependent of the timer Here too the timer run-down can b
H After the timi + d kementSet ti0 gt
C121=1 2 5 or 6
C121=1 2 5 or 6
Timer signallingC122=3
5 Functions
29
Clowing events
keyslogic input)e
ow the tolerance limit the
restored or thehe power failure the timer 121=1 or 5 of a power failure
Ce run-down a signal can be
C
S
b702040enbk Seite 29 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
121 Start condition of the timer vpage 34The timer start value t i 0 is counted down as selected in the fol1 Power ON or logic inputkeys2 Start via keyslogic input3 Process value has reached tolerance limit (1degC or 5degC) (start via The position of the tolerance limit depends on the controller typ - 1-setpoint controller (direct) tolerance limit above setpoint - 1-setpoint controller (reversed) tolerance limit below setpoint - 2-setpoint controller tolerance limit below setpoint If during the control process the process value goes abovebel timer will be stopped for the duration of the infringement
Response to a power failure vpage 34After a power failure the condition before the power failure can betimer function can be cancelled If the timer had run down before tstart value will be loaded The timer will start automatically when CThe timer value is saved at one minute intervals to cover the case
122 Timer signalling vpage 35From the start of the timer function until timer run-down or after thproduced via an output
123 Time unit for the timer vpage 35
ymbol Notes
5 Functions
30
Programming example
s to be controlled for 30 min-the event of a power failure
llation on power failure
b702040enbk Seite 30 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
After the start via the logic input or from the keys the process hautes to a setpoint of 80degC The control action is to be cancelled in
Configuration
- C111mdash C116 Controller programming
- C117=5 Logic input = timer control
- C120=1 Timer function = time-limited control
- C121=6 Start condition for timer = via logic inputkeys - cance
- C122=0 Timer signalling = no function
- C123=1 Time unit (timer) = mmss
Operation
h Enter the setpoint SP (80degC)
h Press the q key until t i0 is indicated
h Change over to the timer level using q (at least 2sec)
h Enter the timer start value t i0_ (3000)
h Return to the operating level (timer value) with q
h Start the control action via the logic input or with i
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
31
6
lacesunit X
q
P
your selection with a
123
NO
b702040enbk Seite 31 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Configuration and parameter tables
C111 Transducer X
001 Pt 100 (3-wire)006 Pt 1000 (3-wire)601 KTY11-6 (2-wire)003 Pt 100 (2-wire)005 Pt 1000 (2-wire)039 Cu-Con T 040 Fe-Con J041 Cu-Con U042 Fe-Con L043 NiCr-Ni K044 Pt10Rh-Pt S045 Pt13Rh-Pt R046 Pt30Rh-Pt B048 NiCrSi-NiSi N052 Standard signal 0 ndash 20mA053 Standard signal 4 ndash 20mA063 Standard signal 0 ndash 10V2
071 Standard signal 2 ndash 10V3
C112 Decimal p
0 9999degC1 9999degC2 9999degC3 9999degF4 9999degF5 9999degF
q
q
b11
gt2s
q
y0
qgt2s
X Mark cross
SP 1 AL or Pb1 is shown here depending on the configuration
0 ndash 1V for Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option)
02 ndash 1V for Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option)
ormal displayperating level
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
32
limit comparator (LK) has priorityover the timer signalling
th Type 7020424344 see C118
C113 Controller type Output 1 (relay) Output 2+3 (logic+relay)
X
LKtimer signalling1
LKtimer signalling1
controller output 2
controller
controller
controller output 1
mp function Xp function offp function (degCmin)p function (degCh)
q
ow setpoint) = controller output 1 setpoint) = controller output 2
b702040enbk Seite 32 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 A programmed
Further settings for the outputs wi
10 single setpoint (reversed) controller11 single setpoint (direct) controller30 double setpoint controller output 1
20 single setpoint (reversed) LKtimer signalling1
21 single setpoint (direct) LKtimer signalling1
33 double setpoint controller output 2
q
C114 Limit comparator (LK) X
0 no function1 lk 12 lk 23 lk 34 lk 45 lk 56 lk 67 lk 78 lk 8
C115 Ra0 ram1 ram2 ram
q
reversed = heating (output is active when process value is beldirect = cooling (output is active when process value is above
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
33
input X
ctionibithibittopt switchingontrol
qut 3 Relay X
r signalling comparatorr signallingroller output comparatorroller output
comparatortimerroller output 2 comparatortimerroller output 1roller output 2roller output 1
b702040enbk Seite 33 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
C116 Outputs on fault X
0 01 LKtimer signalling OFF1 1002
2 -1001 3 01 LKtimer
signalling ON4 1002
C117 Logic
0 no fun1 key inh2 level in3 ramp s4 setpoin5 timer c
C118 Output 1 Relay (K1) Output 2 Logic (K2) Outp
0 Functions of outputs as defined under C1131
for 1
-set
pt c
ontr
l controller output limit comparator time2 controller output timer signalling limit3 limit comparator controller output time4 limit comparator timer signalling cont5 timer signalling controller output limit6 timer signalling limit comparator cont
7
for 2
-set
pt c
ontrl
controller output 1 controller output 2 limit8 controller output 1 limit comparatortimer cont9 controller output 2 controller output 1 limit10 controller output 2 limit comparatortimer cont11 limit comparatortimer controller output 1 cont12 limit comparatortimer controller output 2 cont
q
q
1 Minimum output limiting y2 is effective2 Maximum output limiting y1 is effective
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
34
C120 Timer function X
power failure Xs before there
n ofion ars in the
ot valid for C120=3 or 4
b702040enbk Seite 34 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
0 no function1 time-limited control2 time-dependent setpoint switching3 time-delayed control4 timer (control independent of timer)
C121 Start condition for timer Action on 1 after power ON logic inputkeys Condition a
power failu2 via logic inputkeys3 via logic inputkeys timer counts 1degC
from tolerance limit4 via logic inputkeys timer counts 5degC
from tolerance limit5 after power ON logic inputkeys Cancellatio
timer funct(StOP appedisplay)
6 via logic inputkeys7 via logic inputkeys timer counts 1degC
from tolerance limit8 via logic inputkeys timer counts 5degC
from tolerance limit
q
q
The start conditions with tolerance limit (C121=3 4 7 8) are nIf C120 is altered the validity of C121 must be checked
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
35
tory-set Yoursetting
0
0
0
he factory setting
ime (timer) X
(max 9959)(max 9959)ax 9999)
= minutes
q
b702040enbk Seite 35 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Parameter Explanation Value range fac
SCL start value of thestandard signal
-1999 to +9999digit1 0
sCH end value of thestandard signal
-1999 to +9999digit1 10
SPL lowersetpoint limiting
-1999 to +9999digit1 -20
SPH uppersetpoint limiting
-1999 to +9999digit1 85
OFFS process value correction -1999 to 9999digit1 0
HySt switching differential of the limit comparator
0 mdash 9999digit1 1
1 For displays with one or two decimal places the value range and tchange accordinglyExample 1 decimal place rarr value range -1999 to +9999
q
C122 Timer signalling X
0 no function1 timer start until run-down2 after run-down for 10sec 3 after run-down for 1min4 after run-down until
acknowledgement
qC123 Unit of t
1 mmss 2 hhmm 3 hhhh (ms = seconds m h = hours
One output has to be configuredcorrespondingly(C113C118)
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
36and the factory setting
Parameter Explanation Value range factory-set
Yoursetting
0
0
0
0
0
80sec
350sec
200sec
200sec
0
1
1
0
100
-100
06sec
0
b702040enbk Seite 36 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 For displays with one or two decimal places the value range change accordingly
sP 1 setpoint 1 SPL mdash SPH
sP 2 setpoint 2 SPL mdash SPH
AL limit value oflimit comparator
-1999 to +9999digit1
Pb1 proportional band 1 0 mdash 9999digit1
Pb2 proportional band 2 0 mdash 9999digit1
dt derivative time 0 mdash 9999sec
rt reset time 0 mdash 9999sec
Cy 1 cycle time 1 10 mdash 9999sec
Cy 2 cycle time 2 10 mdash 9999sec
db contact spacing 0 mdash 1000digit1
HYS1 differential 1 0 mdash 9999digit1
HYS2 differential 2 0 mdash 9999digit1
Y0 working point -100 to 100
Y1 maximum output 0 mdash 100
Y2 minimum output -100 to +100
dF filter time constant 00 mdash 1000sec
rAsd ramp slope 0 mdash 999 degCh (degCmin)1
7 Alarm
messag
es
37
7
D
of process valueit comparators referred to input behave in accord-figuration of the outputsed
n has been cancelled due to he timer value that wase of the supply failure will be
H ge
is connected
b702040enbk Seite 37 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Alarm messages
isplay Description Causeresponse
The displays for the process value or timer value flashes ldquo1999rdquoDisplay current timer value by repeatedly pressing the q key
OverunderrangeController and limthe process valueance with the conThe timer is stopp
The display for the timer value alternates between showing ldquoStOPrdquo and the timeh Acknowledge by using any
key (the timer start value t i 0 is loaded)
The timer functioa supply failure Tpresent at the timindicated
The following events come under the heading overunderran- Probe breakshort-circuit- Measurement is outside the control range of the probe that- Display overflow
7 Alarm
messag
es
38
Measurement circuit monitoring (bull = recognized)
-circuitProbelead break
bull
bull
bull-
bull-
b702040enbk Seite 38 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Transducer Overrangeunderrange
Probelead short
Thermocouple bullbull -
Resistance thermometer bullbull bull
Voltage 2 ndash 10V and02 ndash 1V0 ndash 10V and 0 ndash 1V
bullbullbull-
bull-
Current 4 ndash 20mA0 ndash 20mA
bullbullbull-
bull-
8 Technical data
39
8In
1
In
23
nce thermometer
3A at 250V AC resistive load at rated load
mA Rload ge250Ω
mA Rload ge600Ω
5+10 48 mdash 63Hz or 48 mdash 63Hz or
nnect to SELV or PELV)
Range
-200 to +850degC
-200 to +850degC
-50 to +150degC
uracy le01 50ppmdegCle10 50ppmdegC
20Ω max per lead250microA
b702040enbk Seite 39 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Technical dataput for thermocouple
These ranges refer to the ambiente temperature of 20degC
put for standard signals
0mdash1V REgt10MΩ for Type 70204041 with 2 relays02mdash1V REgt10MΩ for Type 70204041 with 2 relays
Designation Range 1
Fe-Con LFe-Con J EN 60584Cu-Con UCu-Con T EN 60584NiCr-Ni K EN 60584NiCrSi-NiSi N EN 60584Pt10Rh-Pt S EN 60584Pt13Rh-Pt R EN 60584Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh B EN 60584
-200 to + 900degC-200 to +1200degC-200 to + 600degC-200 to + 400degC-200 to +1372degC-200 to +1300degC
0 mdash 1768degC0 mdash 1768degC0 mdash 1820degC
Measurement accuracy le04 100ppmdegCCold junction Pt100 internal
Designation Range
Voltage 0 mdash 10V RE gt 100kΩ2
2 mdash 10V RE gt 100kΩ3
RE - input resistance
Current 4 mdash 20mA voltage drop le 15V0 mdash 20mA voltage drop le 15V
Measurement accuracy le01 100ppmdegC
Input for resista
OutputsRelayno(make) contact150000 operationsLogic 05VCurrent limiting 20Logic 012VCurrent limiting 20
Supply110 mdash 240V AC -120 mdash 53V ACDC10 mdash 18V DC (Co
Designation
Pt100 EN 60751
Pt1000 EN 60751
KTY11-6
Measurement accPt1001000KTY11-6Sensor leadresistance Meas current
8 Technical data
40
ControllerController type 1-setpt controller with
Data backup EEPROMHousing type
or panel mounting
nt panelater (add mildly acidic neutral
detergents if necessary) Do sive cleaning agents or high-s Limited resistance to organic irits benzol etc)
ng3 834
rage temperatureo +70degC
onsity no condensation
ion any
)160g (702043)200g (702044)
60529
n to EN 61010
b702040enbk Seite 40 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Accuracy of timer 07 10ppmdegC
Test voltages (type test)to EN 61 010 Part 1 March 1994overvoltage category II pollution degree 2 for Type 70204041overvoltage category III pollution degree 2 for Type 7020424344
Power consumption 7VA max
Electrical connectionat the rear via plug-in screw terminalsconductor cross-section le 25mm2 (13mm2 withType 70204041) solid wire or 15mm2 (10mm2 for Type 70204041) stranded wire with ferrules
Electromagnetic compatibility EN 61 326Immunity to interfer Class B Interfer emission industrial requirements
Approval UL and CSA (only devices with JUMO indication)
limit comparator 2-setpt controllerController structure PPDPIPIDAD converter resolution gt15 bitSampling time 210msec (250msec with timer
function)
plastic housing fto DIN 43700Cleaning the frouse warm or hot wor mildly alkalinenot use any abrapressure cleanersolvents (e g sp
Housing mountiin panel to DIN 4
Ambient and sto0 to 55degC -40 t
Climatic conditile 75 rel humid
Operating posit
Weight (approx75g (702040)95g (702041)
145g (702042)Protection IP66 (front) to ENIP20 (rear)Safety regulatio
JUMO GmbH amp Co KG
Street adressMoltkestraszlige 13 - 3136039 Fulda GermanyDelivery addressMackenrodtstraszlige 1436039 Fulda GermanyPostal address36035 Fulda GermanyPhone +49 661 6003-0Fax +49 661 6003-607e-mail mailjumonetInternet wwwjumonet
JUMO Instrument Co Ltd
JUMO HouseTemple Bank RiverwayHarlow Essex CM20 2TT UKPhone +44 1279 635533Fax +44 1279 635262e-mail salesjumocoukInternet wwwjumocouk
JUMO Process Control Inc
8 Technology BoulevardCanastota NY 13032 USAPhone 315-697-JUMO
1-800-554-JUMOFax 315-697-5867e-mail infojumousInternet wwwjumous
b702040enbk Seite 1 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
- 1 Identifying the instrument version
- 2 Installation
- 3 Electrical connection
- 4 Operation
-
- 41 Displays and keys
- 42 Principle of operation
- 43 Operation of the timer function
-
- 5 Functions
-
- 51 Process value input
- 52 Logic input
- 53 Controller
- 54 Limit comparator (alarm contact)
- 55 Ramp function
- 56 Self-optimization
- 57 Level inhibit via code
- 58 Timer function (extra code)
-
- 6 Configuration and parameter tables
- 7 Alarm messages
- 8 Technical data
-
5 Functions
23
5S D or PI controllers
T 1 Cy 2 dF
T ontrol deviation
S
Sce
H
a tart
xw
260tunE
gt2s
d
b702040enbk Seite 23 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
6 Self-optimizationelf-optimization determines the optimum controller parameters for PI
he following controller parameters are defined rt dt Pb1 Pb2 Cy
he controller selects procedure a or b depending on the size of the c
tarting self-optimization
elf-optimization is automatically terminated or can be can-lled
Starting self-optimization is not possible with activelevel inhibit and ramp function
) Self-optimizationin theapproach phase
b) Self-optimi-zationat set-point
Start S
= process value = setpoint
Switchinglevel
i +d
i+
5 Functions
24
57 Level inhibit via code
ration levels (corresponds to
l Timer level
enabled
enabled
enabled
inhibited2
b702040enbk Seite 24 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
As an alternative to the logic input the level inhibit can beset via a code (logic input has priority)
h Set the code using q + d (at least 5sec) innormal display
Level inhibit via the logic input will lock the parameter and configucode 011)
1 The values at the operating level can only be indicated but not modified2 Timer operation (startstopcontinuecancel) will continue to be possible
Code Operating level Parameter level Configuration leve
000 enabled enabled enabled
001 enabled enabled inhibited
011 enabled inhibited inhibited
111 inhibited1 inhibited inhibited
5 Functions
25
5U ns of the adjustable timet key or via the logic inputth ter the process value hasg er has run down severalev int switching Furthermo-re
pointcess valuegrammed setpointer start valueer signallinge C122=1)ement key
E
b702040enbk Seite 25 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
8 Timer function (extra code)sing the timer function the control action can be influenced by meai 0 After the timer has been started by power ON by pressing the e timer start value t i 0 is counted down to 0 either instantly or af
one above or below a programmable tolerance limit When the timents are triggered such as control switch-off (output 0) and setpo it is possible to implement timer signalling via an output
w - setx - proS P - prot i 0 - tim----- - tim
(heri - incr
xample
5 Functions
26
Notes on the timer function in conjunction with the ramp function
function
oint is approached with the ithout ramp
p end value) is monitored
xception here is the timer figured setpoint switching via
except for events that are r value will be shown in the
b702040enbk Seite 26 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
- Generally the setpoints can also be approached using the ramp
- Stopping the timer does not influence the ramp function
- If control is active after the timer has run down the current setpramp Cancellation of the timer is followed by a setpoint step w
- For timer functions with a tolerance limit only the setpoint (=ram
Note on setpoint switching via the logic input
- Setpoint switching via the logic input is generally possible An efunction ldquoTime-dependent setpoint switchingrdquo In this case conthe logic input will not be active
Note on the display status in the event of a power failure
- The state of the display before the power failure will be restoredrelated to the timer (start cancel continue stop) Then the timedisplay
5 Functions
27
S
CC as run down (output 0)
C unction the process is con-automatically switches over
Diagrams with andwithout start abovetolerance limit
---- Tolerance limit
C121=3 4 7 or 8
b702040enbk Seite 27 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
ymbol Notes
120120=1
Timer function vpage 34
Time-limited control The control is switched off after the timer h
120=2 Time-dependent setpoint switching After the start of the timer ftrolled to setpoint SP2 After the timer has run down the controller to SP1
C121=3 4 7 or 8C121=1 2 5 or 6
C121=2 or 6 C121=1 or 5
5 Functions
28
Time-delayed control The control action starts after the timer has run down
own to 0 The control action is e signalled via an output
Symbol Notes
er has run down (End) theys are used for acknowledge-
0s
C122=1
b702040enbk Seite 28 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
C120C120=3
C120=4 Timer After the start of the timer function t i 0 is counted dindependent of the timer Here too the timer run-down can b
H After the timi + d kementSet ti0 gt
C121=1 2 5 or 6
C121=1 2 5 or 6
Timer signallingC122=3
5 Functions
29
Clowing events
keyslogic input)e
ow the tolerance limit the
restored or thehe power failure the timer 121=1 or 5 of a power failure
Ce run-down a signal can be
C
S
b702040enbk Seite 29 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
121 Start condition of the timer vpage 34The timer start value t i 0 is counted down as selected in the fol1 Power ON or logic inputkeys2 Start via keyslogic input3 Process value has reached tolerance limit (1degC or 5degC) (start via The position of the tolerance limit depends on the controller typ - 1-setpoint controller (direct) tolerance limit above setpoint - 1-setpoint controller (reversed) tolerance limit below setpoint - 2-setpoint controller tolerance limit below setpoint If during the control process the process value goes abovebel timer will be stopped for the duration of the infringement
Response to a power failure vpage 34After a power failure the condition before the power failure can betimer function can be cancelled If the timer had run down before tstart value will be loaded The timer will start automatically when CThe timer value is saved at one minute intervals to cover the case
122 Timer signalling vpage 35From the start of the timer function until timer run-down or after thproduced via an output
123 Time unit for the timer vpage 35
ymbol Notes
5 Functions
30
Programming example
s to be controlled for 30 min-the event of a power failure
llation on power failure
b702040enbk Seite 30 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
After the start via the logic input or from the keys the process hautes to a setpoint of 80degC The control action is to be cancelled in
Configuration
- C111mdash C116 Controller programming
- C117=5 Logic input = timer control
- C120=1 Timer function = time-limited control
- C121=6 Start condition for timer = via logic inputkeys - cance
- C122=0 Timer signalling = no function
- C123=1 Time unit (timer) = mmss
Operation
h Enter the setpoint SP (80degC)
h Press the q key until t i0 is indicated
h Change over to the timer level using q (at least 2sec)
h Enter the timer start value t i0_ (3000)
h Return to the operating level (timer value) with q
h Start the control action via the logic input or with i
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
31
6
lacesunit X
q
P
your selection with a
123
NO
b702040enbk Seite 31 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Configuration and parameter tables
C111 Transducer X
001 Pt 100 (3-wire)006 Pt 1000 (3-wire)601 KTY11-6 (2-wire)003 Pt 100 (2-wire)005 Pt 1000 (2-wire)039 Cu-Con T 040 Fe-Con J041 Cu-Con U042 Fe-Con L043 NiCr-Ni K044 Pt10Rh-Pt S045 Pt13Rh-Pt R046 Pt30Rh-Pt B048 NiCrSi-NiSi N052 Standard signal 0 ndash 20mA053 Standard signal 4 ndash 20mA063 Standard signal 0 ndash 10V2
071 Standard signal 2 ndash 10V3
C112 Decimal p
0 9999degC1 9999degC2 9999degC3 9999degF4 9999degF5 9999degF
q
q
b11
gt2s
q
y0
qgt2s
X Mark cross
SP 1 AL or Pb1 is shown here depending on the configuration
0 ndash 1V for Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option)
02 ndash 1V for Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option)
ormal displayperating level
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
32
limit comparator (LK) has priorityover the timer signalling
th Type 7020424344 see C118
C113 Controller type Output 1 (relay) Output 2+3 (logic+relay)
X
LKtimer signalling1
LKtimer signalling1
controller output 2
controller
controller
controller output 1
mp function Xp function offp function (degCmin)p function (degCh)
q
ow setpoint) = controller output 1 setpoint) = controller output 2
b702040enbk Seite 32 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 A programmed
Further settings for the outputs wi
10 single setpoint (reversed) controller11 single setpoint (direct) controller30 double setpoint controller output 1
20 single setpoint (reversed) LKtimer signalling1
21 single setpoint (direct) LKtimer signalling1
33 double setpoint controller output 2
q
C114 Limit comparator (LK) X
0 no function1 lk 12 lk 23 lk 34 lk 45 lk 56 lk 67 lk 78 lk 8
C115 Ra0 ram1 ram2 ram
q
reversed = heating (output is active when process value is beldirect = cooling (output is active when process value is above
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
33
input X
ctionibithibittopt switchingontrol
qut 3 Relay X
r signalling comparatorr signallingroller output comparatorroller output
comparatortimerroller output 2 comparatortimerroller output 1roller output 2roller output 1
b702040enbk Seite 33 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
C116 Outputs on fault X
0 01 LKtimer signalling OFF1 1002
2 -1001 3 01 LKtimer
signalling ON4 1002
C117 Logic
0 no fun1 key inh2 level in3 ramp s4 setpoin5 timer c
C118 Output 1 Relay (K1) Output 2 Logic (K2) Outp
0 Functions of outputs as defined under C1131
for 1
-set
pt c
ontr
l controller output limit comparator time2 controller output timer signalling limit3 limit comparator controller output time4 limit comparator timer signalling cont5 timer signalling controller output limit6 timer signalling limit comparator cont
7
for 2
-set
pt c
ontrl
controller output 1 controller output 2 limit8 controller output 1 limit comparatortimer cont9 controller output 2 controller output 1 limit10 controller output 2 limit comparatortimer cont11 limit comparatortimer controller output 1 cont12 limit comparatortimer controller output 2 cont
q
q
1 Minimum output limiting y2 is effective2 Maximum output limiting y1 is effective
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
34
C120 Timer function X
power failure Xs before there
n ofion ars in the
ot valid for C120=3 or 4
b702040enbk Seite 34 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
0 no function1 time-limited control2 time-dependent setpoint switching3 time-delayed control4 timer (control independent of timer)
C121 Start condition for timer Action on 1 after power ON logic inputkeys Condition a
power failu2 via logic inputkeys3 via logic inputkeys timer counts 1degC
from tolerance limit4 via logic inputkeys timer counts 5degC
from tolerance limit5 after power ON logic inputkeys Cancellatio
timer funct(StOP appedisplay)
6 via logic inputkeys7 via logic inputkeys timer counts 1degC
from tolerance limit8 via logic inputkeys timer counts 5degC
from tolerance limit
q
q
The start conditions with tolerance limit (C121=3 4 7 8) are nIf C120 is altered the validity of C121 must be checked
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
35
tory-set Yoursetting
0
0
0
he factory setting
ime (timer) X
(max 9959)(max 9959)ax 9999)
= minutes
q
b702040enbk Seite 35 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Parameter Explanation Value range fac
SCL start value of thestandard signal
-1999 to +9999digit1 0
sCH end value of thestandard signal
-1999 to +9999digit1 10
SPL lowersetpoint limiting
-1999 to +9999digit1 -20
SPH uppersetpoint limiting
-1999 to +9999digit1 85
OFFS process value correction -1999 to 9999digit1 0
HySt switching differential of the limit comparator
0 mdash 9999digit1 1
1 For displays with one or two decimal places the value range and tchange accordinglyExample 1 decimal place rarr value range -1999 to +9999
q
C122 Timer signalling X
0 no function1 timer start until run-down2 after run-down for 10sec 3 after run-down for 1min4 after run-down until
acknowledgement
qC123 Unit of t
1 mmss 2 hhmm 3 hhhh (ms = seconds m h = hours
One output has to be configuredcorrespondingly(C113C118)
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
36and the factory setting
Parameter Explanation Value range factory-set
Yoursetting
0
0
0
0
0
80sec
350sec
200sec
200sec
0
1
1
0
100
-100
06sec
0
b702040enbk Seite 36 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 For displays with one or two decimal places the value range change accordingly
sP 1 setpoint 1 SPL mdash SPH
sP 2 setpoint 2 SPL mdash SPH
AL limit value oflimit comparator
-1999 to +9999digit1
Pb1 proportional band 1 0 mdash 9999digit1
Pb2 proportional band 2 0 mdash 9999digit1
dt derivative time 0 mdash 9999sec
rt reset time 0 mdash 9999sec
Cy 1 cycle time 1 10 mdash 9999sec
Cy 2 cycle time 2 10 mdash 9999sec
db contact spacing 0 mdash 1000digit1
HYS1 differential 1 0 mdash 9999digit1
HYS2 differential 2 0 mdash 9999digit1
Y0 working point -100 to 100
Y1 maximum output 0 mdash 100
Y2 minimum output -100 to +100
dF filter time constant 00 mdash 1000sec
rAsd ramp slope 0 mdash 999 degCh (degCmin)1
7 Alarm
messag
es
37
7
D
of process valueit comparators referred to input behave in accord-figuration of the outputsed
n has been cancelled due to he timer value that wase of the supply failure will be
H ge
is connected
b702040enbk Seite 37 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Alarm messages
isplay Description Causeresponse
The displays for the process value or timer value flashes ldquo1999rdquoDisplay current timer value by repeatedly pressing the q key
OverunderrangeController and limthe process valueance with the conThe timer is stopp
The display for the timer value alternates between showing ldquoStOPrdquo and the timeh Acknowledge by using any
key (the timer start value t i 0 is loaded)
The timer functioa supply failure Tpresent at the timindicated
The following events come under the heading overunderran- Probe breakshort-circuit- Measurement is outside the control range of the probe that- Display overflow
7 Alarm
messag
es
38
Measurement circuit monitoring (bull = recognized)
-circuitProbelead break
bull
bull
bull-
bull-
b702040enbk Seite 38 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Transducer Overrangeunderrange
Probelead short
Thermocouple bullbull -
Resistance thermometer bullbull bull
Voltage 2 ndash 10V and02 ndash 1V0 ndash 10V and 0 ndash 1V
bullbullbull-
bull-
Current 4 ndash 20mA0 ndash 20mA
bullbullbull-
bull-
8 Technical data
39
8In
1
In
23
nce thermometer
3A at 250V AC resistive load at rated load
mA Rload ge250Ω
mA Rload ge600Ω
5+10 48 mdash 63Hz or 48 mdash 63Hz or
nnect to SELV or PELV)
Range
-200 to +850degC
-200 to +850degC
-50 to +150degC
uracy le01 50ppmdegCle10 50ppmdegC
20Ω max per lead250microA
b702040enbk Seite 39 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Technical dataput for thermocouple
These ranges refer to the ambiente temperature of 20degC
put for standard signals
0mdash1V REgt10MΩ for Type 70204041 with 2 relays02mdash1V REgt10MΩ for Type 70204041 with 2 relays
Designation Range 1
Fe-Con LFe-Con J EN 60584Cu-Con UCu-Con T EN 60584NiCr-Ni K EN 60584NiCrSi-NiSi N EN 60584Pt10Rh-Pt S EN 60584Pt13Rh-Pt R EN 60584Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh B EN 60584
-200 to + 900degC-200 to +1200degC-200 to + 600degC-200 to + 400degC-200 to +1372degC-200 to +1300degC
0 mdash 1768degC0 mdash 1768degC0 mdash 1820degC
Measurement accuracy le04 100ppmdegCCold junction Pt100 internal
Designation Range
Voltage 0 mdash 10V RE gt 100kΩ2
2 mdash 10V RE gt 100kΩ3
RE - input resistance
Current 4 mdash 20mA voltage drop le 15V0 mdash 20mA voltage drop le 15V
Measurement accuracy le01 100ppmdegC
Input for resista
OutputsRelayno(make) contact150000 operationsLogic 05VCurrent limiting 20Logic 012VCurrent limiting 20
Supply110 mdash 240V AC -120 mdash 53V ACDC10 mdash 18V DC (Co
Designation
Pt100 EN 60751
Pt1000 EN 60751
KTY11-6
Measurement accPt1001000KTY11-6Sensor leadresistance Meas current
8 Technical data
40
ControllerController type 1-setpt controller with
Data backup EEPROMHousing type
or panel mounting
nt panelater (add mildly acidic neutral
detergents if necessary) Do sive cleaning agents or high-s Limited resistance to organic irits benzol etc)
ng3 834
rage temperatureo +70degC
onsity no condensation
ion any
)160g (702043)200g (702044)
60529
n to EN 61010
b702040enbk Seite 40 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Accuracy of timer 07 10ppmdegC
Test voltages (type test)to EN 61 010 Part 1 March 1994overvoltage category II pollution degree 2 for Type 70204041overvoltage category III pollution degree 2 for Type 7020424344
Power consumption 7VA max
Electrical connectionat the rear via plug-in screw terminalsconductor cross-section le 25mm2 (13mm2 withType 70204041) solid wire or 15mm2 (10mm2 for Type 70204041) stranded wire with ferrules
Electromagnetic compatibility EN 61 326Immunity to interfer Class B Interfer emission industrial requirements
Approval UL and CSA (only devices with JUMO indication)
limit comparator 2-setpt controllerController structure PPDPIPIDAD converter resolution gt15 bitSampling time 210msec (250msec with timer
function)
plastic housing fto DIN 43700Cleaning the frouse warm or hot wor mildly alkalinenot use any abrapressure cleanersolvents (e g sp
Housing mountiin panel to DIN 4
Ambient and sto0 to 55degC -40 t
Climatic conditile 75 rel humid
Operating posit
Weight (approx75g (702040)95g (702041)
145g (702042)Protection IP66 (front) to ENIP20 (rear)Safety regulatio
JUMO GmbH amp Co KG
Street adressMoltkestraszlige 13 - 3136039 Fulda GermanyDelivery addressMackenrodtstraszlige 1436039 Fulda GermanyPostal address36035 Fulda GermanyPhone +49 661 6003-0Fax +49 661 6003-607e-mail mailjumonetInternet wwwjumonet
JUMO Instrument Co Ltd
JUMO HouseTemple Bank RiverwayHarlow Essex CM20 2TT UKPhone +44 1279 635533Fax +44 1279 635262e-mail salesjumocoukInternet wwwjumocouk
JUMO Process Control Inc
8 Technology BoulevardCanastota NY 13032 USAPhone 315-697-JUMO
1-800-554-JUMOFax 315-697-5867e-mail infojumousInternet wwwjumous
b702040enbk Seite 1 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
- 1 Identifying the instrument version
- 2 Installation
- 3 Electrical connection
- 4 Operation
-
- 41 Displays and keys
- 42 Principle of operation
- 43 Operation of the timer function
-
- 5 Functions
-
- 51 Process value input
- 52 Logic input
- 53 Controller
- 54 Limit comparator (alarm contact)
- 55 Ramp function
- 56 Self-optimization
- 57 Level inhibit via code
- 58 Timer function (extra code)
-
- 6 Configuration and parameter tables
- 7 Alarm messages
- 8 Technical data
-
5 Functions
24
57 Level inhibit via code
ration levels (corresponds to
l Timer level
enabled
enabled
enabled
inhibited2
b702040enbk Seite 24 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
As an alternative to the logic input the level inhibit can beset via a code (logic input has priority)
h Set the code using q + d (at least 5sec) innormal display
Level inhibit via the logic input will lock the parameter and configucode 011)
1 The values at the operating level can only be indicated but not modified2 Timer operation (startstopcontinuecancel) will continue to be possible
Code Operating level Parameter level Configuration leve
000 enabled enabled enabled
001 enabled enabled inhibited
011 enabled inhibited inhibited
111 inhibited1 inhibited inhibited
5 Functions
25
5U ns of the adjustable timet key or via the logic inputth ter the process value hasg er has run down severalev int switching Furthermo-re
pointcess valuegrammed setpointer start valueer signallinge C122=1)ement key
E
b702040enbk Seite 25 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
8 Timer function (extra code)sing the timer function the control action can be influenced by meai 0 After the timer has been started by power ON by pressing the e timer start value t i 0 is counted down to 0 either instantly or af
one above or below a programmable tolerance limit When the timents are triggered such as control switch-off (output 0) and setpo it is possible to implement timer signalling via an output
w - setx - proS P - prot i 0 - tim----- - tim
(heri - incr
xample
5 Functions
26
Notes on the timer function in conjunction with the ramp function
function
oint is approached with the ithout ramp
p end value) is monitored
xception here is the timer figured setpoint switching via
except for events that are r value will be shown in the
b702040enbk Seite 26 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
- Generally the setpoints can also be approached using the ramp
- Stopping the timer does not influence the ramp function
- If control is active after the timer has run down the current setpramp Cancellation of the timer is followed by a setpoint step w
- For timer functions with a tolerance limit only the setpoint (=ram
Note on setpoint switching via the logic input
- Setpoint switching via the logic input is generally possible An efunction ldquoTime-dependent setpoint switchingrdquo In this case conthe logic input will not be active
Note on the display status in the event of a power failure
- The state of the display before the power failure will be restoredrelated to the timer (start cancel continue stop) Then the timedisplay
5 Functions
27
S
CC as run down (output 0)
C unction the process is con-automatically switches over
Diagrams with andwithout start abovetolerance limit
---- Tolerance limit
C121=3 4 7 or 8
b702040enbk Seite 27 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
ymbol Notes
120120=1
Timer function vpage 34
Time-limited control The control is switched off after the timer h
120=2 Time-dependent setpoint switching After the start of the timer ftrolled to setpoint SP2 After the timer has run down the controller to SP1
C121=3 4 7 or 8C121=1 2 5 or 6
C121=2 or 6 C121=1 or 5
5 Functions
28
Time-delayed control The control action starts after the timer has run down
own to 0 The control action is e signalled via an output
Symbol Notes
er has run down (End) theys are used for acknowledge-
0s
C122=1
b702040enbk Seite 28 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
C120C120=3
C120=4 Timer After the start of the timer function t i 0 is counted dindependent of the timer Here too the timer run-down can b
H After the timi + d kementSet ti0 gt
C121=1 2 5 or 6
C121=1 2 5 or 6
Timer signallingC122=3
5 Functions
29
Clowing events
keyslogic input)e
ow the tolerance limit the
restored or thehe power failure the timer 121=1 or 5 of a power failure
Ce run-down a signal can be
C
S
b702040enbk Seite 29 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
121 Start condition of the timer vpage 34The timer start value t i 0 is counted down as selected in the fol1 Power ON or logic inputkeys2 Start via keyslogic input3 Process value has reached tolerance limit (1degC or 5degC) (start via The position of the tolerance limit depends on the controller typ - 1-setpoint controller (direct) tolerance limit above setpoint - 1-setpoint controller (reversed) tolerance limit below setpoint - 2-setpoint controller tolerance limit below setpoint If during the control process the process value goes abovebel timer will be stopped for the duration of the infringement
Response to a power failure vpage 34After a power failure the condition before the power failure can betimer function can be cancelled If the timer had run down before tstart value will be loaded The timer will start automatically when CThe timer value is saved at one minute intervals to cover the case
122 Timer signalling vpage 35From the start of the timer function until timer run-down or after thproduced via an output
123 Time unit for the timer vpage 35
ymbol Notes
5 Functions
30
Programming example
s to be controlled for 30 min-the event of a power failure
llation on power failure
b702040enbk Seite 30 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
After the start via the logic input or from the keys the process hautes to a setpoint of 80degC The control action is to be cancelled in
Configuration
- C111mdash C116 Controller programming
- C117=5 Logic input = timer control
- C120=1 Timer function = time-limited control
- C121=6 Start condition for timer = via logic inputkeys - cance
- C122=0 Timer signalling = no function
- C123=1 Time unit (timer) = mmss
Operation
h Enter the setpoint SP (80degC)
h Press the q key until t i0 is indicated
h Change over to the timer level using q (at least 2sec)
h Enter the timer start value t i0_ (3000)
h Return to the operating level (timer value) with q
h Start the control action via the logic input or with i
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
31
6
lacesunit X
q
P
your selection with a
123
NO
b702040enbk Seite 31 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Configuration and parameter tables
C111 Transducer X
001 Pt 100 (3-wire)006 Pt 1000 (3-wire)601 KTY11-6 (2-wire)003 Pt 100 (2-wire)005 Pt 1000 (2-wire)039 Cu-Con T 040 Fe-Con J041 Cu-Con U042 Fe-Con L043 NiCr-Ni K044 Pt10Rh-Pt S045 Pt13Rh-Pt R046 Pt30Rh-Pt B048 NiCrSi-NiSi N052 Standard signal 0 ndash 20mA053 Standard signal 4 ndash 20mA063 Standard signal 0 ndash 10V2
071 Standard signal 2 ndash 10V3
C112 Decimal p
0 9999degC1 9999degC2 9999degC3 9999degF4 9999degF5 9999degF
q
q
b11
gt2s
q
y0
qgt2s
X Mark cross
SP 1 AL or Pb1 is shown here depending on the configuration
0 ndash 1V for Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option)
02 ndash 1V for Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option)
ormal displayperating level
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
32
limit comparator (LK) has priorityover the timer signalling
th Type 7020424344 see C118
C113 Controller type Output 1 (relay) Output 2+3 (logic+relay)
X
LKtimer signalling1
LKtimer signalling1
controller output 2
controller
controller
controller output 1
mp function Xp function offp function (degCmin)p function (degCh)
q
ow setpoint) = controller output 1 setpoint) = controller output 2
b702040enbk Seite 32 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 A programmed
Further settings for the outputs wi
10 single setpoint (reversed) controller11 single setpoint (direct) controller30 double setpoint controller output 1
20 single setpoint (reversed) LKtimer signalling1
21 single setpoint (direct) LKtimer signalling1
33 double setpoint controller output 2
q
C114 Limit comparator (LK) X
0 no function1 lk 12 lk 23 lk 34 lk 45 lk 56 lk 67 lk 78 lk 8
C115 Ra0 ram1 ram2 ram
q
reversed = heating (output is active when process value is beldirect = cooling (output is active when process value is above
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
33
input X
ctionibithibittopt switchingontrol
qut 3 Relay X
r signalling comparatorr signallingroller output comparatorroller output
comparatortimerroller output 2 comparatortimerroller output 1roller output 2roller output 1
b702040enbk Seite 33 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
C116 Outputs on fault X
0 01 LKtimer signalling OFF1 1002
2 -1001 3 01 LKtimer
signalling ON4 1002
C117 Logic
0 no fun1 key inh2 level in3 ramp s4 setpoin5 timer c
C118 Output 1 Relay (K1) Output 2 Logic (K2) Outp
0 Functions of outputs as defined under C1131
for 1
-set
pt c
ontr
l controller output limit comparator time2 controller output timer signalling limit3 limit comparator controller output time4 limit comparator timer signalling cont5 timer signalling controller output limit6 timer signalling limit comparator cont
7
for 2
-set
pt c
ontrl
controller output 1 controller output 2 limit8 controller output 1 limit comparatortimer cont9 controller output 2 controller output 1 limit10 controller output 2 limit comparatortimer cont11 limit comparatortimer controller output 1 cont12 limit comparatortimer controller output 2 cont
q
q
1 Minimum output limiting y2 is effective2 Maximum output limiting y1 is effective
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
34
C120 Timer function X
power failure Xs before there
n ofion ars in the
ot valid for C120=3 or 4
b702040enbk Seite 34 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
0 no function1 time-limited control2 time-dependent setpoint switching3 time-delayed control4 timer (control independent of timer)
C121 Start condition for timer Action on 1 after power ON logic inputkeys Condition a
power failu2 via logic inputkeys3 via logic inputkeys timer counts 1degC
from tolerance limit4 via logic inputkeys timer counts 5degC
from tolerance limit5 after power ON logic inputkeys Cancellatio
timer funct(StOP appedisplay)
6 via logic inputkeys7 via logic inputkeys timer counts 1degC
from tolerance limit8 via logic inputkeys timer counts 5degC
from tolerance limit
q
q
The start conditions with tolerance limit (C121=3 4 7 8) are nIf C120 is altered the validity of C121 must be checked
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
35
tory-set Yoursetting
0
0
0
he factory setting
ime (timer) X
(max 9959)(max 9959)ax 9999)
= minutes
q
b702040enbk Seite 35 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Parameter Explanation Value range fac
SCL start value of thestandard signal
-1999 to +9999digit1 0
sCH end value of thestandard signal
-1999 to +9999digit1 10
SPL lowersetpoint limiting
-1999 to +9999digit1 -20
SPH uppersetpoint limiting
-1999 to +9999digit1 85
OFFS process value correction -1999 to 9999digit1 0
HySt switching differential of the limit comparator
0 mdash 9999digit1 1
1 For displays with one or two decimal places the value range and tchange accordinglyExample 1 decimal place rarr value range -1999 to +9999
q
C122 Timer signalling X
0 no function1 timer start until run-down2 after run-down for 10sec 3 after run-down for 1min4 after run-down until
acknowledgement
qC123 Unit of t
1 mmss 2 hhmm 3 hhhh (ms = seconds m h = hours
One output has to be configuredcorrespondingly(C113C118)
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
36and the factory setting
Parameter Explanation Value range factory-set
Yoursetting
0
0
0
0
0
80sec
350sec
200sec
200sec
0
1
1
0
100
-100
06sec
0
b702040enbk Seite 36 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 For displays with one or two decimal places the value range change accordingly
sP 1 setpoint 1 SPL mdash SPH
sP 2 setpoint 2 SPL mdash SPH
AL limit value oflimit comparator
-1999 to +9999digit1
Pb1 proportional band 1 0 mdash 9999digit1
Pb2 proportional band 2 0 mdash 9999digit1
dt derivative time 0 mdash 9999sec
rt reset time 0 mdash 9999sec
Cy 1 cycle time 1 10 mdash 9999sec
Cy 2 cycle time 2 10 mdash 9999sec
db contact spacing 0 mdash 1000digit1
HYS1 differential 1 0 mdash 9999digit1
HYS2 differential 2 0 mdash 9999digit1
Y0 working point -100 to 100
Y1 maximum output 0 mdash 100
Y2 minimum output -100 to +100
dF filter time constant 00 mdash 1000sec
rAsd ramp slope 0 mdash 999 degCh (degCmin)1
7 Alarm
messag
es
37
7
D
of process valueit comparators referred to input behave in accord-figuration of the outputsed
n has been cancelled due to he timer value that wase of the supply failure will be
H ge
is connected
b702040enbk Seite 37 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Alarm messages
isplay Description Causeresponse
The displays for the process value or timer value flashes ldquo1999rdquoDisplay current timer value by repeatedly pressing the q key
OverunderrangeController and limthe process valueance with the conThe timer is stopp
The display for the timer value alternates between showing ldquoStOPrdquo and the timeh Acknowledge by using any
key (the timer start value t i 0 is loaded)
The timer functioa supply failure Tpresent at the timindicated
The following events come under the heading overunderran- Probe breakshort-circuit- Measurement is outside the control range of the probe that- Display overflow
7 Alarm
messag
es
38
Measurement circuit monitoring (bull = recognized)
-circuitProbelead break
bull
bull
bull-
bull-
b702040enbk Seite 38 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Transducer Overrangeunderrange
Probelead short
Thermocouple bullbull -
Resistance thermometer bullbull bull
Voltage 2 ndash 10V and02 ndash 1V0 ndash 10V and 0 ndash 1V
bullbullbull-
bull-
Current 4 ndash 20mA0 ndash 20mA
bullbullbull-
bull-
8 Technical data
39
8In
1
In
23
nce thermometer
3A at 250V AC resistive load at rated load
mA Rload ge250Ω
mA Rload ge600Ω
5+10 48 mdash 63Hz or 48 mdash 63Hz or
nnect to SELV or PELV)
Range
-200 to +850degC
-200 to +850degC
-50 to +150degC
uracy le01 50ppmdegCle10 50ppmdegC
20Ω max per lead250microA
b702040enbk Seite 39 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Technical dataput for thermocouple
These ranges refer to the ambiente temperature of 20degC
put for standard signals
0mdash1V REgt10MΩ for Type 70204041 with 2 relays02mdash1V REgt10MΩ for Type 70204041 with 2 relays
Designation Range 1
Fe-Con LFe-Con J EN 60584Cu-Con UCu-Con T EN 60584NiCr-Ni K EN 60584NiCrSi-NiSi N EN 60584Pt10Rh-Pt S EN 60584Pt13Rh-Pt R EN 60584Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh B EN 60584
-200 to + 900degC-200 to +1200degC-200 to + 600degC-200 to + 400degC-200 to +1372degC-200 to +1300degC
0 mdash 1768degC0 mdash 1768degC0 mdash 1820degC
Measurement accuracy le04 100ppmdegCCold junction Pt100 internal
Designation Range
Voltage 0 mdash 10V RE gt 100kΩ2
2 mdash 10V RE gt 100kΩ3
RE - input resistance
Current 4 mdash 20mA voltage drop le 15V0 mdash 20mA voltage drop le 15V
Measurement accuracy le01 100ppmdegC
Input for resista
OutputsRelayno(make) contact150000 operationsLogic 05VCurrent limiting 20Logic 012VCurrent limiting 20
Supply110 mdash 240V AC -120 mdash 53V ACDC10 mdash 18V DC (Co
Designation
Pt100 EN 60751
Pt1000 EN 60751
KTY11-6
Measurement accPt1001000KTY11-6Sensor leadresistance Meas current
8 Technical data
40
ControllerController type 1-setpt controller with
Data backup EEPROMHousing type
or panel mounting
nt panelater (add mildly acidic neutral
detergents if necessary) Do sive cleaning agents or high-s Limited resistance to organic irits benzol etc)
ng3 834
rage temperatureo +70degC
onsity no condensation
ion any
)160g (702043)200g (702044)
60529
n to EN 61010
b702040enbk Seite 40 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Accuracy of timer 07 10ppmdegC
Test voltages (type test)to EN 61 010 Part 1 March 1994overvoltage category II pollution degree 2 for Type 70204041overvoltage category III pollution degree 2 for Type 7020424344
Power consumption 7VA max
Electrical connectionat the rear via plug-in screw terminalsconductor cross-section le 25mm2 (13mm2 withType 70204041) solid wire or 15mm2 (10mm2 for Type 70204041) stranded wire with ferrules
Electromagnetic compatibility EN 61 326Immunity to interfer Class B Interfer emission industrial requirements
Approval UL and CSA (only devices with JUMO indication)
limit comparator 2-setpt controllerController structure PPDPIPIDAD converter resolution gt15 bitSampling time 210msec (250msec with timer
function)
plastic housing fto DIN 43700Cleaning the frouse warm or hot wor mildly alkalinenot use any abrapressure cleanersolvents (e g sp
Housing mountiin panel to DIN 4
Ambient and sto0 to 55degC -40 t
Climatic conditile 75 rel humid
Operating posit
Weight (approx75g (702040)95g (702041)
145g (702042)Protection IP66 (front) to ENIP20 (rear)Safety regulatio
JUMO GmbH amp Co KG
Street adressMoltkestraszlige 13 - 3136039 Fulda GermanyDelivery addressMackenrodtstraszlige 1436039 Fulda GermanyPostal address36035 Fulda GermanyPhone +49 661 6003-0Fax +49 661 6003-607e-mail mailjumonetInternet wwwjumonet
JUMO Instrument Co Ltd
JUMO HouseTemple Bank RiverwayHarlow Essex CM20 2TT UKPhone +44 1279 635533Fax +44 1279 635262e-mail salesjumocoukInternet wwwjumocouk
JUMO Process Control Inc
8 Technology BoulevardCanastota NY 13032 USAPhone 315-697-JUMO
1-800-554-JUMOFax 315-697-5867e-mail infojumousInternet wwwjumous
b702040enbk Seite 1 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
- 1 Identifying the instrument version
- 2 Installation
- 3 Electrical connection
- 4 Operation
-
- 41 Displays and keys
- 42 Principle of operation
- 43 Operation of the timer function
-
- 5 Functions
-
- 51 Process value input
- 52 Logic input
- 53 Controller
- 54 Limit comparator (alarm contact)
- 55 Ramp function
- 56 Self-optimization
- 57 Level inhibit via code
- 58 Timer function (extra code)
-
- 6 Configuration and parameter tables
- 7 Alarm messages
- 8 Technical data
-
5 Functions
25
5U ns of the adjustable timet key or via the logic inputth ter the process value hasg er has run down severalev int switching Furthermo-re
pointcess valuegrammed setpointer start valueer signallinge C122=1)ement key
E
b702040enbk Seite 25 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
8 Timer function (extra code)sing the timer function the control action can be influenced by meai 0 After the timer has been started by power ON by pressing the e timer start value t i 0 is counted down to 0 either instantly or af
one above or below a programmable tolerance limit When the timents are triggered such as control switch-off (output 0) and setpo it is possible to implement timer signalling via an output
w - setx - proS P - prot i 0 - tim----- - tim
(heri - incr
xample
5 Functions
26
Notes on the timer function in conjunction with the ramp function
function
oint is approached with the ithout ramp
p end value) is monitored
xception here is the timer figured setpoint switching via
except for events that are r value will be shown in the
b702040enbk Seite 26 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
- Generally the setpoints can also be approached using the ramp
- Stopping the timer does not influence the ramp function
- If control is active after the timer has run down the current setpramp Cancellation of the timer is followed by a setpoint step w
- For timer functions with a tolerance limit only the setpoint (=ram
Note on setpoint switching via the logic input
- Setpoint switching via the logic input is generally possible An efunction ldquoTime-dependent setpoint switchingrdquo In this case conthe logic input will not be active
Note on the display status in the event of a power failure
- The state of the display before the power failure will be restoredrelated to the timer (start cancel continue stop) Then the timedisplay
5 Functions
27
S
CC as run down (output 0)
C unction the process is con-automatically switches over
Diagrams with andwithout start abovetolerance limit
---- Tolerance limit
C121=3 4 7 or 8
b702040enbk Seite 27 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
ymbol Notes
120120=1
Timer function vpage 34
Time-limited control The control is switched off after the timer h
120=2 Time-dependent setpoint switching After the start of the timer ftrolled to setpoint SP2 After the timer has run down the controller to SP1
C121=3 4 7 or 8C121=1 2 5 or 6
C121=2 or 6 C121=1 or 5
5 Functions
28
Time-delayed control The control action starts after the timer has run down
own to 0 The control action is e signalled via an output
Symbol Notes
er has run down (End) theys are used for acknowledge-
0s
C122=1
b702040enbk Seite 28 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
C120C120=3
C120=4 Timer After the start of the timer function t i 0 is counted dindependent of the timer Here too the timer run-down can b
H After the timi + d kementSet ti0 gt
C121=1 2 5 or 6
C121=1 2 5 or 6
Timer signallingC122=3
5 Functions
29
Clowing events
keyslogic input)e
ow the tolerance limit the
restored or thehe power failure the timer 121=1 or 5 of a power failure
Ce run-down a signal can be
C
S
b702040enbk Seite 29 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
121 Start condition of the timer vpage 34The timer start value t i 0 is counted down as selected in the fol1 Power ON or logic inputkeys2 Start via keyslogic input3 Process value has reached tolerance limit (1degC or 5degC) (start via The position of the tolerance limit depends on the controller typ - 1-setpoint controller (direct) tolerance limit above setpoint - 1-setpoint controller (reversed) tolerance limit below setpoint - 2-setpoint controller tolerance limit below setpoint If during the control process the process value goes abovebel timer will be stopped for the duration of the infringement
Response to a power failure vpage 34After a power failure the condition before the power failure can betimer function can be cancelled If the timer had run down before tstart value will be loaded The timer will start automatically when CThe timer value is saved at one minute intervals to cover the case
122 Timer signalling vpage 35From the start of the timer function until timer run-down or after thproduced via an output
123 Time unit for the timer vpage 35
ymbol Notes
5 Functions
30
Programming example
s to be controlled for 30 min-the event of a power failure
llation on power failure
b702040enbk Seite 30 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
After the start via the logic input or from the keys the process hautes to a setpoint of 80degC The control action is to be cancelled in
Configuration
- C111mdash C116 Controller programming
- C117=5 Logic input = timer control
- C120=1 Timer function = time-limited control
- C121=6 Start condition for timer = via logic inputkeys - cance
- C122=0 Timer signalling = no function
- C123=1 Time unit (timer) = mmss
Operation
h Enter the setpoint SP (80degC)
h Press the q key until t i0 is indicated
h Change over to the timer level using q (at least 2sec)
h Enter the timer start value t i0_ (3000)
h Return to the operating level (timer value) with q
h Start the control action via the logic input or with i
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
31
6
lacesunit X
q
P
your selection with a
123
NO
b702040enbk Seite 31 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Configuration and parameter tables
C111 Transducer X
001 Pt 100 (3-wire)006 Pt 1000 (3-wire)601 KTY11-6 (2-wire)003 Pt 100 (2-wire)005 Pt 1000 (2-wire)039 Cu-Con T 040 Fe-Con J041 Cu-Con U042 Fe-Con L043 NiCr-Ni K044 Pt10Rh-Pt S045 Pt13Rh-Pt R046 Pt30Rh-Pt B048 NiCrSi-NiSi N052 Standard signal 0 ndash 20mA053 Standard signal 4 ndash 20mA063 Standard signal 0 ndash 10V2
071 Standard signal 2 ndash 10V3
C112 Decimal p
0 9999degC1 9999degC2 9999degC3 9999degF4 9999degF5 9999degF
q
q
b11
gt2s
q
y0
qgt2s
X Mark cross
SP 1 AL or Pb1 is shown here depending on the configuration
0 ndash 1V for Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option)
02 ndash 1V for Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option)
ormal displayperating level
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
32
limit comparator (LK) has priorityover the timer signalling
th Type 7020424344 see C118
C113 Controller type Output 1 (relay) Output 2+3 (logic+relay)
X
LKtimer signalling1
LKtimer signalling1
controller output 2
controller
controller
controller output 1
mp function Xp function offp function (degCmin)p function (degCh)
q
ow setpoint) = controller output 1 setpoint) = controller output 2
b702040enbk Seite 32 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 A programmed
Further settings for the outputs wi
10 single setpoint (reversed) controller11 single setpoint (direct) controller30 double setpoint controller output 1
20 single setpoint (reversed) LKtimer signalling1
21 single setpoint (direct) LKtimer signalling1
33 double setpoint controller output 2
q
C114 Limit comparator (LK) X
0 no function1 lk 12 lk 23 lk 34 lk 45 lk 56 lk 67 lk 78 lk 8
C115 Ra0 ram1 ram2 ram
q
reversed = heating (output is active when process value is beldirect = cooling (output is active when process value is above
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
33
input X
ctionibithibittopt switchingontrol
qut 3 Relay X
r signalling comparatorr signallingroller output comparatorroller output
comparatortimerroller output 2 comparatortimerroller output 1roller output 2roller output 1
b702040enbk Seite 33 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
C116 Outputs on fault X
0 01 LKtimer signalling OFF1 1002
2 -1001 3 01 LKtimer
signalling ON4 1002
C117 Logic
0 no fun1 key inh2 level in3 ramp s4 setpoin5 timer c
C118 Output 1 Relay (K1) Output 2 Logic (K2) Outp
0 Functions of outputs as defined under C1131
for 1
-set
pt c
ontr
l controller output limit comparator time2 controller output timer signalling limit3 limit comparator controller output time4 limit comparator timer signalling cont5 timer signalling controller output limit6 timer signalling limit comparator cont
7
for 2
-set
pt c
ontrl
controller output 1 controller output 2 limit8 controller output 1 limit comparatortimer cont9 controller output 2 controller output 1 limit10 controller output 2 limit comparatortimer cont11 limit comparatortimer controller output 1 cont12 limit comparatortimer controller output 2 cont
q
q
1 Minimum output limiting y2 is effective2 Maximum output limiting y1 is effective
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
34
C120 Timer function X
power failure Xs before there
n ofion ars in the
ot valid for C120=3 or 4
b702040enbk Seite 34 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
0 no function1 time-limited control2 time-dependent setpoint switching3 time-delayed control4 timer (control independent of timer)
C121 Start condition for timer Action on 1 after power ON logic inputkeys Condition a
power failu2 via logic inputkeys3 via logic inputkeys timer counts 1degC
from tolerance limit4 via logic inputkeys timer counts 5degC
from tolerance limit5 after power ON logic inputkeys Cancellatio
timer funct(StOP appedisplay)
6 via logic inputkeys7 via logic inputkeys timer counts 1degC
from tolerance limit8 via logic inputkeys timer counts 5degC
from tolerance limit
q
q
The start conditions with tolerance limit (C121=3 4 7 8) are nIf C120 is altered the validity of C121 must be checked
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
35
tory-set Yoursetting
0
0
0
he factory setting
ime (timer) X
(max 9959)(max 9959)ax 9999)
= minutes
q
b702040enbk Seite 35 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Parameter Explanation Value range fac
SCL start value of thestandard signal
-1999 to +9999digit1 0
sCH end value of thestandard signal
-1999 to +9999digit1 10
SPL lowersetpoint limiting
-1999 to +9999digit1 -20
SPH uppersetpoint limiting
-1999 to +9999digit1 85
OFFS process value correction -1999 to 9999digit1 0
HySt switching differential of the limit comparator
0 mdash 9999digit1 1
1 For displays with one or two decimal places the value range and tchange accordinglyExample 1 decimal place rarr value range -1999 to +9999
q
C122 Timer signalling X
0 no function1 timer start until run-down2 after run-down for 10sec 3 after run-down for 1min4 after run-down until
acknowledgement
qC123 Unit of t
1 mmss 2 hhmm 3 hhhh (ms = seconds m h = hours
One output has to be configuredcorrespondingly(C113C118)
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
36and the factory setting
Parameter Explanation Value range factory-set
Yoursetting
0
0
0
0
0
80sec
350sec
200sec
200sec
0
1
1
0
100
-100
06sec
0
b702040enbk Seite 36 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 For displays with one or two decimal places the value range change accordingly
sP 1 setpoint 1 SPL mdash SPH
sP 2 setpoint 2 SPL mdash SPH
AL limit value oflimit comparator
-1999 to +9999digit1
Pb1 proportional band 1 0 mdash 9999digit1
Pb2 proportional band 2 0 mdash 9999digit1
dt derivative time 0 mdash 9999sec
rt reset time 0 mdash 9999sec
Cy 1 cycle time 1 10 mdash 9999sec
Cy 2 cycle time 2 10 mdash 9999sec
db contact spacing 0 mdash 1000digit1
HYS1 differential 1 0 mdash 9999digit1
HYS2 differential 2 0 mdash 9999digit1
Y0 working point -100 to 100
Y1 maximum output 0 mdash 100
Y2 minimum output -100 to +100
dF filter time constant 00 mdash 1000sec
rAsd ramp slope 0 mdash 999 degCh (degCmin)1
7 Alarm
messag
es
37
7
D
of process valueit comparators referred to input behave in accord-figuration of the outputsed
n has been cancelled due to he timer value that wase of the supply failure will be
H ge
is connected
b702040enbk Seite 37 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Alarm messages
isplay Description Causeresponse
The displays for the process value or timer value flashes ldquo1999rdquoDisplay current timer value by repeatedly pressing the q key
OverunderrangeController and limthe process valueance with the conThe timer is stopp
The display for the timer value alternates between showing ldquoStOPrdquo and the timeh Acknowledge by using any
key (the timer start value t i 0 is loaded)
The timer functioa supply failure Tpresent at the timindicated
The following events come under the heading overunderran- Probe breakshort-circuit- Measurement is outside the control range of the probe that- Display overflow
7 Alarm
messag
es
38
Measurement circuit monitoring (bull = recognized)
-circuitProbelead break
bull
bull
bull-
bull-
b702040enbk Seite 38 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Transducer Overrangeunderrange
Probelead short
Thermocouple bullbull -
Resistance thermometer bullbull bull
Voltage 2 ndash 10V and02 ndash 1V0 ndash 10V and 0 ndash 1V
bullbullbull-
bull-
Current 4 ndash 20mA0 ndash 20mA
bullbullbull-
bull-
8 Technical data
39
8In
1
In
23
nce thermometer
3A at 250V AC resistive load at rated load
mA Rload ge250Ω
mA Rload ge600Ω
5+10 48 mdash 63Hz or 48 mdash 63Hz or
nnect to SELV or PELV)
Range
-200 to +850degC
-200 to +850degC
-50 to +150degC
uracy le01 50ppmdegCle10 50ppmdegC
20Ω max per lead250microA
b702040enbk Seite 39 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Technical dataput for thermocouple
These ranges refer to the ambiente temperature of 20degC
put for standard signals
0mdash1V REgt10MΩ for Type 70204041 with 2 relays02mdash1V REgt10MΩ for Type 70204041 with 2 relays
Designation Range 1
Fe-Con LFe-Con J EN 60584Cu-Con UCu-Con T EN 60584NiCr-Ni K EN 60584NiCrSi-NiSi N EN 60584Pt10Rh-Pt S EN 60584Pt13Rh-Pt R EN 60584Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh B EN 60584
-200 to + 900degC-200 to +1200degC-200 to + 600degC-200 to + 400degC-200 to +1372degC-200 to +1300degC
0 mdash 1768degC0 mdash 1768degC0 mdash 1820degC
Measurement accuracy le04 100ppmdegCCold junction Pt100 internal
Designation Range
Voltage 0 mdash 10V RE gt 100kΩ2
2 mdash 10V RE gt 100kΩ3
RE - input resistance
Current 4 mdash 20mA voltage drop le 15V0 mdash 20mA voltage drop le 15V
Measurement accuracy le01 100ppmdegC
Input for resista
OutputsRelayno(make) contact150000 operationsLogic 05VCurrent limiting 20Logic 012VCurrent limiting 20
Supply110 mdash 240V AC -120 mdash 53V ACDC10 mdash 18V DC (Co
Designation
Pt100 EN 60751
Pt1000 EN 60751
KTY11-6
Measurement accPt1001000KTY11-6Sensor leadresistance Meas current
8 Technical data
40
ControllerController type 1-setpt controller with
Data backup EEPROMHousing type
or panel mounting
nt panelater (add mildly acidic neutral
detergents if necessary) Do sive cleaning agents or high-s Limited resistance to organic irits benzol etc)
ng3 834
rage temperatureo +70degC
onsity no condensation
ion any
)160g (702043)200g (702044)
60529
n to EN 61010
b702040enbk Seite 40 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Accuracy of timer 07 10ppmdegC
Test voltages (type test)to EN 61 010 Part 1 March 1994overvoltage category II pollution degree 2 for Type 70204041overvoltage category III pollution degree 2 for Type 7020424344
Power consumption 7VA max
Electrical connectionat the rear via plug-in screw terminalsconductor cross-section le 25mm2 (13mm2 withType 70204041) solid wire or 15mm2 (10mm2 for Type 70204041) stranded wire with ferrules
Electromagnetic compatibility EN 61 326Immunity to interfer Class B Interfer emission industrial requirements
Approval UL and CSA (only devices with JUMO indication)
limit comparator 2-setpt controllerController structure PPDPIPIDAD converter resolution gt15 bitSampling time 210msec (250msec with timer
function)
plastic housing fto DIN 43700Cleaning the frouse warm or hot wor mildly alkalinenot use any abrapressure cleanersolvents (e g sp
Housing mountiin panel to DIN 4
Ambient and sto0 to 55degC -40 t
Climatic conditile 75 rel humid
Operating posit
Weight (approx75g (702040)95g (702041)
145g (702042)Protection IP66 (front) to ENIP20 (rear)Safety regulatio
JUMO GmbH amp Co KG
Street adressMoltkestraszlige 13 - 3136039 Fulda GermanyDelivery addressMackenrodtstraszlige 1436039 Fulda GermanyPostal address36035 Fulda GermanyPhone +49 661 6003-0Fax +49 661 6003-607e-mail mailjumonetInternet wwwjumonet
JUMO Instrument Co Ltd
JUMO HouseTemple Bank RiverwayHarlow Essex CM20 2TT UKPhone +44 1279 635533Fax +44 1279 635262e-mail salesjumocoukInternet wwwjumocouk
JUMO Process Control Inc
8 Technology BoulevardCanastota NY 13032 USAPhone 315-697-JUMO
1-800-554-JUMOFax 315-697-5867e-mail infojumousInternet wwwjumous
b702040enbk Seite 1 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
- 1 Identifying the instrument version
- 2 Installation
- 3 Electrical connection
- 4 Operation
-
- 41 Displays and keys
- 42 Principle of operation
- 43 Operation of the timer function
-
- 5 Functions
-
- 51 Process value input
- 52 Logic input
- 53 Controller
- 54 Limit comparator (alarm contact)
- 55 Ramp function
- 56 Self-optimization
- 57 Level inhibit via code
- 58 Timer function (extra code)
-
- 6 Configuration and parameter tables
- 7 Alarm messages
- 8 Technical data
-
5 Functions
26
Notes on the timer function in conjunction with the ramp function
function
oint is approached with the ithout ramp
p end value) is monitored
xception here is the timer figured setpoint switching via
except for events that are r value will be shown in the
b702040enbk Seite 26 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
- Generally the setpoints can also be approached using the ramp
- Stopping the timer does not influence the ramp function
- If control is active after the timer has run down the current setpramp Cancellation of the timer is followed by a setpoint step w
- For timer functions with a tolerance limit only the setpoint (=ram
Note on setpoint switching via the logic input
- Setpoint switching via the logic input is generally possible An efunction ldquoTime-dependent setpoint switchingrdquo In this case conthe logic input will not be active
Note on the display status in the event of a power failure
- The state of the display before the power failure will be restoredrelated to the timer (start cancel continue stop) Then the timedisplay
5 Functions
27
S
CC as run down (output 0)
C unction the process is con-automatically switches over
Diagrams with andwithout start abovetolerance limit
---- Tolerance limit
C121=3 4 7 or 8
b702040enbk Seite 27 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
ymbol Notes
120120=1
Timer function vpage 34
Time-limited control The control is switched off after the timer h
120=2 Time-dependent setpoint switching After the start of the timer ftrolled to setpoint SP2 After the timer has run down the controller to SP1
C121=3 4 7 or 8C121=1 2 5 or 6
C121=2 or 6 C121=1 or 5
5 Functions
28
Time-delayed control The control action starts after the timer has run down
own to 0 The control action is e signalled via an output
Symbol Notes
er has run down (End) theys are used for acknowledge-
0s
C122=1
b702040enbk Seite 28 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
C120C120=3
C120=4 Timer After the start of the timer function t i 0 is counted dindependent of the timer Here too the timer run-down can b
H After the timi + d kementSet ti0 gt
C121=1 2 5 or 6
C121=1 2 5 or 6
Timer signallingC122=3
5 Functions
29
Clowing events
keyslogic input)e
ow the tolerance limit the
restored or thehe power failure the timer 121=1 or 5 of a power failure
Ce run-down a signal can be
C
S
b702040enbk Seite 29 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
121 Start condition of the timer vpage 34The timer start value t i 0 is counted down as selected in the fol1 Power ON or logic inputkeys2 Start via keyslogic input3 Process value has reached tolerance limit (1degC or 5degC) (start via The position of the tolerance limit depends on the controller typ - 1-setpoint controller (direct) tolerance limit above setpoint - 1-setpoint controller (reversed) tolerance limit below setpoint - 2-setpoint controller tolerance limit below setpoint If during the control process the process value goes abovebel timer will be stopped for the duration of the infringement
Response to a power failure vpage 34After a power failure the condition before the power failure can betimer function can be cancelled If the timer had run down before tstart value will be loaded The timer will start automatically when CThe timer value is saved at one minute intervals to cover the case
122 Timer signalling vpage 35From the start of the timer function until timer run-down or after thproduced via an output
123 Time unit for the timer vpage 35
ymbol Notes
5 Functions
30
Programming example
s to be controlled for 30 min-the event of a power failure
llation on power failure
b702040enbk Seite 30 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
After the start via the logic input or from the keys the process hautes to a setpoint of 80degC The control action is to be cancelled in
Configuration
- C111mdash C116 Controller programming
- C117=5 Logic input = timer control
- C120=1 Timer function = time-limited control
- C121=6 Start condition for timer = via logic inputkeys - cance
- C122=0 Timer signalling = no function
- C123=1 Time unit (timer) = mmss
Operation
h Enter the setpoint SP (80degC)
h Press the q key until t i0 is indicated
h Change over to the timer level using q (at least 2sec)
h Enter the timer start value t i0_ (3000)
h Return to the operating level (timer value) with q
h Start the control action via the logic input or with i
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
31
6
lacesunit X
q
P
your selection with a
123
NO
b702040enbk Seite 31 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Configuration and parameter tables
C111 Transducer X
001 Pt 100 (3-wire)006 Pt 1000 (3-wire)601 KTY11-6 (2-wire)003 Pt 100 (2-wire)005 Pt 1000 (2-wire)039 Cu-Con T 040 Fe-Con J041 Cu-Con U042 Fe-Con L043 NiCr-Ni K044 Pt10Rh-Pt S045 Pt13Rh-Pt R046 Pt30Rh-Pt B048 NiCrSi-NiSi N052 Standard signal 0 ndash 20mA053 Standard signal 4 ndash 20mA063 Standard signal 0 ndash 10V2
071 Standard signal 2 ndash 10V3
C112 Decimal p
0 9999degC1 9999degC2 9999degC3 9999degF4 9999degF5 9999degF
q
q
b11
gt2s
q
y0
qgt2s
X Mark cross
SP 1 AL or Pb1 is shown here depending on the configuration
0 ndash 1V for Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option)
02 ndash 1V for Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option)
ormal displayperating level
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
32
limit comparator (LK) has priorityover the timer signalling
th Type 7020424344 see C118
C113 Controller type Output 1 (relay) Output 2+3 (logic+relay)
X
LKtimer signalling1
LKtimer signalling1
controller output 2
controller
controller
controller output 1
mp function Xp function offp function (degCmin)p function (degCh)
q
ow setpoint) = controller output 1 setpoint) = controller output 2
b702040enbk Seite 32 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 A programmed
Further settings for the outputs wi
10 single setpoint (reversed) controller11 single setpoint (direct) controller30 double setpoint controller output 1
20 single setpoint (reversed) LKtimer signalling1
21 single setpoint (direct) LKtimer signalling1
33 double setpoint controller output 2
q
C114 Limit comparator (LK) X
0 no function1 lk 12 lk 23 lk 34 lk 45 lk 56 lk 67 lk 78 lk 8
C115 Ra0 ram1 ram2 ram
q
reversed = heating (output is active when process value is beldirect = cooling (output is active when process value is above
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
33
input X
ctionibithibittopt switchingontrol
qut 3 Relay X
r signalling comparatorr signallingroller output comparatorroller output
comparatortimerroller output 2 comparatortimerroller output 1roller output 2roller output 1
b702040enbk Seite 33 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
C116 Outputs on fault X
0 01 LKtimer signalling OFF1 1002
2 -1001 3 01 LKtimer
signalling ON4 1002
C117 Logic
0 no fun1 key inh2 level in3 ramp s4 setpoin5 timer c
C118 Output 1 Relay (K1) Output 2 Logic (K2) Outp
0 Functions of outputs as defined under C1131
for 1
-set
pt c
ontr
l controller output limit comparator time2 controller output timer signalling limit3 limit comparator controller output time4 limit comparator timer signalling cont5 timer signalling controller output limit6 timer signalling limit comparator cont
7
for 2
-set
pt c
ontrl
controller output 1 controller output 2 limit8 controller output 1 limit comparatortimer cont9 controller output 2 controller output 1 limit10 controller output 2 limit comparatortimer cont11 limit comparatortimer controller output 1 cont12 limit comparatortimer controller output 2 cont
q
q
1 Minimum output limiting y2 is effective2 Maximum output limiting y1 is effective
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
34
C120 Timer function X
power failure Xs before there
n ofion ars in the
ot valid for C120=3 or 4
b702040enbk Seite 34 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
0 no function1 time-limited control2 time-dependent setpoint switching3 time-delayed control4 timer (control independent of timer)
C121 Start condition for timer Action on 1 after power ON logic inputkeys Condition a
power failu2 via logic inputkeys3 via logic inputkeys timer counts 1degC
from tolerance limit4 via logic inputkeys timer counts 5degC
from tolerance limit5 after power ON logic inputkeys Cancellatio
timer funct(StOP appedisplay)
6 via logic inputkeys7 via logic inputkeys timer counts 1degC
from tolerance limit8 via logic inputkeys timer counts 5degC
from tolerance limit
q
q
The start conditions with tolerance limit (C121=3 4 7 8) are nIf C120 is altered the validity of C121 must be checked
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
35
tory-set Yoursetting
0
0
0
he factory setting
ime (timer) X
(max 9959)(max 9959)ax 9999)
= minutes
q
b702040enbk Seite 35 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Parameter Explanation Value range fac
SCL start value of thestandard signal
-1999 to +9999digit1 0
sCH end value of thestandard signal
-1999 to +9999digit1 10
SPL lowersetpoint limiting
-1999 to +9999digit1 -20
SPH uppersetpoint limiting
-1999 to +9999digit1 85
OFFS process value correction -1999 to 9999digit1 0
HySt switching differential of the limit comparator
0 mdash 9999digit1 1
1 For displays with one or two decimal places the value range and tchange accordinglyExample 1 decimal place rarr value range -1999 to +9999
q
C122 Timer signalling X
0 no function1 timer start until run-down2 after run-down for 10sec 3 after run-down for 1min4 after run-down until
acknowledgement
qC123 Unit of t
1 mmss 2 hhmm 3 hhhh (ms = seconds m h = hours
One output has to be configuredcorrespondingly(C113C118)
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
36and the factory setting
Parameter Explanation Value range factory-set
Yoursetting
0
0
0
0
0
80sec
350sec
200sec
200sec
0
1
1
0
100
-100
06sec
0
b702040enbk Seite 36 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 For displays with one or two decimal places the value range change accordingly
sP 1 setpoint 1 SPL mdash SPH
sP 2 setpoint 2 SPL mdash SPH
AL limit value oflimit comparator
-1999 to +9999digit1
Pb1 proportional band 1 0 mdash 9999digit1
Pb2 proportional band 2 0 mdash 9999digit1
dt derivative time 0 mdash 9999sec
rt reset time 0 mdash 9999sec
Cy 1 cycle time 1 10 mdash 9999sec
Cy 2 cycle time 2 10 mdash 9999sec
db contact spacing 0 mdash 1000digit1
HYS1 differential 1 0 mdash 9999digit1
HYS2 differential 2 0 mdash 9999digit1
Y0 working point -100 to 100
Y1 maximum output 0 mdash 100
Y2 minimum output -100 to +100
dF filter time constant 00 mdash 1000sec
rAsd ramp slope 0 mdash 999 degCh (degCmin)1
7 Alarm
messag
es
37
7
D
of process valueit comparators referred to input behave in accord-figuration of the outputsed
n has been cancelled due to he timer value that wase of the supply failure will be
H ge
is connected
b702040enbk Seite 37 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Alarm messages
isplay Description Causeresponse
The displays for the process value or timer value flashes ldquo1999rdquoDisplay current timer value by repeatedly pressing the q key
OverunderrangeController and limthe process valueance with the conThe timer is stopp
The display for the timer value alternates between showing ldquoStOPrdquo and the timeh Acknowledge by using any
key (the timer start value t i 0 is loaded)
The timer functioa supply failure Tpresent at the timindicated
The following events come under the heading overunderran- Probe breakshort-circuit- Measurement is outside the control range of the probe that- Display overflow
7 Alarm
messag
es
38
Measurement circuit monitoring (bull = recognized)
-circuitProbelead break
bull
bull
bull-
bull-
b702040enbk Seite 38 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Transducer Overrangeunderrange
Probelead short
Thermocouple bullbull -
Resistance thermometer bullbull bull
Voltage 2 ndash 10V and02 ndash 1V0 ndash 10V and 0 ndash 1V
bullbullbull-
bull-
Current 4 ndash 20mA0 ndash 20mA
bullbullbull-
bull-
8 Technical data
39
8In
1
In
23
nce thermometer
3A at 250V AC resistive load at rated load
mA Rload ge250Ω
mA Rload ge600Ω
5+10 48 mdash 63Hz or 48 mdash 63Hz or
nnect to SELV or PELV)
Range
-200 to +850degC
-200 to +850degC
-50 to +150degC
uracy le01 50ppmdegCle10 50ppmdegC
20Ω max per lead250microA
b702040enbk Seite 39 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Technical dataput for thermocouple
These ranges refer to the ambiente temperature of 20degC
put for standard signals
0mdash1V REgt10MΩ for Type 70204041 with 2 relays02mdash1V REgt10MΩ for Type 70204041 with 2 relays
Designation Range 1
Fe-Con LFe-Con J EN 60584Cu-Con UCu-Con T EN 60584NiCr-Ni K EN 60584NiCrSi-NiSi N EN 60584Pt10Rh-Pt S EN 60584Pt13Rh-Pt R EN 60584Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh B EN 60584
-200 to + 900degC-200 to +1200degC-200 to + 600degC-200 to + 400degC-200 to +1372degC-200 to +1300degC
0 mdash 1768degC0 mdash 1768degC0 mdash 1820degC
Measurement accuracy le04 100ppmdegCCold junction Pt100 internal
Designation Range
Voltage 0 mdash 10V RE gt 100kΩ2
2 mdash 10V RE gt 100kΩ3
RE - input resistance
Current 4 mdash 20mA voltage drop le 15V0 mdash 20mA voltage drop le 15V
Measurement accuracy le01 100ppmdegC
Input for resista
OutputsRelayno(make) contact150000 operationsLogic 05VCurrent limiting 20Logic 012VCurrent limiting 20
Supply110 mdash 240V AC -120 mdash 53V ACDC10 mdash 18V DC (Co
Designation
Pt100 EN 60751
Pt1000 EN 60751
KTY11-6
Measurement accPt1001000KTY11-6Sensor leadresistance Meas current
8 Technical data
40
ControllerController type 1-setpt controller with
Data backup EEPROMHousing type
or panel mounting
nt panelater (add mildly acidic neutral
detergents if necessary) Do sive cleaning agents or high-s Limited resistance to organic irits benzol etc)
ng3 834
rage temperatureo +70degC
onsity no condensation
ion any
)160g (702043)200g (702044)
60529
n to EN 61010
b702040enbk Seite 40 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Accuracy of timer 07 10ppmdegC
Test voltages (type test)to EN 61 010 Part 1 March 1994overvoltage category II pollution degree 2 for Type 70204041overvoltage category III pollution degree 2 for Type 7020424344
Power consumption 7VA max
Electrical connectionat the rear via plug-in screw terminalsconductor cross-section le 25mm2 (13mm2 withType 70204041) solid wire or 15mm2 (10mm2 for Type 70204041) stranded wire with ferrules
Electromagnetic compatibility EN 61 326Immunity to interfer Class B Interfer emission industrial requirements
Approval UL and CSA (only devices with JUMO indication)
limit comparator 2-setpt controllerController structure PPDPIPIDAD converter resolution gt15 bitSampling time 210msec (250msec with timer
function)
plastic housing fto DIN 43700Cleaning the frouse warm or hot wor mildly alkalinenot use any abrapressure cleanersolvents (e g sp
Housing mountiin panel to DIN 4
Ambient and sto0 to 55degC -40 t
Climatic conditile 75 rel humid
Operating posit
Weight (approx75g (702040)95g (702041)
145g (702042)Protection IP66 (front) to ENIP20 (rear)Safety regulatio
JUMO GmbH amp Co KG
Street adressMoltkestraszlige 13 - 3136039 Fulda GermanyDelivery addressMackenrodtstraszlige 1436039 Fulda GermanyPostal address36035 Fulda GermanyPhone +49 661 6003-0Fax +49 661 6003-607e-mail mailjumonetInternet wwwjumonet
JUMO Instrument Co Ltd
JUMO HouseTemple Bank RiverwayHarlow Essex CM20 2TT UKPhone +44 1279 635533Fax +44 1279 635262e-mail salesjumocoukInternet wwwjumocouk
JUMO Process Control Inc
8 Technology BoulevardCanastota NY 13032 USAPhone 315-697-JUMO
1-800-554-JUMOFax 315-697-5867e-mail infojumousInternet wwwjumous
b702040enbk Seite 1 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
- 1 Identifying the instrument version
- 2 Installation
- 3 Electrical connection
- 4 Operation
-
- 41 Displays and keys
- 42 Principle of operation
- 43 Operation of the timer function
-
- 5 Functions
-
- 51 Process value input
- 52 Logic input
- 53 Controller
- 54 Limit comparator (alarm contact)
- 55 Ramp function
- 56 Self-optimization
- 57 Level inhibit via code
- 58 Timer function (extra code)
-
- 6 Configuration and parameter tables
- 7 Alarm messages
- 8 Technical data
-
5 Functions
27
S
CC as run down (output 0)
C unction the process is con-automatically switches over
Diagrams with andwithout start abovetolerance limit
---- Tolerance limit
C121=3 4 7 or 8
b702040enbk Seite 27 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
ymbol Notes
120120=1
Timer function vpage 34
Time-limited control The control is switched off after the timer h
120=2 Time-dependent setpoint switching After the start of the timer ftrolled to setpoint SP2 After the timer has run down the controller to SP1
C121=3 4 7 or 8C121=1 2 5 or 6
C121=2 or 6 C121=1 or 5
5 Functions
28
Time-delayed control The control action starts after the timer has run down
own to 0 The control action is e signalled via an output
Symbol Notes
er has run down (End) theys are used for acknowledge-
0s
C122=1
b702040enbk Seite 28 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
C120C120=3
C120=4 Timer After the start of the timer function t i 0 is counted dindependent of the timer Here too the timer run-down can b
H After the timi + d kementSet ti0 gt
C121=1 2 5 or 6
C121=1 2 5 or 6
Timer signallingC122=3
5 Functions
29
Clowing events
keyslogic input)e
ow the tolerance limit the
restored or thehe power failure the timer 121=1 or 5 of a power failure
Ce run-down a signal can be
C
S
b702040enbk Seite 29 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
121 Start condition of the timer vpage 34The timer start value t i 0 is counted down as selected in the fol1 Power ON or logic inputkeys2 Start via keyslogic input3 Process value has reached tolerance limit (1degC or 5degC) (start via The position of the tolerance limit depends on the controller typ - 1-setpoint controller (direct) tolerance limit above setpoint - 1-setpoint controller (reversed) tolerance limit below setpoint - 2-setpoint controller tolerance limit below setpoint If during the control process the process value goes abovebel timer will be stopped for the duration of the infringement
Response to a power failure vpage 34After a power failure the condition before the power failure can betimer function can be cancelled If the timer had run down before tstart value will be loaded The timer will start automatically when CThe timer value is saved at one minute intervals to cover the case
122 Timer signalling vpage 35From the start of the timer function until timer run-down or after thproduced via an output
123 Time unit for the timer vpage 35
ymbol Notes
5 Functions
30
Programming example
s to be controlled for 30 min-the event of a power failure
llation on power failure
b702040enbk Seite 30 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
After the start via the logic input or from the keys the process hautes to a setpoint of 80degC The control action is to be cancelled in
Configuration
- C111mdash C116 Controller programming
- C117=5 Logic input = timer control
- C120=1 Timer function = time-limited control
- C121=6 Start condition for timer = via logic inputkeys - cance
- C122=0 Timer signalling = no function
- C123=1 Time unit (timer) = mmss
Operation
h Enter the setpoint SP (80degC)
h Press the q key until t i0 is indicated
h Change over to the timer level using q (at least 2sec)
h Enter the timer start value t i0_ (3000)
h Return to the operating level (timer value) with q
h Start the control action via the logic input or with i
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
31
6
lacesunit X
q
P
your selection with a
123
NO
b702040enbk Seite 31 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Configuration and parameter tables
C111 Transducer X
001 Pt 100 (3-wire)006 Pt 1000 (3-wire)601 KTY11-6 (2-wire)003 Pt 100 (2-wire)005 Pt 1000 (2-wire)039 Cu-Con T 040 Fe-Con J041 Cu-Con U042 Fe-Con L043 NiCr-Ni K044 Pt10Rh-Pt S045 Pt13Rh-Pt R046 Pt30Rh-Pt B048 NiCrSi-NiSi N052 Standard signal 0 ndash 20mA053 Standard signal 4 ndash 20mA063 Standard signal 0 ndash 10V2
071 Standard signal 2 ndash 10V3
C112 Decimal p
0 9999degC1 9999degC2 9999degC3 9999degF4 9999degF5 9999degF
q
q
b11
gt2s
q
y0
qgt2s
X Mark cross
SP 1 AL or Pb1 is shown here depending on the configuration
0 ndash 1V for Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option)
02 ndash 1V for Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option)
ormal displayperating level
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
32
limit comparator (LK) has priorityover the timer signalling
th Type 7020424344 see C118
C113 Controller type Output 1 (relay) Output 2+3 (logic+relay)
X
LKtimer signalling1
LKtimer signalling1
controller output 2
controller
controller
controller output 1
mp function Xp function offp function (degCmin)p function (degCh)
q
ow setpoint) = controller output 1 setpoint) = controller output 2
b702040enbk Seite 32 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 A programmed
Further settings for the outputs wi
10 single setpoint (reversed) controller11 single setpoint (direct) controller30 double setpoint controller output 1
20 single setpoint (reversed) LKtimer signalling1
21 single setpoint (direct) LKtimer signalling1
33 double setpoint controller output 2
q
C114 Limit comparator (LK) X
0 no function1 lk 12 lk 23 lk 34 lk 45 lk 56 lk 67 lk 78 lk 8
C115 Ra0 ram1 ram2 ram
q
reversed = heating (output is active when process value is beldirect = cooling (output is active when process value is above
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
33
input X
ctionibithibittopt switchingontrol
qut 3 Relay X
r signalling comparatorr signallingroller output comparatorroller output
comparatortimerroller output 2 comparatortimerroller output 1roller output 2roller output 1
b702040enbk Seite 33 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
C116 Outputs on fault X
0 01 LKtimer signalling OFF1 1002
2 -1001 3 01 LKtimer
signalling ON4 1002
C117 Logic
0 no fun1 key inh2 level in3 ramp s4 setpoin5 timer c
C118 Output 1 Relay (K1) Output 2 Logic (K2) Outp
0 Functions of outputs as defined under C1131
for 1
-set
pt c
ontr
l controller output limit comparator time2 controller output timer signalling limit3 limit comparator controller output time4 limit comparator timer signalling cont5 timer signalling controller output limit6 timer signalling limit comparator cont
7
for 2
-set
pt c
ontrl
controller output 1 controller output 2 limit8 controller output 1 limit comparatortimer cont9 controller output 2 controller output 1 limit10 controller output 2 limit comparatortimer cont11 limit comparatortimer controller output 1 cont12 limit comparatortimer controller output 2 cont
q
q
1 Minimum output limiting y2 is effective2 Maximum output limiting y1 is effective
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
34
C120 Timer function X
power failure Xs before there
n ofion ars in the
ot valid for C120=3 or 4
b702040enbk Seite 34 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
0 no function1 time-limited control2 time-dependent setpoint switching3 time-delayed control4 timer (control independent of timer)
C121 Start condition for timer Action on 1 after power ON logic inputkeys Condition a
power failu2 via logic inputkeys3 via logic inputkeys timer counts 1degC
from tolerance limit4 via logic inputkeys timer counts 5degC
from tolerance limit5 after power ON logic inputkeys Cancellatio
timer funct(StOP appedisplay)
6 via logic inputkeys7 via logic inputkeys timer counts 1degC
from tolerance limit8 via logic inputkeys timer counts 5degC
from tolerance limit
q
q
The start conditions with tolerance limit (C121=3 4 7 8) are nIf C120 is altered the validity of C121 must be checked
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
35
tory-set Yoursetting
0
0
0
he factory setting
ime (timer) X
(max 9959)(max 9959)ax 9999)
= minutes
q
b702040enbk Seite 35 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Parameter Explanation Value range fac
SCL start value of thestandard signal
-1999 to +9999digit1 0
sCH end value of thestandard signal
-1999 to +9999digit1 10
SPL lowersetpoint limiting
-1999 to +9999digit1 -20
SPH uppersetpoint limiting
-1999 to +9999digit1 85
OFFS process value correction -1999 to 9999digit1 0
HySt switching differential of the limit comparator
0 mdash 9999digit1 1
1 For displays with one or two decimal places the value range and tchange accordinglyExample 1 decimal place rarr value range -1999 to +9999
q
C122 Timer signalling X
0 no function1 timer start until run-down2 after run-down for 10sec 3 after run-down for 1min4 after run-down until
acknowledgement
qC123 Unit of t
1 mmss 2 hhmm 3 hhhh (ms = seconds m h = hours
One output has to be configuredcorrespondingly(C113C118)
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
36and the factory setting
Parameter Explanation Value range factory-set
Yoursetting
0
0
0
0
0
80sec
350sec
200sec
200sec
0
1
1
0
100
-100
06sec
0
b702040enbk Seite 36 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 For displays with one or two decimal places the value range change accordingly
sP 1 setpoint 1 SPL mdash SPH
sP 2 setpoint 2 SPL mdash SPH
AL limit value oflimit comparator
-1999 to +9999digit1
Pb1 proportional band 1 0 mdash 9999digit1
Pb2 proportional band 2 0 mdash 9999digit1
dt derivative time 0 mdash 9999sec
rt reset time 0 mdash 9999sec
Cy 1 cycle time 1 10 mdash 9999sec
Cy 2 cycle time 2 10 mdash 9999sec
db contact spacing 0 mdash 1000digit1
HYS1 differential 1 0 mdash 9999digit1
HYS2 differential 2 0 mdash 9999digit1
Y0 working point -100 to 100
Y1 maximum output 0 mdash 100
Y2 minimum output -100 to +100
dF filter time constant 00 mdash 1000sec
rAsd ramp slope 0 mdash 999 degCh (degCmin)1
7 Alarm
messag
es
37
7
D
of process valueit comparators referred to input behave in accord-figuration of the outputsed
n has been cancelled due to he timer value that wase of the supply failure will be
H ge
is connected
b702040enbk Seite 37 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Alarm messages
isplay Description Causeresponse
The displays for the process value or timer value flashes ldquo1999rdquoDisplay current timer value by repeatedly pressing the q key
OverunderrangeController and limthe process valueance with the conThe timer is stopp
The display for the timer value alternates between showing ldquoStOPrdquo and the timeh Acknowledge by using any
key (the timer start value t i 0 is loaded)
The timer functioa supply failure Tpresent at the timindicated
The following events come under the heading overunderran- Probe breakshort-circuit- Measurement is outside the control range of the probe that- Display overflow
7 Alarm
messag
es
38
Measurement circuit monitoring (bull = recognized)
-circuitProbelead break
bull
bull
bull-
bull-
b702040enbk Seite 38 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Transducer Overrangeunderrange
Probelead short
Thermocouple bullbull -
Resistance thermometer bullbull bull
Voltage 2 ndash 10V and02 ndash 1V0 ndash 10V and 0 ndash 1V
bullbullbull-
bull-
Current 4 ndash 20mA0 ndash 20mA
bullbullbull-
bull-
8 Technical data
39
8In
1
In
23
nce thermometer
3A at 250V AC resistive load at rated load
mA Rload ge250Ω
mA Rload ge600Ω
5+10 48 mdash 63Hz or 48 mdash 63Hz or
nnect to SELV or PELV)
Range
-200 to +850degC
-200 to +850degC
-50 to +150degC
uracy le01 50ppmdegCle10 50ppmdegC
20Ω max per lead250microA
b702040enbk Seite 39 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Technical dataput for thermocouple
These ranges refer to the ambiente temperature of 20degC
put for standard signals
0mdash1V REgt10MΩ for Type 70204041 with 2 relays02mdash1V REgt10MΩ for Type 70204041 with 2 relays
Designation Range 1
Fe-Con LFe-Con J EN 60584Cu-Con UCu-Con T EN 60584NiCr-Ni K EN 60584NiCrSi-NiSi N EN 60584Pt10Rh-Pt S EN 60584Pt13Rh-Pt R EN 60584Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh B EN 60584
-200 to + 900degC-200 to +1200degC-200 to + 600degC-200 to + 400degC-200 to +1372degC-200 to +1300degC
0 mdash 1768degC0 mdash 1768degC0 mdash 1820degC
Measurement accuracy le04 100ppmdegCCold junction Pt100 internal
Designation Range
Voltage 0 mdash 10V RE gt 100kΩ2
2 mdash 10V RE gt 100kΩ3
RE - input resistance
Current 4 mdash 20mA voltage drop le 15V0 mdash 20mA voltage drop le 15V
Measurement accuracy le01 100ppmdegC
Input for resista
OutputsRelayno(make) contact150000 operationsLogic 05VCurrent limiting 20Logic 012VCurrent limiting 20
Supply110 mdash 240V AC -120 mdash 53V ACDC10 mdash 18V DC (Co
Designation
Pt100 EN 60751
Pt1000 EN 60751
KTY11-6
Measurement accPt1001000KTY11-6Sensor leadresistance Meas current
8 Technical data
40
ControllerController type 1-setpt controller with
Data backup EEPROMHousing type
or panel mounting
nt panelater (add mildly acidic neutral
detergents if necessary) Do sive cleaning agents or high-s Limited resistance to organic irits benzol etc)
ng3 834
rage temperatureo +70degC
onsity no condensation
ion any
)160g (702043)200g (702044)
60529
n to EN 61010
b702040enbk Seite 40 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Accuracy of timer 07 10ppmdegC
Test voltages (type test)to EN 61 010 Part 1 March 1994overvoltage category II pollution degree 2 for Type 70204041overvoltage category III pollution degree 2 for Type 7020424344
Power consumption 7VA max
Electrical connectionat the rear via plug-in screw terminalsconductor cross-section le 25mm2 (13mm2 withType 70204041) solid wire or 15mm2 (10mm2 for Type 70204041) stranded wire with ferrules
Electromagnetic compatibility EN 61 326Immunity to interfer Class B Interfer emission industrial requirements
Approval UL and CSA (only devices with JUMO indication)
limit comparator 2-setpt controllerController structure PPDPIPIDAD converter resolution gt15 bitSampling time 210msec (250msec with timer
function)
plastic housing fto DIN 43700Cleaning the frouse warm or hot wor mildly alkalinenot use any abrapressure cleanersolvents (e g sp
Housing mountiin panel to DIN 4
Ambient and sto0 to 55degC -40 t
Climatic conditile 75 rel humid
Operating posit
Weight (approx75g (702040)95g (702041)
145g (702042)Protection IP66 (front) to ENIP20 (rear)Safety regulatio
JUMO GmbH amp Co KG
Street adressMoltkestraszlige 13 - 3136039 Fulda GermanyDelivery addressMackenrodtstraszlige 1436039 Fulda GermanyPostal address36035 Fulda GermanyPhone +49 661 6003-0Fax +49 661 6003-607e-mail mailjumonetInternet wwwjumonet
JUMO Instrument Co Ltd
JUMO HouseTemple Bank RiverwayHarlow Essex CM20 2TT UKPhone +44 1279 635533Fax +44 1279 635262e-mail salesjumocoukInternet wwwjumocouk
JUMO Process Control Inc
8 Technology BoulevardCanastota NY 13032 USAPhone 315-697-JUMO
1-800-554-JUMOFax 315-697-5867e-mail infojumousInternet wwwjumous
b702040enbk Seite 1 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
- 1 Identifying the instrument version
- 2 Installation
- 3 Electrical connection
- 4 Operation
-
- 41 Displays and keys
- 42 Principle of operation
- 43 Operation of the timer function
-
- 5 Functions
-
- 51 Process value input
- 52 Logic input
- 53 Controller
- 54 Limit comparator (alarm contact)
- 55 Ramp function
- 56 Self-optimization
- 57 Level inhibit via code
- 58 Timer function (extra code)
-
- 6 Configuration and parameter tables
- 7 Alarm messages
- 8 Technical data
-
5 Functions
28
Time-delayed control The control action starts after the timer has run down
own to 0 The control action is e signalled via an output
Symbol Notes
er has run down (End) theys are used for acknowledge-
0s
C122=1
b702040enbk Seite 28 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
C120C120=3
C120=4 Timer After the start of the timer function t i 0 is counted dindependent of the timer Here too the timer run-down can b
H After the timi + d kementSet ti0 gt
C121=1 2 5 or 6
C121=1 2 5 or 6
Timer signallingC122=3
5 Functions
29
Clowing events
keyslogic input)e
ow the tolerance limit the
restored or thehe power failure the timer 121=1 or 5 of a power failure
Ce run-down a signal can be
C
S
b702040enbk Seite 29 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
121 Start condition of the timer vpage 34The timer start value t i 0 is counted down as selected in the fol1 Power ON or logic inputkeys2 Start via keyslogic input3 Process value has reached tolerance limit (1degC or 5degC) (start via The position of the tolerance limit depends on the controller typ - 1-setpoint controller (direct) tolerance limit above setpoint - 1-setpoint controller (reversed) tolerance limit below setpoint - 2-setpoint controller tolerance limit below setpoint If during the control process the process value goes abovebel timer will be stopped for the duration of the infringement
Response to a power failure vpage 34After a power failure the condition before the power failure can betimer function can be cancelled If the timer had run down before tstart value will be loaded The timer will start automatically when CThe timer value is saved at one minute intervals to cover the case
122 Timer signalling vpage 35From the start of the timer function until timer run-down or after thproduced via an output
123 Time unit for the timer vpage 35
ymbol Notes
5 Functions
30
Programming example
s to be controlled for 30 min-the event of a power failure
llation on power failure
b702040enbk Seite 30 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
After the start via the logic input or from the keys the process hautes to a setpoint of 80degC The control action is to be cancelled in
Configuration
- C111mdash C116 Controller programming
- C117=5 Logic input = timer control
- C120=1 Timer function = time-limited control
- C121=6 Start condition for timer = via logic inputkeys - cance
- C122=0 Timer signalling = no function
- C123=1 Time unit (timer) = mmss
Operation
h Enter the setpoint SP (80degC)
h Press the q key until t i0 is indicated
h Change over to the timer level using q (at least 2sec)
h Enter the timer start value t i0_ (3000)
h Return to the operating level (timer value) with q
h Start the control action via the logic input or with i
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
31
6
lacesunit X
q
P
your selection with a
123
NO
b702040enbk Seite 31 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Configuration and parameter tables
C111 Transducer X
001 Pt 100 (3-wire)006 Pt 1000 (3-wire)601 KTY11-6 (2-wire)003 Pt 100 (2-wire)005 Pt 1000 (2-wire)039 Cu-Con T 040 Fe-Con J041 Cu-Con U042 Fe-Con L043 NiCr-Ni K044 Pt10Rh-Pt S045 Pt13Rh-Pt R046 Pt30Rh-Pt B048 NiCrSi-NiSi N052 Standard signal 0 ndash 20mA053 Standard signal 4 ndash 20mA063 Standard signal 0 ndash 10V2
071 Standard signal 2 ndash 10V3
C112 Decimal p
0 9999degC1 9999degC2 9999degC3 9999degF4 9999degF5 9999degF
q
q
b11
gt2s
q
y0
qgt2s
X Mark cross
SP 1 AL or Pb1 is shown here depending on the configuration
0 ndash 1V for Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option)
02 ndash 1V for Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option)
ormal displayperating level
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
32
limit comparator (LK) has priorityover the timer signalling
th Type 7020424344 see C118
C113 Controller type Output 1 (relay) Output 2+3 (logic+relay)
X
LKtimer signalling1
LKtimer signalling1
controller output 2
controller
controller
controller output 1
mp function Xp function offp function (degCmin)p function (degCh)
q
ow setpoint) = controller output 1 setpoint) = controller output 2
b702040enbk Seite 32 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 A programmed
Further settings for the outputs wi
10 single setpoint (reversed) controller11 single setpoint (direct) controller30 double setpoint controller output 1
20 single setpoint (reversed) LKtimer signalling1
21 single setpoint (direct) LKtimer signalling1
33 double setpoint controller output 2
q
C114 Limit comparator (LK) X
0 no function1 lk 12 lk 23 lk 34 lk 45 lk 56 lk 67 lk 78 lk 8
C115 Ra0 ram1 ram2 ram
q
reversed = heating (output is active when process value is beldirect = cooling (output is active when process value is above
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
33
input X
ctionibithibittopt switchingontrol
qut 3 Relay X
r signalling comparatorr signallingroller output comparatorroller output
comparatortimerroller output 2 comparatortimerroller output 1roller output 2roller output 1
b702040enbk Seite 33 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
C116 Outputs on fault X
0 01 LKtimer signalling OFF1 1002
2 -1001 3 01 LKtimer
signalling ON4 1002
C117 Logic
0 no fun1 key inh2 level in3 ramp s4 setpoin5 timer c
C118 Output 1 Relay (K1) Output 2 Logic (K2) Outp
0 Functions of outputs as defined under C1131
for 1
-set
pt c
ontr
l controller output limit comparator time2 controller output timer signalling limit3 limit comparator controller output time4 limit comparator timer signalling cont5 timer signalling controller output limit6 timer signalling limit comparator cont
7
for 2
-set
pt c
ontrl
controller output 1 controller output 2 limit8 controller output 1 limit comparatortimer cont9 controller output 2 controller output 1 limit10 controller output 2 limit comparatortimer cont11 limit comparatortimer controller output 1 cont12 limit comparatortimer controller output 2 cont
q
q
1 Minimum output limiting y2 is effective2 Maximum output limiting y1 is effective
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
34
C120 Timer function X
power failure Xs before there
n ofion ars in the
ot valid for C120=3 or 4
b702040enbk Seite 34 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
0 no function1 time-limited control2 time-dependent setpoint switching3 time-delayed control4 timer (control independent of timer)
C121 Start condition for timer Action on 1 after power ON logic inputkeys Condition a
power failu2 via logic inputkeys3 via logic inputkeys timer counts 1degC
from tolerance limit4 via logic inputkeys timer counts 5degC
from tolerance limit5 after power ON logic inputkeys Cancellatio
timer funct(StOP appedisplay)
6 via logic inputkeys7 via logic inputkeys timer counts 1degC
from tolerance limit8 via logic inputkeys timer counts 5degC
from tolerance limit
q
q
The start conditions with tolerance limit (C121=3 4 7 8) are nIf C120 is altered the validity of C121 must be checked
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
35
tory-set Yoursetting
0
0
0
he factory setting
ime (timer) X
(max 9959)(max 9959)ax 9999)
= minutes
q
b702040enbk Seite 35 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Parameter Explanation Value range fac
SCL start value of thestandard signal
-1999 to +9999digit1 0
sCH end value of thestandard signal
-1999 to +9999digit1 10
SPL lowersetpoint limiting
-1999 to +9999digit1 -20
SPH uppersetpoint limiting
-1999 to +9999digit1 85
OFFS process value correction -1999 to 9999digit1 0
HySt switching differential of the limit comparator
0 mdash 9999digit1 1
1 For displays with one or two decimal places the value range and tchange accordinglyExample 1 decimal place rarr value range -1999 to +9999
q
C122 Timer signalling X
0 no function1 timer start until run-down2 after run-down for 10sec 3 after run-down for 1min4 after run-down until
acknowledgement
qC123 Unit of t
1 mmss 2 hhmm 3 hhhh (ms = seconds m h = hours
One output has to be configuredcorrespondingly(C113C118)
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
36and the factory setting
Parameter Explanation Value range factory-set
Yoursetting
0
0
0
0
0
80sec
350sec
200sec
200sec
0
1
1
0
100
-100
06sec
0
b702040enbk Seite 36 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 For displays with one or two decimal places the value range change accordingly
sP 1 setpoint 1 SPL mdash SPH
sP 2 setpoint 2 SPL mdash SPH
AL limit value oflimit comparator
-1999 to +9999digit1
Pb1 proportional band 1 0 mdash 9999digit1
Pb2 proportional band 2 0 mdash 9999digit1
dt derivative time 0 mdash 9999sec
rt reset time 0 mdash 9999sec
Cy 1 cycle time 1 10 mdash 9999sec
Cy 2 cycle time 2 10 mdash 9999sec
db contact spacing 0 mdash 1000digit1
HYS1 differential 1 0 mdash 9999digit1
HYS2 differential 2 0 mdash 9999digit1
Y0 working point -100 to 100
Y1 maximum output 0 mdash 100
Y2 minimum output -100 to +100
dF filter time constant 00 mdash 1000sec
rAsd ramp slope 0 mdash 999 degCh (degCmin)1
7 Alarm
messag
es
37
7
D
of process valueit comparators referred to input behave in accord-figuration of the outputsed
n has been cancelled due to he timer value that wase of the supply failure will be
H ge
is connected
b702040enbk Seite 37 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Alarm messages
isplay Description Causeresponse
The displays for the process value or timer value flashes ldquo1999rdquoDisplay current timer value by repeatedly pressing the q key
OverunderrangeController and limthe process valueance with the conThe timer is stopp
The display for the timer value alternates between showing ldquoStOPrdquo and the timeh Acknowledge by using any
key (the timer start value t i 0 is loaded)
The timer functioa supply failure Tpresent at the timindicated
The following events come under the heading overunderran- Probe breakshort-circuit- Measurement is outside the control range of the probe that- Display overflow
7 Alarm
messag
es
38
Measurement circuit monitoring (bull = recognized)
-circuitProbelead break
bull
bull
bull-
bull-
b702040enbk Seite 38 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Transducer Overrangeunderrange
Probelead short
Thermocouple bullbull -
Resistance thermometer bullbull bull
Voltage 2 ndash 10V and02 ndash 1V0 ndash 10V and 0 ndash 1V
bullbullbull-
bull-
Current 4 ndash 20mA0 ndash 20mA
bullbullbull-
bull-
8 Technical data
39
8In
1
In
23
nce thermometer
3A at 250V AC resistive load at rated load
mA Rload ge250Ω
mA Rload ge600Ω
5+10 48 mdash 63Hz or 48 mdash 63Hz or
nnect to SELV or PELV)
Range
-200 to +850degC
-200 to +850degC
-50 to +150degC
uracy le01 50ppmdegCle10 50ppmdegC
20Ω max per lead250microA
b702040enbk Seite 39 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Technical dataput for thermocouple
These ranges refer to the ambiente temperature of 20degC
put for standard signals
0mdash1V REgt10MΩ for Type 70204041 with 2 relays02mdash1V REgt10MΩ for Type 70204041 with 2 relays
Designation Range 1
Fe-Con LFe-Con J EN 60584Cu-Con UCu-Con T EN 60584NiCr-Ni K EN 60584NiCrSi-NiSi N EN 60584Pt10Rh-Pt S EN 60584Pt13Rh-Pt R EN 60584Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh B EN 60584
-200 to + 900degC-200 to +1200degC-200 to + 600degC-200 to + 400degC-200 to +1372degC-200 to +1300degC
0 mdash 1768degC0 mdash 1768degC0 mdash 1820degC
Measurement accuracy le04 100ppmdegCCold junction Pt100 internal
Designation Range
Voltage 0 mdash 10V RE gt 100kΩ2
2 mdash 10V RE gt 100kΩ3
RE - input resistance
Current 4 mdash 20mA voltage drop le 15V0 mdash 20mA voltage drop le 15V
Measurement accuracy le01 100ppmdegC
Input for resista
OutputsRelayno(make) contact150000 operationsLogic 05VCurrent limiting 20Logic 012VCurrent limiting 20
Supply110 mdash 240V AC -120 mdash 53V ACDC10 mdash 18V DC (Co
Designation
Pt100 EN 60751
Pt1000 EN 60751
KTY11-6
Measurement accPt1001000KTY11-6Sensor leadresistance Meas current
8 Technical data
40
ControllerController type 1-setpt controller with
Data backup EEPROMHousing type
or panel mounting
nt panelater (add mildly acidic neutral
detergents if necessary) Do sive cleaning agents or high-s Limited resistance to organic irits benzol etc)
ng3 834
rage temperatureo +70degC
onsity no condensation
ion any
)160g (702043)200g (702044)
60529
n to EN 61010
b702040enbk Seite 40 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Accuracy of timer 07 10ppmdegC
Test voltages (type test)to EN 61 010 Part 1 March 1994overvoltage category II pollution degree 2 for Type 70204041overvoltage category III pollution degree 2 for Type 7020424344
Power consumption 7VA max
Electrical connectionat the rear via plug-in screw terminalsconductor cross-section le 25mm2 (13mm2 withType 70204041) solid wire or 15mm2 (10mm2 for Type 70204041) stranded wire with ferrules
Electromagnetic compatibility EN 61 326Immunity to interfer Class B Interfer emission industrial requirements
Approval UL and CSA (only devices with JUMO indication)
limit comparator 2-setpt controllerController structure PPDPIPIDAD converter resolution gt15 bitSampling time 210msec (250msec with timer
function)
plastic housing fto DIN 43700Cleaning the frouse warm or hot wor mildly alkalinenot use any abrapressure cleanersolvents (e g sp
Housing mountiin panel to DIN 4
Ambient and sto0 to 55degC -40 t
Climatic conditile 75 rel humid
Operating posit
Weight (approx75g (702040)95g (702041)
145g (702042)Protection IP66 (front) to ENIP20 (rear)Safety regulatio
JUMO GmbH amp Co KG
Street adressMoltkestraszlige 13 - 3136039 Fulda GermanyDelivery addressMackenrodtstraszlige 1436039 Fulda GermanyPostal address36035 Fulda GermanyPhone +49 661 6003-0Fax +49 661 6003-607e-mail mailjumonetInternet wwwjumonet
JUMO Instrument Co Ltd
JUMO HouseTemple Bank RiverwayHarlow Essex CM20 2TT UKPhone +44 1279 635533Fax +44 1279 635262e-mail salesjumocoukInternet wwwjumocouk
JUMO Process Control Inc
8 Technology BoulevardCanastota NY 13032 USAPhone 315-697-JUMO
1-800-554-JUMOFax 315-697-5867e-mail infojumousInternet wwwjumous
b702040enbk Seite 1 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
- 1 Identifying the instrument version
- 2 Installation
- 3 Electrical connection
- 4 Operation
-
- 41 Displays and keys
- 42 Principle of operation
- 43 Operation of the timer function
-
- 5 Functions
-
- 51 Process value input
- 52 Logic input
- 53 Controller
- 54 Limit comparator (alarm contact)
- 55 Ramp function
- 56 Self-optimization
- 57 Level inhibit via code
- 58 Timer function (extra code)
-
- 6 Configuration and parameter tables
- 7 Alarm messages
- 8 Technical data
-
5 Functions
29
Clowing events
keyslogic input)e
ow the tolerance limit the
restored or thehe power failure the timer 121=1 or 5 of a power failure
Ce run-down a signal can be
C
S
b702040enbk Seite 29 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
121 Start condition of the timer vpage 34The timer start value t i 0 is counted down as selected in the fol1 Power ON or logic inputkeys2 Start via keyslogic input3 Process value has reached tolerance limit (1degC or 5degC) (start via The position of the tolerance limit depends on the controller typ - 1-setpoint controller (direct) tolerance limit above setpoint - 1-setpoint controller (reversed) tolerance limit below setpoint - 2-setpoint controller tolerance limit below setpoint If during the control process the process value goes abovebel timer will be stopped for the duration of the infringement
Response to a power failure vpage 34After a power failure the condition before the power failure can betimer function can be cancelled If the timer had run down before tstart value will be loaded The timer will start automatically when CThe timer value is saved at one minute intervals to cover the case
122 Timer signalling vpage 35From the start of the timer function until timer run-down or after thproduced via an output
123 Time unit for the timer vpage 35
ymbol Notes
5 Functions
30
Programming example
s to be controlled for 30 min-the event of a power failure
llation on power failure
b702040enbk Seite 30 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
After the start via the logic input or from the keys the process hautes to a setpoint of 80degC The control action is to be cancelled in
Configuration
- C111mdash C116 Controller programming
- C117=5 Logic input = timer control
- C120=1 Timer function = time-limited control
- C121=6 Start condition for timer = via logic inputkeys - cance
- C122=0 Timer signalling = no function
- C123=1 Time unit (timer) = mmss
Operation
h Enter the setpoint SP (80degC)
h Press the q key until t i0 is indicated
h Change over to the timer level using q (at least 2sec)
h Enter the timer start value t i0_ (3000)
h Return to the operating level (timer value) with q
h Start the control action via the logic input or with i
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
31
6
lacesunit X
q
P
your selection with a
123
NO
b702040enbk Seite 31 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Configuration and parameter tables
C111 Transducer X
001 Pt 100 (3-wire)006 Pt 1000 (3-wire)601 KTY11-6 (2-wire)003 Pt 100 (2-wire)005 Pt 1000 (2-wire)039 Cu-Con T 040 Fe-Con J041 Cu-Con U042 Fe-Con L043 NiCr-Ni K044 Pt10Rh-Pt S045 Pt13Rh-Pt R046 Pt30Rh-Pt B048 NiCrSi-NiSi N052 Standard signal 0 ndash 20mA053 Standard signal 4 ndash 20mA063 Standard signal 0 ndash 10V2
071 Standard signal 2 ndash 10V3
C112 Decimal p
0 9999degC1 9999degC2 9999degC3 9999degF4 9999degF5 9999degF
q
q
b11
gt2s
q
y0
qgt2s
X Mark cross
SP 1 AL or Pb1 is shown here depending on the configuration
0 ndash 1V for Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option)
02 ndash 1V for Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option)
ormal displayperating level
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
32
limit comparator (LK) has priorityover the timer signalling
th Type 7020424344 see C118
C113 Controller type Output 1 (relay) Output 2+3 (logic+relay)
X
LKtimer signalling1
LKtimer signalling1
controller output 2
controller
controller
controller output 1
mp function Xp function offp function (degCmin)p function (degCh)
q
ow setpoint) = controller output 1 setpoint) = controller output 2
b702040enbk Seite 32 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 A programmed
Further settings for the outputs wi
10 single setpoint (reversed) controller11 single setpoint (direct) controller30 double setpoint controller output 1
20 single setpoint (reversed) LKtimer signalling1
21 single setpoint (direct) LKtimer signalling1
33 double setpoint controller output 2
q
C114 Limit comparator (LK) X
0 no function1 lk 12 lk 23 lk 34 lk 45 lk 56 lk 67 lk 78 lk 8
C115 Ra0 ram1 ram2 ram
q
reversed = heating (output is active when process value is beldirect = cooling (output is active when process value is above
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
33
input X
ctionibithibittopt switchingontrol
qut 3 Relay X
r signalling comparatorr signallingroller output comparatorroller output
comparatortimerroller output 2 comparatortimerroller output 1roller output 2roller output 1
b702040enbk Seite 33 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
C116 Outputs on fault X
0 01 LKtimer signalling OFF1 1002
2 -1001 3 01 LKtimer
signalling ON4 1002
C117 Logic
0 no fun1 key inh2 level in3 ramp s4 setpoin5 timer c
C118 Output 1 Relay (K1) Output 2 Logic (K2) Outp
0 Functions of outputs as defined under C1131
for 1
-set
pt c
ontr
l controller output limit comparator time2 controller output timer signalling limit3 limit comparator controller output time4 limit comparator timer signalling cont5 timer signalling controller output limit6 timer signalling limit comparator cont
7
for 2
-set
pt c
ontrl
controller output 1 controller output 2 limit8 controller output 1 limit comparatortimer cont9 controller output 2 controller output 1 limit10 controller output 2 limit comparatortimer cont11 limit comparatortimer controller output 1 cont12 limit comparatortimer controller output 2 cont
q
q
1 Minimum output limiting y2 is effective2 Maximum output limiting y1 is effective
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
34
C120 Timer function X
power failure Xs before there
n ofion ars in the
ot valid for C120=3 or 4
b702040enbk Seite 34 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
0 no function1 time-limited control2 time-dependent setpoint switching3 time-delayed control4 timer (control independent of timer)
C121 Start condition for timer Action on 1 after power ON logic inputkeys Condition a
power failu2 via logic inputkeys3 via logic inputkeys timer counts 1degC
from tolerance limit4 via logic inputkeys timer counts 5degC
from tolerance limit5 after power ON logic inputkeys Cancellatio
timer funct(StOP appedisplay)
6 via logic inputkeys7 via logic inputkeys timer counts 1degC
from tolerance limit8 via logic inputkeys timer counts 5degC
from tolerance limit
q
q
The start conditions with tolerance limit (C121=3 4 7 8) are nIf C120 is altered the validity of C121 must be checked
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
35
tory-set Yoursetting
0
0
0
he factory setting
ime (timer) X
(max 9959)(max 9959)ax 9999)
= minutes
q
b702040enbk Seite 35 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Parameter Explanation Value range fac
SCL start value of thestandard signal
-1999 to +9999digit1 0
sCH end value of thestandard signal
-1999 to +9999digit1 10
SPL lowersetpoint limiting
-1999 to +9999digit1 -20
SPH uppersetpoint limiting
-1999 to +9999digit1 85
OFFS process value correction -1999 to 9999digit1 0
HySt switching differential of the limit comparator
0 mdash 9999digit1 1
1 For displays with one or two decimal places the value range and tchange accordinglyExample 1 decimal place rarr value range -1999 to +9999
q
C122 Timer signalling X
0 no function1 timer start until run-down2 after run-down for 10sec 3 after run-down for 1min4 after run-down until
acknowledgement
qC123 Unit of t
1 mmss 2 hhmm 3 hhhh (ms = seconds m h = hours
One output has to be configuredcorrespondingly(C113C118)
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
36and the factory setting
Parameter Explanation Value range factory-set
Yoursetting
0
0
0
0
0
80sec
350sec
200sec
200sec
0
1
1
0
100
-100
06sec
0
b702040enbk Seite 36 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 For displays with one or two decimal places the value range change accordingly
sP 1 setpoint 1 SPL mdash SPH
sP 2 setpoint 2 SPL mdash SPH
AL limit value oflimit comparator
-1999 to +9999digit1
Pb1 proportional band 1 0 mdash 9999digit1
Pb2 proportional band 2 0 mdash 9999digit1
dt derivative time 0 mdash 9999sec
rt reset time 0 mdash 9999sec
Cy 1 cycle time 1 10 mdash 9999sec
Cy 2 cycle time 2 10 mdash 9999sec
db contact spacing 0 mdash 1000digit1
HYS1 differential 1 0 mdash 9999digit1
HYS2 differential 2 0 mdash 9999digit1
Y0 working point -100 to 100
Y1 maximum output 0 mdash 100
Y2 minimum output -100 to +100
dF filter time constant 00 mdash 1000sec
rAsd ramp slope 0 mdash 999 degCh (degCmin)1
7 Alarm
messag
es
37
7
D
of process valueit comparators referred to input behave in accord-figuration of the outputsed
n has been cancelled due to he timer value that wase of the supply failure will be
H ge
is connected
b702040enbk Seite 37 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Alarm messages
isplay Description Causeresponse
The displays for the process value or timer value flashes ldquo1999rdquoDisplay current timer value by repeatedly pressing the q key
OverunderrangeController and limthe process valueance with the conThe timer is stopp
The display for the timer value alternates between showing ldquoStOPrdquo and the timeh Acknowledge by using any
key (the timer start value t i 0 is loaded)
The timer functioa supply failure Tpresent at the timindicated
The following events come under the heading overunderran- Probe breakshort-circuit- Measurement is outside the control range of the probe that- Display overflow
7 Alarm
messag
es
38
Measurement circuit monitoring (bull = recognized)
-circuitProbelead break
bull
bull
bull-
bull-
b702040enbk Seite 38 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Transducer Overrangeunderrange
Probelead short
Thermocouple bullbull -
Resistance thermometer bullbull bull
Voltage 2 ndash 10V and02 ndash 1V0 ndash 10V and 0 ndash 1V
bullbullbull-
bull-
Current 4 ndash 20mA0 ndash 20mA
bullbullbull-
bull-
8 Technical data
39
8In
1
In
23
nce thermometer
3A at 250V AC resistive load at rated load
mA Rload ge250Ω
mA Rload ge600Ω
5+10 48 mdash 63Hz or 48 mdash 63Hz or
nnect to SELV or PELV)
Range
-200 to +850degC
-200 to +850degC
-50 to +150degC
uracy le01 50ppmdegCle10 50ppmdegC
20Ω max per lead250microA
b702040enbk Seite 39 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Technical dataput for thermocouple
These ranges refer to the ambiente temperature of 20degC
put for standard signals
0mdash1V REgt10MΩ for Type 70204041 with 2 relays02mdash1V REgt10MΩ for Type 70204041 with 2 relays
Designation Range 1
Fe-Con LFe-Con J EN 60584Cu-Con UCu-Con T EN 60584NiCr-Ni K EN 60584NiCrSi-NiSi N EN 60584Pt10Rh-Pt S EN 60584Pt13Rh-Pt R EN 60584Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh B EN 60584
-200 to + 900degC-200 to +1200degC-200 to + 600degC-200 to + 400degC-200 to +1372degC-200 to +1300degC
0 mdash 1768degC0 mdash 1768degC0 mdash 1820degC
Measurement accuracy le04 100ppmdegCCold junction Pt100 internal
Designation Range
Voltage 0 mdash 10V RE gt 100kΩ2
2 mdash 10V RE gt 100kΩ3
RE - input resistance
Current 4 mdash 20mA voltage drop le 15V0 mdash 20mA voltage drop le 15V
Measurement accuracy le01 100ppmdegC
Input for resista
OutputsRelayno(make) contact150000 operationsLogic 05VCurrent limiting 20Logic 012VCurrent limiting 20
Supply110 mdash 240V AC -120 mdash 53V ACDC10 mdash 18V DC (Co
Designation
Pt100 EN 60751
Pt1000 EN 60751
KTY11-6
Measurement accPt1001000KTY11-6Sensor leadresistance Meas current
8 Technical data
40
ControllerController type 1-setpt controller with
Data backup EEPROMHousing type
or panel mounting
nt panelater (add mildly acidic neutral
detergents if necessary) Do sive cleaning agents or high-s Limited resistance to organic irits benzol etc)
ng3 834
rage temperatureo +70degC
onsity no condensation
ion any
)160g (702043)200g (702044)
60529
n to EN 61010
b702040enbk Seite 40 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Accuracy of timer 07 10ppmdegC
Test voltages (type test)to EN 61 010 Part 1 March 1994overvoltage category II pollution degree 2 for Type 70204041overvoltage category III pollution degree 2 for Type 7020424344
Power consumption 7VA max
Electrical connectionat the rear via plug-in screw terminalsconductor cross-section le 25mm2 (13mm2 withType 70204041) solid wire or 15mm2 (10mm2 for Type 70204041) stranded wire with ferrules
Electromagnetic compatibility EN 61 326Immunity to interfer Class B Interfer emission industrial requirements
Approval UL and CSA (only devices with JUMO indication)
limit comparator 2-setpt controllerController structure PPDPIPIDAD converter resolution gt15 bitSampling time 210msec (250msec with timer
function)
plastic housing fto DIN 43700Cleaning the frouse warm or hot wor mildly alkalinenot use any abrapressure cleanersolvents (e g sp
Housing mountiin panel to DIN 4
Ambient and sto0 to 55degC -40 t
Climatic conditile 75 rel humid
Operating posit
Weight (approx75g (702040)95g (702041)
145g (702042)Protection IP66 (front) to ENIP20 (rear)Safety regulatio
JUMO GmbH amp Co KG
Street adressMoltkestraszlige 13 - 3136039 Fulda GermanyDelivery addressMackenrodtstraszlige 1436039 Fulda GermanyPostal address36035 Fulda GermanyPhone +49 661 6003-0Fax +49 661 6003-607e-mail mailjumonetInternet wwwjumonet
JUMO Instrument Co Ltd
JUMO HouseTemple Bank RiverwayHarlow Essex CM20 2TT UKPhone +44 1279 635533Fax +44 1279 635262e-mail salesjumocoukInternet wwwjumocouk
JUMO Process Control Inc
8 Technology BoulevardCanastota NY 13032 USAPhone 315-697-JUMO
1-800-554-JUMOFax 315-697-5867e-mail infojumousInternet wwwjumous
b702040enbk Seite 1 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
- 1 Identifying the instrument version
- 2 Installation
- 3 Electrical connection
- 4 Operation
-
- 41 Displays and keys
- 42 Principle of operation
- 43 Operation of the timer function
-
- 5 Functions
-
- 51 Process value input
- 52 Logic input
- 53 Controller
- 54 Limit comparator (alarm contact)
- 55 Ramp function
- 56 Self-optimization
- 57 Level inhibit via code
- 58 Timer function (extra code)
-
- 6 Configuration and parameter tables
- 7 Alarm messages
- 8 Technical data
-
5 Functions
30
Programming example
s to be controlled for 30 min-the event of a power failure
llation on power failure
b702040enbk Seite 30 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
After the start via the logic input or from the keys the process hautes to a setpoint of 80degC The control action is to be cancelled in
Configuration
- C111mdash C116 Controller programming
- C117=5 Logic input = timer control
- C120=1 Timer function = time-limited control
- C121=6 Start condition for timer = via logic inputkeys - cance
- C122=0 Timer signalling = no function
- C123=1 Time unit (timer) = mmss
Operation
h Enter the setpoint SP (80degC)
h Press the q key until t i0 is indicated
h Change over to the timer level using q (at least 2sec)
h Enter the timer start value t i0_ (3000)
h Return to the operating level (timer value) with q
h Start the control action via the logic input or with i
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
31
6
lacesunit X
q
P
your selection with a
123
NO
b702040enbk Seite 31 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Configuration and parameter tables
C111 Transducer X
001 Pt 100 (3-wire)006 Pt 1000 (3-wire)601 KTY11-6 (2-wire)003 Pt 100 (2-wire)005 Pt 1000 (2-wire)039 Cu-Con T 040 Fe-Con J041 Cu-Con U042 Fe-Con L043 NiCr-Ni K044 Pt10Rh-Pt S045 Pt13Rh-Pt R046 Pt30Rh-Pt B048 NiCrSi-NiSi N052 Standard signal 0 ndash 20mA053 Standard signal 4 ndash 20mA063 Standard signal 0 ndash 10V2
071 Standard signal 2 ndash 10V3
C112 Decimal p
0 9999degC1 9999degC2 9999degC3 9999degF4 9999degF5 9999degF
q
q
b11
gt2s
q
y0
qgt2s
X Mark cross
SP 1 AL or Pb1 is shown here depending on the configuration
0 ndash 1V for Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option)
02 ndash 1V for Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option)
ormal displayperating level
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
32
limit comparator (LK) has priorityover the timer signalling
th Type 7020424344 see C118
C113 Controller type Output 1 (relay) Output 2+3 (logic+relay)
X
LKtimer signalling1
LKtimer signalling1
controller output 2
controller
controller
controller output 1
mp function Xp function offp function (degCmin)p function (degCh)
q
ow setpoint) = controller output 1 setpoint) = controller output 2
b702040enbk Seite 32 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 A programmed
Further settings for the outputs wi
10 single setpoint (reversed) controller11 single setpoint (direct) controller30 double setpoint controller output 1
20 single setpoint (reversed) LKtimer signalling1
21 single setpoint (direct) LKtimer signalling1
33 double setpoint controller output 2
q
C114 Limit comparator (LK) X
0 no function1 lk 12 lk 23 lk 34 lk 45 lk 56 lk 67 lk 78 lk 8
C115 Ra0 ram1 ram2 ram
q
reversed = heating (output is active when process value is beldirect = cooling (output is active when process value is above
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
33
input X
ctionibithibittopt switchingontrol
qut 3 Relay X
r signalling comparatorr signallingroller output comparatorroller output
comparatortimerroller output 2 comparatortimerroller output 1roller output 2roller output 1
b702040enbk Seite 33 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
C116 Outputs on fault X
0 01 LKtimer signalling OFF1 1002
2 -1001 3 01 LKtimer
signalling ON4 1002
C117 Logic
0 no fun1 key inh2 level in3 ramp s4 setpoin5 timer c
C118 Output 1 Relay (K1) Output 2 Logic (K2) Outp
0 Functions of outputs as defined under C1131
for 1
-set
pt c
ontr
l controller output limit comparator time2 controller output timer signalling limit3 limit comparator controller output time4 limit comparator timer signalling cont5 timer signalling controller output limit6 timer signalling limit comparator cont
7
for 2
-set
pt c
ontrl
controller output 1 controller output 2 limit8 controller output 1 limit comparatortimer cont9 controller output 2 controller output 1 limit10 controller output 2 limit comparatortimer cont11 limit comparatortimer controller output 1 cont12 limit comparatortimer controller output 2 cont
q
q
1 Minimum output limiting y2 is effective2 Maximum output limiting y1 is effective
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
34
C120 Timer function X
power failure Xs before there
n ofion ars in the
ot valid for C120=3 or 4
b702040enbk Seite 34 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
0 no function1 time-limited control2 time-dependent setpoint switching3 time-delayed control4 timer (control independent of timer)
C121 Start condition for timer Action on 1 after power ON logic inputkeys Condition a
power failu2 via logic inputkeys3 via logic inputkeys timer counts 1degC
from tolerance limit4 via logic inputkeys timer counts 5degC
from tolerance limit5 after power ON logic inputkeys Cancellatio
timer funct(StOP appedisplay)
6 via logic inputkeys7 via logic inputkeys timer counts 1degC
from tolerance limit8 via logic inputkeys timer counts 5degC
from tolerance limit
q
q
The start conditions with tolerance limit (C121=3 4 7 8) are nIf C120 is altered the validity of C121 must be checked
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
35
tory-set Yoursetting
0
0
0
he factory setting
ime (timer) X
(max 9959)(max 9959)ax 9999)
= minutes
q
b702040enbk Seite 35 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Parameter Explanation Value range fac
SCL start value of thestandard signal
-1999 to +9999digit1 0
sCH end value of thestandard signal
-1999 to +9999digit1 10
SPL lowersetpoint limiting
-1999 to +9999digit1 -20
SPH uppersetpoint limiting
-1999 to +9999digit1 85
OFFS process value correction -1999 to 9999digit1 0
HySt switching differential of the limit comparator
0 mdash 9999digit1 1
1 For displays with one or two decimal places the value range and tchange accordinglyExample 1 decimal place rarr value range -1999 to +9999
q
C122 Timer signalling X
0 no function1 timer start until run-down2 after run-down for 10sec 3 after run-down for 1min4 after run-down until
acknowledgement
qC123 Unit of t
1 mmss 2 hhmm 3 hhhh (ms = seconds m h = hours
One output has to be configuredcorrespondingly(C113C118)
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
36and the factory setting
Parameter Explanation Value range factory-set
Yoursetting
0
0
0
0
0
80sec
350sec
200sec
200sec
0
1
1
0
100
-100
06sec
0
b702040enbk Seite 36 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 For displays with one or two decimal places the value range change accordingly
sP 1 setpoint 1 SPL mdash SPH
sP 2 setpoint 2 SPL mdash SPH
AL limit value oflimit comparator
-1999 to +9999digit1
Pb1 proportional band 1 0 mdash 9999digit1
Pb2 proportional band 2 0 mdash 9999digit1
dt derivative time 0 mdash 9999sec
rt reset time 0 mdash 9999sec
Cy 1 cycle time 1 10 mdash 9999sec
Cy 2 cycle time 2 10 mdash 9999sec
db contact spacing 0 mdash 1000digit1
HYS1 differential 1 0 mdash 9999digit1
HYS2 differential 2 0 mdash 9999digit1
Y0 working point -100 to 100
Y1 maximum output 0 mdash 100
Y2 minimum output -100 to +100
dF filter time constant 00 mdash 1000sec
rAsd ramp slope 0 mdash 999 degCh (degCmin)1
7 Alarm
messag
es
37
7
D
of process valueit comparators referred to input behave in accord-figuration of the outputsed
n has been cancelled due to he timer value that wase of the supply failure will be
H ge
is connected
b702040enbk Seite 37 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Alarm messages
isplay Description Causeresponse
The displays for the process value or timer value flashes ldquo1999rdquoDisplay current timer value by repeatedly pressing the q key
OverunderrangeController and limthe process valueance with the conThe timer is stopp
The display for the timer value alternates between showing ldquoStOPrdquo and the timeh Acknowledge by using any
key (the timer start value t i 0 is loaded)
The timer functioa supply failure Tpresent at the timindicated
The following events come under the heading overunderran- Probe breakshort-circuit- Measurement is outside the control range of the probe that- Display overflow
7 Alarm
messag
es
38
Measurement circuit monitoring (bull = recognized)
-circuitProbelead break
bull
bull
bull-
bull-
b702040enbk Seite 38 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Transducer Overrangeunderrange
Probelead short
Thermocouple bullbull -
Resistance thermometer bullbull bull
Voltage 2 ndash 10V and02 ndash 1V0 ndash 10V and 0 ndash 1V
bullbullbull-
bull-
Current 4 ndash 20mA0 ndash 20mA
bullbullbull-
bull-
8 Technical data
39
8In
1
In
23
nce thermometer
3A at 250V AC resistive load at rated load
mA Rload ge250Ω
mA Rload ge600Ω
5+10 48 mdash 63Hz or 48 mdash 63Hz or
nnect to SELV or PELV)
Range
-200 to +850degC
-200 to +850degC
-50 to +150degC
uracy le01 50ppmdegCle10 50ppmdegC
20Ω max per lead250microA
b702040enbk Seite 39 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Technical dataput for thermocouple
These ranges refer to the ambiente temperature of 20degC
put for standard signals
0mdash1V REgt10MΩ for Type 70204041 with 2 relays02mdash1V REgt10MΩ for Type 70204041 with 2 relays
Designation Range 1
Fe-Con LFe-Con J EN 60584Cu-Con UCu-Con T EN 60584NiCr-Ni K EN 60584NiCrSi-NiSi N EN 60584Pt10Rh-Pt S EN 60584Pt13Rh-Pt R EN 60584Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh B EN 60584
-200 to + 900degC-200 to +1200degC-200 to + 600degC-200 to + 400degC-200 to +1372degC-200 to +1300degC
0 mdash 1768degC0 mdash 1768degC0 mdash 1820degC
Measurement accuracy le04 100ppmdegCCold junction Pt100 internal
Designation Range
Voltage 0 mdash 10V RE gt 100kΩ2
2 mdash 10V RE gt 100kΩ3
RE - input resistance
Current 4 mdash 20mA voltage drop le 15V0 mdash 20mA voltage drop le 15V
Measurement accuracy le01 100ppmdegC
Input for resista
OutputsRelayno(make) contact150000 operationsLogic 05VCurrent limiting 20Logic 012VCurrent limiting 20
Supply110 mdash 240V AC -120 mdash 53V ACDC10 mdash 18V DC (Co
Designation
Pt100 EN 60751
Pt1000 EN 60751
KTY11-6
Measurement accPt1001000KTY11-6Sensor leadresistance Meas current
8 Technical data
40
ControllerController type 1-setpt controller with
Data backup EEPROMHousing type
or panel mounting
nt panelater (add mildly acidic neutral
detergents if necessary) Do sive cleaning agents or high-s Limited resistance to organic irits benzol etc)
ng3 834
rage temperatureo +70degC
onsity no condensation
ion any
)160g (702043)200g (702044)
60529
n to EN 61010
b702040enbk Seite 40 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Accuracy of timer 07 10ppmdegC
Test voltages (type test)to EN 61 010 Part 1 March 1994overvoltage category II pollution degree 2 for Type 70204041overvoltage category III pollution degree 2 for Type 7020424344
Power consumption 7VA max
Electrical connectionat the rear via plug-in screw terminalsconductor cross-section le 25mm2 (13mm2 withType 70204041) solid wire or 15mm2 (10mm2 for Type 70204041) stranded wire with ferrules
Electromagnetic compatibility EN 61 326Immunity to interfer Class B Interfer emission industrial requirements
Approval UL and CSA (only devices with JUMO indication)
limit comparator 2-setpt controllerController structure PPDPIPIDAD converter resolution gt15 bitSampling time 210msec (250msec with timer
function)
plastic housing fto DIN 43700Cleaning the frouse warm or hot wor mildly alkalinenot use any abrapressure cleanersolvents (e g sp
Housing mountiin panel to DIN 4
Ambient and sto0 to 55degC -40 t
Climatic conditile 75 rel humid
Operating posit
Weight (approx75g (702040)95g (702041)
145g (702042)Protection IP66 (front) to ENIP20 (rear)Safety regulatio
JUMO GmbH amp Co KG
Street adressMoltkestraszlige 13 - 3136039 Fulda GermanyDelivery addressMackenrodtstraszlige 1436039 Fulda GermanyPostal address36035 Fulda GermanyPhone +49 661 6003-0Fax +49 661 6003-607e-mail mailjumonetInternet wwwjumonet
JUMO Instrument Co Ltd
JUMO HouseTemple Bank RiverwayHarlow Essex CM20 2TT UKPhone +44 1279 635533Fax +44 1279 635262e-mail salesjumocoukInternet wwwjumocouk
JUMO Process Control Inc
8 Technology BoulevardCanastota NY 13032 USAPhone 315-697-JUMO
1-800-554-JUMOFax 315-697-5867e-mail infojumousInternet wwwjumous
b702040enbk Seite 1 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
- 1 Identifying the instrument version
- 2 Installation
- 3 Electrical connection
- 4 Operation
-
- 41 Displays and keys
- 42 Principle of operation
- 43 Operation of the timer function
-
- 5 Functions
-
- 51 Process value input
- 52 Logic input
- 53 Controller
- 54 Limit comparator (alarm contact)
- 55 Ramp function
- 56 Self-optimization
- 57 Level inhibit via code
- 58 Timer function (extra code)
-
- 6 Configuration and parameter tables
- 7 Alarm messages
- 8 Technical data
-
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
31
6
lacesunit X
q
P
your selection with a
123
NO
b702040enbk Seite 31 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Configuration and parameter tables
C111 Transducer X
001 Pt 100 (3-wire)006 Pt 1000 (3-wire)601 KTY11-6 (2-wire)003 Pt 100 (2-wire)005 Pt 1000 (2-wire)039 Cu-Con T 040 Fe-Con J041 Cu-Con U042 Fe-Con L043 NiCr-Ni K044 Pt10Rh-Pt S045 Pt13Rh-Pt R046 Pt30Rh-Pt B048 NiCrSi-NiSi N052 Standard signal 0 ndash 20mA053 Standard signal 4 ndash 20mA063 Standard signal 0 ndash 10V2
071 Standard signal 2 ndash 10V3
C112 Decimal p
0 9999degC1 9999degC2 9999degC3 9999degF4 9999degF5 9999degF
q
q
b11
gt2s
q
y0
qgt2s
X Mark cross
SP 1 AL or Pb1 is shown here depending on the configuration
0 ndash 1V for Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option)
02 ndash 1V for Type 70204041 with 2 relay outputs (option)
ormal displayperating level
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
32
limit comparator (LK) has priorityover the timer signalling
th Type 7020424344 see C118
C113 Controller type Output 1 (relay) Output 2+3 (logic+relay)
X
LKtimer signalling1
LKtimer signalling1
controller output 2
controller
controller
controller output 1
mp function Xp function offp function (degCmin)p function (degCh)
q
ow setpoint) = controller output 1 setpoint) = controller output 2
b702040enbk Seite 32 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 A programmed
Further settings for the outputs wi
10 single setpoint (reversed) controller11 single setpoint (direct) controller30 double setpoint controller output 1
20 single setpoint (reversed) LKtimer signalling1
21 single setpoint (direct) LKtimer signalling1
33 double setpoint controller output 2
q
C114 Limit comparator (LK) X
0 no function1 lk 12 lk 23 lk 34 lk 45 lk 56 lk 67 lk 78 lk 8
C115 Ra0 ram1 ram2 ram
q
reversed = heating (output is active when process value is beldirect = cooling (output is active when process value is above
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
33
input X
ctionibithibittopt switchingontrol
qut 3 Relay X
r signalling comparatorr signallingroller output comparatorroller output
comparatortimerroller output 2 comparatortimerroller output 1roller output 2roller output 1
b702040enbk Seite 33 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
C116 Outputs on fault X
0 01 LKtimer signalling OFF1 1002
2 -1001 3 01 LKtimer
signalling ON4 1002
C117 Logic
0 no fun1 key inh2 level in3 ramp s4 setpoin5 timer c
C118 Output 1 Relay (K1) Output 2 Logic (K2) Outp
0 Functions of outputs as defined under C1131
for 1
-set
pt c
ontr
l controller output limit comparator time2 controller output timer signalling limit3 limit comparator controller output time4 limit comparator timer signalling cont5 timer signalling controller output limit6 timer signalling limit comparator cont
7
for 2
-set
pt c
ontrl
controller output 1 controller output 2 limit8 controller output 1 limit comparatortimer cont9 controller output 2 controller output 1 limit10 controller output 2 limit comparatortimer cont11 limit comparatortimer controller output 1 cont12 limit comparatortimer controller output 2 cont
q
q
1 Minimum output limiting y2 is effective2 Maximum output limiting y1 is effective
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
34
C120 Timer function X
power failure Xs before there
n ofion ars in the
ot valid for C120=3 or 4
b702040enbk Seite 34 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
0 no function1 time-limited control2 time-dependent setpoint switching3 time-delayed control4 timer (control independent of timer)
C121 Start condition for timer Action on 1 after power ON logic inputkeys Condition a
power failu2 via logic inputkeys3 via logic inputkeys timer counts 1degC
from tolerance limit4 via logic inputkeys timer counts 5degC
from tolerance limit5 after power ON logic inputkeys Cancellatio
timer funct(StOP appedisplay)
6 via logic inputkeys7 via logic inputkeys timer counts 1degC
from tolerance limit8 via logic inputkeys timer counts 5degC
from tolerance limit
q
q
The start conditions with tolerance limit (C121=3 4 7 8) are nIf C120 is altered the validity of C121 must be checked
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
35
tory-set Yoursetting
0
0
0
he factory setting
ime (timer) X
(max 9959)(max 9959)ax 9999)
= minutes
q
b702040enbk Seite 35 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Parameter Explanation Value range fac
SCL start value of thestandard signal
-1999 to +9999digit1 0
sCH end value of thestandard signal
-1999 to +9999digit1 10
SPL lowersetpoint limiting
-1999 to +9999digit1 -20
SPH uppersetpoint limiting
-1999 to +9999digit1 85
OFFS process value correction -1999 to 9999digit1 0
HySt switching differential of the limit comparator
0 mdash 9999digit1 1
1 For displays with one or two decimal places the value range and tchange accordinglyExample 1 decimal place rarr value range -1999 to +9999
q
C122 Timer signalling X
0 no function1 timer start until run-down2 after run-down for 10sec 3 after run-down for 1min4 after run-down until
acknowledgement
qC123 Unit of t
1 mmss 2 hhmm 3 hhhh (ms = seconds m h = hours
One output has to be configuredcorrespondingly(C113C118)
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
36and the factory setting
Parameter Explanation Value range factory-set
Yoursetting
0
0
0
0
0
80sec
350sec
200sec
200sec
0
1
1
0
100
-100
06sec
0
b702040enbk Seite 36 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 For displays with one or two decimal places the value range change accordingly
sP 1 setpoint 1 SPL mdash SPH
sP 2 setpoint 2 SPL mdash SPH
AL limit value oflimit comparator
-1999 to +9999digit1
Pb1 proportional band 1 0 mdash 9999digit1
Pb2 proportional band 2 0 mdash 9999digit1
dt derivative time 0 mdash 9999sec
rt reset time 0 mdash 9999sec
Cy 1 cycle time 1 10 mdash 9999sec
Cy 2 cycle time 2 10 mdash 9999sec
db contact spacing 0 mdash 1000digit1
HYS1 differential 1 0 mdash 9999digit1
HYS2 differential 2 0 mdash 9999digit1
Y0 working point -100 to 100
Y1 maximum output 0 mdash 100
Y2 minimum output -100 to +100
dF filter time constant 00 mdash 1000sec
rAsd ramp slope 0 mdash 999 degCh (degCmin)1
7 Alarm
messag
es
37
7
D
of process valueit comparators referred to input behave in accord-figuration of the outputsed
n has been cancelled due to he timer value that wase of the supply failure will be
H ge
is connected
b702040enbk Seite 37 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Alarm messages
isplay Description Causeresponse
The displays for the process value or timer value flashes ldquo1999rdquoDisplay current timer value by repeatedly pressing the q key
OverunderrangeController and limthe process valueance with the conThe timer is stopp
The display for the timer value alternates between showing ldquoStOPrdquo and the timeh Acknowledge by using any
key (the timer start value t i 0 is loaded)
The timer functioa supply failure Tpresent at the timindicated
The following events come under the heading overunderran- Probe breakshort-circuit- Measurement is outside the control range of the probe that- Display overflow
7 Alarm
messag
es
38
Measurement circuit monitoring (bull = recognized)
-circuitProbelead break
bull
bull
bull-
bull-
b702040enbk Seite 38 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Transducer Overrangeunderrange
Probelead short
Thermocouple bullbull -
Resistance thermometer bullbull bull
Voltage 2 ndash 10V and02 ndash 1V0 ndash 10V and 0 ndash 1V
bullbullbull-
bull-
Current 4 ndash 20mA0 ndash 20mA
bullbullbull-
bull-
8 Technical data
39
8In
1
In
23
nce thermometer
3A at 250V AC resistive load at rated load
mA Rload ge250Ω
mA Rload ge600Ω
5+10 48 mdash 63Hz or 48 mdash 63Hz or
nnect to SELV or PELV)
Range
-200 to +850degC
-200 to +850degC
-50 to +150degC
uracy le01 50ppmdegCle10 50ppmdegC
20Ω max per lead250microA
b702040enbk Seite 39 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Technical dataput for thermocouple
These ranges refer to the ambiente temperature of 20degC
put for standard signals
0mdash1V REgt10MΩ for Type 70204041 with 2 relays02mdash1V REgt10MΩ for Type 70204041 with 2 relays
Designation Range 1
Fe-Con LFe-Con J EN 60584Cu-Con UCu-Con T EN 60584NiCr-Ni K EN 60584NiCrSi-NiSi N EN 60584Pt10Rh-Pt S EN 60584Pt13Rh-Pt R EN 60584Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh B EN 60584
-200 to + 900degC-200 to +1200degC-200 to + 600degC-200 to + 400degC-200 to +1372degC-200 to +1300degC
0 mdash 1768degC0 mdash 1768degC0 mdash 1820degC
Measurement accuracy le04 100ppmdegCCold junction Pt100 internal
Designation Range
Voltage 0 mdash 10V RE gt 100kΩ2
2 mdash 10V RE gt 100kΩ3
RE - input resistance
Current 4 mdash 20mA voltage drop le 15V0 mdash 20mA voltage drop le 15V
Measurement accuracy le01 100ppmdegC
Input for resista
OutputsRelayno(make) contact150000 operationsLogic 05VCurrent limiting 20Logic 012VCurrent limiting 20
Supply110 mdash 240V AC -120 mdash 53V ACDC10 mdash 18V DC (Co
Designation
Pt100 EN 60751
Pt1000 EN 60751
KTY11-6
Measurement accPt1001000KTY11-6Sensor leadresistance Meas current
8 Technical data
40
ControllerController type 1-setpt controller with
Data backup EEPROMHousing type
or panel mounting
nt panelater (add mildly acidic neutral
detergents if necessary) Do sive cleaning agents or high-s Limited resistance to organic irits benzol etc)
ng3 834
rage temperatureo +70degC
onsity no condensation
ion any
)160g (702043)200g (702044)
60529
n to EN 61010
b702040enbk Seite 40 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Accuracy of timer 07 10ppmdegC
Test voltages (type test)to EN 61 010 Part 1 March 1994overvoltage category II pollution degree 2 for Type 70204041overvoltage category III pollution degree 2 for Type 7020424344
Power consumption 7VA max
Electrical connectionat the rear via plug-in screw terminalsconductor cross-section le 25mm2 (13mm2 withType 70204041) solid wire or 15mm2 (10mm2 for Type 70204041) stranded wire with ferrules
Electromagnetic compatibility EN 61 326Immunity to interfer Class B Interfer emission industrial requirements
Approval UL and CSA (only devices with JUMO indication)
limit comparator 2-setpt controllerController structure PPDPIPIDAD converter resolution gt15 bitSampling time 210msec (250msec with timer
function)
plastic housing fto DIN 43700Cleaning the frouse warm or hot wor mildly alkalinenot use any abrapressure cleanersolvents (e g sp
Housing mountiin panel to DIN 4
Ambient and sto0 to 55degC -40 t
Climatic conditile 75 rel humid
Operating posit
Weight (approx75g (702040)95g (702041)
145g (702042)Protection IP66 (front) to ENIP20 (rear)Safety regulatio
JUMO GmbH amp Co KG
Street adressMoltkestraszlige 13 - 3136039 Fulda GermanyDelivery addressMackenrodtstraszlige 1436039 Fulda GermanyPostal address36035 Fulda GermanyPhone +49 661 6003-0Fax +49 661 6003-607e-mail mailjumonetInternet wwwjumonet
JUMO Instrument Co Ltd
JUMO HouseTemple Bank RiverwayHarlow Essex CM20 2TT UKPhone +44 1279 635533Fax +44 1279 635262e-mail salesjumocoukInternet wwwjumocouk
JUMO Process Control Inc
8 Technology BoulevardCanastota NY 13032 USAPhone 315-697-JUMO
1-800-554-JUMOFax 315-697-5867e-mail infojumousInternet wwwjumous
b702040enbk Seite 1 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
- 1 Identifying the instrument version
- 2 Installation
- 3 Electrical connection
- 4 Operation
-
- 41 Displays and keys
- 42 Principle of operation
- 43 Operation of the timer function
-
- 5 Functions
-
- 51 Process value input
- 52 Logic input
- 53 Controller
- 54 Limit comparator (alarm contact)
- 55 Ramp function
- 56 Self-optimization
- 57 Level inhibit via code
- 58 Timer function (extra code)
-
- 6 Configuration and parameter tables
- 7 Alarm messages
- 8 Technical data
-
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
32
limit comparator (LK) has priorityover the timer signalling
th Type 7020424344 see C118
C113 Controller type Output 1 (relay) Output 2+3 (logic+relay)
X
LKtimer signalling1
LKtimer signalling1
controller output 2
controller
controller
controller output 1
mp function Xp function offp function (degCmin)p function (degCh)
q
ow setpoint) = controller output 1 setpoint) = controller output 2
b702040enbk Seite 32 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 A programmed
Further settings for the outputs wi
10 single setpoint (reversed) controller11 single setpoint (direct) controller30 double setpoint controller output 1
20 single setpoint (reversed) LKtimer signalling1
21 single setpoint (direct) LKtimer signalling1
33 double setpoint controller output 2
q
C114 Limit comparator (LK) X
0 no function1 lk 12 lk 23 lk 34 lk 45 lk 56 lk 67 lk 78 lk 8
C115 Ra0 ram1 ram2 ram
q
reversed = heating (output is active when process value is beldirect = cooling (output is active when process value is above
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
33
input X
ctionibithibittopt switchingontrol
qut 3 Relay X
r signalling comparatorr signallingroller output comparatorroller output
comparatortimerroller output 2 comparatortimerroller output 1roller output 2roller output 1
b702040enbk Seite 33 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
C116 Outputs on fault X
0 01 LKtimer signalling OFF1 1002
2 -1001 3 01 LKtimer
signalling ON4 1002
C117 Logic
0 no fun1 key inh2 level in3 ramp s4 setpoin5 timer c
C118 Output 1 Relay (K1) Output 2 Logic (K2) Outp
0 Functions of outputs as defined under C1131
for 1
-set
pt c
ontr
l controller output limit comparator time2 controller output timer signalling limit3 limit comparator controller output time4 limit comparator timer signalling cont5 timer signalling controller output limit6 timer signalling limit comparator cont
7
for 2
-set
pt c
ontrl
controller output 1 controller output 2 limit8 controller output 1 limit comparatortimer cont9 controller output 2 controller output 1 limit10 controller output 2 limit comparatortimer cont11 limit comparatortimer controller output 1 cont12 limit comparatortimer controller output 2 cont
q
q
1 Minimum output limiting y2 is effective2 Maximum output limiting y1 is effective
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
34
C120 Timer function X
power failure Xs before there
n ofion ars in the
ot valid for C120=3 or 4
b702040enbk Seite 34 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
0 no function1 time-limited control2 time-dependent setpoint switching3 time-delayed control4 timer (control independent of timer)
C121 Start condition for timer Action on 1 after power ON logic inputkeys Condition a
power failu2 via logic inputkeys3 via logic inputkeys timer counts 1degC
from tolerance limit4 via logic inputkeys timer counts 5degC
from tolerance limit5 after power ON logic inputkeys Cancellatio
timer funct(StOP appedisplay)
6 via logic inputkeys7 via logic inputkeys timer counts 1degC
from tolerance limit8 via logic inputkeys timer counts 5degC
from tolerance limit
q
q
The start conditions with tolerance limit (C121=3 4 7 8) are nIf C120 is altered the validity of C121 must be checked
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
35
tory-set Yoursetting
0
0
0
he factory setting
ime (timer) X
(max 9959)(max 9959)ax 9999)
= minutes
q
b702040enbk Seite 35 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Parameter Explanation Value range fac
SCL start value of thestandard signal
-1999 to +9999digit1 0
sCH end value of thestandard signal
-1999 to +9999digit1 10
SPL lowersetpoint limiting
-1999 to +9999digit1 -20
SPH uppersetpoint limiting
-1999 to +9999digit1 85
OFFS process value correction -1999 to 9999digit1 0
HySt switching differential of the limit comparator
0 mdash 9999digit1 1
1 For displays with one or two decimal places the value range and tchange accordinglyExample 1 decimal place rarr value range -1999 to +9999
q
C122 Timer signalling X
0 no function1 timer start until run-down2 after run-down for 10sec 3 after run-down for 1min4 after run-down until
acknowledgement
qC123 Unit of t
1 mmss 2 hhmm 3 hhhh (ms = seconds m h = hours
One output has to be configuredcorrespondingly(C113C118)
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
36and the factory setting
Parameter Explanation Value range factory-set
Yoursetting
0
0
0
0
0
80sec
350sec
200sec
200sec
0
1
1
0
100
-100
06sec
0
b702040enbk Seite 36 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 For displays with one or two decimal places the value range change accordingly
sP 1 setpoint 1 SPL mdash SPH
sP 2 setpoint 2 SPL mdash SPH
AL limit value oflimit comparator
-1999 to +9999digit1
Pb1 proportional band 1 0 mdash 9999digit1
Pb2 proportional band 2 0 mdash 9999digit1
dt derivative time 0 mdash 9999sec
rt reset time 0 mdash 9999sec
Cy 1 cycle time 1 10 mdash 9999sec
Cy 2 cycle time 2 10 mdash 9999sec
db contact spacing 0 mdash 1000digit1
HYS1 differential 1 0 mdash 9999digit1
HYS2 differential 2 0 mdash 9999digit1
Y0 working point -100 to 100
Y1 maximum output 0 mdash 100
Y2 minimum output -100 to +100
dF filter time constant 00 mdash 1000sec
rAsd ramp slope 0 mdash 999 degCh (degCmin)1
7 Alarm
messag
es
37
7
D
of process valueit comparators referred to input behave in accord-figuration of the outputsed
n has been cancelled due to he timer value that wase of the supply failure will be
H ge
is connected
b702040enbk Seite 37 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Alarm messages
isplay Description Causeresponse
The displays for the process value or timer value flashes ldquo1999rdquoDisplay current timer value by repeatedly pressing the q key
OverunderrangeController and limthe process valueance with the conThe timer is stopp
The display for the timer value alternates between showing ldquoStOPrdquo and the timeh Acknowledge by using any
key (the timer start value t i 0 is loaded)
The timer functioa supply failure Tpresent at the timindicated
The following events come under the heading overunderran- Probe breakshort-circuit- Measurement is outside the control range of the probe that- Display overflow
7 Alarm
messag
es
38
Measurement circuit monitoring (bull = recognized)
-circuitProbelead break
bull
bull
bull-
bull-
b702040enbk Seite 38 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Transducer Overrangeunderrange
Probelead short
Thermocouple bullbull -
Resistance thermometer bullbull bull
Voltage 2 ndash 10V and02 ndash 1V0 ndash 10V and 0 ndash 1V
bullbullbull-
bull-
Current 4 ndash 20mA0 ndash 20mA
bullbullbull-
bull-
8 Technical data
39
8In
1
In
23
nce thermometer
3A at 250V AC resistive load at rated load
mA Rload ge250Ω
mA Rload ge600Ω
5+10 48 mdash 63Hz or 48 mdash 63Hz or
nnect to SELV or PELV)
Range
-200 to +850degC
-200 to +850degC
-50 to +150degC
uracy le01 50ppmdegCle10 50ppmdegC
20Ω max per lead250microA
b702040enbk Seite 39 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Technical dataput for thermocouple
These ranges refer to the ambiente temperature of 20degC
put for standard signals
0mdash1V REgt10MΩ for Type 70204041 with 2 relays02mdash1V REgt10MΩ for Type 70204041 with 2 relays
Designation Range 1
Fe-Con LFe-Con J EN 60584Cu-Con UCu-Con T EN 60584NiCr-Ni K EN 60584NiCrSi-NiSi N EN 60584Pt10Rh-Pt S EN 60584Pt13Rh-Pt R EN 60584Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh B EN 60584
-200 to + 900degC-200 to +1200degC-200 to + 600degC-200 to + 400degC-200 to +1372degC-200 to +1300degC
0 mdash 1768degC0 mdash 1768degC0 mdash 1820degC
Measurement accuracy le04 100ppmdegCCold junction Pt100 internal
Designation Range
Voltage 0 mdash 10V RE gt 100kΩ2
2 mdash 10V RE gt 100kΩ3
RE - input resistance
Current 4 mdash 20mA voltage drop le 15V0 mdash 20mA voltage drop le 15V
Measurement accuracy le01 100ppmdegC
Input for resista
OutputsRelayno(make) contact150000 operationsLogic 05VCurrent limiting 20Logic 012VCurrent limiting 20
Supply110 mdash 240V AC -120 mdash 53V ACDC10 mdash 18V DC (Co
Designation
Pt100 EN 60751
Pt1000 EN 60751
KTY11-6
Measurement accPt1001000KTY11-6Sensor leadresistance Meas current
8 Technical data
40
ControllerController type 1-setpt controller with
Data backup EEPROMHousing type
or panel mounting
nt panelater (add mildly acidic neutral
detergents if necessary) Do sive cleaning agents or high-s Limited resistance to organic irits benzol etc)
ng3 834
rage temperatureo +70degC
onsity no condensation
ion any
)160g (702043)200g (702044)
60529
n to EN 61010
b702040enbk Seite 40 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Accuracy of timer 07 10ppmdegC
Test voltages (type test)to EN 61 010 Part 1 March 1994overvoltage category II pollution degree 2 for Type 70204041overvoltage category III pollution degree 2 for Type 7020424344
Power consumption 7VA max
Electrical connectionat the rear via plug-in screw terminalsconductor cross-section le 25mm2 (13mm2 withType 70204041) solid wire or 15mm2 (10mm2 for Type 70204041) stranded wire with ferrules
Electromagnetic compatibility EN 61 326Immunity to interfer Class B Interfer emission industrial requirements
Approval UL and CSA (only devices with JUMO indication)
limit comparator 2-setpt controllerController structure PPDPIPIDAD converter resolution gt15 bitSampling time 210msec (250msec with timer
function)
plastic housing fto DIN 43700Cleaning the frouse warm or hot wor mildly alkalinenot use any abrapressure cleanersolvents (e g sp
Housing mountiin panel to DIN 4
Ambient and sto0 to 55degC -40 t
Climatic conditile 75 rel humid
Operating posit
Weight (approx75g (702040)95g (702041)
145g (702042)Protection IP66 (front) to ENIP20 (rear)Safety regulatio
JUMO GmbH amp Co KG
Street adressMoltkestraszlige 13 - 3136039 Fulda GermanyDelivery addressMackenrodtstraszlige 1436039 Fulda GermanyPostal address36035 Fulda GermanyPhone +49 661 6003-0Fax +49 661 6003-607e-mail mailjumonetInternet wwwjumonet
JUMO Instrument Co Ltd
JUMO HouseTemple Bank RiverwayHarlow Essex CM20 2TT UKPhone +44 1279 635533Fax +44 1279 635262e-mail salesjumocoukInternet wwwjumocouk
JUMO Process Control Inc
8 Technology BoulevardCanastota NY 13032 USAPhone 315-697-JUMO
1-800-554-JUMOFax 315-697-5867e-mail infojumousInternet wwwjumous
b702040enbk Seite 1 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
- 1 Identifying the instrument version
- 2 Installation
- 3 Electrical connection
- 4 Operation
-
- 41 Displays and keys
- 42 Principle of operation
- 43 Operation of the timer function
-
- 5 Functions
-
- 51 Process value input
- 52 Logic input
- 53 Controller
- 54 Limit comparator (alarm contact)
- 55 Ramp function
- 56 Self-optimization
- 57 Level inhibit via code
- 58 Timer function (extra code)
-
- 6 Configuration and parameter tables
- 7 Alarm messages
- 8 Technical data
-
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
33
input X
ctionibithibittopt switchingontrol
qut 3 Relay X
r signalling comparatorr signallingroller output comparatorroller output
comparatortimerroller output 2 comparatortimerroller output 1roller output 2roller output 1
b702040enbk Seite 33 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
C116 Outputs on fault X
0 01 LKtimer signalling OFF1 1002
2 -1001 3 01 LKtimer
signalling ON4 1002
C117 Logic
0 no fun1 key inh2 level in3 ramp s4 setpoin5 timer c
C118 Output 1 Relay (K1) Output 2 Logic (K2) Outp
0 Functions of outputs as defined under C1131
for 1
-set
pt c
ontr
l controller output limit comparator time2 controller output timer signalling limit3 limit comparator controller output time4 limit comparator timer signalling cont5 timer signalling controller output limit6 timer signalling limit comparator cont
7
for 2
-set
pt c
ontrl
controller output 1 controller output 2 limit8 controller output 1 limit comparatortimer cont9 controller output 2 controller output 1 limit10 controller output 2 limit comparatortimer cont11 limit comparatortimer controller output 1 cont12 limit comparatortimer controller output 2 cont
q
q
1 Minimum output limiting y2 is effective2 Maximum output limiting y1 is effective
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
34
C120 Timer function X
power failure Xs before there
n ofion ars in the
ot valid for C120=3 or 4
b702040enbk Seite 34 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
0 no function1 time-limited control2 time-dependent setpoint switching3 time-delayed control4 timer (control independent of timer)
C121 Start condition for timer Action on 1 after power ON logic inputkeys Condition a
power failu2 via logic inputkeys3 via logic inputkeys timer counts 1degC
from tolerance limit4 via logic inputkeys timer counts 5degC
from tolerance limit5 after power ON logic inputkeys Cancellatio
timer funct(StOP appedisplay)
6 via logic inputkeys7 via logic inputkeys timer counts 1degC
from tolerance limit8 via logic inputkeys timer counts 5degC
from tolerance limit
q
q
The start conditions with tolerance limit (C121=3 4 7 8) are nIf C120 is altered the validity of C121 must be checked
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
35
tory-set Yoursetting
0
0
0
he factory setting
ime (timer) X
(max 9959)(max 9959)ax 9999)
= minutes
q
b702040enbk Seite 35 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Parameter Explanation Value range fac
SCL start value of thestandard signal
-1999 to +9999digit1 0
sCH end value of thestandard signal
-1999 to +9999digit1 10
SPL lowersetpoint limiting
-1999 to +9999digit1 -20
SPH uppersetpoint limiting
-1999 to +9999digit1 85
OFFS process value correction -1999 to 9999digit1 0
HySt switching differential of the limit comparator
0 mdash 9999digit1 1
1 For displays with one or two decimal places the value range and tchange accordinglyExample 1 decimal place rarr value range -1999 to +9999
q
C122 Timer signalling X
0 no function1 timer start until run-down2 after run-down for 10sec 3 after run-down for 1min4 after run-down until
acknowledgement
qC123 Unit of t
1 mmss 2 hhmm 3 hhhh (ms = seconds m h = hours
One output has to be configuredcorrespondingly(C113C118)
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
36and the factory setting
Parameter Explanation Value range factory-set
Yoursetting
0
0
0
0
0
80sec
350sec
200sec
200sec
0
1
1
0
100
-100
06sec
0
b702040enbk Seite 36 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 For displays with one or two decimal places the value range change accordingly
sP 1 setpoint 1 SPL mdash SPH
sP 2 setpoint 2 SPL mdash SPH
AL limit value oflimit comparator
-1999 to +9999digit1
Pb1 proportional band 1 0 mdash 9999digit1
Pb2 proportional band 2 0 mdash 9999digit1
dt derivative time 0 mdash 9999sec
rt reset time 0 mdash 9999sec
Cy 1 cycle time 1 10 mdash 9999sec
Cy 2 cycle time 2 10 mdash 9999sec
db contact spacing 0 mdash 1000digit1
HYS1 differential 1 0 mdash 9999digit1
HYS2 differential 2 0 mdash 9999digit1
Y0 working point -100 to 100
Y1 maximum output 0 mdash 100
Y2 minimum output -100 to +100
dF filter time constant 00 mdash 1000sec
rAsd ramp slope 0 mdash 999 degCh (degCmin)1
7 Alarm
messag
es
37
7
D
of process valueit comparators referred to input behave in accord-figuration of the outputsed
n has been cancelled due to he timer value that wase of the supply failure will be
H ge
is connected
b702040enbk Seite 37 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Alarm messages
isplay Description Causeresponse
The displays for the process value or timer value flashes ldquo1999rdquoDisplay current timer value by repeatedly pressing the q key
OverunderrangeController and limthe process valueance with the conThe timer is stopp
The display for the timer value alternates between showing ldquoStOPrdquo and the timeh Acknowledge by using any
key (the timer start value t i 0 is loaded)
The timer functioa supply failure Tpresent at the timindicated
The following events come under the heading overunderran- Probe breakshort-circuit- Measurement is outside the control range of the probe that- Display overflow
7 Alarm
messag
es
38
Measurement circuit monitoring (bull = recognized)
-circuitProbelead break
bull
bull
bull-
bull-
b702040enbk Seite 38 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Transducer Overrangeunderrange
Probelead short
Thermocouple bullbull -
Resistance thermometer bullbull bull
Voltage 2 ndash 10V and02 ndash 1V0 ndash 10V and 0 ndash 1V
bullbullbull-
bull-
Current 4 ndash 20mA0 ndash 20mA
bullbullbull-
bull-
8 Technical data
39
8In
1
In
23
nce thermometer
3A at 250V AC resistive load at rated load
mA Rload ge250Ω
mA Rload ge600Ω
5+10 48 mdash 63Hz or 48 mdash 63Hz or
nnect to SELV or PELV)
Range
-200 to +850degC
-200 to +850degC
-50 to +150degC
uracy le01 50ppmdegCle10 50ppmdegC
20Ω max per lead250microA
b702040enbk Seite 39 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Technical dataput for thermocouple
These ranges refer to the ambiente temperature of 20degC
put for standard signals
0mdash1V REgt10MΩ for Type 70204041 with 2 relays02mdash1V REgt10MΩ for Type 70204041 with 2 relays
Designation Range 1
Fe-Con LFe-Con J EN 60584Cu-Con UCu-Con T EN 60584NiCr-Ni K EN 60584NiCrSi-NiSi N EN 60584Pt10Rh-Pt S EN 60584Pt13Rh-Pt R EN 60584Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh B EN 60584
-200 to + 900degC-200 to +1200degC-200 to + 600degC-200 to + 400degC-200 to +1372degC-200 to +1300degC
0 mdash 1768degC0 mdash 1768degC0 mdash 1820degC
Measurement accuracy le04 100ppmdegCCold junction Pt100 internal
Designation Range
Voltage 0 mdash 10V RE gt 100kΩ2
2 mdash 10V RE gt 100kΩ3
RE - input resistance
Current 4 mdash 20mA voltage drop le 15V0 mdash 20mA voltage drop le 15V
Measurement accuracy le01 100ppmdegC
Input for resista
OutputsRelayno(make) contact150000 operationsLogic 05VCurrent limiting 20Logic 012VCurrent limiting 20
Supply110 mdash 240V AC -120 mdash 53V ACDC10 mdash 18V DC (Co
Designation
Pt100 EN 60751
Pt1000 EN 60751
KTY11-6
Measurement accPt1001000KTY11-6Sensor leadresistance Meas current
8 Technical data
40
ControllerController type 1-setpt controller with
Data backup EEPROMHousing type
or panel mounting
nt panelater (add mildly acidic neutral
detergents if necessary) Do sive cleaning agents or high-s Limited resistance to organic irits benzol etc)
ng3 834
rage temperatureo +70degC
onsity no condensation
ion any
)160g (702043)200g (702044)
60529
n to EN 61010
b702040enbk Seite 40 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Accuracy of timer 07 10ppmdegC
Test voltages (type test)to EN 61 010 Part 1 March 1994overvoltage category II pollution degree 2 for Type 70204041overvoltage category III pollution degree 2 for Type 7020424344
Power consumption 7VA max
Electrical connectionat the rear via plug-in screw terminalsconductor cross-section le 25mm2 (13mm2 withType 70204041) solid wire or 15mm2 (10mm2 for Type 70204041) stranded wire with ferrules
Electromagnetic compatibility EN 61 326Immunity to interfer Class B Interfer emission industrial requirements
Approval UL and CSA (only devices with JUMO indication)
limit comparator 2-setpt controllerController structure PPDPIPIDAD converter resolution gt15 bitSampling time 210msec (250msec with timer
function)
plastic housing fto DIN 43700Cleaning the frouse warm or hot wor mildly alkalinenot use any abrapressure cleanersolvents (e g sp
Housing mountiin panel to DIN 4
Ambient and sto0 to 55degC -40 t
Climatic conditile 75 rel humid
Operating posit
Weight (approx75g (702040)95g (702041)
145g (702042)Protection IP66 (front) to ENIP20 (rear)Safety regulatio
JUMO GmbH amp Co KG
Street adressMoltkestraszlige 13 - 3136039 Fulda GermanyDelivery addressMackenrodtstraszlige 1436039 Fulda GermanyPostal address36035 Fulda GermanyPhone +49 661 6003-0Fax +49 661 6003-607e-mail mailjumonetInternet wwwjumonet
JUMO Instrument Co Ltd
JUMO HouseTemple Bank RiverwayHarlow Essex CM20 2TT UKPhone +44 1279 635533Fax +44 1279 635262e-mail salesjumocoukInternet wwwjumocouk
JUMO Process Control Inc
8 Technology BoulevardCanastota NY 13032 USAPhone 315-697-JUMO
1-800-554-JUMOFax 315-697-5867e-mail infojumousInternet wwwjumous
b702040enbk Seite 1 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
- 1 Identifying the instrument version
- 2 Installation
- 3 Electrical connection
- 4 Operation
-
- 41 Displays and keys
- 42 Principle of operation
- 43 Operation of the timer function
-
- 5 Functions
-
- 51 Process value input
- 52 Logic input
- 53 Controller
- 54 Limit comparator (alarm contact)
- 55 Ramp function
- 56 Self-optimization
- 57 Level inhibit via code
- 58 Timer function (extra code)
-
- 6 Configuration and parameter tables
- 7 Alarm messages
- 8 Technical data
-
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
34
C120 Timer function X
power failure Xs before there
n ofion ars in the
ot valid for C120=3 or 4
b702040enbk Seite 34 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
0 no function1 time-limited control2 time-dependent setpoint switching3 time-delayed control4 timer (control independent of timer)
C121 Start condition for timer Action on 1 after power ON logic inputkeys Condition a
power failu2 via logic inputkeys3 via logic inputkeys timer counts 1degC
from tolerance limit4 via logic inputkeys timer counts 5degC
from tolerance limit5 after power ON logic inputkeys Cancellatio
timer funct(StOP appedisplay)
6 via logic inputkeys7 via logic inputkeys timer counts 1degC
from tolerance limit8 via logic inputkeys timer counts 5degC
from tolerance limit
q
q
The start conditions with tolerance limit (C121=3 4 7 8) are nIf C120 is altered the validity of C121 must be checked
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
35
tory-set Yoursetting
0
0
0
he factory setting
ime (timer) X
(max 9959)(max 9959)ax 9999)
= minutes
q
b702040enbk Seite 35 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Parameter Explanation Value range fac
SCL start value of thestandard signal
-1999 to +9999digit1 0
sCH end value of thestandard signal
-1999 to +9999digit1 10
SPL lowersetpoint limiting
-1999 to +9999digit1 -20
SPH uppersetpoint limiting
-1999 to +9999digit1 85
OFFS process value correction -1999 to 9999digit1 0
HySt switching differential of the limit comparator
0 mdash 9999digit1 1
1 For displays with one or two decimal places the value range and tchange accordinglyExample 1 decimal place rarr value range -1999 to +9999
q
C122 Timer signalling X
0 no function1 timer start until run-down2 after run-down for 10sec 3 after run-down for 1min4 after run-down until
acknowledgement
qC123 Unit of t
1 mmss 2 hhmm 3 hhhh (ms = seconds m h = hours
One output has to be configuredcorrespondingly(C113C118)
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
36and the factory setting
Parameter Explanation Value range factory-set
Yoursetting
0
0
0
0
0
80sec
350sec
200sec
200sec
0
1
1
0
100
-100
06sec
0
b702040enbk Seite 36 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 For displays with one or two decimal places the value range change accordingly
sP 1 setpoint 1 SPL mdash SPH
sP 2 setpoint 2 SPL mdash SPH
AL limit value oflimit comparator
-1999 to +9999digit1
Pb1 proportional band 1 0 mdash 9999digit1
Pb2 proportional band 2 0 mdash 9999digit1
dt derivative time 0 mdash 9999sec
rt reset time 0 mdash 9999sec
Cy 1 cycle time 1 10 mdash 9999sec
Cy 2 cycle time 2 10 mdash 9999sec
db contact spacing 0 mdash 1000digit1
HYS1 differential 1 0 mdash 9999digit1
HYS2 differential 2 0 mdash 9999digit1
Y0 working point -100 to 100
Y1 maximum output 0 mdash 100
Y2 minimum output -100 to +100
dF filter time constant 00 mdash 1000sec
rAsd ramp slope 0 mdash 999 degCh (degCmin)1
7 Alarm
messag
es
37
7
D
of process valueit comparators referred to input behave in accord-figuration of the outputsed
n has been cancelled due to he timer value that wase of the supply failure will be
H ge
is connected
b702040enbk Seite 37 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Alarm messages
isplay Description Causeresponse
The displays for the process value or timer value flashes ldquo1999rdquoDisplay current timer value by repeatedly pressing the q key
OverunderrangeController and limthe process valueance with the conThe timer is stopp
The display for the timer value alternates between showing ldquoStOPrdquo and the timeh Acknowledge by using any
key (the timer start value t i 0 is loaded)
The timer functioa supply failure Tpresent at the timindicated
The following events come under the heading overunderran- Probe breakshort-circuit- Measurement is outside the control range of the probe that- Display overflow
7 Alarm
messag
es
38
Measurement circuit monitoring (bull = recognized)
-circuitProbelead break
bull
bull
bull-
bull-
b702040enbk Seite 38 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Transducer Overrangeunderrange
Probelead short
Thermocouple bullbull -
Resistance thermometer bullbull bull
Voltage 2 ndash 10V and02 ndash 1V0 ndash 10V and 0 ndash 1V
bullbullbull-
bull-
Current 4 ndash 20mA0 ndash 20mA
bullbullbull-
bull-
8 Technical data
39
8In
1
In
23
nce thermometer
3A at 250V AC resistive load at rated load
mA Rload ge250Ω
mA Rload ge600Ω
5+10 48 mdash 63Hz or 48 mdash 63Hz or
nnect to SELV or PELV)
Range
-200 to +850degC
-200 to +850degC
-50 to +150degC
uracy le01 50ppmdegCle10 50ppmdegC
20Ω max per lead250microA
b702040enbk Seite 39 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Technical dataput for thermocouple
These ranges refer to the ambiente temperature of 20degC
put for standard signals
0mdash1V REgt10MΩ for Type 70204041 with 2 relays02mdash1V REgt10MΩ for Type 70204041 with 2 relays
Designation Range 1
Fe-Con LFe-Con J EN 60584Cu-Con UCu-Con T EN 60584NiCr-Ni K EN 60584NiCrSi-NiSi N EN 60584Pt10Rh-Pt S EN 60584Pt13Rh-Pt R EN 60584Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh B EN 60584
-200 to + 900degC-200 to +1200degC-200 to + 600degC-200 to + 400degC-200 to +1372degC-200 to +1300degC
0 mdash 1768degC0 mdash 1768degC0 mdash 1820degC
Measurement accuracy le04 100ppmdegCCold junction Pt100 internal
Designation Range
Voltage 0 mdash 10V RE gt 100kΩ2
2 mdash 10V RE gt 100kΩ3
RE - input resistance
Current 4 mdash 20mA voltage drop le 15V0 mdash 20mA voltage drop le 15V
Measurement accuracy le01 100ppmdegC
Input for resista
OutputsRelayno(make) contact150000 operationsLogic 05VCurrent limiting 20Logic 012VCurrent limiting 20
Supply110 mdash 240V AC -120 mdash 53V ACDC10 mdash 18V DC (Co
Designation
Pt100 EN 60751
Pt1000 EN 60751
KTY11-6
Measurement accPt1001000KTY11-6Sensor leadresistance Meas current
8 Technical data
40
ControllerController type 1-setpt controller with
Data backup EEPROMHousing type
or panel mounting
nt panelater (add mildly acidic neutral
detergents if necessary) Do sive cleaning agents or high-s Limited resistance to organic irits benzol etc)
ng3 834
rage temperatureo +70degC
onsity no condensation
ion any
)160g (702043)200g (702044)
60529
n to EN 61010
b702040enbk Seite 40 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Accuracy of timer 07 10ppmdegC
Test voltages (type test)to EN 61 010 Part 1 March 1994overvoltage category II pollution degree 2 for Type 70204041overvoltage category III pollution degree 2 for Type 7020424344
Power consumption 7VA max
Electrical connectionat the rear via plug-in screw terminalsconductor cross-section le 25mm2 (13mm2 withType 70204041) solid wire or 15mm2 (10mm2 for Type 70204041) stranded wire with ferrules
Electromagnetic compatibility EN 61 326Immunity to interfer Class B Interfer emission industrial requirements
Approval UL and CSA (only devices with JUMO indication)
limit comparator 2-setpt controllerController structure PPDPIPIDAD converter resolution gt15 bitSampling time 210msec (250msec with timer
function)
plastic housing fto DIN 43700Cleaning the frouse warm or hot wor mildly alkalinenot use any abrapressure cleanersolvents (e g sp
Housing mountiin panel to DIN 4
Ambient and sto0 to 55degC -40 t
Climatic conditile 75 rel humid
Operating posit
Weight (approx75g (702040)95g (702041)
145g (702042)Protection IP66 (front) to ENIP20 (rear)Safety regulatio
JUMO GmbH amp Co KG
Street adressMoltkestraszlige 13 - 3136039 Fulda GermanyDelivery addressMackenrodtstraszlige 1436039 Fulda GermanyPostal address36035 Fulda GermanyPhone +49 661 6003-0Fax +49 661 6003-607e-mail mailjumonetInternet wwwjumonet
JUMO Instrument Co Ltd
JUMO HouseTemple Bank RiverwayHarlow Essex CM20 2TT UKPhone +44 1279 635533Fax +44 1279 635262e-mail salesjumocoukInternet wwwjumocouk
JUMO Process Control Inc
8 Technology BoulevardCanastota NY 13032 USAPhone 315-697-JUMO
1-800-554-JUMOFax 315-697-5867e-mail infojumousInternet wwwjumous
b702040enbk Seite 1 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
- 1 Identifying the instrument version
- 2 Installation
- 3 Electrical connection
- 4 Operation
-
- 41 Displays and keys
- 42 Principle of operation
- 43 Operation of the timer function
-
- 5 Functions
-
- 51 Process value input
- 52 Logic input
- 53 Controller
- 54 Limit comparator (alarm contact)
- 55 Ramp function
- 56 Self-optimization
- 57 Level inhibit via code
- 58 Timer function (extra code)
-
- 6 Configuration and parameter tables
- 7 Alarm messages
- 8 Technical data
-
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
35
tory-set Yoursetting
0
0
0
he factory setting
ime (timer) X
(max 9959)(max 9959)ax 9999)
= minutes
q
b702040enbk Seite 35 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Parameter Explanation Value range fac
SCL start value of thestandard signal
-1999 to +9999digit1 0
sCH end value of thestandard signal
-1999 to +9999digit1 10
SPL lowersetpoint limiting
-1999 to +9999digit1 -20
SPH uppersetpoint limiting
-1999 to +9999digit1 85
OFFS process value correction -1999 to 9999digit1 0
HySt switching differential of the limit comparator
0 mdash 9999digit1 1
1 For displays with one or two decimal places the value range and tchange accordinglyExample 1 decimal place rarr value range -1999 to +9999
q
C122 Timer signalling X
0 no function1 timer start until run-down2 after run-down for 10sec 3 after run-down for 1min4 after run-down until
acknowledgement
qC123 Unit of t
1 mmss 2 hhmm 3 hhhh (ms = seconds m h = hours
One output has to be configuredcorrespondingly(C113C118)
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
36and the factory setting
Parameter Explanation Value range factory-set
Yoursetting
0
0
0
0
0
80sec
350sec
200sec
200sec
0
1
1
0
100
-100
06sec
0
b702040enbk Seite 36 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 For displays with one or two decimal places the value range change accordingly
sP 1 setpoint 1 SPL mdash SPH
sP 2 setpoint 2 SPL mdash SPH
AL limit value oflimit comparator
-1999 to +9999digit1
Pb1 proportional band 1 0 mdash 9999digit1
Pb2 proportional band 2 0 mdash 9999digit1
dt derivative time 0 mdash 9999sec
rt reset time 0 mdash 9999sec
Cy 1 cycle time 1 10 mdash 9999sec
Cy 2 cycle time 2 10 mdash 9999sec
db contact spacing 0 mdash 1000digit1
HYS1 differential 1 0 mdash 9999digit1
HYS2 differential 2 0 mdash 9999digit1
Y0 working point -100 to 100
Y1 maximum output 0 mdash 100
Y2 minimum output -100 to +100
dF filter time constant 00 mdash 1000sec
rAsd ramp slope 0 mdash 999 degCh (degCmin)1
7 Alarm
messag
es
37
7
D
of process valueit comparators referred to input behave in accord-figuration of the outputsed
n has been cancelled due to he timer value that wase of the supply failure will be
H ge
is connected
b702040enbk Seite 37 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Alarm messages
isplay Description Causeresponse
The displays for the process value or timer value flashes ldquo1999rdquoDisplay current timer value by repeatedly pressing the q key
OverunderrangeController and limthe process valueance with the conThe timer is stopp
The display for the timer value alternates between showing ldquoStOPrdquo and the timeh Acknowledge by using any
key (the timer start value t i 0 is loaded)
The timer functioa supply failure Tpresent at the timindicated
The following events come under the heading overunderran- Probe breakshort-circuit- Measurement is outside the control range of the probe that- Display overflow
7 Alarm
messag
es
38
Measurement circuit monitoring (bull = recognized)
-circuitProbelead break
bull
bull
bull-
bull-
b702040enbk Seite 38 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Transducer Overrangeunderrange
Probelead short
Thermocouple bullbull -
Resistance thermometer bullbull bull
Voltage 2 ndash 10V and02 ndash 1V0 ndash 10V and 0 ndash 1V
bullbullbull-
bull-
Current 4 ndash 20mA0 ndash 20mA
bullbullbull-
bull-
8 Technical data
39
8In
1
In
23
nce thermometer
3A at 250V AC resistive load at rated load
mA Rload ge250Ω
mA Rload ge600Ω
5+10 48 mdash 63Hz or 48 mdash 63Hz or
nnect to SELV or PELV)
Range
-200 to +850degC
-200 to +850degC
-50 to +150degC
uracy le01 50ppmdegCle10 50ppmdegC
20Ω max per lead250microA
b702040enbk Seite 39 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Technical dataput for thermocouple
These ranges refer to the ambiente temperature of 20degC
put for standard signals
0mdash1V REgt10MΩ for Type 70204041 with 2 relays02mdash1V REgt10MΩ for Type 70204041 with 2 relays
Designation Range 1
Fe-Con LFe-Con J EN 60584Cu-Con UCu-Con T EN 60584NiCr-Ni K EN 60584NiCrSi-NiSi N EN 60584Pt10Rh-Pt S EN 60584Pt13Rh-Pt R EN 60584Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh B EN 60584
-200 to + 900degC-200 to +1200degC-200 to + 600degC-200 to + 400degC-200 to +1372degC-200 to +1300degC
0 mdash 1768degC0 mdash 1768degC0 mdash 1820degC
Measurement accuracy le04 100ppmdegCCold junction Pt100 internal
Designation Range
Voltage 0 mdash 10V RE gt 100kΩ2
2 mdash 10V RE gt 100kΩ3
RE - input resistance
Current 4 mdash 20mA voltage drop le 15V0 mdash 20mA voltage drop le 15V
Measurement accuracy le01 100ppmdegC
Input for resista
OutputsRelayno(make) contact150000 operationsLogic 05VCurrent limiting 20Logic 012VCurrent limiting 20
Supply110 mdash 240V AC -120 mdash 53V ACDC10 mdash 18V DC (Co
Designation
Pt100 EN 60751
Pt1000 EN 60751
KTY11-6
Measurement accPt1001000KTY11-6Sensor leadresistance Meas current
8 Technical data
40
ControllerController type 1-setpt controller with
Data backup EEPROMHousing type
or panel mounting
nt panelater (add mildly acidic neutral
detergents if necessary) Do sive cleaning agents or high-s Limited resistance to organic irits benzol etc)
ng3 834
rage temperatureo +70degC
onsity no condensation
ion any
)160g (702043)200g (702044)
60529
n to EN 61010
b702040enbk Seite 40 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Accuracy of timer 07 10ppmdegC
Test voltages (type test)to EN 61 010 Part 1 March 1994overvoltage category II pollution degree 2 for Type 70204041overvoltage category III pollution degree 2 for Type 7020424344
Power consumption 7VA max
Electrical connectionat the rear via plug-in screw terminalsconductor cross-section le 25mm2 (13mm2 withType 70204041) solid wire or 15mm2 (10mm2 for Type 70204041) stranded wire with ferrules
Electromagnetic compatibility EN 61 326Immunity to interfer Class B Interfer emission industrial requirements
Approval UL and CSA (only devices with JUMO indication)
limit comparator 2-setpt controllerController structure PPDPIPIDAD converter resolution gt15 bitSampling time 210msec (250msec with timer
function)
plastic housing fto DIN 43700Cleaning the frouse warm or hot wor mildly alkalinenot use any abrapressure cleanersolvents (e g sp
Housing mountiin panel to DIN 4
Ambient and sto0 to 55degC -40 t
Climatic conditile 75 rel humid
Operating posit
Weight (approx75g (702040)95g (702041)
145g (702042)Protection IP66 (front) to ENIP20 (rear)Safety regulatio
JUMO GmbH amp Co KG
Street adressMoltkestraszlige 13 - 3136039 Fulda GermanyDelivery addressMackenrodtstraszlige 1436039 Fulda GermanyPostal address36035 Fulda GermanyPhone +49 661 6003-0Fax +49 661 6003-607e-mail mailjumonetInternet wwwjumonet
JUMO Instrument Co Ltd
JUMO HouseTemple Bank RiverwayHarlow Essex CM20 2TT UKPhone +44 1279 635533Fax +44 1279 635262e-mail salesjumocoukInternet wwwjumocouk
JUMO Process Control Inc
8 Technology BoulevardCanastota NY 13032 USAPhone 315-697-JUMO
1-800-554-JUMOFax 315-697-5867e-mail infojumousInternet wwwjumous
b702040enbk Seite 1 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
- 1 Identifying the instrument version
- 2 Installation
- 3 Electrical connection
- 4 Operation
-
- 41 Displays and keys
- 42 Principle of operation
- 43 Operation of the timer function
-
- 5 Functions
-
- 51 Process value input
- 52 Logic input
- 53 Controller
- 54 Limit comparator (alarm contact)
- 55 Ramp function
- 56 Self-optimization
- 57 Level inhibit via code
- 58 Timer function (extra code)
-
- 6 Configuration and parameter tables
- 7 Alarm messages
- 8 Technical data
-
6 Co
nfiguratio
n and p
arameter tab
les
36and the factory setting
Parameter Explanation Value range factory-set
Yoursetting
0
0
0
0
0
80sec
350sec
200sec
200sec
0
1
1
0
100
-100
06sec
0
b702040enbk Seite 36 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
1 For displays with one or two decimal places the value range change accordingly
sP 1 setpoint 1 SPL mdash SPH
sP 2 setpoint 2 SPL mdash SPH
AL limit value oflimit comparator
-1999 to +9999digit1
Pb1 proportional band 1 0 mdash 9999digit1
Pb2 proportional band 2 0 mdash 9999digit1
dt derivative time 0 mdash 9999sec
rt reset time 0 mdash 9999sec
Cy 1 cycle time 1 10 mdash 9999sec
Cy 2 cycle time 2 10 mdash 9999sec
db contact spacing 0 mdash 1000digit1
HYS1 differential 1 0 mdash 9999digit1
HYS2 differential 2 0 mdash 9999digit1
Y0 working point -100 to 100
Y1 maximum output 0 mdash 100
Y2 minimum output -100 to +100
dF filter time constant 00 mdash 1000sec
rAsd ramp slope 0 mdash 999 degCh (degCmin)1
7 Alarm
messag
es
37
7
D
of process valueit comparators referred to input behave in accord-figuration of the outputsed
n has been cancelled due to he timer value that wase of the supply failure will be
H ge
is connected
b702040enbk Seite 37 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Alarm messages
isplay Description Causeresponse
The displays for the process value or timer value flashes ldquo1999rdquoDisplay current timer value by repeatedly pressing the q key
OverunderrangeController and limthe process valueance with the conThe timer is stopp
The display for the timer value alternates between showing ldquoStOPrdquo and the timeh Acknowledge by using any
key (the timer start value t i 0 is loaded)
The timer functioa supply failure Tpresent at the timindicated
The following events come under the heading overunderran- Probe breakshort-circuit- Measurement is outside the control range of the probe that- Display overflow
7 Alarm
messag
es
38
Measurement circuit monitoring (bull = recognized)
-circuitProbelead break
bull
bull
bull-
bull-
b702040enbk Seite 38 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Transducer Overrangeunderrange
Probelead short
Thermocouple bullbull -
Resistance thermometer bullbull bull
Voltage 2 ndash 10V and02 ndash 1V0 ndash 10V and 0 ndash 1V
bullbullbull-
bull-
Current 4 ndash 20mA0 ndash 20mA
bullbullbull-
bull-
8 Technical data
39
8In
1
In
23
nce thermometer
3A at 250V AC resistive load at rated load
mA Rload ge250Ω
mA Rload ge600Ω
5+10 48 mdash 63Hz or 48 mdash 63Hz or
nnect to SELV or PELV)
Range
-200 to +850degC
-200 to +850degC
-50 to +150degC
uracy le01 50ppmdegCle10 50ppmdegC
20Ω max per lead250microA
b702040enbk Seite 39 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Technical dataput for thermocouple
These ranges refer to the ambiente temperature of 20degC
put for standard signals
0mdash1V REgt10MΩ for Type 70204041 with 2 relays02mdash1V REgt10MΩ for Type 70204041 with 2 relays
Designation Range 1
Fe-Con LFe-Con J EN 60584Cu-Con UCu-Con T EN 60584NiCr-Ni K EN 60584NiCrSi-NiSi N EN 60584Pt10Rh-Pt S EN 60584Pt13Rh-Pt R EN 60584Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh B EN 60584
-200 to + 900degC-200 to +1200degC-200 to + 600degC-200 to + 400degC-200 to +1372degC-200 to +1300degC
0 mdash 1768degC0 mdash 1768degC0 mdash 1820degC
Measurement accuracy le04 100ppmdegCCold junction Pt100 internal
Designation Range
Voltage 0 mdash 10V RE gt 100kΩ2
2 mdash 10V RE gt 100kΩ3
RE - input resistance
Current 4 mdash 20mA voltage drop le 15V0 mdash 20mA voltage drop le 15V
Measurement accuracy le01 100ppmdegC
Input for resista
OutputsRelayno(make) contact150000 operationsLogic 05VCurrent limiting 20Logic 012VCurrent limiting 20
Supply110 mdash 240V AC -120 mdash 53V ACDC10 mdash 18V DC (Co
Designation
Pt100 EN 60751
Pt1000 EN 60751
KTY11-6
Measurement accPt1001000KTY11-6Sensor leadresistance Meas current
8 Technical data
40
ControllerController type 1-setpt controller with
Data backup EEPROMHousing type
or panel mounting
nt panelater (add mildly acidic neutral
detergents if necessary) Do sive cleaning agents or high-s Limited resistance to organic irits benzol etc)
ng3 834
rage temperatureo +70degC
onsity no condensation
ion any
)160g (702043)200g (702044)
60529
n to EN 61010
b702040enbk Seite 40 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Accuracy of timer 07 10ppmdegC
Test voltages (type test)to EN 61 010 Part 1 March 1994overvoltage category II pollution degree 2 for Type 70204041overvoltage category III pollution degree 2 for Type 7020424344
Power consumption 7VA max
Electrical connectionat the rear via plug-in screw terminalsconductor cross-section le 25mm2 (13mm2 withType 70204041) solid wire or 15mm2 (10mm2 for Type 70204041) stranded wire with ferrules
Electromagnetic compatibility EN 61 326Immunity to interfer Class B Interfer emission industrial requirements
Approval UL and CSA (only devices with JUMO indication)
limit comparator 2-setpt controllerController structure PPDPIPIDAD converter resolution gt15 bitSampling time 210msec (250msec with timer
function)
plastic housing fto DIN 43700Cleaning the frouse warm or hot wor mildly alkalinenot use any abrapressure cleanersolvents (e g sp
Housing mountiin panel to DIN 4
Ambient and sto0 to 55degC -40 t
Climatic conditile 75 rel humid
Operating posit
Weight (approx75g (702040)95g (702041)
145g (702042)Protection IP66 (front) to ENIP20 (rear)Safety regulatio
JUMO GmbH amp Co KG
Street adressMoltkestraszlige 13 - 3136039 Fulda GermanyDelivery addressMackenrodtstraszlige 1436039 Fulda GermanyPostal address36035 Fulda GermanyPhone +49 661 6003-0Fax +49 661 6003-607e-mail mailjumonetInternet wwwjumonet
JUMO Instrument Co Ltd
JUMO HouseTemple Bank RiverwayHarlow Essex CM20 2TT UKPhone +44 1279 635533Fax +44 1279 635262e-mail salesjumocoukInternet wwwjumocouk
JUMO Process Control Inc
8 Technology BoulevardCanastota NY 13032 USAPhone 315-697-JUMO
1-800-554-JUMOFax 315-697-5867e-mail infojumousInternet wwwjumous
b702040enbk Seite 1 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
- 1 Identifying the instrument version
- 2 Installation
- 3 Electrical connection
- 4 Operation
-
- 41 Displays and keys
- 42 Principle of operation
- 43 Operation of the timer function
-
- 5 Functions
-
- 51 Process value input
- 52 Logic input
- 53 Controller
- 54 Limit comparator (alarm contact)
- 55 Ramp function
- 56 Self-optimization
- 57 Level inhibit via code
- 58 Timer function (extra code)
-
- 6 Configuration and parameter tables
- 7 Alarm messages
- 8 Technical data
-
7 Alarm
messag
es
37
7
D
of process valueit comparators referred to input behave in accord-figuration of the outputsed
n has been cancelled due to he timer value that wase of the supply failure will be
H ge
is connected
b702040enbk Seite 37 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Alarm messages
isplay Description Causeresponse
The displays for the process value or timer value flashes ldquo1999rdquoDisplay current timer value by repeatedly pressing the q key
OverunderrangeController and limthe process valueance with the conThe timer is stopp
The display for the timer value alternates between showing ldquoStOPrdquo and the timeh Acknowledge by using any
key (the timer start value t i 0 is loaded)
The timer functioa supply failure Tpresent at the timindicated
The following events come under the heading overunderran- Probe breakshort-circuit- Measurement is outside the control range of the probe that- Display overflow
7 Alarm
messag
es
38
Measurement circuit monitoring (bull = recognized)
-circuitProbelead break
bull
bull
bull-
bull-
b702040enbk Seite 38 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Transducer Overrangeunderrange
Probelead short
Thermocouple bullbull -
Resistance thermometer bullbull bull
Voltage 2 ndash 10V and02 ndash 1V0 ndash 10V and 0 ndash 1V
bullbullbull-
bull-
Current 4 ndash 20mA0 ndash 20mA
bullbullbull-
bull-
8 Technical data
39
8In
1
In
23
nce thermometer
3A at 250V AC resistive load at rated load
mA Rload ge250Ω
mA Rload ge600Ω
5+10 48 mdash 63Hz or 48 mdash 63Hz or
nnect to SELV or PELV)
Range
-200 to +850degC
-200 to +850degC
-50 to +150degC
uracy le01 50ppmdegCle10 50ppmdegC
20Ω max per lead250microA
b702040enbk Seite 39 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Technical dataput for thermocouple
These ranges refer to the ambiente temperature of 20degC
put for standard signals
0mdash1V REgt10MΩ for Type 70204041 with 2 relays02mdash1V REgt10MΩ for Type 70204041 with 2 relays
Designation Range 1
Fe-Con LFe-Con J EN 60584Cu-Con UCu-Con T EN 60584NiCr-Ni K EN 60584NiCrSi-NiSi N EN 60584Pt10Rh-Pt S EN 60584Pt13Rh-Pt R EN 60584Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh B EN 60584
-200 to + 900degC-200 to +1200degC-200 to + 600degC-200 to + 400degC-200 to +1372degC-200 to +1300degC
0 mdash 1768degC0 mdash 1768degC0 mdash 1820degC
Measurement accuracy le04 100ppmdegCCold junction Pt100 internal
Designation Range
Voltage 0 mdash 10V RE gt 100kΩ2
2 mdash 10V RE gt 100kΩ3
RE - input resistance
Current 4 mdash 20mA voltage drop le 15V0 mdash 20mA voltage drop le 15V
Measurement accuracy le01 100ppmdegC
Input for resista
OutputsRelayno(make) contact150000 operationsLogic 05VCurrent limiting 20Logic 012VCurrent limiting 20
Supply110 mdash 240V AC -120 mdash 53V ACDC10 mdash 18V DC (Co
Designation
Pt100 EN 60751
Pt1000 EN 60751
KTY11-6
Measurement accPt1001000KTY11-6Sensor leadresistance Meas current
8 Technical data
40
ControllerController type 1-setpt controller with
Data backup EEPROMHousing type
or panel mounting
nt panelater (add mildly acidic neutral
detergents if necessary) Do sive cleaning agents or high-s Limited resistance to organic irits benzol etc)
ng3 834
rage temperatureo +70degC
onsity no condensation
ion any
)160g (702043)200g (702044)
60529
n to EN 61010
b702040enbk Seite 40 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Accuracy of timer 07 10ppmdegC
Test voltages (type test)to EN 61 010 Part 1 March 1994overvoltage category II pollution degree 2 for Type 70204041overvoltage category III pollution degree 2 for Type 7020424344
Power consumption 7VA max
Electrical connectionat the rear via plug-in screw terminalsconductor cross-section le 25mm2 (13mm2 withType 70204041) solid wire or 15mm2 (10mm2 for Type 70204041) stranded wire with ferrules
Electromagnetic compatibility EN 61 326Immunity to interfer Class B Interfer emission industrial requirements
Approval UL and CSA (only devices with JUMO indication)
limit comparator 2-setpt controllerController structure PPDPIPIDAD converter resolution gt15 bitSampling time 210msec (250msec with timer
function)
plastic housing fto DIN 43700Cleaning the frouse warm or hot wor mildly alkalinenot use any abrapressure cleanersolvents (e g sp
Housing mountiin panel to DIN 4
Ambient and sto0 to 55degC -40 t
Climatic conditile 75 rel humid
Operating posit
Weight (approx75g (702040)95g (702041)
145g (702042)Protection IP66 (front) to ENIP20 (rear)Safety regulatio
JUMO GmbH amp Co KG
Street adressMoltkestraszlige 13 - 3136039 Fulda GermanyDelivery addressMackenrodtstraszlige 1436039 Fulda GermanyPostal address36035 Fulda GermanyPhone +49 661 6003-0Fax +49 661 6003-607e-mail mailjumonetInternet wwwjumonet
JUMO Instrument Co Ltd
JUMO HouseTemple Bank RiverwayHarlow Essex CM20 2TT UKPhone +44 1279 635533Fax +44 1279 635262e-mail salesjumocoukInternet wwwjumocouk
JUMO Process Control Inc
8 Technology BoulevardCanastota NY 13032 USAPhone 315-697-JUMO
1-800-554-JUMOFax 315-697-5867e-mail infojumousInternet wwwjumous
b702040enbk Seite 1 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
- 1 Identifying the instrument version
- 2 Installation
- 3 Electrical connection
- 4 Operation
-
- 41 Displays and keys
- 42 Principle of operation
- 43 Operation of the timer function
-
- 5 Functions
-
- 51 Process value input
- 52 Logic input
- 53 Controller
- 54 Limit comparator (alarm contact)
- 55 Ramp function
- 56 Self-optimization
- 57 Level inhibit via code
- 58 Timer function (extra code)
-
- 6 Configuration and parameter tables
- 7 Alarm messages
- 8 Technical data
-
7 Alarm
messag
es
38
Measurement circuit monitoring (bull = recognized)
-circuitProbelead break
bull
bull
bull-
bull-
b702040enbk Seite 38 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Transducer Overrangeunderrange
Probelead short
Thermocouple bullbull -
Resistance thermometer bullbull bull
Voltage 2 ndash 10V and02 ndash 1V0 ndash 10V and 0 ndash 1V
bullbullbull-
bull-
Current 4 ndash 20mA0 ndash 20mA
bullbullbull-
bull-
8 Technical data
39
8In
1
In
23
nce thermometer
3A at 250V AC resistive load at rated load
mA Rload ge250Ω
mA Rload ge600Ω
5+10 48 mdash 63Hz or 48 mdash 63Hz or
nnect to SELV or PELV)
Range
-200 to +850degC
-200 to +850degC
-50 to +150degC
uracy le01 50ppmdegCle10 50ppmdegC
20Ω max per lead250microA
b702040enbk Seite 39 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Technical dataput for thermocouple
These ranges refer to the ambiente temperature of 20degC
put for standard signals
0mdash1V REgt10MΩ for Type 70204041 with 2 relays02mdash1V REgt10MΩ for Type 70204041 with 2 relays
Designation Range 1
Fe-Con LFe-Con J EN 60584Cu-Con UCu-Con T EN 60584NiCr-Ni K EN 60584NiCrSi-NiSi N EN 60584Pt10Rh-Pt S EN 60584Pt13Rh-Pt R EN 60584Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh B EN 60584
-200 to + 900degC-200 to +1200degC-200 to + 600degC-200 to + 400degC-200 to +1372degC-200 to +1300degC
0 mdash 1768degC0 mdash 1768degC0 mdash 1820degC
Measurement accuracy le04 100ppmdegCCold junction Pt100 internal
Designation Range
Voltage 0 mdash 10V RE gt 100kΩ2
2 mdash 10V RE gt 100kΩ3
RE - input resistance
Current 4 mdash 20mA voltage drop le 15V0 mdash 20mA voltage drop le 15V
Measurement accuracy le01 100ppmdegC
Input for resista
OutputsRelayno(make) contact150000 operationsLogic 05VCurrent limiting 20Logic 012VCurrent limiting 20
Supply110 mdash 240V AC -120 mdash 53V ACDC10 mdash 18V DC (Co
Designation
Pt100 EN 60751
Pt1000 EN 60751
KTY11-6
Measurement accPt1001000KTY11-6Sensor leadresistance Meas current
8 Technical data
40
ControllerController type 1-setpt controller with
Data backup EEPROMHousing type
or panel mounting
nt panelater (add mildly acidic neutral
detergents if necessary) Do sive cleaning agents or high-s Limited resistance to organic irits benzol etc)
ng3 834
rage temperatureo +70degC
onsity no condensation
ion any
)160g (702043)200g (702044)
60529
n to EN 61010
b702040enbk Seite 40 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Accuracy of timer 07 10ppmdegC
Test voltages (type test)to EN 61 010 Part 1 March 1994overvoltage category II pollution degree 2 for Type 70204041overvoltage category III pollution degree 2 for Type 7020424344
Power consumption 7VA max
Electrical connectionat the rear via plug-in screw terminalsconductor cross-section le 25mm2 (13mm2 withType 70204041) solid wire or 15mm2 (10mm2 for Type 70204041) stranded wire with ferrules
Electromagnetic compatibility EN 61 326Immunity to interfer Class B Interfer emission industrial requirements
Approval UL and CSA (only devices with JUMO indication)
limit comparator 2-setpt controllerController structure PPDPIPIDAD converter resolution gt15 bitSampling time 210msec (250msec with timer
function)
plastic housing fto DIN 43700Cleaning the frouse warm or hot wor mildly alkalinenot use any abrapressure cleanersolvents (e g sp
Housing mountiin panel to DIN 4
Ambient and sto0 to 55degC -40 t
Climatic conditile 75 rel humid
Operating posit
Weight (approx75g (702040)95g (702041)
145g (702042)Protection IP66 (front) to ENIP20 (rear)Safety regulatio
JUMO GmbH amp Co KG
Street adressMoltkestraszlige 13 - 3136039 Fulda GermanyDelivery addressMackenrodtstraszlige 1436039 Fulda GermanyPostal address36035 Fulda GermanyPhone +49 661 6003-0Fax +49 661 6003-607e-mail mailjumonetInternet wwwjumonet
JUMO Instrument Co Ltd
JUMO HouseTemple Bank RiverwayHarlow Essex CM20 2TT UKPhone +44 1279 635533Fax +44 1279 635262e-mail salesjumocoukInternet wwwjumocouk
JUMO Process Control Inc
8 Technology BoulevardCanastota NY 13032 USAPhone 315-697-JUMO
1-800-554-JUMOFax 315-697-5867e-mail infojumousInternet wwwjumous
b702040enbk Seite 1 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
- 1 Identifying the instrument version
- 2 Installation
- 3 Electrical connection
- 4 Operation
-
- 41 Displays and keys
- 42 Principle of operation
- 43 Operation of the timer function
-
- 5 Functions
-
- 51 Process value input
- 52 Logic input
- 53 Controller
- 54 Limit comparator (alarm contact)
- 55 Ramp function
- 56 Self-optimization
- 57 Level inhibit via code
- 58 Timer function (extra code)
-
- 6 Configuration and parameter tables
- 7 Alarm messages
- 8 Technical data
-
8 Technical data
39
8In
1
In
23
nce thermometer
3A at 250V AC resistive load at rated load
mA Rload ge250Ω
mA Rload ge600Ω
5+10 48 mdash 63Hz or 48 mdash 63Hz or
nnect to SELV or PELV)
Range
-200 to +850degC
-200 to +850degC
-50 to +150degC
uracy le01 50ppmdegCle10 50ppmdegC
20Ω max per lead250microA
b702040enbk Seite 39 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Technical dataput for thermocouple
These ranges refer to the ambiente temperature of 20degC
put for standard signals
0mdash1V REgt10MΩ for Type 70204041 with 2 relays02mdash1V REgt10MΩ for Type 70204041 with 2 relays
Designation Range 1
Fe-Con LFe-Con J EN 60584Cu-Con UCu-Con T EN 60584NiCr-Ni K EN 60584NiCrSi-NiSi N EN 60584Pt10Rh-Pt S EN 60584Pt13Rh-Pt R EN 60584Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh B EN 60584
-200 to + 900degC-200 to +1200degC-200 to + 600degC-200 to + 400degC-200 to +1372degC-200 to +1300degC
0 mdash 1768degC0 mdash 1768degC0 mdash 1820degC
Measurement accuracy le04 100ppmdegCCold junction Pt100 internal
Designation Range
Voltage 0 mdash 10V RE gt 100kΩ2
2 mdash 10V RE gt 100kΩ3
RE - input resistance
Current 4 mdash 20mA voltage drop le 15V0 mdash 20mA voltage drop le 15V
Measurement accuracy le01 100ppmdegC
Input for resista
OutputsRelayno(make) contact150000 operationsLogic 05VCurrent limiting 20Logic 012VCurrent limiting 20
Supply110 mdash 240V AC -120 mdash 53V ACDC10 mdash 18V DC (Co
Designation
Pt100 EN 60751
Pt1000 EN 60751
KTY11-6
Measurement accPt1001000KTY11-6Sensor leadresistance Meas current
8 Technical data
40
ControllerController type 1-setpt controller with
Data backup EEPROMHousing type
or panel mounting
nt panelater (add mildly acidic neutral
detergents if necessary) Do sive cleaning agents or high-s Limited resistance to organic irits benzol etc)
ng3 834
rage temperatureo +70degC
onsity no condensation
ion any
)160g (702043)200g (702044)
60529
n to EN 61010
b702040enbk Seite 40 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Accuracy of timer 07 10ppmdegC
Test voltages (type test)to EN 61 010 Part 1 March 1994overvoltage category II pollution degree 2 for Type 70204041overvoltage category III pollution degree 2 for Type 7020424344
Power consumption 7VA max
Electrical connectionat the rear via plug-in screw terminalsconductor cross-section le 25mm2 (13mm2 withType 70204041) solid wire or 15mm2 (10mm2 for Type 70204041) stranded wire with ferrules
Electromagnetic compatibility EN 61 326Immunity to interfer Class B Interfer emission industrial requirements
Approval UL and CSA (only devices with JUMO indication)
limit comparator 2-setpt controllerController structure PPDPIPIDAD converter resolution gt15 bitSampling time 210msec (250msec with timer
function)
plastic housing fto DIN 43700Cleaning the frouse warm or hot wor mildly alkalinenot use any abrapressure cleanersolvents (e g sp
Housing mountiin panel to DIN 4
Ambient and sto0 to 55degC -40 t
Climatic conditile 75 rel humid
Operating posit
Weight (approx75g (702040)95g (702041)
145g (702042)Protection IP66 (front) to ENIP20 (rear)Safety regulatio
JUMO GmbH amp Co KG
Street adressMoltkestraszlige 13 - 3136039 Fulda GermanyDelivery addressMackenrodtstraszlige 1436039 Fulda GermanyPostal address36035 Fulda GermanyPhone +49 661 6003-0Fax +49 661 6003-607e-mail mailjumonetInternet wwwjumonet
JUMO Instrument Co Ltd
JUMO HouseTemple Bank RiverwayHarlow Essex CM20 2TT UKPhone +44 1279 635533Fax +44 1279 635262e-mail salesjumocoukInternet wwwjumocouk
JUMO Process Control Inc
8 Technology BoulevardCanastota NY 13032 USAPhone 315-697-JUMO
1-800-554-JUMOFax 315-697-5867e-mail infojumousInternet wwwjumous
b702040enbk Seite 1 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
- 1 Identifying the instrument version
- 2 Installation
- 3 Electrical connection
- 4 Operation
-
- 41 Displays and keys
- 42 Principle of operation
- 43 Operation of the timer function
-
- 5 Functions
-
- 51 Process value input
- 52 Logic input
- 53 Controller
- 54 Limit comparator (alarm contact)
- 55 Ramp function
- 56 Self-optimization
- 57 Level inhibit via code
- 58 Timer function (extra code)
-
- 6 Configuration and parameter tables
- 7 Alarm messages
- 8 Technical data
-
8 Technical data
40
ControllerController type 1-setpt controller with
Data backup EEPROMHousing type
or panel mounting
nt panelater (add mildly acidic neutral
detergents if necessary) Do sive cleaning agents or high-s Limited resistance to organic irits benzol etc)
ng3 834
rage temperatureo +70degC
onsity no condensation
ion any
)160g (702043)200g (702044)
60529
n to EN 61010
b702040enbk Seite 40 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
Accuracy of timer 07 10ppmdegC
Test voltages (type test)to EN 61 010 Part 1 March 1994overvoltage category II pollution degree 2 for Type 70204041overvoltage category III pollution degree 2 for Type 7020424344
Power consumption 7VA max
Electrical connectionat the rear via plug-in screw terminalsconductor cross-section le 25mm2 (13mm2 withType 70204041) solid wire or 15mm2 (10mm2 for Type 70204041) stranded wire with ferrules
Electromagnetic compatibility EN 61 326Immunity to interfer Class B Interfer emission industrial requirements
Approval UL and CSA (only devices with JUMO indication)
limit comparator 2-setpt controllerController structure PPDPIPIDAD converter resolution gt15 bitSampling time 210msec (250msec with timer
function)
plastic housing fto DIN 43700Cleaning the frouse warm or hot wor mildly alkalinenot use any abrapressure cleanersolvents (e g sp
Housing mountiin panel to DIN 4
Ambient and sto0 to 55degC -40 t
Climatic conditile 75 rel humid
Operating posit
Weight (approx75g (702040)95g (702041)
145g (702042)Protection IP66 (front) to ENIP20 (rear)Safety regulatio
JUMO GmbH amp Co KG
Street adressMoltkestraszlige 13 - 3136039 Fulda GermanyDelivery addressMackenrodtstraszlige 1436039 Fulda GermanyPostal address36035 Fulda GermanyPhone +49 661 6003-0Fax +49 661 6003-607e-mail mailjumonetInternet wwwjumonet
JUMO Instrument Co Ltd
JUMO HouseTemple Bank RiverwayHarlow Essex CM20 2TT UKPhone +44 1279 635533Fax +44 1279 635262e-mail salesjumocoukInternet wwwjumocouk
JUMO Process Control Inc
8 Technology BoulevardCanastota NY 13032 USAPhone 315-697-JUMO
1-800-554-JUMOFax 315-697-5867e-mail infojumousInternet wwwjumous
b702040enbk Seite 1 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
- 1 Identifying the instrument version
- 2 Installation
- 3 Electrical connection
- 4 Operation
-
- 41 Displays and keys
- 42 Principle of operation
- 43 Operation of the timer function
-
- 5 Functions
-
- 51 Process value input
- 52 Logic input
- 53 Controller
- 54 Limit comparator (alarm contact)
- 55 Ramp function
- 56 Self-optimization
- 57 Level inhibit via code
- 58 Timer function (extra code)
-
- 6 Configuration and parameter tables
- 7 Alarm messages
- 8 Technical data
-
JUMO GmbH amp Co KG
Street adressMoltkestraszlige 13 - 3136039 Fulda GermanyDelivery addressMackenrodtstraszlige 1436039 Fulda GermanyPostal address36035 Fulda GermanyPhone +49 661 6003-0Fax +49 661 6003-607e-mail mailjumonetInternet wwwjumonet
JUMO Instrument Co Ltd
JUMO HouseTemple Bank RiverwayHarlow Essex CM20 2TT UKPhone +44 1279 635533Fax +44 1279 635262e-mail salesjumocoukInternet wwwjumocouk
JUMO Process Control Inc
8 Technology BoulevardCanastota NY 13032 USAPhone 315-697-JUMO
1-800-554-JUMOFax 315-697-5867e-mail infojumousInternet wwwjumous
b702040enbk Seite 1 Mittwoch 19 November 2008 1015 10
- 1 Identifying the instrument version
- 2 Installation
- 3 Electrical connection
- 4 Operation
-
- 41 Displays and keys
- 42 Principle of operation
- 43 Operation of the timer function
-
- 5 Functions
-
- 51 Process value input
- 52 Logic input
- 53 Controller
- 54 Limit comparator (alarm contact)
- 55 Ramp function
- 56 Self-optimization
- 57 Level inhibit via code
- 58 Timer function (extra code)
-
- 6 Configuration and parameter tables
- 7 Alarm messages
- 8 Technical data
-
Related Documents
